CONTENTS

Kingspan News
1

Building Design

Material Specications

Insulated Roof Systems

Insulated Wall & Facade Systems

Load-Span Tables

Fastener Selection Guide

Construction details

Accessories

Handling & Installation

1.

Building Design
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Introduction

1.0.1

Health & Safety, Buildabilty & Siteworks

1.1.11

Thermal Airtightness Energy Efciency

1.2.17

Roof Drainage

1.3.28

Fire Safety Performance

1.4.34

Structural Performance

1.5.54

Acoustics

1.6.57

Rooights

1.7.61

Weatherproong

1.8.63

Durability & Lifecycle

1.9.64

Food & Hygiene Safety

1.10.65

Environmental Sustainability and Protection

1.11.67

Quality & Approvals

1.12.77

Introduction
Creative design freedom, architectural expression, building form and function are supported by
innovative envelope solutions and systems that are cost-effective, provide safer, faster, high quality
construction and achieve superior lifetime performance and durability.
Kingspans insulated roof and wall systems meet these objectives for both functional buildings and
projects where creative form, shape and image are key design factors.
Kingspans insulated roof and wall systems are fully compliant to applicable Building Regulations and
Standards, as well as property insurers re certication requirements (
)

Kingspans range of insulated roof and wall

systems are proven for the following:

Defence

Student Accommodation

Safer construction

Residential & Social Housing

Structural integrity

Utilities

Thermal and air tightness

Public & Local Authority

Fire safety

Acoustics

Robustness and durability

Buildability quality

Faster build speed

Environmental sustainability

Reduced lifetime costs

Furthermore, property investors and occupiers

require solutions that provide the most economic
business case in terms of Whole Lifecycle Costs
(WLC) at new build and through out the buildings
operating lifetime.
Kingspans factory pre-engineered, single
component systems optimise build speed and
installed cost. Lower lifetime costs are achieved by
reduced maintenance and lower energy usage which,
in turn, minimises Carbon Dioxide (C02) emissions
throughout the buildings lifetime.
Product quality is assured through the use of
accredited and tested raw materials, high technology
manufacturing techniques and rigorous testing to
appropriate National and European standards.
All Kingspan products are manufactured to EN
ISO9001:2000 quality assurance.
The worldwide use and installation of over 250
million square metres (m2) of Kingspans insulated
roof and wall systems, is testament to the recognition
of our solutions by international property investors,
designers, constructors and occupiers.
Applications and Building Purpose Groups
Kingspans insulated roof and wall systems are
widely used across all building sectors including:
I

Industrial & Manufacturing

Distribution, Logistics & Transport

Commercial & Ofce

Retail

Leisure, Sport & Hotels

Education

Healthcare

1.0.1

Design, Construction and Regulatory

Performance Requirements and Compliance
Compliance

Regulations, Standards
&Accreditations according to:

Kingspan
Solutions

Health &Safety

National Building Regulations

&Norms

Structural

National Building Regulations

&Norms

Thermal

National Building Regulations

&Norms

Airtightness

National Building Regulations

&Norms

Energy Efciency

National Building Regulations

&Norms

Fire Safety

National Building Regulations

&Norms

Acoustics

National Building Regulations

&Norms

Health & Hygiene

Non-deleterious bre-and mouId

growth-free

Environmental
&Sustainability

Complies with Montreal and

Kyoto Protocol

Durability
&Robustness

National Building Regulations

&Norms

Accreditation

EN ISO 9001:2000

Whole Lifecycle
Costs (Capital
&Operating)

Project specic upon request

Lightning
Protection

National Building Regulations

&Norms

1.

1.
WALL PANEL
KS1000 AWP-WAVE

ROOF PANEL
KS1000 RW

KS1000 AWP
HORIZONTAL WALL PANEL

KS1000 AWP
HORIZONTAL WALL PANEL

KS1000 RW

ENTRANCE

RENDER PANEL

KS1000 AWP
HORIZONTAL PANEL

KS1000 RW

KS1000 AWP
HORIZONTAL PANEL

BUTTRESS
SUPPORTS

1.

PITCHED ROOF
KS1000 RW

KS1000 AWP
HORIZONTAL PANEL

ENTRANCE CURTAIN
WALLING

RENDER PANEL

CURVED KS1000 TOPDEK

1.
CURVED ROOF
KS1000 TOPDEK
INTEGRATED
BRISE ???

WALL PANEL
KS1000 AWP

RENDER

KS1000 AWP
LAID VERTICALLY

KS1000 RT
ROOFTILE PANEL

PC ROOFLIGHTS
IN KS1000 TOPDEK

BULLNOSED EAVES
PROFILE

MICRO AWP
PANEL - HORIZONTAL

1.

KS1000 RW

KS1000 FH
WALL PANEL

CURTAIN WALLING

INTEGRATED WINDOW
SYSTEM

1.
STYROZONE FLAT
ROOF + ROOF GARDEN

INTEGRATED BRISE SOLEI

+ WINDOW SYSTEM

METAL PANELS

PREFORMED KS1000 TF (SF)

CURVED-VERTICAL

TRAPEZOIDAL ROOF
KS1000 RW
KS1000 TF
RENDER

BRICKWORK

MASONRY

BLOCKWORK

KS1000 TOP-DEK
CURVED

RENDER

1.

LOW PITCH ROOF

KS1000 TOPDEK

OPTIMO WALL PANEL AWP

HORIZONTAL

ENTRANCE

CURTAIN WALLING

CANOPY

ROOF PANEL
- KS1000 RW

FRAMELESS GLAZING

CURTAIN WALLING
THERMATAPER
FLAT ROOF

MASONRY PANELS

KS1000 AWP-W PANEL

LAID VERTICALLY

MINI-MICRO AWP-M
WALL

FRAMELESS GLAZING

1.
WALL PANEL
KS1000 TF-B(M)
TOPDEK

CURVED KS1000 TOP-DEK

ROOF

BLOCKWORK

LOW PITCH ROOF

KS1000 RW

RENDER

RENDER

TOPDEK

AWP-M HORIZONTAL

Health & Safety, Buildabilty & Siteworks

Safety should be an inherent part of any workplace, especially when one of the greatest risks relates
to working at height. Investigations have shown that falls from height accounted for 47% of fatalities
and 30% of major injuries in the 2001 / 02 period in construction. It is still the most common cause of
accidents in the industry.
When it comes to working at height a safe environment must always be provided. Employers,
designers, constructors, employees and all those in control of work are responsible for providing the
necessary safety equipment and protection.
Site Safety Remember ignorance of the law excuses nobody!

Legislation
There are a number of regulations relating to
providing safe working environments. However, as far
as working at height is concerned, the following are
the most pertinent:
I

Before any form of work at height is undertaken,

a risk assessment must be completed in line with
country specic Health &Safety Regulations for
every procedure that is carried out during a given
operation.

Workplace (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations

are probably the most relevant in terms of ensuring
the health and safety of workers.

Construction Design & Management (CDM)

Regulations are about management of health and
safety and apply to construction projects and all
those associated with them, including clients,
designers, contractors and operatives. Under CDM
Requirements, designers must:

Consider during the development of designs the

hazards and risks which may arise from those
constructing and maintaining the structure.

Design to avoid risks to health and safety as far as

is reasonably practicable.

1.1.11

Country specic Health &Safety Regulations

require that:
There shall, so far as is reasonably practicable,
be suitable and sufcient safe access to and
egress from every place of work and to any other
place provided for the use of any person while at
work.
Suitable and sufcient steps shall be taken to
prevent, so far as reasonably practicable, any
person falling.

This should include the provision of safe access

and egress for:
a) Any guardrail, toe-board, barrier or other similar
means of protection; or
b) Any work platform
In addition, a suitable personal suspension
equipment or means of arresting the fall can/must be
provided (safety nets). The regulations also includes
requirements on ladders that they should not be used
as a means of access or egress or as places of work
unless it is reasonable to do so having regard to the
nature or duration of work being carried out.

1.

1.

Health & Safety, Buildabilty & Siteworks

The Role of the Client
Those who own, occupy or have responsibility
for a building have an important role to play when
arranging for construction work to be done. This
includes considering the design and specication
of a new building, appointing a contractor for
refurbishment or instructing an employee to carry out
an emergency repair.
Unrealistic building or refurbishment programmes
can lead to undue pressure on those carrying out the
work. This can make it harder for contractors to plan
for safe working, to prepare quality safety method
statements and to review and amend systems of
work. Clients have an important role here. They
should avoid placing unreasonable programming
demands on the project.
The usual practice of a client is to:
I

Appoint a competent planning supervisor and

principal contractor and check that any other
designers or contractors they appoint are
competent. Clients should satisfy themselves, as
far as they reasonably can, that those they appoint
to carry out work on the project are competent
to do so and have the necessary resources. This
could, for example, include enquiries on:
membership of the relevant trade bodies or
professional organisations.

Work at height is more expensive than similar

work done at ground level. This additional cost can
increase dramatically if it is not properly organised
and controlled.

The Role of the Designer

Using their professional skills and judgement,
designers can eliminate hazards and make risks
easier to manage. This helps contractors to provide a
safer place to undertake the work. Designers need to
consider the initial construction work as well as future
maintenance and cleaning requirements.
The designers have a duty to ensure that their
designs give adequate regard to health and safety.
Foreseeable risks should be avoided. If it is not
reasonably practicable to avoid them, they should
be combated at source. Priority should be given
to design solutions providing general rather than
individual protection.
For example:
I

eliminate fragile materials.

minimise the need for work at height during

construction.

minimise inspection and maintenance requirements

for the completed roof and wall envelope.

identify and design in safe access and working for

maintenance and cleaning.

consider carefully the siting of plant which will

require maintenance. Are there alternatives to
placing it on the roof? If not, there are the optimum
position on the roof where safe access can most
easily be provided?

consider carefully rooight location.

provide clear and unambiguous specications for

safety critical elements of the design.

provide information relevant to construction and

maintenance for inclusion in tender documentation
and in the health and safety le.

previous experience of similar work.

arrangements for managing health and safety
standards.
references from previous clients.
time needed to carry out the work safely.
I

Provide relevant information needed to allow

the work to be done safely. This could include
information on:
what existing roofs and walls are made of,
especially if they contain fragile materials.
the age of an existing structure.
previous modications made.
existing arrangements for access.
restrictions on availability of space for crainage or
handling equipment.
relevant permit to work arrangements operated
by the client.

The design of the roof and wall should be reviewed

as a total design package. It should take account of
the interaction between all components (in both nal
and partially erected state) and their effect on the
systems of work necessary to erect the structure.

re prevention precautions.
areas where contractor access will be prohibited.
I

All designs, specications and materials should

comply with the relevant building regulations.

Clients can benet considerably from a structured

approach to health and safety. Better planning and
better systems of co-ordination between designers,
contractors and specialist subcontractors can lead
to:
I

reduced delays

a building that is easier and cheaper to maintain

1.1.12

Health & Safety, Buildabilty & Siteworks

Designing Roofs
Access to roofs is often simple and it can be easy
to walk around on them. Accidents happen not just
to roof workers but also to engineers, surveyors,
children, caretakers, etc. The rst priority is to design
out the risk at source, for example by specifying
adequate in-built edge protection. Designers should
consider the alternatives available in terms of their
effectiveness in preventing falls, as well as cost,
aesthetics and buildability.
Roof work is dangerous. Almost one in ve
construction deaths are caused by falls from or
through roofs. Falls through fragile materials such
as roof lights and asbestos cement roong sheets
account for more of these deaths than any other
single cause. There are also many serious injuries,
often resulting in permanent disabilities. These
accidents occur across the whole range of roof work
from the simplest repairs to large-scale construction
projects.
Edge Protection
Edge protection options in order of effectiveness
are:
parapet.
guardrail at the roof edge.
permanent protected walkway for access to plant
on the roof.
preformed sockets to support temporary edge
protection guardrails.
running line systems designed, installed and tested
to the relevant standards.
Designers should be aware of the requirements of
the relevant Health & Safety Regulations.

Fragile Materials
The most important issue for designers is how to
design out fragile materials or eliminate unprotected
fragile materials at height.
The supplier of building materials should be able to
provide:
I

initial material strength.

the effects of ultra-violet radiation on material

properties.

xing specications, including type, number and

position.

Rooights
For rooflights designers should consider carefully
the potential to eliminate or reduce this hazard.
The decision on whether to include rooights
should take account of the risks associated with
temporary gaps during construction, and the risks
when access to the roof is needed later during
maintenance or cleaning.

1.1.13

Where rooights are required, designers should

consider:
I

specifying rooights that are non-fragile

tting rooights designed to project above the

plane of the roof and which cannot be walked
on (these reduce the risk but they should still be
capable of withstanding a person falling onto
them).

specifying rooights with a design life that

matches that of the roof, taking account of the
likely deterioration due to ultra-violet exposure,
environmental pollution and the internal and
external building environment.

Kingspan rooight systems are non-fragile and do

not increase Health & Safety risk.
Roong Systems
The safest option is to specify a roof system which
is non-fragile during construction and over its design
life.
Kingspan insulated roof systems are non-fragile,
simple and fast to install and are load bearing
independent of the fixing system.
Handling of very long roof panels can be
dangerous for roof workers and others, even in
moderate winds. Under certain wind conditions,
sheeting work has to be stopped.
Roof Maintenance
Designers can help reduce the amount of work
done at height throughout the life of the structure.
For example, they could:
I

increase the maintenance life of roof components

locate plant and equipment at low level wherever

possible

design gutter detailing to reduce blockages

Co-operation with Others

Good liaison between designers can achieve
better standards at all stages of the work. A practical
example is the effect of gutter design on systems
when the roof is laid.
Roof workers and others commonly use gutters for
access at eaves level along the roof. The structural
strength of the gutter, its width and depth and the
quality of the xings greatly affect its safety as a
means of access. Where gutters are not strong
enough or are tted after the roof cladding is xed,
means of access will be needed which takes this into
account. Problems can often be avoided if designers
consult with each other.

1.

1.

Health & Safety, Buildabilty & Siteworks

Principal Contractors
Principal contractors are the key players in setting
practical on-site safety standards and ensuring that
they are actually followed. They should:
I

ensure that the overall work programme gives

enough time for work to be done safely by
subcontractor, taking account of likely weather
conditions.

They need to satisfy themselves that these are

appropriate and adequate for the work in hand. It
is not acceptable for principal contractors merely to
specify that method statements are drawn up. They
need to establish an effective system for reviewing
them.
Principal contractors need to monitor compliance
with the construction phase health and safety plan
and take positive action to remedy matters if risk is
not being effectively controlled.

allow time to consider method statements and deal

with the implications of design changes.

devise a work programme which reects the need

to control access to areas below roof work where
there is danger of falling materials.

Contractors

specify clearly at tender stage the resources

allocated to control and manage risks such as falls
from height.

prepare safety method statements that are relevant

to the work being done.

ensure that relevant information is passed to the

contractor.

ensure that they and their employees are

competent to carry out the work in hand safely.

co-operate with the principal contractor in

implementing the construction phase health and
safety plan.

Principal contractors need to ensure that an

adequate construction phase health and safety plan
is in place before construction starts. The plan needs
to set out explicitly how the work is to be done in
practice and the precautionary measures that need
to be taken.

Contractors need to:

Safety method statements can usefully form

the basis of the construction phase health and
safety plan. They are usually drawn up by individual
contractors rather than the principal contractor.
Principal contractors need to scrutinise contractor
method statements.

1.1.14

Health & Safety, Buildabilty & Siteworks

On-Site Installation

Buildability

Kingspan provide site installation methods

guidance booklets for their insulated roof and
wall systems which are available to designers and
constructors from Kingspans Technical Services.

Kingspan insulated roof and wall systems are

factory pre-engineered enabling safer, simple,
costeffective, rapid and superior quality site
construction. This facilitates reliable and fast site
programme certainty, lower prelim and attendance
costs, on time project handover and earlier
client / tenant trading income payback compared with
multi-part site-assembled envelope systems.

Build Speed
Kingspan single component, single x insulated
roof and wall systems can typically reduce on-site
construction time by up to 50% compared with
conventional built-up, multi-part roof or wall on-site
assemblies. This allows the site installation of roof
and wall systems to be removed from the building
programmes critical path.

Kingspan Insulated
Panels

Roof Systems
I

KS1000 RW

KS1000 TOP-DEK

KS1000 FF

KS1000 RT

KS1000 X-DEK

Site Assembled
Built-up Systems

Single component
Single x
All Weather working
Zero defects

Multi-component
Multi-x
Weather limited
Quality defects

Area 5,000 m2

Wall Systems
I

KS1000 AWP B/M/E/W/L/S/I/F

KS1150 TF/TL/TC B/M/E/W/L/S/I/F

KS1000 FR

KS1000 FH

KS1000 RW
Contact Kingspan Technical Services.

1.1.15

Area 10,000 m2

No. Weeks
5
6

10

1.

Reduce lifetime energy usage,

operating costs and CO2 emissions
by up to 40%

Thermal Airtightness Energy Efciency

Thermal Performance and Energy Efciency
Introduction
World wide concern regarding climate change and
the impact which greenhouse gas emissions have on
the environment have encouraged governments to
act.
The EU Directive on the energy performance of
Buildings (EPBD) ensures that building standards
across Europe place a high emphasis on minimising
energy consumption.
These measures are a vital component of the EUs
strategy to meet its Kyoto Protocol commitments.
This protocol was signed by 159 countries in
Dec.1997. The Main goal is reduction of emissions
rising in consequence by greenhouse effect.
In brief the EPBD requires all EU Member States
to:
I

develop a calculation methodology for the energy

performance of buildings

set and enforce minimum energy performance

requirements for new built buildings and buildings
undergoing major renovation

develop energy performance certicates for

buildings, which must be shown to buyers/tenants
when buildings/apartments are constructed, sold
or rented out

ensure the regular inspection of certain boilers and

air-conditioning systems

The recent EC Action Plan for Energy Efciency

foresees a key role for the EPBD in realising the
savings potential in the building sector, which is
estimated at 28%, and which in turn can reduce the
total EU nal energy use by around 11%.
Kingspan insulated roof and wall systems
provide solutions and construction details for
building designers which already satisfy these
higher specications in terms of U-values, thermal
bridging, condensation risk, air leakage and insulation
continuity. These systems also enable the integration
and downsizing of HVAC plant, thus reducing lifetime
energy usage, operating costs and Carbon Dioxide
(CO2) emissions by up to 40%

EU Directive on Energy Performance, May 2010

1.2.17

1.

1.

Thermal Airtightness Energy Efciency

Thermal Performance and Energy Efciency
Most buildings have to be heated during the
winter (some throughout the entire year) to provide
a suitable environment for the occupants or the
processes within the building. Conversely, some
buildings have to be kept cool eg. chill stores for
keeping food fresh. In simple terms, the insulation
system or envelope separates the internal and
external environments. To achieve this, it must have
barrier systems to effectively control:
1. The ow of heat. This is generally the ow from
inside to outside during the winter months and the
ow from outside to inside in the summer.
2. The ow of precipitation. The envelope must
prevent rain and snow from entering the building.
3. Wind. It must prevent wind from blowing through
the building. If uncontrolled wind is allowed to blow
through a building, the internal environment cannot
be controlled in any way.

In most buildings, the envelope is relied upon

to absorb the energy difference between inside
and out. This puts a lot of stress on the barrier
materials within the envelope assembly to provide a
variety of ways to respond to the changing external
environment. An envelope assembly is designed to
a minimum tolerance and a failure in any one of the
components within the assembly will signicantly
reduce the overall assembly performance. What
is critically important is that to be successful, any
envelope solution must integrate the performance of
its different components to achieve the desired result.
For example, an envelope which has theoretically
good thermal properties but which lets rain in or
looses heat when the wind blows has not achieved
its required performance.
In addition to meeting all these control barrier
requirements, the envelope design must also be
economical and buildable.

4. Humidity. The envelope must allow the control of

humidity levels indoors.
An envelope must satisfy all these criteria and must
be capable of providing satisfactory performance in
each area for the designed service life of the building.

Roof, wall & faade environment

rain or snow,
rain and snow
solar
radiation

heat lost
condensation

wind
heat gain

heating
economy

1.2.18

Thermal Airtightness Energy Efciency

Thermal Performance and Energy Efciency
The efciency of the thermal insulation of the
installed building envelope depends on the correct
specication of parameters, assembly and durability
of the system. Error in any of these areas results in
degradation of envelope heat insulating properties.

Using infrared thermography makes it possible to

identify quickly and precisely any imperfections in
thermal insulation performance and verify the thermal
insulating properties of the roof and wall systems.

The following thermographic photographs demonstrate high performance insulation properties

combined with low air permeability, which are typical properties of Kingspan insulated roof and wall
systems.

Wall outside views

Roof inside views

This photograph shows the lower glazed part and the sandwich
insulating panels above it. All the panels show favourable quality of
the insulation which is completely coherent and its joints are tight.
At the eaves moulding in the area where the roof assembled on the
building is in contact with insulating sandwich panels, small leakage
with air leak appears.

This photograph provides the inside view on the sandwich insulating

panel. The outside temperature was higher during the research
thanks to which a higher temperature gradient was reached. The red
strip across the photograph is caused by sunlight radiation through
the skylight. The sandwich insulating panels behaviour well and the
joints show good sealing integrity.

This photograph shows sandwich insulating panel with door and

window openings. These openings can be easily identified as the
rectangular areas are a bit warmer, which is caused by heat loss
naturally more extensive in this area. The panels and joints of the
ystem do now show any important defect and their function is good.

This system of roof sandwich insulating panels above the cooled

tore shows a high level of heat insulation without any mark of thermal
failures. The insulation is of uniform efficiency and the joints seam to
be leak-proof. The blue mark top left is caused by the skylight, which
is not insulated so well.

This photograph of the sandwich insulating panel wall outside

shows uniform temperature of the surface, which proves the well
performed insulation and state of joint. This example shows perfect
performance of the designed structural element.

This system of roof sandwich insulating panels above the cooled

store shows a high level of heat insulation without any mark of heat
failure. The insulation is of uniform efficiency and the joints seem to
be leak-proof. The blue mark on the photograph top left is caused
by the skylight which is not insulates so well.

1.2.19

1.

For example 1% moisture by volume in built-up

man-made mineral fibre insulants can reduce
thermal performance by up to 85% or more,
increasing the U-value from 0.25W / m2K to
0.47W / m2K.

Thermographic image showing an insulated panel

roof system indicating total insulation continuity.

Typical example of the effect of 1% moisture

ingress (by volume) on mineral fibre insulant.

Thermographic image of a site assembled built-up

man-made mineral fibre roof system. The large
irregular black area within the image represents
missing, misplaced or poorly performing insulation
which is leading to significant cold bridging, loss
of insulation continuity and major heat loss over
the buildings lifetime.

The selection of system insulation

and its lifetime performance is a fundamental
design, construction and occupier issue

Thermal Airtightness Energy Efciency

Thermal Performance
Thermal Conductivity
To describe the insulation performance of any
building material, the thermal conductivity unit
[W / mK] is used as the most important measure. It
indicates how much energy (heat) ows in a steadystate condition in one hour through a 1 meter thick
material, if the temperature difference between the
inside and the outside amounts to T = 1Kelvin.
Kingspan insulated roof and wall systems with
PUR / IPN rigid foam insulation achieve values of
0.022W / mK (mineral wool 0.044W / mK)
according to the EU specication EN13165
Thermal insulation products for buildings factory
made rigid polyurethane (PUR) products.
This high insulation performance is achieved
by the combination of a vapour diffusion-closed
external skin with a closed cellular PUR / IPN rigid
urethane core. The result is currently the best thermal
performance of all well-known insulating systems in
the building industry.
Example:
An 8 cm PUR-composite wall panel has the same
insulation performance as a 48cm multilayer wall
made from 36.5cm thick brick-work plus 8cm
insulation and finished with plaster on both sides.
The thermal storage capacity of Kingspan insulated
roof and wall systems is very low due to the low
density of the core material. Thus commercial
buildings in intermittent use can be heated fast
saving energy.

Cold Bridges & Thermal Performance

Cold bridges are locally weak points in the
structure of a building, through which more heat
ows than the surrounding surfaces. Because cold
bridges are often the cause of building damage,
particular attention must be paid to them. They cause
lower localised surface temperatures, resulting in the
formation of condensation and mold / fungus.
Cold areas are uncomfortable, and bacteria
or mould / fungus growth is very unhealthy. Cold
bridges also represent a further enormous cost in
the form of heat loss, which results in additional
energy consumption and therefore additional
CO2-emmissions. Particularly with multi-layer
insulation systems, missing insulation continuity
combined with, poor assembly practice can increase
the thermal transmittance coefcient U [W / m2K]
enormously, resulting in signicant heat loss.
By using constant wall thickness throughout the
insulation envelope, and by the thermal separation of
the internal and external skins, the highly engineered
quality of Kingspan insulated panel systems prevents
the formation of cold bridges.

1.2.21

Thermal Failure & Increased Energy

Operating Costs
For example, a gap caused by 3% of the total
insulation volume missing would reduce U values as
follows:
roofs 0.25 to 0.33 W / m2K
walls 0.35 to 0.43 W / m2K
5,000 m2 Building Example
Additional heat loss
= 22%
Additional energy usage = 29.583 kWH per annum
Additional CO2 emissions = 6.212 kg per annum*
10,000 m2 Building Example
Additional heat loss
= 23%
Additional energy usage = 53.464 kWh per annum
Additional CO2 emissions = 11.227 kg per annum*
* Conversion of energy to Carbon emissions based on an average
fuel efficiency.

1.

Lower Carbon Dioxide (CO2) emissions,

through enhanced energy efciency,
reduces Global Warming

Thermal Airtightness Energy Efciency

Thermal Performance
Humidity
There is a close relationship between insulation
performance and humidity control because of
the high thermal conductivity of water, which is
approximately thirty times larger than the conductivity
of resting air. The thermal conductivity of insulating
material increases as a function of its water content.
Insulating materials with high capillary absorbency
can hold up to 98% by volume of water.
And an increase in moisture content of only 1%
by volume can reduce the thermal performance of
man-made mineral fibre insulation by up to 85%.

Building use

It is important to recognise the signicance

of humidity and its potential for causing harmful
condensation within a building. Typical temperature
and humidity readings for some types of buildings are
shown in the following table:

Relative Humidity at Internal

Temperature
15 C

Storage areas

In addition to the inuence on the thermal

performance, excess humidity can lead to
fungus / mold growth and attack by vermin. Frost
damage, corrosion, the solvent effect on other
materials as well as dimensional changes can also be
caused by moisture/humidity permeation.

20 C

Standard & High Humidity Side Lap Seals

25 C

< 50%

< 35%

< 25%

Ofce,shops and most retail units

5065%

3550%

2535%

Dwellings with low occupancy

6580%

5060%

3545%

Standard Humidity
Factory applied anti-condensation tape
PVC or butyl sealing tape

Dwellings with high occupancy e.g.

sports halls, kitchen, canteens buildings
heated with unued gas heaters

8095%

6070%

4555%

High Humidity
Factory applied anti-condensation tape

Higher humidity (special use) buildings

e.g. swimming pools, laundries,
breweries

PVC or butyl sealing tape

> 95%

> 70%

> 55%

Site applied 6 mm vapour seal

Kingspan insulated roof and wall systems are manufactured with factory applied anti-condensation/vapour control tape to control the humidity.

1.2.23

1.

1.

Thermal Airtightness Energy Efciency

Thermal Performance
Condensation

Air movement at surface:

can cause convention heat loss

Water vapour is water in its gaseous state. The

higher the absolute content of water vapour, the
larger the water vapour pressure. Water vapour
always follows the steam pressure gradient. Ignoring
the effect of gravity and other forces, water vapour
will always move along the pressure gradient towards
the point of lowest concentration. This migration
process is called diffusion. Normally in warm
buildings, the vapour pressure difference between
the internal building climate and the outside causes
diffusion of water vapour out of the building. If the
water vapour reaches the dew point, it changes into
liquid state and condenses as water.

OUTSIDE
Condensation:
can reduce thermal
resistance and
damage building
fabric

Designers of chill and coldstores should consider

the reverse condensation effect where the external
temperature will normally be higher than the cold
internal air (with lower vapour content) resulting
in moisture migration into the building. In these
circumstances, the vapour barrier has to be located
towards the external skin of the panels.

INSTALLATION RISKS:
Site assembly is vulnerable to poor installation leaving gaps, missing insulation,
higher air leakage or physical deterioration (compression).

The need for lower U-values and insulation

continuity requires certainty of insulation performance
over the buildings lifetime and the removal of any
risk of increased thermal conductivity, whatever the
cause.

Ageing: any degradation

to material or to thermal
resistance from quoted
values over the lifetime,
including settlement or
compression

Higher
thermal
bridging
INSIDE

Vapour permeability presents

risk of condensation

Leakiness air escape

carries heat away

The largest risk factor is the potential for build up

of vapour causing interstitial condensation within
the insulation material which results in its physical
degradation and can lead to thermal performance
failure.
Kingspan insulated roof and wall systems utilise
closed cell insulation between impervious metal
facings which prevents any moisture or vapour
ingress into the insulation core. This ensures long
term thermal (U-value) reliability and insulation
continuity. Designed-in quality guarantees the
reliability of thermal (U-value) and insulation continuity.

1.2.24

Thermal Airtightness Energy Efciency

Thermal Performance
Air Leakage Prevention
Air leakage prevention describes the ability of
a building to prevent air from passing through it.
Specically, it is concerned with the movement of air
through construction joints.
An airtight building envelope not only reduces heat
loss, but also prevents vapour diffusion leading to
improved thermal and acoustic performance, and
better control of internal climatic conditions.
The physical reason for the passage of air
through structural joints is the pressure difference
between inside and out caused by the wind, and
the temperature difference between the external and
internal climates. Small wind velocities can produce
surprisingly high differential pressures. Thermal
pressure depends on the temperature difference and
on the room height. The combination of wind and
thermally induced differential pressure can add up to
high peak values for pressure differential.

Air leakage through a building envelope should not

be considered as acceptable natural ventilation. Air
leakage into a building cannot be controlled or ltered
and will not provide adequate or evenly distributed
ventilation to that building. In addition to this, the
warm air which is leaking out of the building will carry
moisture which may condense within the building
fabric leading to degradation. Ventilation of a building
should be designed and should be based on the
assumption that the envelope will be relatively airtight.
Up to 33% of HVAC costs on industrial and
commercial buildings are caused by air leakage. Air
leakage causes a particularly risk of condensation
in multi-layer roof and wall systems. Thus small
assembly and design errors with these systems can
easily result in increased air leakage rate.
The designed-in quality of the KINGSPAN system
substantially reduces air leakage by means of a
unique labyrinth joint design and the factory applied
joint sealants.
The selection of a system of insulation for a
building is a fundamental design, construction and
owner issue. Its ability to perform over the lifetime of
the building is critical in optimising energy efciency
and Carbon Dioxide (CO2) emissions.

Challenges to Insulation Performance

Machine-Made Mineral Fibre Insulation

Kingspan Closed Cell Insulated Roof and Wall

Systems

Rock bre

Closed cell insulation

Vapour permeability presents risk of condensation

Leakiness air escape carries heat away
Condensation can reduce thermal resistance and
damage building fabric

impervious facings
No cavities or condensation risk

No air movement
Factory quality (no gaps or missing insulation)
Glass bre
Air movement at surface can cause convection
heat less
Degradation to material or thermal resistance can
occur through settlement, ageing and compression
over the buildings lifetime

No settlement, ageing or compression of insulation

Installation Quality Risks

Installation Quality Certainty

Man-made mineral bre materials are vulnerable to

poor installation leaving gaps or physical deterioration
(compression).

Factory, pre-engineered systems facilitate superior

quality site installation.

1.2.25

1.

Building fabric insulation and airtightness certainty play a vital role in optimising energy efciency,
lowering energy usage and reducing operating costs over the buildings lifetime.
Additionally, signicant capital cost savings can be made by downsizing HVAC plant and services at
new build stage.
Kingspans insulated roof and wall systems facilitate the construction of energy efcient and low
Carbon Dioxide (CO2) emission buildings, providing environmentally sustainable construction.

Thermal Airtightness Energy Efciency

Energy Efcient Building Design
Building Services
To achieve energy efciency in practice and
compliance with current regulations, the building
and its services systems should be appropriately
designed and constructed. Information should also
be provided such that the energy performance of the
building in use can be assessed. When designing
building services installations, provision should
be made to facilitate appropriate inspection and
commissioning.
In large complex buildings, it may be sensible to
consider the provisions for the conservation of fuel
and power separately for the different zonal areas
of the building in order to establish the measures
appropriate to each area.
The form and fabric performance of the building
plays a vital role in the achievement of in-use
energy efciency. Optimum energy efciency can be
achieved by utilising the superior lifetime thermal,
air leakage and insulation continuity performance of
Kingspans roof and wall systems. This allows the
design team to downsize HVAC plant, minimising
energy usage and cost levels over the lifetime of the
building. This also achieves lower Carbon Dioxide
(CO2) emissions and maximises environmental
sustainability for future generations.
The key areas for consideration are:
Heating / Cooling System Efciency
The heating or cooling system of a building must
be designed and installed to make efcient use of
energy to enable conservation of fuel and power.
Space Heating Controls
Articial Lighting
Air Conditioning, Mechanical Ventilation
Buildings incorporating air conditioning or
mechanical ventilation must be designed and
constructed so that:
a) the form and fabric of the building do not result
in a requirement for excessive installed capacity
of cooling equipment; and
b) fans, pumps, refrigeration equipment and
other components are reasonably efcient and
appropriately sized to have no more capacity for
demand and standby than is necessary; and
c) there are appropriate means of managing,
controlling and monitoring the operation of
equipment and systems.
If this is done, the requirements for energy
efciency of air conditioning and mechanical
ventilation will be met.

1.2.27

Inspection and Commissioning of

Building Services Systems
The building services installation must:
a) be capable of operating at the manufacturers
specied efciency; and
b) incorporate adequate provisions so that
testing and commissioning can be carried out
satisfactorily.
Written instructions must be provided for
the buildings occupier on the installed building
services plant and controls so that it meets current
regulations. Instructions must cover its method
of operation, preventative maintenance, and the
forecasting of annual energy consumption for the
building.
With regard to the commissioning of the building
services, requirements will be met by certifying that
commissioning has been done in accordance with
the appropriate building regulations.
The requirements for the provision of information
on energy efcient operation will be met by a selfcontained building log-book containing the following
details:
a) a schedule of the oor areas of each of the
building zones categorised by environmental
servicing type (e.g. air conditioned, naturally
ventilated); and
b) the purpose of the individual building services
systems; and
c) the location of the relevant plant and equipment;
and
d) the installed capacities (input power and output
rating) of the services plant; and
e) simple descriptions of the operational and
control strategies of the energy consuming
services in the building; and
f) operating and maintenance instructions that
include provisions enabling the specied
performance to be sustained during occupation.

1.

1.

Roof Drainage
Roofs are constructed in a variety of shapes, from a simple pitched arrangement with external gutters,
to a more complex multi-span construction with valleys, hips, parapets or boundary wall gutters.
Gutter Types and Location

Parapet
or Boundary
Wall Gutter

Valley
Gutter

External
Gutter

Gutter layout and roof drainage requires careful

consideration at the building design stage to
guarantee reliable performance.
Eaves gutters are outside the building envelope
and any failure or leakage would not normally mean
water entering the building.
Failure of valley, hip, parapet and boundary wall
gutters, which are an integral part of the roof, results
in water pouring into the building damaging both the
fabric of the building and its contents.
Therefore, correct gutter design, construction
and in use reliability form a vital part of the project
teams considerations. The design details for roof
drainage are based on the recommendations in
EN 12056-3:2000 Gravity drainage systems inside
buildings Part 3: Roof drainage, layout and
calculation.
Kingspan design and manufacture a range of
standard and customised internal and external gutter
systems, see chapter Accessories.
Rainfall Rate
Rainfall rates have been recorded in many
countries over the years, and this information has
been used in EN 12056-3 to indicate where and how
frequently particular rainfall rates are likely to occur. A
rate of 75 mm / hr is suggested as the normal basis
for calculation. This rate is generally suitable for eaves
gutters.
Most gutter and drainage systems have to be able
to deal with short periods of excess rainfall, provided
they are correctly designed and maintained. Higher
rainfall rates such as 150 mm / hr can be used if
required to reduce overow risks further, e.g. for
valley, hip, parapet or boundary wall gutters.
Design General
TTo establish the correct gutter design and size it
is necessary to calculate the rainwater discharge rate
from the roof. This involves assessing the rainfall rate
and the effective catchment area, Ae.

1.3.28

Roof Drainage
Example:

Effective Catchment Area, Ae

The effective catchment area Ae for slope A is:

The water drainage from a roof includes rain

falling directly onto the roof and also wind driven rain
running off adjacent roofs, walls and parapets which
has to be taken into account.

Roof Plate Elevation

The total effective area therefore is:

I

the shaded roof plate area

the shaded vertical elevation area

A=

[ (10 20) +

Wall

(2 20)
(2 10)
+
2
4

] = 225 m

The gutter and downpipe arrangement has to

be designed to provide sufcient capacity for the
predicted discharge rate.
A
2
20

10

Note: All dimensions in linear metres

The depth of water in the gutter will vary from a

maximum at the upstream end, to a minimum critical
depth at the outlet, depending on gutter shape.
For rectangular section gutters the maximum water
depth equals twice the depth at the outlet.
Valley, hip, parapet and boundary wall gutters
should include an allowance for freeboard to allow
for splashing and waves below the spill over level.
EN12056-3 recommends minimum freeboard depth
between 25 mm and 0.3 total gutter depth up to
maximum of 75 mm. A minimum 50 mm freeboard is
often considered good practice.

1.3.29

Gutter design is normally based on the following

assumptions:
I

Slope of the gutter is less than 1 in 350.

The gutter has a uniform cross section.

The outlets are large enough to ensure the gutter

discharges freely.

The dimension from a stop end to outlet should be

less than 50 maximum water depth

The dimension between outlets should be less than

100 maximum water depth.

1.

1.

Roof Drainage
Kingow Insulated Gutter Range

Typical Gutter & Downpipe Analysis

Single Span (a)

Valley Gutter

Yc

Yu

Multispan (b)

Yu

Yc

Yc

Yu

Yc
Q

Yc
Q

Yu

Note: that for the same discharge rate, arrangement b only requires
half the capacity of arrangement a. This shows that outlets at
stop ends can be less efficient

Parapet Gutter

Gutter Design
Eaves Gutters
Flow capacities for individual shapes and lengths
for gutters, outlet sizes and downpipe arrangements
can be calculated by designers. As eaves gutters
are outside the building envelope, the design is less
critical than for a valley, hip, parapet or boundary wall
gutter. For this reason freeboard (excess capacity) is
not usually calculated in eaves gutter designs.
Valley, Hip, Parapet and Boundary Wall Gutters
These are effectively part of the roof construction
and the consequences of overow or leakage are
serious, so their correct design and installation are
very important. As they are part of the roof, they
must also be insulated to comply with thermal
requirements with respect to excess heat loss,
thermal bridging and the risk of condensation.

Eaves Highline Gutter

Gutters should be wide enough and sufciently

strong to allow foot trafc during installation and
maintenance and to comply with Health & Safety
Regulations.
Industry guides to good practice recommend
minimum base widths of 500 mm for valleys, and
300 mm for parapet and boundary wall gutters. In
general the shape of these gutters will be dictated
by roof slope, design ow rate and the distance
between downpipes. An additional freeboard over
the maximum water level is recommended to allow
for splashing and waves (up to 75 mm).
Gutters and outlets have to be dimensionally
integrated into the buildings structural/secondary
steelwork.

1.3.30

Roof Drainage
Outlets & Overow Weirs

Siphonic Rainwater Systems

Outlets should be in the bottom of the gutter and

they can either be directly into a pipe, or preferably
via a box to ensure optimum drainage ow from the
gutter.

Where conventional gravity rainwater systems

may cause obstructions inside a building because of
reduced headroom below pipes under the roofs and/
or position of vertical pipes, siphonic systems should
be considered. Siphonic pipes are usually smaller
in diameter than normal rainwater pipes and the
system is driven by pressure differences which allows
horizontal pipe runs to be used.

EN 12056-3 denes how to determine the correct

box and pipe sizes for a particular situation. Typically
the diameter of a downpipe connected directly to the
sole of a rectangular gutter should be approximately
75% of the width of the gutter.
Box Outlet
Overow Weir

140

35

150350 long

Purlin
150

Insul. to Gutter

Straight outlet
(round), welded
or loose

180 wide 1,015 long

150

(Typical dimensions in mm)

Excess water at one outlet needs to be able to ow

along the gutter to other outlets which introduces
limits on smaller gutters. The system needs to be
designed so that the minimum velocity in the system
at the design rainfall shall prevent deposition in the
pipework and ensure rapid commencement of the
siphonic effect.
The large difference between average rainfall
intensity and peak design rainfall calculated to
EN 12056 in some regions of the British Isles often
requires that two siphonic systems are tted to valley
gutters. One is designed to accept the normal rainfall
range and the secondary system (which can be
siphonic or gravity) is normally dry except in heavy
storms.

140

Tapered Outlet

Siphonic systems have to be designed by the

manufacturer to suit the roof layout with the collection
area and outlet capacity balanced against pressures
in the pipe system. Each pipe system has a
maximum ow rate and also a minimum limit at which
siphonic self cleaning action will commence.

150

Conventional Rainwater Gravity Drainage Method

Tapered outlet,
welded or loose
150

(Typical dimensions in mm)

Overflow Weirs

Gravity

8 downpipes and internal underground drainage incorporating

inspection chambers

Self Priming Siphonic System

Seal

Siphonic
Stop-end
Optional spitter with weir
A typical siphonic outlet.

1.3.31

1.

1.

Roof Drainage

Thermal Insulation

Protective Coatings

Internal gutter systems have to comply with

thermal regulations as they are classed as part of the
roof structure. Kingspan recommend an insulation
U-value of 0.35 W/m2K which provides pre-melt
drainage in the event of snow fall and ice formation.

External gutters

This facilitates drainage of the roof system

under winter conditions. In addition, analysis of
condensation risk and thermal bridge heat loss is
necessary.

Galvanised substrate S220GD + ZA to

EN 10214:1992

internal coating 200 micron Plastisol.

Internal gutters
I

Galvanised substrate Fe P02G Z600 to

EN 10143:1993

single ply membrane

Durability

internal coating 200 micron Plastisol.

All gutters are subjected to severe corrosive

conditions due to the frequency of wetting, and the
accumulation of debris and dirt, which can retain
water and moisture for extended periods. Internal
gutters are used as walkways during and after
construction and are subject to periodic cleaning.
Any protective coating systems must therefore be
resistant to damage.

Site Installation

Gutter replacement is disruptive and expensive

as it involves stripping out parts of and possible
replacement of the whole roof system.
Therefore, the planned lifetime for internal gutters
should be 30 years, which should allow for periodic
maintenance.

Site installation of gutter systems is a high risk

activity which requires specic Health & Safety and
CDM procedures and method statements.
Maintenance
It is important to recognise that the performance
of all gutter systems will deteriorate in time because
of leaves, silt and other debris. The system should
be designed with appropriate safety factors to
allow for this, depending on risk of accumulation
and frequency of maintenance. Regular scheduled
inspections which should be at least once per year in
most locations are recommended.

1.3.32

1.

Fire Safety Performance

Fire safety risk assessment is essential for compliance with statutory regulations and standards, and
for life safety occupants, business risk planning and property insurance assessment.
The guidance provided in this section provides a simple and authoritative source of information. The
emphasis is on awareness and information with the aim of helping to clarify both statutory and property
insurance requirements regarding the performance of Kingspan

roof and wall systems.

Kingspan roof and wall systems are used

extensively in all building sectors. External roof / wall
and internal temperature control panel systems are
required to perform many functions:

45 years of real re history indicates that rigid

PUR insulated external roof and wall panels have an
exemplary re performance record. Collated analysis
from real res shows:

Thermally effective

Limit air leakage

Structurally efcient

There are no recorded incidents where external

insulated roof and wall panels have caused or have
been involved in the initial stages of a re.

Provide re safety

Acoustically compliant

Provide safe and fast build quality

External insulated roof and wall panels only

become involved when an internal re has reached
a fully developed state involving total loss of
building and contents.

Ecosafe

Hygiene and health

Vitality

Due to the way they are xed to the structure, the

panels which form the external envelope retain their
structural integrity until the structural frame fails.

Misinformation has caused the re risk of external

sandwich panel envelopes to be sensationalised.
Most signicant res and insurance losses
have been related to buildings with internal
compartments within the food processing industry.

Kingspan certied
panel systems
with IPN core achieve all this functionality and are
widely recognised as well by investors, property
insurers, designers and constructors for superior re
performance which reduces re risk.
Kingspan panel systems have been tested
and approved to European and country specic
standards and comply with all building regulations.
Furthermore, they comply with the property insurance
risk requirements of LPCB (Loss Prevention Council
Board in the UK) and the FM Global insurance
company as follows:
I

To comply with specic re test standards, no ash

over or re propagation occurs.

No ame spread occurs within the panel core.

Kingspan
roof and wall systems are
secured to the main/secondary frame members of
the structure to protect re ghters

Building regulations apply not only to the design

and construction of new buildings but also to existing
buildings if a material alteration or change of use is
being made. It is the building regulations that are
likely to have the main impact on the required re
performance of external cladding systems. Each
country has its own regulations / standards for re
safety.
Recently Kingspan has introduced its new
insulation core material Isophenic - IPN on the
market. This foam has a special polymer structure
which gives improved re performance compared to
PUR.

1.4.34

Fire Safety Performance

Statutory re safety legislation is primarily
concerned with the protection of people from
death or injury in re. However, a re that causes
no physical injuries can still have potentially
devastating effects on the viability of a business
in terms of:

Published re statistics tend to show that external

claddings constructed from sandwich panels are
not a major re risk, particularly if the chances
of an arson attack can be reduced and its effect
minimised.

loss of stock

direct damage to building

Facts and Conrmed Research

lost customers

loss of records

lost production

Although the rigid urethane used in the panels is

unsurpassed in its thermal insulating properties, it is
basically combustible, like all organic substances.

damage to public image

Therefore, where a re has the potential to have

a substantial impact on the viability of a business or
cause large nancial losses, consideration should
be given to additional re protection measures over
and above those necessary to satisfy the minimum
statutory requirements. Insurance premium discounts
may be available where a high standard of re
protection is provided.
In some cases, insurance cover may not be readily
available unless re protection measures exceed the
minimum requirements of building regulations.

But the historical re performance and insurance

loss statistics relating to the use of Kingspan
polyurethane / isophenic (PUR / IPN) panels in the
external envelope has been excellent. There is no
evidence whatsoever to suggest that Kingspan panel
systems are not t-for-purpose and there is no link
with higher insurer losses. This is proven by detailed
insurer loss statistics and case studies on res in
buildings clad with such panels.
The following ndings can be summarized from
the research carried out on many real res where
Kingspan insulated roof and wall systems were in
use:
I

The panels do not contribute to a re. They are

only damaged in the immediate area of the re and
self-extinguish after the re load has gone

By forming a protective char layer, the re is

starved of oxygen between the metallic skins of the
panel. The panels are thus self-extinguishing and
do not contribute to a re.

Thermoset rigid urethane PUR / IPN does not melt

or drip when exposed to re. Thus, the danger of
igniting secondary res does not arise.

The gases given off when PUR / IPN foam burns

are less toxic than those given off by conventional
building materials (e.g. wood)

When used as roof cladding, the sandwich panels

resist the spread of re and reduce radiant heat

Compared to mineral insultant or insulating material

made from wood bres, there is a substantially
smaller risk of smouldering after the main re is put
out

The additional re load caused by PUR / IPN panels

varies between 3 and 6kWh / m2 and therefore has
very little effect on a re. This very low value results
from the low density of the insulating foam core
which is approximately 41kg / m3

The results from the standardised tests used to

determine combustibility are conrmed completely
by the behaviour of the panels in practice

Myths and Misinformation

The property insurance market has been confused
by conicting information, mis-reporting and myths
in relation to polyurethane panels. Probably the most
damaging myth is that building insurance premiums
can increase by up to 1,500% for polyurethane panel
cladding and that some buildings are uninsurable.
The reality is that these dramatic premium increases
relate exclusively to buildings containing polystyrene
panels. There is no justication whatsoever for
such premium increases on buildings clad with
polyurethane or isophenic panels.
Kingspan is available to support building owners
and tenants when assessing re risks and to help in
negotiations with brokers/insurers.
A further myth is that re brigades will not enter
a building clad with sandwich panels. This is totally
untrue, a situation conrmed by discussions with reghters. The reality is that a re brigade will perform a
risk assessment on arrival at the re. The result of this
will determine their actions.
Clearly, panel system collapse and internal
ashover is the biggest fear of re-ghters. This is
a particularly important consideration in relation to
internal panel systems where the re-ghters have to
enter the building to ght the re. The reality is that
buildings clad in structurally supported (mechanicallyxed) external panels do not present a specic
hazard, as the panels will not collapse until the
structural steelwork collapses.

1.4.35

1.

1.

Fire Safety Performance

Conclusion

Kingspan IPN foam

The behaviour of KINGSPAN insulated roof

and wall panels in a re is similar to that of other
re-resistant building materials.

IPN foam is the abbreviation for Isophenic

Kingspans unique high grade index Polyisocyanurate
insulation material. IPN and PUR visually look the
same. Both materials belong to the same generic
family of thermosetting materials. Kingspan IPN uses
a unique formulation that gives a highly re resistant
product which is capable of passing insurance
industry tests such as from LPCB and FM Global.

With respect to current re regulations and the

need to build passive re protection in to a structure,
insulated PUR / IPN panel systems are amongst the
safest proven building methods.

Combustibility of installed panel

systems
In recent years, huge confusion has been caused
by panel manufacturers and their suppliers making
claim and counter claim about the non-combustibility
or otherwise of their own and their competitors panel
systems.

To achieve re classication B according EN

13501, panels made with IPN core require very
small quantity of added ame retardant. Essential
advantages of Isophenic is the superior re
performance and the much lower production of toxic
smoke in case of re.

The real issue is not about the combustibility of the

panel system or core directly all have combustible
elements. The real issue is how a specic system
will perform in a real re and whether it acts as a
non-combustible building element by not contributing
to re propagation.
The simplest way of looking at this issue is to
address the insulation core and the panel system
separately.
With polystyrene and rock bre panels, adhesives
are used to bond the steel facing to the insulation.
In rock bre panels, the adhesive is normally
polyurethane and levels of adhesive can be quite
large to ensure a good bond and minimise the risk
of delamination. As a direct result, panels with a rock
bre core can not be generally rated as completely
non-combustible.

Section cut through the thickness of the panel with IPN core after 30 minutes exposure showing that the char occurs only in the area of direct
flame impingement and there is no fire propagation.

1.4.36

Fire Safety Performance

Fire Statistics in External Cladding
Systems over a Five Year period

Food Factories
Property Losses Table 2:

It is vitally important to understand and quantify the

actual re losses insured by insurers and break this
down into individual sectors and panel systems.
The rst issue to address is the breakdown
between losses attributed to the use of external
panel systems and those attributable to the use of
internal panel systems.
The December issue of Fire Prevention contains an
article by BRE (Building Research Establishment)
which gives a truly independent and authoritative
assessment of the situation

Year

Loss ( mio)

1991

17

1992

35

1993

25

1994

12

1995

48

1996

29

1997

25

1998

68

1999

94

Total

353

Source: FPA and others

Fire statistics show that external claddings

constructed from sandwich panels tend not to be a
major re risk, particularly if the chances of an arson
attack can be reduced and its effect minimised. It
is important, for example, for re safety managers
to ensure that no combustible materials, such as
pallets, are located less than 10 m from the external
wall.
According to the Fire Protection Association (FPA),
over a ve year period in the 1990s, the gure for
total reported losses that were directly attributable
to external claddings of all kinds was 12.6 mio,
of which 9.3 mio was due to arson. The typical
causes of these res are set out in Table1. (Source:
Courtesy of BRE)
Typical Causes of Ignition of These Fires
Table 1:
Number

Arson / under investigation

6 (13%)

Electrical/gas

4 (8.7%)

Rubbish/smoking

1 (2.2%)

Spontaneous

2 (4.4%)

Unknown

1992

1993

1994

1995

13%

8.7%

1998

1999

Most of the food factory res during this period

resulted from cooking risks or the malfunction
of equipment. Stand-alone coldstores may be
considered as a lower risk, subject to the risk
assessment, which would take into account the
nancial exposure, building size etc. However, these
types of coldstores could still be vulnerable to an
arson attack or malfunction of refrigeration equipment
leading to a re.
(Source: Courtesy of BRE)

2.2%
4.4%

1.4.37

1997

Fire losses in food factories over the period 1991 to

1999 represent an average loss per year of 39 mio
(see Table 2)

Source: FPA
Note: The above was recorded over a five-year period. This is
only a small fraction of the losses in the food industry over
the same period (see Table 2) where fire spread through
sandwich panels used as internal partitions and ceilings,
leading to substantial losses.

71.7%

1996

These losses do not include business interruption

losses, which are typically about 50% or more than
the values recorded for property damage.

Cause

33 (71.7%)

1991

95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0

1.

1.

Fire Safety Performance

The building envelope, roofs and walls, plays
relatively little signicance in determining the outcome
of major res. That is one of the major messages that
have come out of the latest research into major res
in the commercial and industrial building sectors.

The research results show that only 3.4% of the

fires involved rigid urethane roof or wall panels
compared with an estimated 15% of building stock in
this sector were constructed with panels over the last
25 years.

Conducted by EPIC [Engineered Panels in

Construction], the research is believed to be the
largest study of its kind to look at the relationship
between major re losses and the fabric of the
building. The research studied nearly 400 res
with losses in excess of 726,000 over a 10-year
period to 2001. Using Insurance Industry records,
Fire Service reports, photographs and EPICs own
research base, half of these incidents could be
analysed in terms of their construction. (See Tables3
and4).

In the 6 cases identified, the panels only became

involved once the internal fire had become fully
developed. This is born out by large scale tests,
which show that urethane panels are only gradually
involved during the developing stage of a fire and are
not affected until the fire is fully developed.
It is particularly significant that polyurethane panels
were involved in 3.4% of the total fires and these
fires accounted for 3.1% of the financial loss to
insurers. In stark contrast polystyrene panels were
present in 12.8% of the total number of fires but
these fires represented 26.8% of the total insurance
loss. This data confirms that insurer losses in fires
involving polystyrene are higher than with other types
of insulated panel systems confirming the link
between polystyrene panels and higher insurance
losses.

Analysis of Major Fires by Number (19922001)

The second issue to address is the breakdown between different types of construction and panel systems.
The following table addresses this issue in detail.
Table 3:
Type of Construction

No. of Fires
726,000 Over
Loss

Additional
Comments

Traditional
brick / slate & tile /
asbestos / some metal

92
(51.4%)

10 projects involved
polystyrene panels
installed internally

Metal cladding

81
(44.5%)

13 projects involved
polystyrene panels
installed internally

6
(3.4%)

3 projects originally
reported as panels
were found to be
polyurethane lining
board

Insulated panels
(polyurethane)
LPCB Approved PIR
Panels

3.4%

44.5%

51.4%

0
(0%)

Source: EPIC

Analysis of Major Fires by Value (19922001)

Table 4:
Value of Fires
mio

Additional
Comments

Traditional
brick / slate & tile /
asbestos / some
metal and metal clad
buildings

771
(96.9%)

213.3 mio (26.8%)

realted to buildings
using polystyrene
panels installed
internally primarilly
in the food industry

Insulated panels
(polyurethane)

25
(3.1%)

Type of Construction

LPCB Approved PIR

Panels
Source: EPIC

3.1%

0
(0%)
96.9%

1.4.38

Protecting business and property with

insurer approved system

1.

Fire Safety Performance

Purpose Groups
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Industrial / Manufacturing
Distribution / Logistics / Transport
Comercial Ofce
Retail
Leisure / Sport / Hotels
Education
Healthcare
MoD / Defence
Student Accommodation
Residential / Social Housing
Utilities
Public & Local Authority
Justice
PFI / PPP
Refurbishment
Food Sector (box within a box)

Internal Ofce
Portal (concrete)

Low rise multi-storey

Ofce

External Ofce
12 storey

Construction Methods
I
I
I
I

Steel framed portal or truss type construction

Single storey buildings with external insulated roof
and wall cladding
Single storey building with internal box within a
box
Ofce low rise multi-storey construction

Truss

Box within a box

Food Sector

Types of Insulated Roof & Wall Systems

External Roofs

External Walls
Site Assembled Built-up MMMF

Glass Fibre/Rock Fibre Core

Glass Fibre/Rock Fibre Core

Trapezoidal

Trapezoidal

Glass Fibre/Rock Fibre Core

Glass Fibre/Rock Fibre Core

Standing Seam

Sinusiodal

Factory Pre-engineered Insulated Panels

PUR or IPN Core

PUR or IPN Core

Trapezoidal

Trapezoidal

PUR or IPN Core

PUR or IPN Core

Standing Seam

Architectural
Glass Fibre/Rock Fibre Core

Glass Fibre/Rock Fibre Core

MMMF

MMMF

Internal Walls, Partitions & Ceilings

Coating

Steel

Organic adhesive

PUR or IPN Core

Rock Fibre Core

Rigid Urethane

1.4.40

Fire Safety Performance

Fire Risk Assessment
Risk Management Considerations
When considering building design and re
protection, it is strongly recommended that early and
close liaison is established between the client, the
building designer and the insurer. This will provide
all parties with the opportunity of discussing and
developing the most cost-effective passive and active
re protection measures appropriate to the proposed
property and business protection needs.
The Risk Assessment Process
Insurers will identity with the client the component
parts of the business operation and the effect that
loss of each will have, not only in direct nancial loss
terms but also on the protability of the business.
The following is a broad summary of the aspects of
the business that will need consideration:
Occupancy
Usage and Processes Involved;
I

Fire load arising from the occupancy e.g. type of

goods stored and storage heights proposed

Premises layout, e.g. proximity of production

storage

Hazardous Processes;
I

Critical business process, equipment and/or

components and stock, e.g. electronic equipment,
high value components etc

Estimated Values at Risk

Buildings;

FIRESafe & Insurer Approved Building

Envelope Solutions
The Kingspan Fire safe concept applies to an
insulated panel systems that provides the optimum
solution for property and business re protection.
Kingspans re safe solutions are based upon
Factory Mutual Global (FM) and the Loss Prevention
Certication Boards (LPCB) rigorous re test and
accreditation methods. FM and LPCB systems are
widely recognized by investors, property insurers,
designers and constructors for their superior re
engineered performance thus reducing re risks.
Kingspan re safe panels perform well in all these
tests and with characteristic performance being:
I

formation of stable protective char at high

temperatures greater than 300 C

char core expands to ll any gap between facings

no ash over

panels are unaffected away from main re source

no ame spread particularly in the core of the

panel

no re propagation

no panel collapse

relatively small and acceptable smoke levels

high levels of re resistance up to 60 minutes

insulation and integrity is achievable with specic
systems

Kingspan believes that to verify real behaviour of

cladding systems in re condition is to expose the
composite products (with realistic joint details and
xings) to big scale re tests.

Contents excluding stock

Stock

Business interruption exposure

FM Global

Surroundings

Exposure from other Premises:

Type of area, e.g. residential/industrial

FM Global, formally known as Factory Mutual

is a major insurer with own test facilities and
standards for building cladding systems and has a
severe test standard for assessing reaction to re.
This test standard is FMRC4880 (1994) Approval
requirements for Class1 re classication with no
height restriction. Achievement of Class1 with no
height restriction is dependent on performance in a
number of tests that include -

Fire Protection
I

Distance from the nearest public re brigade

Availability of adequate water supplies for re

ghting

Fire detection/protection systems required to

augment passive and active re protection

ASTM E84 Surface Burning Characteristics

ASTM D482 Ignition Residue tests

Site Security Requirements

ASTM E711 Oxygen Bomb tests

Arson risk

UBC 26-3 Room Test

FMRC Room Corner Test (25 / 50ft test)

Security
I

1.4.41

1.

1.

Fire Safety Performance

FM 4880: Full scale Conner Wall Test
This standard was developed to establish the
hazard presented by sandwich panels. Its objectives
are similar to LPS1181 but it is considerably larger
and is open on two sides. The 50ft wall test is very
severe. Two walls 15.24m high with a small ceiling
are lined with panels and a large re source (345kg
dry timber crib) is positioned in the corner. To achieve
approval there has to be no lateral re spread to
the edge of the enclosure or re propagation to the

extremities of the panel construction and no ignition

of the ceiling. The Kingspan FM approved panels
are well within these limits proving that the panels
do not promote the spread of re. As a result of this
test, and other large scale tests Kingspan wall, roof
and ceiling panels are approved by FM Global for use
without any restriction in height.

Fire is contained in the room corner no evidence of fire propagation.

1.4.42

Fire Safety Performance

LPCB

Benets of insurer approvals

The Loss Prevention Certication Board (LPCB)

provides stringent large scale re testing, certication,
approval procedures and guidance contained in
the LPCB Design Guide for the Fire Protection of
Buildings. These require that the approved systems/
equipment are t-for-purpose when needed.

Compliance with legislation

Proven worldwide performance

Risk management

Research driven

Independent

Loss Prevention Standards (LPS) have been

incorporated into other British, European and
International Standards including

No additional premium

No additional excess

No professional indemnity insurance restrictions

British Standards (BS)

International (ISO)

European (EN)

Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

LPS 1181
Kingspan panels are tested according to
LPS1181:2003 Requirements and Tests for LPCB
Approval of Wall and Ceiling Lining Products and
Composite Cladding Products. This standard test
method was developed on behalf of the insurance
industry to evaluate the re growth of insulated
external cladding and roong xed to sheeting rails
and purlins. The test is performed on an open fronted
building, comprising two side walls, an end wall and
a ceiling/roof.
A re source is placed in the corner with a
maximum heat output of 1 MW.
Failure is when ashover occurs or there is
signicant damage to the panel internally or on the
surface.
The key parameters of the test include:

1.4.43

Fully developed re 1 mega watt re load.

Max temp > 1,000 C at internal liner.

Assessment of internal & external ame spread,

ignition and ashover conditions

1.

1.

Fire Safety Performance

Main Structure Collapse & Complete
Building Loss
These real re case studies clearly illustrate that
regardless of the re performance of materials used
in the construction of buildings, in the event of a
major catastrophic re occurring the structure will
collapse causing property and business loss.

Therefore contents re load risk and

property / business protection can only be realistically
prevented by adopting a holistic re engineered
approach to building design, construction and
management of re safety.

Panasonic, UK: Steel frame and site assembled mineral fibre roof and wall system. Structural failure leading to total building and contents loss.

Boots, UK: Steel frame supporting polyurethane roof and wall panels. Severe fire resulting from ignition of flammable aerosol containers

Fiege, Italy: Concrete frame - roof structure and metal clad wall. Structural failure leading to total building and contents loss

1.4.44

Fire Safety Performance

Building Structure & Fabric Fire
Protection

Fire Risk Assessment Priorities

The assessment of re threat to life, the main

structure and fabric of the building are based on
reducing the risk of an internal or external re
starting, developing or spreading.

If unprotected from the impact of re the main

structure stability is threatened at 500 C to 600 C
followed by collapse.

This creates a focus on the building structure and

envelope and the re protection levels which are
required relative to the re risk.

The importance of a threat to the structural integrity

of the building in the event of re has to be taken
into account as any main structure failure leads to
life safety threat and partial / total building loss.

Should the degree of re hazard threaten the

building structures integrity, the best way to
protect the insured value of the business, contents
and property is to prevent the re occurring or to
suppress it with property protection sprinklers.

Main structure building collapse has the greatest

effect on the property, business losses, interruption
and the safety of re crews.

Building Regulations now require higher levels

of thermal insulation which in the event of a re
accelerate heat / temperature build up, therefore
making the main structure more vulnerable to
earlier collapse.

Therefore if the main structure is threatened by

re it can be expected to fail at temperatures
between 500 C and 600 C at which point it is
almost certain that the contents will also have been
destroyed.

The best way to protect life and the insured value

of the business, contents and the property is to
prevent the re occurring or to suppress it.

Processes and contens

Risks
I

Process, contents and re load hazard.

Flashover point 600 C

Main structure stability is threatened at

500 / 600 C.

Property loss, contents and business/interruption

losses.

Fire crew safety.

Insurer Approved Protection

I

Fire risk assessment may indicate the need for

property protection sprinklers to suppress the re
at source, this:

Eliminates the risk of main structure failure and

collapse.

Eliminates total property, contents and business

interruption losses.

Eliminates re crew risk.

1.4.45

Structural Integrity of the Building Framework

Steel or concrete
frame and sedondary
steelwork

1.

1.

Fire Safety Performance

Real Fire Case Studies
Clifton Comprehensive School,
Rotherham - 30th July 2004
A serious re took place in the roof void of a new
school building in Rotherham. In this case Kingspan
LPCB approved roof panels were exposed to
an intense re in an aerial walkway. The re was
investigated by Tenos and South Yorkshire Fire
Service and again it was clear that the panels played
no role in re spread and actually played a key role
in preventing re propagation over a compartment
wall. The re took place just 6 weeks before the
facility was due to open, the building contained
many thousands of pounds of brand new computers
and other equipment. The fact that there was no

smoke damage to the equipment and the building

opened on schedule demonstrated the excellent re
performance of the cladding system.

Eagle Global Logistics, Pureet

A devastating re at a large logistics warehouse
operated by EGL (Eagle Global Logistics) in Pureet,
demonstrates the impressive re performance of
Kingspans LPCB (Loss Prevention Certication
Board) -approved panels, which played a signicant
role in preventing re spread to an adjacent building.
This re completely burnt out the EGL building.
Signicantly, the Kingspan panels on the adjacent
building, which was only 9 metres from the burnt
out unit, played an important role in preventing re
spread. The severe heat and ames generated by
the burning building were so intense that the paint
coating on the Kingspan panels on part of the
next-door building was burnt off but the PIR core
did not ignite and no ames or smoke entered the
adjoining building. An investigation by ACE Risk
Consultants has concluded that the Kingspan panels
that formed part of the external walls of the burnt
out building did not play any role in the development
and spread of the re. It has also been reported that
the coordinating re investigation ofcer had nothing
negative to say about the construction of the burnt
out building

1.4.46

Fire Safety Performance

Real Fire Case Studies

Image 1

Image 2

Image 3

Image 4

Wharfedale Hospital, 5th July 2003

Image 3

This is the rst recorded re in a building clad in

LPCB approved PIR panels. This re occurred in
an extension to the hospital under construction. An
arsonist ignited a solvent based adhesive poured
over a large pile of combustible building materials
that was stored in the ground oor of the facility. The
ground oor was essentially open with the external
cladding starting at the rst oor level.

Close-up of the inspection holes cut in the panel

after the re. The insulation core can be seen clearly
and looks to be virtually unaffected by the direct
ame impingement on the outer steel facing. The
steel column was not affected.

Kingspan commissioned Tenos to perform an

independent investigation into the re. This involved a
visit to site and discussions with West Yorkshire Fire
& Rescue. A detailed report is available.
The Tenos report concludes In spite of
signicant heat generated by the re (sufcient to
damage the intumescent coating and distort the steel
beams); the orientation of the cladding panels directly
above the re; and the fact that the re stopping was
not in place; the cores of the panels as evidenced
by photograph 2, 3 and 4 did not ignite; did not
promote re spread within the core or to the eaves
and did not signicantly contribute to the products of
combustion.
These photographs provide a record of the
damage and include some explanatory comments.
Image 1
Side of the building exposed to direct ame
impingement and smoke/heat damage from the
ground oor. It is clear that the PIR core has not
ignited and has played no role in the re.
Image 2
The side of the building that experienced a bigger
re attack. Flames appear to have rise to the eaves
a height of approximately 10 metres. The external
steel sheet has bowed and delaminated in the
areas of ame impingement however, there is no
indication the re has spread through the cladding.
Sections were cut out of the short panels in the
middle of this photograph in order to inspect the
steel column behind the panels. The next photograph
shows this more clearly.

1.4.47

Image 4
A panel that has been exposed to direct ame
impingement on the outer sheet. The metal has been
pulled away by contractors to inspect the PIR core.
It is clear that the insulation core has been almost
unaffected by the re. Only light charring can be
seen.

1.

1.

Fire Safety Performance

Background to the European Directive
As a consequence of the European Construction
Products Directive the adoption of the pan-European
technical specications, and the new European
test methods, the panel industry and its supply
base faces a period of change and adjustment.
In particular, a new classication system is being
introduced for all products to show reaction to re
and re resistance performance.

European Fire Test Standards

The European re test standards have been
adopted by the EU member states as national
standards. This means for example that the re
resistance standard BSEN1363-1(in UK) is a
technical and editorial equivalence with DIN EN
1363-1 (in Germany) and SN EN 1363-1 (in the
Czech republic). Existing national standards which
were in conict with the EN standards must be
withdrawn or had their scope amended to restrict
their use to products other than construction
products.

Fire Resistance
The following EU Standards are relevant:
EN 1363-1 Fire resistance tests Part 1: General
requirements
EN 1363-2 Fire resistance tests Part 2:
Alternative and additional procedures
EN 1364-1 Fire resistance tests for nonloadbearing elements Part 1: Walls
EN 1364-2 Fire resistance tests for nonloadbearing elements Part 2:
Ceilings
EN 1365-1 Fire resistance tests for loadbearing
elements Part 1: Walls
EN 1365-2 Fire resistance tests for loadbearing
elements Part 2: Floors and Roofs

European re resistance classication

system
EN 13501-1 Fire classication of construction
products and building elements Part 1. Reaction
to re assesses how a specic material or composite
product reacts when exposed to heat which can be
in the form of direct ame impingement, radiant heat
or high temperatures. Typical parameters normally
measured include ignitability, ame spread and rate
of heat release.

Euro Class

Test Methods

European re test
standard

A1

Flame resistance
Caloric heating power

EN ISO 1182
EN ISO 1716

A2

Flame resistance
Caloric heating power SBI

EN ISO 1182
EN ISO 1716
EN 13823

Fire ame spread (30s) SBI

EN ISO 11925-2
EN 13823

Fire ame spread (30s) SBI

EN ISO 11925-2
EN 13823

Fire ame spread (30s) SBI

EN ISO 11925-2
EN 13823

Fire ame spread (15s)

EN ISO 11925-2

No verify

Additional classication
I

Classication s1, s2, s3 according to smoke

development

Classication d0, d1, d2 according to aming

droplet performance

Typical results
I

Mineral bre: A2-s1,d0 or B-s1,d0

Fire safe IPN achieves B-s1,d0

Polyurethane (B2 & B3) likely to be B-s3,d0 or

C-s3,d0

Polystyrene panels likely to be C-s3,d2

The new Reaction to re classication system

does not fully assess the real panel performance.
Class A1 is the highest level of performance
associated primarily with inorganic materials, whilst
Class F indicates a material with essentially no
resistance to ignition from a small ame.
EN 13501-2 Fire classication of construction
products and building elements Part2:
Classication using Data from re resistance tests,
excluding ventilation services.
Fire resistance indicates how well a building
member for a stated period of time can hold back
the re and prevent it from penetrating from one
room to another. Classication of re performance
following a re resistance test is expressed in terms
of specic characteristics e.g.
I

R loadbearing capacity: is the duration for which

the element can continue to carry the load during
exposure to re

E integrity: is the duration for which the element

has the ability to contain the re and to some
extend the products of combustion

I insulation: is the duration for which the exposed

face temperature of the element can stay below
predened critical value

Additional performance parameters e.g. W

radiation, S smoke leakage, may also be used.
The classication of a product as a result of a re
resistance test is included in a classication report,
which is issued separately from the test report.

1.4.48

Fire Safety Performance

SBI Single Burning Item test
(EN 13823)
The SBI test is a test method developed specially
for the Euroclass system. This test is based on a re
scenario of a single burning item, e.g. a wastebasket,
located in a corner between two walls covered with
the lining material to be tested. The SBI test is used
for construction products excluding oorings and is
the essential test for determining the reaction to re
performance. Depending upon the results of the SBI
tests, classication is done into classes A2 to D.
The classication parameters of the SBI test are
re growth rate index (FIGRA), lateral ame spread
(LFS), and total heat release (THR600s). Additional
classication parameters are dened for smoke
production as smoke growth rate index (SMOGRA)
and total smoke production (TSP600s), and for
aming droplets and particles according to their
occurrence during the rst 600 seconds of the test.

1.4.49

Ignitability (EN ISO 11925-2)

In the ignitability test EN ISO 11925-2, the
specimen is subjected to direct impingement of a
small ame. The classication criteria are based
on observations of the ame spread (Fs) within a
given time and whether the lter paper below the
specimen ignites due to aming debris. In addition,
the occurrence and duration of aming and glowing
are observed.
Both test methods are also used in the EN14509
- Self-supporting double skin metal faced insulating
panels -Factory made products Specications,
annexC.

1.

1.

Fire Safety Performance

EN 1364-1

ISO CD 13784 Part 2 Large Scale Test

ISO CD 13784 Part 1 Intermediate Scale

Test

Faade Tests BSI Draft Test Method

01/540504

1.4.50

Fire Safety Performance

Management of re safety
Particularly for commercial and industrial buildings,
insurers recommend a holistic approach to re
protection that includes individual re protection
measures such as:
I

formation of smaller re zones by structural

separation

installation of automatic re-extinguishing systems

nomination of a re protection manager for the

building and

holding sufcient supply re-ghting water

These measures complement each other mutually.

Each one is aimed at a specic objective and is
justied in its own right, but they are integrated
together with the goal of re protection.

Holistic approach to re protection

Fire Protection

Preventive Fire Protection

Structural Fire Protection

Fire Fighting Arrangements

Technical Fire Protection

Organizational Fire Protection

Frequently asked questions about IPN:

Q: What is IPN?
A: IPN is the abreviation for Isophenic, Kingspans
unique high grade index Polyisocyanurate (PIR)
insulation material.
Q: What is the difference between IPN (PIR) and
PUR?
A: These materials all belong to the same generic
family of thermosetting materials. IPN has a special
polymer structure which gives improved re
performance compared to PUR. Kingspan IPN uses
a unique formulation that gives a highly re resistant
product which is capable of passing insurance
industry tests such as from LPCB and FM Global.
More detailed description:
Polyurethane consists in approximately equal
shares of a polyol mix with an activator and additives
as well as isocyanate (MDI). This proportion of
ingredients corresponds to an index of 100. To
achieve re classication B2, panels made of PU
foam with exible facings require a relatively large
amount of added ame retardants. These, however,
will slow down the curing process.

1.4.51

The proportion of ingredients in IPN Isophenic and

PIR (polyisocyanurate) is made up of at least 220
parts of isocyanate related to 100 parts of polyol
mixture. This corresponds to an index of 220. While
PU foams go through just one chemical process, i.e.
the reaction of the polyols hydroxyl group with the
isocyanates NCO group. IPN reacts twice. Three
NCO groups each of the excess isocyanate form a
ring structure. An ambient temperature of at least
60C is required to start this reaction that is called
trimerisation. For this reason, the corresponding plant
parts need to be heated. Additionally, the reaction
heat from the rst chemical reaction is exploited.
To achieve re classication B2, panels made with
IPN core require no or just a very small quantity of
added ame retardant depending on the index, as
a thicker, protective carbon lm is formed through
the effects of heat due to the higher content of
bound carbon. Furthermore, IPN compounds start
to disintegrate at higher temperatures than PU
compounds, as the trimerisations ring structure is
very stable.

1.

1.

Fire Safety Performance

Q: What is the meaning of Kingspan

A: The Firesafe concept applies to an insulated

panel system that provides the optimum solution
for Property and Business Fire Protection. Panels
that are marked with the
-Logo, are
a sophisticated high performance Noame core
panel that will not promote re spread, are self
extinguishing and give off minimal smoke or toxic gas
in a real re situation. These panels meet both, the
general EU-standard re requirements and insurance
approvals that provide realistic large scale re tests.
Q: What is LPC?
A: LPC was purchased by the British Research
Establishment from ABI (Association of British
Insurers) &Lloyds in 2000. LPCB provide research,
testing and Fire test Approvals. LPS1181 is a wall
and ceiling test for insulated panels. LPCB are
promoting the LPS1181 test across Central Europe.

Q: How can I minimise or challenge insurance

premium increases?
A: In the current insurance market environment
insurers are looking very closely at every risk. In
relation to building insurance it is therefore vital to
provide the insurer with detailed, comprehensive and
accurate information about construction, occupancy
and management of the building. If the building
is being surveyed give the insurance surveyor as
much assistance as possible. If there is insufcient
information in the survey for example about the
panel core - the underwriter will always assume the
worst. Kingspan can help in providing specication
details & certication where appropriate.
Q: In real buildings the panel core is always
exposed due to poor maintenance etc. Is this a
re risk?

A: Factory Mutual is a US based insurance company

operating worldwide. They are recognised as having
very stringent re tests for roof and wall applications.
Not only do Kingspan Firesafe panels have an FM
approval but they are certied for buildings without
height limitations. This criteria is very difcult to pass,
and only a limited number of suppliers can provide
this type of certication.

A: It is always good practice to inspect and repair

damaged panel systems. Having said that the
reality is that PUR and PIR cores are very difcult
to ignite in the case of a FIREsafe IPN core a
high intensity propane torch cannot ignite the
unprotected insulation core. This is in stark contrast
to polystyrene where a very small re source can
ignite the material. This is then compounded by the
tendency of polystyrene to shrink and melt leading to
the formation of a cavity between the metal skins that
can allow hidden re spread. This phenomenon does
not occur with IPN.

Q: How do I identify panels on my building?

Q: Do IPN panels produce toxic smoke in a re?

A: This can be problematic on existing buildings. The

rst thing to do is to check if there are any building
records, e.g. drawings to see whether the panel
system is specied. In the absence of records an
attempt should be made to uncover some panel core
material. Great care should be taken to ensure that
there are no possible sources of ignition. Mineral bre
and polystyrene are relatively easy to identify provided
access to the core is available. It is not possible to
visually tell the difference between PUR and IPN.

A: Every type of panel system has an organic

content that is affected by re. In the case of PUR,
IPN and mineral bre panels the major products
of combustion are carbon dioxide and carbon
monoxide because all contain organic components.

Q: What is FM?

If the core is believed to be PUR or IPN Kingspan

should be contacted and given as much information
as possible to facilitate identication.
In buildings clad from the middle of 2004 it is easy
to identify Kingspan panels from the UV ink markings
on the lining (internal) side. UV torches are available
from Kingspan.

The most important point to recognise is that in

the case of res in buildings clad in PUR, IPN and
mineral bre panels the vast majority of smoke and
toxic gas is generated by the burning contents of the
building. The panels are not signicantly affected until
the re is fully developed and the mass of material
present in the panels can be very small compared
to the burning mass in the building. Concerns about
toxic gas and smoke emissions from the panels must
be put into context compared to toxic gas emissions
from all other burning elements within the building.
Q: There seems to be a lot of confusion about the
re performance of composite panels. How can
this be addressed?
A: The current building insurance market has been
characterised by general confusion resulting from
conicting information, misinformation, misreporting
and myths. This document is aimed at clarifying
these issues.

1.4.52

Fire Safety Performance

Q: What is the difference between reaction to re
and re resistance?
A: Reaction to re assesses how a specic material
or composite product reacts when exposed to
heat which can be in the form of direct ame
impingement, radiant heat or high temperatures.
Typical parameters normally measured include
ignitability, ame spread and rate of heat release.
Many national standards tests have already been
replaced by the Euroclassication system. All these
tests are relatively small scale and do not allow
insulated panels to be tested in realistic as-installed
congurations. A much more relevant reaction to re
test is the LPCB test LPS1181. This is a large scale
test which tests the panels in a realistic situation.The
advantage of LPS1181 is that the grading system
covers both reaction to re and resistance to re,
Resistance to re is a measure of the passage of heat
and ame through the thickness of a material and the
test structure comprises a panel system xed to a
furnace. The European standard EN1364 combined
with EN13501-2 is used to assess re resistance.
Both reaction and resistance to re play a key role
in Building Regulations and Insurer Approved tests.
Q: Isophenic is an organic material and therefore
panels are classied as
IPNcombustible in European regulations. Why
should a re ofcer, investor or architect accept
Fire safe which has no acceptance by any
country?
A: The countries regulators and re ofcers will
have an inuence; however insurance companies
will also impact going forward. Kingspan along with
the insurance companies will be promoting insurer
approved panels

1.4.53

panels
Q: How are Kingspan
classied in terms of combustibility?
A: The UK insurance industry stated that a building
clad in LPS1181 approved panels can be classied
as non-combustible building (ABI). Insurance
companies themselves classify the panels as having
limited combustibility.
Q: What are the benets of using Fire safe
panels?
A:
I

Meets severe Insurer approved re testing

standards.

Non combustible building performance (only UK!)

Real re case studies prove excellent re

performance,

Possibility of reduced insurance premiums for

new and refurbished buildings;

Premiums will be higher if non-insurer approved

panels are used on buildings

Competitively priced panels

Buildings clearly labelled for re ofcers and

insurance assessment

1.

1.

Structural Performance
Introduction

Regulations

Kingspan insulated roof and wall systems consist

of thin metallic skins, which are bonded to a light
insulating core made from rigid polyurethane foam or
mineral bre.

Extensive research carried out in Europe by

Universities and Research Institutes since the initial
development of insulated sandwich panels has
established reliable design principles to predict panel
performance. Following this work, the European
Convention for Constructional Steelwork (ECCS)
published in 1991 a document which establishes
practical design methods Preliminary European
Recommendations for the Design of Sandwich
Panels (Document number:66). This document was
followed by another document published in 2000
by the ECCS Recommendations for sandwich
panels.

For applications in the building sector, where high

thermal performance and load bearing capacity is
needed, Kingspan insulated roof and wall systems
are used as load-bearing components in the
construction of roofs and walls.

Structural effect and properties

Sandwich panels belong to the generic group
called composite structures. These are usually
dened as multilayer structures with different
mechanical properties for each layer. Sandwich
panels consist of two thin surface layers of high
density (usually steel internal sheet d = 0,4 mm,
external steel sheet d = 0,5 mm) and a thick middle
core layer of low density (for insulation). The
advantages of such an arrangement are well-known.
Compared to conventional roof and wall systems,
which are built up on site, sandwich panel systems
are prefabricated off-site, and are quickly assembled
to the structure when they arrive on site.
The individual layers by themselves have limited
exural rigidity and cannot therefore bear loads. But
by combining the two outer surface layers with the
core, a shear rigid composite section is formed.
The bending moment is carried by a force-couple in
the stiff surface layers and the transverse forces are
taken by the core layer.

European standard EN 14509 Self-supporting

double skin metal faced insulating sandwich panels
Factory made products - Specication is a product
standard which in particular covers Self-supporting
sandwich panels with double-sided metal facings
and a thermal-insulating core, so that standardised
assessment criteria are available in Europe. Among
others include Mechanical resistance to design
loads and actions and combinations of actions. Both
chapters are in detail solved in AnnexE. There are
not only the denition of mechanical values, but a
number of other important characteristics, such as:
I

Dimensional tolerances

Thermal insulation

Ageing and long-term behaviour

Fire performance

Water and air tightness

Acoustic performance

The load-carrying capacity is further increased by

bonding the surface skins to the core.
Through the bond, the strength of the steel skin
is reinforced by the core, thus reducing the risk of
wrinkling stress compared to a structure that is not
bonded together. A good bond is required between
the skin layers and the core and the core material
itself must have appropriate elasticity and shear
modulus.

100 kg

Flexural rigidity of a PUR board without bonding between the steel

skins and the PUR core

Flexural rigidity is increased by bonding the steel skin layers to the

core

1.5.54

Structural Performance
Load state in Winter T = 20K

Design principles
For the design of composite panels, static analysis
and / or full-scale testing must be used to ensure
that structural integrity is satised at the ultimate limit
state (maximum load capacity) and at limit state of
serviceability (normal service loads).

Snow

0 C

Limit state analysis takes into account wind

and snow loadings according to country specic
standards and includes the following load cases
which must be considered for all insulated roof and
wall panel systems.

+20 C

These are:
Temperature Loading
Thermal expansion of the outer and liner sheets
will be different as the inside and outside surface
temperatures vary. As the insulation core is bonded
to both faces, this differential expansion causes
panel to bow. This can substantially affect the
imposed loads, and so temperatures must be taken
into account. The surface temperature in Summer
depends on the external coating colour of a panel
and the reectivity of the panel surface.

Load state in Summer T = 55K

+80 C

+25 C

For ultimate limit state calculations, Text = 80 C

for all colours has to be used. For serviceability
calculations, Text may be taken as:
Very light colours

RG = 7590%

Text = +55 C

Light colours

RG = 4074%

Text = +65 C

Dark colours

RG = 839%

Text = +80 C

Creep in the core

Where RG = degree of reection compared to

magnesium oxide which is denedas100%
The temperature of the external face in Winter
depends on the location and varies between
Text = 10 and 30 C. External Winter roof
temperature is taken as 0 C as it is assumed to be
covered with snow for the worst load combination. In
general, the temperature Tint of the inside face may
be taken as +20 C in Winter and +25 C in Summer
for both ultimate limit state and serviceability limit
state calculations.

Creep
The insulation core is a polymeric material which
will slowly distort under long-term loads. Panel
deection, therefore, may continue to increase
gradually under constant loading. This is known
as creep. Roof panels can develop creep after
prolonged periods carrying dead loads (eg snow).
But wall panels are not subject to creep because
there is never any long-term load. Creep is taken
into account by applying a safety factor to the shear
modulus of the core (G) calculated according to the
core material used and the type of load.

1.5.55

W
W

1.

1.

Structural Performance
Load Combinations

Component weight, snow, wind and temperature

loads are considered individually and together in their
worst combinations with appropriate safety factors in
order to determine the allowable imposed loads.
Kingspans insulated roof and wall systems load
span tables allow the designer to select suitable
panel(s) and steelwork support spacing(s) for specic
project applications with guarantee that panel will
be able to transfer all loads including their possible
combination.
The following conditions also have to be
checked:
1. Fasteners at structural support (especially for wind
suction in certain areas of the building

CD

3. Bending of the fastener caused by panel

deformation
ut

T C

2. Compressive strength of the core where it rests on

the structure

1.5.56

Acoustics
The sound insulation of a material is its ability to
resist the passage of airborne and impact sound.
Sound insulation plays a vital role in all types of
buildings. It provides acoustic separation between
rooms and between the outside world and the
building interior.
All materials have different sound insulation
properties that depend on their weight and physical
build up. It is important to select the right material for
the right application, and then construct the building
to minimise weaknesses. Then the maximum sound
insulation of the material can be realised. Often the
degree of sound insulation achieved is limited by the
paths that sound can travel to by-pass the material.
This is called anking
The purpose of acoustic control is to limit noise
pollution from external sources or from activities
within the building. Noise can be described as
unwanted sound, the intensity of sound depends on
pressure levels which are measured in decibels (dB).
The human ear responds to sound intensity
which also depends on the pitch. Pitch frequency is
expressed in cycles per second, hertz (Hz).
The following are typical examples of sound
pressure levels:
I

Ear drum pain threshold 140dB

Aircraft taking off 100dB

Pneumatic drill 90dB

Train 80dB

Vacuum cleaner 60dB

Ofce 50dB

Fridge 30dB

Sound Proof Room 10dB

Effective acoustic control must tackle four

different areas:
I

Sound insulation for the building envelope to

control noise break-in to the building or noise
breakout from the building.

Effective anking noise control, where internal

partitions meet the building envelope.

Acoustic absorption when used in conjunction

with proled perforated steel liners or absorbent
suspended ceilings.

Effective control of rain noise when used in

conjunction with roof tiles, proled perforated
steel liners or absorbent suspended ceiling
combinations.

Sound Insulation in Buildings

Sound insulation refers to the ability of the building
fabric to resist the transmission of airborne and
impact sound.
Airborne sound insulation refers to sound insulation
between:
a) vertically or horizontally adjacent rooms where
the sound source is airborne, for example,
loudspeaker, speech or TV; or
b) the inside and outside of a building
Impact sound insulation refers to sound insulation
between vertically adjacent rooms where sound
source is an impact, for example, footsteps.
Airborne and impact sound insulation are
determined by both direct and anking sound
transmission. Direct transmission is sound
transmitted directly through a wall or oor element,
and anking transmission is structure-borne sound
travelling down a wall or oor into another room.

Noise Control Measures

There are ways which acoustic insulation can be
used to control noise:
I

Controlling Transmission Loss Transmission loss

is the reduction in the amount of sound energy
passing through the building element or assemblyroof-wall-oor. This is expressed in decibels (dB).
Noise can be either impact sound or airborne

Controlling Sound Absorption Typically hard

surfaces have a characteristic of reecting sound
and amplifying noise reverberation.

Internal lining and ceiling systems Acoustic

performance systems are available from specialist
suppliers.

The sound absorption coefcient of materials varies

with the sound frequency hertz (Hz).

Noise source

Transmission

Reection

Most noises are made up of a number of individual

sounds at various frequencies, all added together, so
to get a better picture of the noise a graph is used to
show the sound pressure level at various frequencies
within the audible range.
The building envelope can play an effective part in
controlling and absorbing sound energy by acting as
a barrier to noise.

1.6.57

Absorption

1.

1.

Acoustics
Room Acoustics

Sound Absorption

Room acoustics usually refers to the acoustic

quality of rooms in terms of their reverberation
time and speech intelligibility. This is particularly
relevant for educational buildings, ofces, theatres,
performance spaces, etc.

The sound absorption coefcient of a material

denes how much sound it can absorb across
the frequency range. The more sound absorbed,
the less is reected back into the room to cause
reverberation.

Reverberation time is a measure of how long

it takes a sound to decay in seconds. It is
determined by the amount of sound absorption in
the room and room volume.

Total absorption will occur if the material has

an absorption coefcient of1. The results for all
Kingspan insulated panels are shown below.

Speech intelligibility is determined by the position

of the speaker and listener, room geometry,
background noise level and reverberation.

Sound absorption coefcient

0.2

Facade Sound Insulation

Roof and wall sound insulation concerns only the
airborne sound insulation of the roof and walls of the
building faade to:
I

prevent excessive transmission of external noise,

for example, road trafc, rail trafc, aircraft, etc.
from outside to inside
prevent excessive transmission of internal noise,
for example, machinery noise within industrial
premises, from inside to outside

Sound insulation criteria are dependant on

country specic regulations and client specication
requirements which may also include Planning
Authority constraints.

0.1

125

63
Frequency Hz

250

500

1K

2K

4K

Kingspan roof and wall panels with polymeric

core have a minimum single gured weighted sound
reduction index Rw of 25dB. For mineral bre panels,
Rw ranges between 3032dB.
Sound Reduction Index (SRI) tested
Frequency [Hz]

125

250

500

1K

2K

4K

SRI [dB]

17.2

20.0

23.2

23.4

23.2

40.5

1.6.58

Acoustics
Enhanced Acoustics
If improved acoustic performance is required,
e.g. higher sound reduction values or reduced
reverberation times, Kingspan insulated roof and wall
systems can be constructed as indicated below.
Two solutions are provided, one for low humidity
environments where there is low levels of air moisture
and / or reasonable ventilation, and the second is
for higher humidity applications such as swimming
pools.

Low Humidity Application

Walls

Roofs

60 mm mineral bre, density approx. 30 kg/m3

Insulated roof panel

Insulated
wall panel
Horizontal
sheeting rail

Spacer support
system
60 mm, 30 kg/m3
density mineral bre

Purlin

Internal acoustic liner options

a) 0.63 mm proled steel liner
b) 0.7 mm proled perforated steel liner (tissue faced
mineral bre)
c) 12 mm board (density 900 kg/m3) eg. plasterboard

Predicted SRI (dB)

Construction Method

Frequency Hz
125

250

500

1k

2k

4k

Rw

Insulated Panel

14

19

24

27

34

43

25

a 0.63 mm proled steel liner

14

30

42

41

47

54

38

b 0.7 mm proled perforated liner

15

30

41

45

46

61

40

c 12 mm board

25

41

47

53

56

57

49

Predicted Absorption Coefficients

Construction Method

Frequency Hz
125

250

500

1k

2k

4k

Insulated Panel

0.13

0.12

0.05

0.05

0.05

0.05

a 0.63 mm proled steel liner

0.53

0.11

0.08

0.06

0.05

0.05

b 0.7 mm proled perforated steel liner

0.64

0.86

0.91

0.90

0.94

0.80

c 12 mm board

0.30

0.20

0.15

0.10

0.15

0.10

1.6.59

1.

1.

Acoustics
These designs are for enhanced acoustic
performance in a high humidity environment, e.g.
swimming pools, leisure centres, and other high
humidity processing environments.

The construction is designed so that the thermal

insulation requirement is provided solely by the
insulated panels, and the acoustic layer is only used
for acoustic absorption and sound insulation. To
eliminate condensation in the cavity it is necessary
to provide ventilation with air from inside the building.
This can easily be achieved by incorporating
extractor fans within the acoustic proled liner.

The construction is designed to prevent

condensation occurring within the acoustic layer.

High Humidity Application

Walls

Roofs

Tissue faced
acoustic insulation

Insulated roof panel

Minimum 50 mm cavity

Insulated
wall panel
Horizontal
sheeting rail

Spacer support
system
60 mm, 30 kg/m3
density mineral bre

Purlin

Internal acoustic liner options

a) 0.63 mm proled steel liner / 0.7 mm aluminium liner
b) 0.7 mm proled perforated steel / aluminium liner

Predicted SRI (dB)

Construction Method

Frequency Hz
125

250

500

1k

2k

4k

Insulated Panel

14

19

24

27

34

43

Rw
25

a 0.63 mm thick steel liner

18

30

39

43

42

55

39

b 0.7 mm thick perforated liner

15

27

38

42

43

56

37

Predicted Absorption Coefficients

Construction Method

Frequency Hz
125

250

500

1k

2k

4k

Insulated Panel

0.13

0.12

0.05

0.05

0.05

0.05

a 0.63 mm proled steel liner

0.53

0.11

0.08

0.06

0.05

0.05

b 0.7 mm proled perforated steel liner

0.64

0.86

0.91

0.90

0.94

0.80

1.6.60

Rooights
Daylight is essential for healthy living not only for occupants, but for animals too (especially for
stabled farm animals). It is an established fact that ample daylight creates a general feeling of health and
well-being in the workforce and improves productivity and safety.
Every workplace should have suitable and sufcient lighting, which should, so far as is reasonably
practical, be by natural light.
The most effective method of providing even, consistent daylight, particularly in large buildings, is
through rooights, which are up to three times more effective than windows around the perimeter of the
building.
Diffused lighting should be used to provide even light distribution and avoid glare.

Design Considerations
Design considerations should include:
I

Fragility (both initially and after time) of selected

rooights.

Light transmission and distribution analysis

Thermal (U-value) level

Risk of condensation including thermal bridging at

rooight perimeter and intermediate spacers

Durability and functional life of rooight system

(proled rooights can be difcult to replace in
metal roofs)

Safe access for maintenance

Application
Double-skin rooight panels can only be used in
combination with Kingspan insulated panels on roofs
with a minimum slope of 6 (10%) or more.
Kingspan do not recommend the use of rooights
in banks, i.e. side by side.
Chequeboard

Ridge to Eaves

Ridge

Mid Slope

Typical Rooight Layout Options

The layouts indicated are suitable for pitched and
curved roofs.
Chequerboard Most uniform light distribution,
but most difcult to build.
Ridge Reasonable light distribution on small
span buildings, but subject to high wind suction
loads. Normally barrel vault designs are supplied by
specialist manufacturers.
Ridge to Eaves Reasonable light distribution,
good buildability, but subject to high wind suction
loads at ridge and eaves.
Note: It is recommended that insulated panels
should be used from ridge to the rst purlin,
downslope and from eaves to rst purlin, upslope.
Mid Slope Compromise between chequerboard
and ridge to eaves avoiding high wind suction load
areas.

1.7.61

1.

1.

Rooights
Materials

Weatherproong

In-plane rooights (ush with the roof surface)

are made to match the metal roof panel proles
using glass reinforced polyester (GRP) boards in
accordance with EN1013-2. The external/internal
skins are 0.8 to 1.2 mm thick, and are connected to
each other using polyethylene distance spacers.

In principle, where through-xed metal cladding

panels are used, the rooights simply overlap at the
ends and the sides in the normal way. However,
rooight material thicknesses are typically 2 to 3
times more than the external skin of cladding panels.
This means that the overlaps do not nest precisely
on top of each other. End overlaps are therefore more
difcult to seal correctly and consequently there is
increased risk of water ingress. Therefore rooights
should be specied as long as possible to minimise
the number of end laps.

Heat Loss & Energy Costs

Rooights can reduce the costs of articial lighting.
However, designers should note that rooights
are generally poor thermal insulators so there will
be more heat lost through them than through the
cladding itself. The benet of providing some natural
daylight must be balanced with increases in heating
costs. The costs of heating a building are generally
greater than articial lighting.

Light Transmission
Light transmission through a double skin rooight
will typically be between 70% and 80%. GRP sheets
will generally gives diffused light, with little glare.
Polycarbonate is clearer, but more likely to increase
glare and solar gain.

Fire
The following table shows how various rooight
materials perform when subjected to high
temperatures:
GRP

Polycarbonate

Temperature range for

continuous use

30 C to +120 C

40 C to +120 C

Softening temperature

140 C

120 C

No

Yes

Vents by melting

GRP is more resistant to high temperatures than

the other rooight materials, but each material has
potential benets in a re.

Strength & Thermal Movement

Rooights are not as strong as the metal roof
panels around them. Double skin rooights do
not act compositely. This limits purlin spacings to
approximately 1.5 metres and more fasteners with
larger diameter washers are required to withstand
wind uplift forces, particularly at ridge, eaves and
verges. For example, on trapezoidal rooights,
primary fasteners with 29 mm diameter washers
would normally be tted in every trough across the
prole at each purlin position. Where a rooight
overlaps onto a metal faced panel, it should be xed
with stitching fasteners with head/washer diameters
of 12 mm, at a maximum spacing of 400 mm.

Lifetime Durability
Kingspan Rooights have the following life
expectancies:
I

GRP up to 25 years

PC up to 25 years

Life expectancy is dependant on the buildings

location, external and internal environment and
correct installation. Regular cleaning during
this period will help to maintain optimum light
transmission.

To accommodate differential thermal movement

between rooights and metal panels, care has to be
taken to specify correct fasteners, washers and site
drilled hole sizes.
Kingspans rooight construction details contain
assembly, sealing and fastener instructions.

1.7.62

Weatherproong

The primary function of any roof and wall system

is to keep the weather out, i.e. rain, snow and wind.
This is achieved by using waterproof materials and by
sealing joints, junctions and penetrations. Normally
in practice it is the roof of the building which is more
susceptible to leak risk than the walls because on
vertical cladding water simply runs off and is less
likely to leak through joints etc. However joints on
horizontally laid cladding have to be designed and
constructed correctly to avoid weather ingress.
Leak risk on roofs is related to site location,
exposure and increases on lower pitches as the roof
is drained more slowly.
For example tiles can be used on steep slopes and
no seals are necessary but on at/low pitched roofs
the material and joints must be 100% waterproof.
Metal Roofs Risk Points:

Kingspan roof systems are suitable for the

following roof slope applications:
Product

Roof with one

panel in the
slope direction

KS1000RW

Roof with two or

more panels in the
slope direction

4 (7%)

6 (10%)

KS1000X-DEK

0.5 (1%)

0.5 (1%)

KS1000TOP-DEK

0.5 (1%)

0.5 (1%)

KS1000FF

5 (8.5%)

8 (14%)

KS1000RT

12 (21%)

20 (36%)

KS1000RW / GRP40

6 (10%)

6 (10%)

KS1000FF / GRP40

8 (14%)

8 (14%)

KS1000 Polycarb
Rooights

8 (14%)

8 (14%)

Note: The nished roof slope takes all normal deections into
account. To achieve the correct nished slope the steelwork will
have to be designed with greater fall, e.g. 2 to achieve a 1.5
nished slope. This is dependant upon span and to be checked
with engineer.

Side and end lap joints

Sealants

Fasteners and attachment strength

Rain run-off and wind driven snow

Penetrations for rooights and apertures

Perimeter trims

< 5%

Coatings and maintenance

3 5

5% 9%

5 20

9% 36%

150

> 20

> 36%

100

Kingspans 35 years of experience in the metal

roof systems demonstrates that KS1000RW roof
systems are reliable for roof slope applications
of 4degrees and above. For roof slopes below
4degrees, KS1000TOP-DEK and KS1000X-DEK
solutions are essential as they have no exposed
through xings and sheeting overlaps.

Trapezoidal sheeting minimum length of overlap

Roofslope

length of overlap in mm
Without overlap
200

Design, Construction & Workmanship

The design and construction details shown in
the roof and wall sections have been developed to
provide robust and reliable weatherproof solutions
using Kingspans range of insulated roof and wall
systems.
Particular emphasis has been given to selecting
sealant and fastener types co-ordinated with
dimensions and positions which will be functional
given a superior standard of on-site workmanship.
Surface Coatings
The range of surface coatings available on
Kingspans insulated roof and wall systems are
selected for their proven durability when exposed to
various weather conditions.

1.8.63

1.

1.

Durability & Lifecycle

Moisture and high temperature are arguably the
most aggressive of environmental conditions.

Material Performance
Life Expectancy

Moisture

External Coatings
First Maintenance

Overall

25 *

40+ *

Spectrum
PVDF

20 *

40+ *

Plastisol 200 m

15 *

40+ *

Polyester *

15 *

30+*

Note: Coating lifetime warranties are project specic and

dependant on building location, environment, orientation, roof
pitch and colour etc. Consult Kingspan Technical Services at
desing stage.
* Subject to location, building orientation, roof slope, etc.

Life Expectancy
Gutters

First
maintenance

Overall

External

N/A

30+

Boundary Wall, Valley &Hip

N/A

30+

Fasteners

Life Expectancy

Carbon steel

10

Austenitic Stainless steel

Sealants

25+
Life Expectancy

Pre / formed Butyl tapes

Gun-grade silicone
Prole llers

20+
1020
Life Expectancy

Polyethylene

15

EPDM

20+
Rooights

Life Expectancy

GRP

25

polycarbonate

25

Building Physics Performance

Life Expectancy
Thermal U-value
Insulation Continuity
Air Permeability
in excess od 40 years

To reduce the potential for deterioration, moisture

on surfaces and within constructions should be
avoided, if at all possible.
However, if it cannot be avoided then the wetting
time should be kept to a minimum.
Thus the steel components in metal cladding
systems are usually coated in a zinc/alloy
(galvanised), and the cladding sheets themselves
have additional coatings, not only for aesthetic
appearance, but also for additional protection for
moisture.
Temperature
Temperature can affect the life of coatings and
is an important desing and lifetime consideration.
In general, higher temperatures will cause faster
degradation. Temperature of external facings
depends on colour, as in Central Europe in sunny
summer time conditions dark coloured faces can
reach temperatures of 80 C, whilst light colours may
only be 55 C under same conditions. This means
that dark colour are less durable than the lighter
ones.
Fasteners, Sealants & Fillers
All fasteners, sealants and llers detailed in the
model specications have service lives as indicated
opposite.
Rooights
GRP and Polycarbonate rooights will not have the
same life span as the rest of the roof system because
of the effects of UV radiation. Speciers and building
owners should plan to replace them after 20 to 25
years, depending on the environmental conditions
and manufacturers recommendations.
Ancillary Elements
Ancillary elements (e.g. apertures, lovres and vents)
lifetime period should be the same as the roof and
wall envelope.

Structural

Warranties

Fire
Acoustics

Product warranties are provided by Kingspan of

specic projects when required.

Note: Lifetime Periods indicated are subject to compliance with

Kingspans design, specication and construction details.

Maintenance

Factors Affecting Durability

Most building materials are normally subjected to
a variety of changing conditions which will gradually
affect them.

To achieve the best long term performance

the building should be inspected routinely, any
accumulation of debris should be removed from
roofs, and any mechanical damage should be
touched up.

These effects can be controlled by careful selection

of materials and desing details so that it is possible
to construct metal clad buildings which require
minimum maintenance, even in relatively harsh
environments.

1.9.64

Food & Hygiene Safety

Fibre-free System
I

Closed cell core with autohesively bonded metal

facings

Food & Hygiene Safe insulation core resists

moisture ingress and any risk of toxic mould and
bacteria growth

No risk of buildings or employers liability insurance

cover exclusion for presence of toxic mould

No release of fugitive bres into internal

environment

The wall and ceiling system must effectively

perform the following functions over the lifetime
of the building.
I

Food & Hygiene safe antibacterial coatings

available

Firesafe System

Provides a thermal, vapour and airtight barrier

Resists moisture ingress

Suitable for wash and clean down

Walk-on ceilings

Lightweight construction

Low energy operating costs

Hygiene is the practice of cleanliness in order to

maintain health and prevent disease. It is therefore
an important consideration in buildings where food is
processed. It is equally important for other processes
which require a clean environment, such as the
electronic and pharmaceutical industries.

1.10.65

Panels must therefore be easily washed and

cleaned and should not be prone to surface or
interstitial condensation, as this could lead to the
formation of bacteria and mould growth on the
surface or within the construction.
Insulated Roof, Wall and Ceiling Systems
Kingspan Insulated Panels comply with the current
EU Food Hygiene Regulations because they are
totally lled with non toxic, homogeneous, closed
cell insulation, and they eliminate cold bridges,
which ensure that both surfaces are separated and
interstitial condensation will not occur.
They are supplied with Foodsafe Coatings to their
liners, which are specially designed for the hygiene
requirements of food processing applications and
compliance with the food and hygiene regulations.
The core material used in the panels can be
termed as non-deleterious. It is free of any CFC or
HCFC ingredients. It has a low permeability and
therefore absorbs little water. It has good resistance
to a wide range of chemicals, solvents and oils is
immune from attack by mould, mildew and vermin
infestation, which are all important features and are
essential for hygienic applications.
All joints between individual panels and internal
trims have to be effectively sealed to the same
hygiene specication standards. The inherent
structural rigidity of the panels permits these seals
to be reliably installed, and ensures they will not be
broken by movement of the panels.

1.

1.

Food & Hygiene Safety

EU Legislation
Trade in Fresh Meat

Council
Directives
91 / 497 / EEC

Stipulated Temperatures of
Products

Premises / Products / Transport

Fresh meat carcasses cut etc

+7 C

Abattoirs cutting plants and

transport vehicles

Frozen meat 17 C

Coldstore Chambers where

an internal temperature of
17 C must be achieved and
maintained

Trade in Fresh Poultry EU Council

meat
Directives
92 / 116 / EEC

Fresh poultry meat +4 C

(maximum)

Poultry slaughterhouses and

cutting plants and transport
vehicles

Trade in Heat Treated EC Council

Milk
directives
95 / 46 / EEC

Raw milk, heat treated milk and

milk products
8 C for raw milk shortage and
6 C for longer storage. During
transport not more than 10 C,
on arrival to be cooled to 5 C.
Pasteurised milk at 6 C during
transport and storage

Dairies, milk products production

plants and in transport vehicles

Trade in Meat
Products

Ambient working temperature

less than 12 C

Cutting and preparation rooms

EC Council
directives
92 / 5 / EEC

Minced and cut products

+2 C
18 C
12 C

Chilled products
Deep frozen products
Frozen products
Temperature of products should
be clearly shown on labelling
and the products must be stored
and distributed at those marked
temperatures

Trade in Egg
Products

EU Council
Directive
91 / 684 / EEC

+4 C
18 C
12 C
+15 C

Chilled
Deep Frozen
Frozen
Dehydrated (Dried Eggs)
All egg products must be
stored and transported at these
temperatures

Trade in Fishery
Products

EC Council
directives
97 / 79 / ES
95 / 71 / ES

That of melting ice

Fresh sh and shery products

18 C

Frozen products (during

transport 3 C tolerance margin)
Coldstores MUST have
temperature recorders

Trade in Live Bivalve

Molluscs Trade in
Rabbit Meat, Game
Meat and Wild Game
Meat

EC Council
directives
92 / 5 / EEC

At temperatures which do not

adversely affect the quality of
product
+4 C (rabbit meat)
12 C (rabbit meat)
+4 C (small game)
+7 C (large game)
12 C

During transport and storage

Chilled
Frozen
Chilled
Chilled
Frozen game

1.10.66

Environmental Sustainability and Protection

Sustainable Construction To Protect The Environment

The Greenhouse Effect

Buildings are responsible for 50% of the EUs energy consumption

Aerial thermographic image of heat loss from a city

Sustainable Construction Principles

The Greenhouse Effect

Understand sustainable development and client

benets

Adopt whole lifecycle thinking

Design and construct to minimise environmental

impact

Select the most sustainable construction methods

and solutions

The greenhouse concept is simply that the

composition of the gases that make up the
atmosphere enveloping the earth is crucial to the
existence of life, by acting as an insulator. This is
because a precise gaseous composition allows heat
which is radiated from the sun to be trapped in by the
earth. Furthermore it allows the specic temperature
range for life to ourish, as it allows the right amount
of heat loss as well as retention to keep the balance
of life stable.

Sustainable Construction encompasses issues as

diverse as:
I

Orientation of buildings

Materials of construction

Global Warming & Climate Change

Construction techniques

Utilisation of Information and Communication

Technology (ICT)

Community involvement

Local sourcing

While the Greenhouse Effect in balance is a

good thing, the creation of an imbalance through
the excessive emission of man-made greenhouse
gases disturbs the balance. Accordingly, humanity
currently faces one of its greatest challenges ever
as accumulating greenhouse gases cause climate
change and sea level rise. The most recent report
conrms there is now very little doubt that man-made
carbon dioxide is the main cause of climate change.

What is Sustainable Development?

The classic denition of sustainable development
comes from the Brundtland Report of the World
Commission on Environment & Development
of 1987, Our Common Future: Sustainable
development is development which meets the needs
of the present generation without comprising the
ability of future generations to meet their own needs.

Greenhouse gases are accumulating in the

Earths atmosphere as a result of human activities,
causing surface air temperatures and surface ocean
temperatures to rise. Temperatures are, in fact,
rising Human-induced warming and associated
sea-level rises are expected to continue throughout
the 21st century.
Source: national Academy of Sciences report on global
warming to the Bush Administration, June 2001
http://www.nationalacademies.org

1.11.67

1.

Environmental Sustainability and Protection

Sustainable Construction To Protect The Environment
Variation of the Earths Surface
Temperature over the Past 1,000 Years
0.5
Departures Temperature [C]

1.

0.0

0.5

1.0

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

2000

Year
Data from thermometers
Data from tree rings, corals, ice cores and historical records

Desertification and poverty

Figures from 1961 to 1990 are average

Source: Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

Unsustainable economic activity has widespread

undesirable impacts including:
I

air pollution

ozone depletion

land, coastal and marine degradation

ecosystems damage

deforestation, habitat loss and depletion of natural

resources

fresh water availability loss

desertication

Deforestation

Rising sea levels

1.11.68

Environmental Sustainability and Protection

Sustainable Construction To Protect The Environment
Sustainable Insulation Achieves Energy
Savings and Climate Protection

Insulation shows the Greatest Potential Savings

of CO2 Compared to other Building Efciency
Measures

In use energy savings are the most important

issue because fossil fuel energy usage is leading to
global warming and rising sea levels, raising the very
real possibility of catastrophic climate change which
might destroy life as we know it.

87

Increased insulations and higher air tightness

requirements were introduced as keys to reducing
energy use in buildings. This is consistent with its
policy to promote sustainable construction principles.
Rigid urethane insulated roof and w all systems
optimise thermal efciency and contribute to airtightness criteria, thereby preventing unnecessary
heat transfer. This provides substantial CO2 emission
savings and contributes to the Governments goals of
minimising global warming and consequential climate
change.
An additional value of insulated roof and wall
systems is that they maintain their exceptional
thermal performance throughout their lifetime, which
is a key requirement for any sustainable solution.
Kingspans insulated roof and wall systems can
reduce energy use by up to 60%. This enables M&E
heating and cooling space systems to be designed
to optimise energy efciency and reduce CO2
emissions.
Buildings are Responsible for 50% of EU Energy
Use (Including Industrial Buildings)

Thermal Insulation
Glazing Standards
Improve Controls
Improve Lighting Efciency

50

119

185
0

50

100

150

200

Potential savings in EU Mt CO2 per annum

Sustainable Manufacture and Site

Installation
Off-site pre-fabrication provides factory quality
systems achieving higher quality, faster and safer site
installation.
Additionally these solutions provide lower site
costs, reduced construction programme times and
greater certainty in project delivery.
Pre-engineered solutions are delivered to the
construction site with the correct dimensions and
therefore there is generally no site wastage.

In Use Sustainability
Building Environmental Prole

Embodied Energy

Waste Disposal
Recovery

Very High
Energy Efciency

Easy Lightweight
Time Efcient
Low Waste

3%

1.11.69

Use Phase

Constructiuon
Phase

Manufacturing
Phase

IN USE ENERGY SAVINGS

Resource
Efcient
Factory Made
Quality
Low Waste

Industry
Transport
Non-residential (tertiary)
Residential
Temperature control of industrial buildings

Raw Material

BUILDINGS

97%
Energy Savings

1.

1.

Environmental Sustainability and Protection

Sustainable Construction To Protect The Environment
Embodied Energy

Insulants Durability & Failure Risk

There is a common misconception that the

most important factor in a material specication
is the embodied energy of the material. For base
construction materials, the replacement of one
material with an equivalent with lower embodied
energy will of course reduce the overall energy
impact. However, achieving low energy demand
inuse is the most important factor and must be
optimised rst.

Now that lower external envelope U-values

have been demanded by Buildings Regulations
and Norms, the most important issue in selecting
insulants is longevity of thermal and air leakage
performance. Therefore failure risk of insulation
materials is a key issue in optimising energy efciency
and achieving lower CO2 emissions.

Embodied energy can be particularly misleading

for energy efciency materials and systems where
the embodied energy will typically only be in the order
of 1%3% of the energy saved over the buildings
lifetime.
This very clearly indicates: thermal (U-value) and
low air leakage are rst, and longevity of performance
over life is second, these are the key environmental
issues for choosing insulation materials.

Insulation Material Selection

There is a large array of different insulation
materials, from many different sources and with
different properties. What matters most is that the
materials will last a long time and provide high levels
of performance throughout.
What is most signicant is the thermal and air
leakage performance design and specication. On
the level of the material choice, there are three key
points for selecting insulation materials:
I

Choose a material with long life, sufcient durability

and minimum failure risk (to maximise energy and
carbon benets).

Choose a material with zero ozone depletion

potential (ZODP) (a global pollution issue).

Where thickness is constrained, choose the best

thermal insulator appropriate to the construction
type (to optimise U-value and energy savings).

Site Assembled Machine-Made Mineral Fibre

Built-up Systems
The biggest risk factor is moisture build-up
(whatever the cause), which increases thermal
conductivity.
Mineral bre materials have design issues relating
to their open structure they are vapour and air
permeable.
Moisture Build-up in Insulant
Wetting caused by condensation, leaking cladding
or leaking pipework. Will cause large increases in
conductivity.
Compression
Lower strength products with lower binder content
offer compression riske.g. in at roof applications.
Good specication should avoid this problem.
Air Movement
The open structure means that surface air
movement and air moving through may reduce the
insulation value, though some products use facings
to prevent this.
Kingspan Insulated Roof and Wall Systems
Kingspans off-site pre-fabricated roof and
wall systems provide optimum sustainable
lifecycle construction from design through factory
manufacturing, site installation, building use and end
of life recycling.

OUTSIDE
Condensation:
can reduce thermal
resistance and
damage building
fabric

Air movement at surface:

can cause convention heat loss
Ageing: any degradation
to material or to thermal
resistance from quoted
values over the lifetime,
including settlement or
compression

Higher
thermal
bridging
INSIDE

Vapour permeability presents

risk of condensation

Leakiness air escape

carries heat away

INSTALLATION RISKS:
Site assembly is vulnerable to poor installation leaving gaps, missing insulation,
higher air leakage or physical deterioration (compression).

1.11.70

Environmental Sustainability and Protection

End of Live Solutions
Kingspan takes the issue of end-of-life very serious
and has been working with industry experts in waste
management and disposal for many years.
Assessing the whole life cycle of building systems
is critically important in addressing their impact. In
2006, Kingspan Insulated Panels began a process
with the UK Building Research Establishment (BRE)
to identify and assess the environmental effects of
Kingspans key panels from cradle to grave. Panel
systems proled so far have achieved a Green Guide
to Specication A rating which importantly includes
end-of-life.

The Steel Construction Institute Report

The SCI is an independent, member-based
organisation. It is probably the worlds largest
research and technical organisation supporting
the use of steel in construction. The objective of
The Steel Construction Institute is to develop and
promote the effective use of steel in construction.
SCI prepared for Kingspan Insulated Panels a
report on the review of the end-of-life disposal
options for steelbased building envelope systems.
One of the key outcomes of the report is that the
recycling of insulation core from all types of metal
cladding systems is problematic. The research found
that current demolition practice is thought to result
in the insulation going to landll whether it be PUR,
IPN, rock bre or glass bre. Further to the SCI report
is worth pointing out that metal clad construction can
be easier to dismantle and separate into component
parts than many traditional building systems. This
provides the potential for recycling all elements of the
system subject to cost and technical viability.

Project A - Mac-Fab Systems

Building Type: Industrial
Location: Co. Monaghan, Ireland
Kingspan Panel: AWP - KS1000 MR
Original Panel Use: Retail
Original Panel Location: Liffey Valley Shopping Centre

Re-use of Kingspan Insulated Panels

Studies into the re-use of insulated panels have
indicated that the potential for re-use from both an
economic and technical point of view can be limited
by some factors, however, Kingspan Insulated
Panels have demonstrated cases where insulated
panels have been reused particularly on buildings
where aesthetics are not vitally important. Re-use of
Kingspan panels at end-of-life is always the preferred
option and as the two case studies below show it is
a viable option. Using insulated panels in this manner
at end-of-life has many benets including signicant
nancial savings for all involved.
Insulated roof and wall panel systems have a
very long lifetime which exceeds 40 years. Re-use
of construction products offers even greater
environmental advantages than recycling.

1.11.71

Dublin, Ireland
Project B - Clinton Engineering
Building Type: Industrial
Location: Kells, Co. Meath, Ireland
Kingspan Panel: KS1000 RW
Original Panel Use: Commercial
Original Panel Location: UK

1.

1.

Environmental Sustainability and Protection

End-of-Life Management Current
Production
All Kingspan insulated panels produced since
2004 including current production are classed as
nonhazardous and do not contain CFCs or HCFCs,
i.e. ozone depleting substances (ODS).
The cost of processing panels through shredder
plants is approximately cost neutral with the transport
costs from site being covered by the scrap value of
the steel. Economics for specic buildings will be
dependant on transport distances, and the market
value of steel scrap at the time of disposal.
Shredder plants offer a proven solution for
dealing with insulated panels incorporating nonozone depleting blowing agents and are suitable
for Kingspan insulated panels which can be safely
processed as a co-feed with other scrap materials.
Steel and aluminium can be recycled again
and again without any degradation. The steel or
aluminium external and internal facing sheets are
removed and fully recyclable through the steel or
aluminium manufacturing route, without further
burden to the environment nor increase in dioxin
levels. Current evidence suggests that 84% of steel
and aluminium used in construction is recycled.
Dismantling Panels
As Kingspan insulated panels comprise of prefabricated single component units site experience
has shown that both roof and wall panels at end of
life are relatively easy to safely remove from a building
and transport to a recovery centre. Dismantling site
assembled multi component installations may be
problematic owing to issues surrounding the fragility
of the roof system and its component parts. Critical
to this assessment of the viability of dismantling
rather than demolition is information on the structural
characteristics of the top sheet, liner sheet and
system as a whole.

End-of-Life - ODS Containing Panels

Since January 2004 all Kingspan insulated
panels have been manufactured without any Ozone
Depleting Substances (ODS). Some panels were
manufactured with ODS before 2004 and current
legislation governing the recovery of ODS EC
Regulation 2037/2000 - requires recovery of ODS to
be carried out if practicable.
As a result of the excellent long term thermal and
structural performance properties offered by insulated
panels, there are currently only very small quantities
of ODS containing panels entering the waste stream,
however as we reach the end of the next decade this
will have changed and we need responsible solutions
for the end of life disposal of these panels.
This involved extensive research into the disposal
of ODS containing insulated panels through the use
of existing refrigerator recycling plants, which is our
recommended method of disposal, where viable.
Refrigerator Recycling Plants
A commercial service for dealing responsibly with
the legacy of CFC and HCFC containing insulated
panels at their end-of-life is now available. Kingspan
is aware of a number of projects where panels have
been re-processed successfully using refrigerator
recycling plants.
A major advantage of fridge recycling plants is that
the recovered insulation is clean and dry in the ideal
form for recycling / reprocessing, although current
economics determine that most goes to landll. The
use of fridge plant processing has future potential to
go a long way towards establishing a closed-loop
resources ow, thus avoiding landll.

1.11.72

Environmental Sustainability and Protection

Kingspan Insulated Panels Sustainability Vision
It is the long-term interests of business to act
responsibly towards the environment and the
communities in which Kingspan operate.

Assessment Credits

Kingspan Insulated Panels is fully committed

to developing, researching and investing in
environmental standards and practices so as to
install a framework for activities, product design,
services and decision making that supports
sustainable construction.
I

Energy

Health & Wellbeing

Management

1.11.73

BREEAM
Rating

All Kingspan insulated panels qualify for additional

credits in BREEAM schemes. BREEAM schemes use
a scoring system to deliver an overall building rating
of Pass, Good, Very Good or Excellent depending on
credits scored.

Single Score

25 points
40 points
55 points
70 points

BREEAM Credits &Kingspan

Transport

Environmental Weightings

Pass
Good
Very Good
Excellent

The BRE Environmental Assessment Method

(BREEAM) is the worlds longest established and
most widely used environmental assessment method
for buildings. It sets the standards for best practice in
sustainable development and measures achievement
created by BRE in 1988. Current BREEAM schemes
include ofces, retail, industrial, schools, courts,
prison accommodation, multiresidential, hospitals,
homes (Ecohomes), existing housing portfolios
(EcoHomesXB) and bespoke buildings.

Issue Category Scores

Kingspan ECOsafe Insulated Panels

& BREEAM
The Building Research Establishment (BRE) Group
is a world leading research, consultancy, training,
testing and certication organisation delivering
sustainability and innovation across the built
environment and beyond.

Water

All Kingspan ECOsafe insulated panels have a

low GWP (Global Warming Potential) and help to
deliver optimum performance in environmental
assessment methods such as BREEAM.

Materials

Kingspan ECOsafe insulated panels are the result

of extensive research and development work to
provide an optimised and sustainable solution for
our customers.

Land Use & Ecology

Specic Kingspan ECOsafe insulated panels are

independently audited and certied by the BRE
as Green Guide A Rated (within the highest
performing specication section of the Green
Guide to Specication).

Pollution

Kingspan ECOsafe Insulated Panels

Kingspan vision is: To be a global leader in

sustainable business and establish a leading
position in providing sustainable, renewable
and affordable best practice solutions for the
construction sector

1.

1.

Environmental Sustainability and Protection

Kingspan Insulated Panels
Sustainability Objectives
Kingspan Insulated Panels Long-term
Sustainability Objectives

Sustainable Building Design

Consider best practice sustainable building design
when constructing or refurbishing Kingspan
Insulated Panels manufacturing facilities and
ensure the sustainable management of all sites
used by Kingspan Insulated Panels.

Ethical Procurement & Supply Chain

Management
Develop an ethical procurement strategy for
procuring materials and services. Engage with
prioritised suppliers and contractors to ensure that
they operate to similar sustainability standards
and seek to build-long term relationships with key
suppliers and contractors.

Stakeholder Engagement
Engage key stakeholders in Kingspan Insulated
Panels Sustainability Strategy and ensure our
employees are fully involved in helping deliver the
Sustainability Policy.

Social Responsibility
Support Kingspan Insulated Panels employees
and uphold our corporate social responsibility to
the communities in which we do business.

Kingspan Insulated Panels aims to adopt and apply

best practice sustainability principles by ensuring
environmental, social and economic parameters
are considered in an integrated way in product and
service delivery.
I

Sustainable Product Stewardship

Ensure sustainability is considered in the design
and manufacture, and promoted in the installation,
use and disposal of Kingspan Insulated Panels
products and services.
Carbon Management
Measure and actively reduce Kingspan Insulated
Panels carbon footprint with the long-term aim of
going beyond carbon neutrality.
Optimise use of Resources
Minimise waste, harmful emissions and water
usage associated with the manufacture,
distribution and, where possible, the end-oflife management of Kingspan Insulated Panels
products and services.

1.11.74

Environmental Sustainability and Protection

PUR / IPN
Panels

Preferred
Option

Reuse
of Insulated
Panels

All Kingspan
panels produced
since 2004

Kingspan panels
produced prior to
2004 containing ODS

Ferrous
Shredder
Facilities

Fridge
Recycling
Plants

Cost
Neutral*

45
per square metr

0 Disposal Cost
No new panels needed =
Signicant nancial and
environmental benets

1.11.75

1.

Quality & Approvals

Kingspan Insulated panels are manufactured in
state-of-the-art facilities under a quality system which
meets the requirements of ISO 9001:2000, ensuring
long term reliability and service life. Our goal is to not
only meet the requirements of this standard, but to
be ahead of it.
In order to provide our customers with products
of high quality, all used products have to comply
with the legal standards like the European Standard
EN14509 and must be labeled with the CE-Mark.
It simply conrms that the product meets the
requirements of the EN14509.
The new European standard EN14509 for
self-supporting double skin metal faced insulating
panels Factory made products Specications was
published recently. It is the regulating standard for
composite panels within Europe.
The EN14509 species requirements for factory
made composite panels for following applications:
I

Roofs and roof cladding

External walls and wall cladding

Walls (including partitions) and ceilings within the

building envelope

The used materials have to be tested according to

the test methods as described in the EN14509. All
materials have to meet the requirements stated in the
standard, as there were:
I

Mechanical properties of a face

Mechanical properties of a panel and its core

material:

Shear strength and modulus

Compressive strength and modulus

Reduced shear strength

Cross panel tensile strength (and modulus)

Bending moment capacity and wrinkling stress

Bending moment over a central support

Creep coefcient

Cross panel tensile modulus at elevated

temperatures

Density

Thermal transmittance

Durability

Reaction to re

Fire resistance

External re performance roofs

Water permeability

Air permeability

Airborne sound insulation

Sound absorption

Dimensional tolerances

1.12.77

The CE-Mark is a legally demanded proof of

conformity and indicates that the labeled products
meet the requirements according to the EN14509.
The CE-Mark contains information regarding the
manufacturer, the name of the product and its
properties. It should be afxed on every package
which is delivered to the customer. When distributing
products within the EU it is a must that goods are
labeled with the CE-Mark.
The manufacturer of the composite panels is
responsible that the required values in the EN14509
are achieved. The CE-Mark is the conrmation that
the composite panels were produced according
to EN14509 and that the properties of the used
materials are matching these requirements.

1.

1.

Quality & Approvals

Kingspan Kereskedelmi Kft., Horka dlo 1, 2367 Ujhartyan

10
Metal faced insulating panel for use in buildings
Reference
Insulation
Density
Thickness

KS1150 TF
IPN
3845kg / m3
100mm

Facing: Steel EN10326

external
internal
Steel grade
Prolation
external
internal

0.5mm
0.4mm
S280 GD

Wrinkling stress (external face)

- in span
- in span, elevated temperature
- at central support
- at central support, elevated
temperature
Wrinkling stress (internal face)
- in span
- at central support
Reaction to re

M
I

Coating
external

PES, PVC, PVDF, PUR

Fire resistance
Roofs

internal

PES, PVC, PVDF, PUR

External walls

13.50kg / m2

Internal walls
Ceilings

187Mpa
168Mpa
150Mpa
135Mpa

149Mpa
130
B-s1, d0
Details in technical
guide and assembly
conditions

0.06MPa
0.14MPa

Water permeability
Water vapour permeability
Air permeability
Aurborne sound insulation

N/A
EI20-ef (oi),
EW15 (io), EI15
NPD
NPD
Details in technical
guide and assembly
conditions
N/A
N/A
N/A
NPD
Impermeable
NPD
m3/m2h
26 (-3;-4) dB

0.06MPa

Sound absorption

NPD

3.65MPa

Durability

Compressive strength (core)

0.10MPa

Resistance to point and access

loads

N/A
Suitable for repeated
access without
additional protection

Creep coefcient t = 2,000h

Creep coefcient t = 100,000h
Bending resistance in the span
+ve bending
+ve bending, elevated
temperature
-ve bending
-ve bending, elevated
temperature

2
7

Mass
Use:
Roofs
External walls
Internal walls
Ceilings
Thermal transmittance
Mechanical resistance
Tensile strength
Shear strength
Reduced long term shear
strength
Shear modulus (core)

N/A
YES
YES
YES
0.2W / m2K

External re performance

9.75kNm / m
8.76kNm / m
6.08kNm / m
6.08kNm / m

Example for CE marking

1.12.78

2.

Material Specications
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Coloured Coated Steel

2.1

Rigid Urethane Insulation Core

2.5

Rigid IPN Insulation Core

2.7

Mineral Fibre Insulation Core

2.8

Polycarbonate (PC)

2.9

GRP (Glass Reinforced Polyester)

2.9

Fasteners

2.11

Fasteners Sitework Tools and Installation

2.14

Sealants & Fillers

2.16

Material Specications
Coloured Coated Steel
The construction industry is supported by the
manufacture of high quality, competitive products and
by expert technical service. Our service and quality
commitment is based on a policy of working closely
with our customers, applying quality assurance
practices to all our activities, and achieving technical
excellence through research, product development
and capital investment.

Hot-dip zinc
Hot-dip zinc coated steel with a total of 275 g/m2
of zinc, according to EN10147:2000. This can be
nished with a number of coatings polyester, PVDF,
Plastisol and Plastisol Foodsafe.
Galvatite

The extensive range of plastic coated steels

available is a product of that commitment.

Galvatite is hot-dip zinc coated steel to EN

10147:2000 with a standard minimum coating mass
of 275 g/m2.

Steel as a Prole Material

A structural grade of steel with a guaranteed

minimum yield strength of 280 N / mm2 is used for all
products.

Steel, with its combination of exibility, durability,

strength-to-weight ratio and economy, is an ideal
material for proled cladding. To avoid the rapid
corrosion of steel, a metal coating can be applied to
protect it from moisture and oxygen. Such coatings
need to be sufciently impermeable, tough, abrasion
resistant and must bond strongly to the surface they
are required to protect.
Coating steel with a zinc layer is called
galvanization. There are many variants of galvanizing
which can involve zinc alloys rather than pure zinc.
Zinc coatings have excellent corrosion protection,
because they protect the steel in two ways:
I

with a barrier effect

by cathodic protection

Barrier effect
The barrier effect is achieved by physically sealing
off the steel surface with a coating with better
corrosion resistance. The zinc layer itself forms a
self-protecting lm off airly impermeable corrosion
products such as zinc oxide. This protects the steel
(and the zinc) from the harmful affects of oxygen,
corrosive gases and liquids in the atmosphere.

Cathodic protection
The second principle is cathodic protection. If
the zinc coating is damaged (by weathering, pores,
cracks, scratches, cut edges), then the anodic nature
of zinc becomes effective in providing protection.
Since zinc has a lower chemical potential than
iron, the zinc will be attacked and dissolved rst. The
zinc dissolve to form zinc hydroxides and zinc oxides
(white rust), which unlike iron oxides (red rust) form
a protective layer, which slows down the corrosion
process.

Options for galvanic protection

Galvalloy
Galvalloy is strip steel which has been hot-dip
coated with a 255 g/m2 eutectic alloy comprising
approximately 95% zinc with 5% aluminium,
combined with other elements, to EN10214:1995.

2.1

Substrate designations are:

Galvalloy S280 GD+ZA according to EN10214
Galvatite S280 GD+Z according to EN10147

Coated Products
The customer can be certain that each coating
system has been comprehensively tested and
evaluated in the extensive research and development
facilities of our suppliers. These nishes have
been developed over many years for a variety
of applications, and therefore have different
performance characteristics. The descriptions that
follow are aimed at distinguishing these differences.
Coated products for exterior roong and cladding
are composed of a galvanised steel substrate which
is then treated / primed on both sides. Different
proprietary topcoats are then applied to the weather
side and to the reverse side (commonly referred to
as the back-coat). Different galvanising systems and
coating products are used for different applications.

Roong & Cladding Products

Potential speciers and users of these products
should refer to the exterior coatings table on next
page for typical properties.

2.

2.

Material Specications
Coloured Coated Steel
Spectrum

PVDF

Kingspan Spectrum is a 60m Polyurethane

coated semi gloss nish with a slight granular effect.
It offers an outstanding durability- and weather
resistance performance, excellent corrosion and
UV-resistance as well as high color &gloss retention
characterstics. Its superior exibility enables high
resistance against mechanical damages. Kingspan
Spectrum is available in a wide range of solid and
metallic colours. Furthermore it is free of clorine,
phtalates and plasticizers and 100% recyclable.

PVDF offers unequalled colour and gloss retention

because of its exceptional UV resistance. The coating
thickness is typically 2535 m and it offers good
corrosion resistance. It can be used in climates with
extremely high UV radiation combined with extreme
temperatures and relative humidity. The standard
colour range includes metallic silver.

Polyester
Polyester is a universal, economic coating system
suitable for exterior and interior applications. For
interior applications, the coating thickness is typically
15 m, and for exterior applications, 25 m.

200 Micron Plastisol

200 micron Plastisol is a 200 m (nominal
thickness) high performance plastisol coating system
with leather grain nish. Typical properties of Plastisol
are excellent abrasion, high corrosion resistance,
excellent exibility and therefore a very high scratch
resistance.

Coated Steel Coil

Typical Properties of Exterior Coatings

Coating

Nominal
Thickness
[m]

Gloss
[60 ]

Pencil,
Hardness

Clemen
Scratch
Resistance
[kg]

Adhesion
of the
coating
[T-bend]

Corrosion resistance
Resistance
Impact
UV
to cracking
resistance Salt spray Corrosion resistance
on bending
test
resistance
[J]
category
[T-bend]
[h]
category

Polyester

25

30 GU

HB-H

2 kg

2T

3T

18

360

RC3

RUV2

Plastisol

200

N/A

46 B

1T

3T

very good

1000

RC4

RUV2

PVDF25

25

30 GU

HB-H

1T

2T

18

360

RC3

RUV4

PVDF35

35

30 GU

HB-H

2 kg

1T

2T

18

500

RC4

RUV4

Spectrum 60

30 GU

F-H

3 kg

1T

1.5T

18

700

RC5

RUV4

Notes: The figures contained in this table are typical properities and do not constitute a specification.

Test Specication for Exterior

Nominal thickness

EN 13523-1

Gloss

EN 13523-2

Pencil hardness

EN 13523-4

Scratch resistance

EN 13523-12

Taber abrasion

EN 13523-16

Flexibility: Minimum bend diameter

EN 13523-7

Impact resistance

EN 13523-5

Corrosion resistance: Salt spray

EN 13523-8

Corrosion resistance

EN 10169-2

UV resistance

EN 13523-10

2.2

Material Specications
Coloured Coated Steel
Products for Food Processing Plants and
Cold Stores
Food processing plants and cold stores have
special requirements. They need surfaces which
are safe in contact with food and which are easy to
clean. Cold stores require good insulation properties.
We offer a range of products suitable for cladding the
interiors of food processing plants, cold stores, and
other areas where contact with food is likely. These
products are:
I

Stelvetite Foodsafe

Satin Plastisol

Smooth Polyester

Textured Polyester

All these products have a white nish. Consult

Kingspan about the availability of other colours.
The exposed or working surfaces of these
products are non-toxic and resistant to both pink
and black mould, as well as being attractive, durable
and easy to clean. The Stelvetite Foodsafe surface
is chemically inert and is safe for continuous contact
with unpacked foodstuff.

2.3

These products have a grey polyester back-coat

suitable for bonding to the insulation foam. This
allows them to be used for the manufacture
of insulated panels. Subject to minimum order
requirements, other back-coat systems may be
available. Whichever back-coat is specied, the
user should check with suppliers to ensure that the
backcoat, the foam, and adhesive are compatible.
The coating system for the exposed surface of an
insulated panel should be selected according to the
internal environment.
The steel substrate used on these products is
Galvatite hot-dip zinc coated steel to EN10142:1991
(Fe P02G quality) with a total zinc coating of
275 g / m2. These products are not suitable for use
outdoors.
Availability
The very large number of colours and coating
systems in the product range may mean that not all
of them are held in stock at one time by the supply
chain. Early consultation with the supplier is the
best way to ensure that the material selected will be
available at the required time.

2.

Material Specications
Rigid Urethane Insulation Core
Introduction

Environmental

Rigid urethane insulation has been used in the

building and construction industries since the
1950s. Over the past 45 years, in excess of 500
million square metres of insulated panels have been
manufactured by the continuous lamination process
and have been successfully used in roof and wall
cladding applications worldwide.

Non-Deleterious

The superior long term performance of metal

faced insulated panels with rigid urethane cores is
now widely recognised by building investors and
designers when compared with site assembled,
multi-part, built-up cladding systems. This has
resulted in signicant growth for this type of
construction system.
The main reasons for this growth are:
I

Increasingly stringent building regulations, which

in many countries require the use of insulation to
comply with energy efciency and CO2 emission
targets.

The rising cost of fuel and energy. Effective thermal

insulation can reduce HVAC / heating costs by up
to 40% wherever it is installed.

The environmental cost of energy production is

also a factor which now needs to be considered.
The burning of fossil fuels for energy production
is estimated to contribute 80% of the worlds CO2
emissions. These green-house gases contribute
to the problem of global warming, and so the
conservation of energy is the most direct and
cheap way to reduce CO2 emissions and thus
control global warming.

Industry experts estimate that worldwide insulation

of buildings to optimum standards could reduce
global energy requirements by more than 10%.

Rapid site assembly and early completion of a

building project is demanded by investors and
insulated sandwich panels provide single x fast
on-site installation.

Investors require superior specication, low

maintenance and long-term product performance.

Thermal Performance
Rigid urethane insulation has one of the lowest
thermal conductivity ratings of any insulant. This
makes the retention of heat more efcient, and
facilitates the effective maintenance of a temperature
controlled environment such as a chill store.
The matrix of the insulation core has a closed
cell structure that guarantees reliable thermal
performance over the lifetime of the building.

2.5

The rigid urethane insulation core used by

Kingspan is CFC and HCFC free which fully complies
with the Montreal and Kyoto Ozone Depletion
Summit Protocols. Kingspan rigid urethane insulation
cores can therefore be termed as non-deleterious.
In health terms, the products are fully cured
thermoset (cross-linked) polymers which, under
normal conditions, do not emit noxious fumes and
are safe to handle. In environmental terms, the
products do not emit damaging gases nor do they
leach into the environment during their lifetime. Being
some of the most efcient insulants available to the
construction industry, they actively contribute to the
saving of energy and through this save signicant
amounts carbon dioxide emission.

Strength
Rigid urethane insulation provides a high level of
compression and shear strength, which are essential
requirements for insulated sandwich panels.

Ageing
Insulation panels faced with impermeable materials
such as steel shows minimal change to the thermal
conductivity of the insulant over the life of the
installed cladding system.

Water Absorption
The water vapour permeability of rigid urethane
insulation is very low due to its closed cell structure.
Permeability is further reduced by the metal skin of a
panel which acts as a moisture barrier.

Fire Performance
See Building Design Section for detailed re
performance information.
Like all organic building materials wood,
paper, plastics, paints rigid urethane insulation is
combustible, although its ignitability and rate of burn
depend largely on the re resistance properties of the
material used to skin the panels.
The most effective re resistance can be obtained
using a re rated rigid urethane insulation. By careful
blending the urethane with certain additives, it is
possible to formulate rigid urethane systems that
achieve the re standards required by National
Regulations and the more demanding requirements
of the insurance industry.

2.

2.

Material Specications
Rigid Urethane Insulation Core
There is a constant drive from insurers and
building owners to improve the performance of re
rated roof and wall panel systems. In response to
this Kingspan has developed, tested and obtained
approval for a wide range of re rated products for
roof and wall application. Insulated panels with re
rated cores have performed well in actual res and
do not contribute signicantly to the re load in the
building. They have an excellent track record as roof
and wall cladding systems with over 45 years of
history. Tests carried out in the UK, Germany, France
and the USA all conclude that well designed re
rated insulated sandwich panels have excellent re
resistant properties
Kingspan can supply
specication
products approved by/to the following building
norms, certication authorities and insurers;

Building Norm Compliance Certication

Chemical Resistance
Rigid urethane insulation provides excellent
resistance to attack from a wide range of chemicals,
solvents, and oils.

Biological Resistance
Rigid urethane insulation does not support fungal
growth and is immune from attack by mould, mildew
and vermin infestation. This is essential for hygiene
applications.

Manufacture
Rigid urethane insulated sandwich panels are
manufactured under quality controlled conditions
to the highest ISO quality standards prior to
delivery to the construction site. This guarantees a
superior installed cladding system with long term
performance.

Czech Republic

Slovakia

CFC & HCFC Removal

Poland

Hungary

Germany

Kingspan has developed and manufacture zero

ozonedepletion-potential (ODP) IPN insulated panel
systems.

Holland & Belgium

UK

Republic of Ireland

Property Insurer Approvals

I

Loss Prevention Certication Board (LPCB)

FM Global (FM)

Adhesion to the Panel Skin

During the time between mixing and the
achievement of its nal cured state, rigid urethane
insulation is extremely adhesive, which allows it to
bond effectively to a wide range of insulated panel
skins. The adhesion is so strong that the bond
strength can be higher than the tensile or shear
strength of the insulation itself.

Weight
The light weight of rigid urethane sandwich panels
is an important contribution to the achievement of
lighter and cheaper building structures due to the
lower dead loads. Site assembly is also faster and
incurs lower cost due to ease of handling. And
transport costs are kept to a minimum because of
lower product volume and increased load utilisation.

2.6

Material Specications
Rigid IPN Insulation Core
IPN is the abreviation for Isophenic, Kingspans
unique high grade index Polyisocyanurate (PIR)
insulation material.
Like PUR, IPN belongs to the same generic family
of thermosetting materials. IPN has a special polymer
structure which gives improved re performance
compared to PUR. Kingspan IPN uses a unique
formulation that gives a highly re resistant product
which is capable of passing insurance industry tests
such as from LPCB and FM Global.

2. Martens, R & Domsch, K.H., Water, Air & Soil

Pollution, 15, (1981), 503.
3. AFEAS/DOE Energy and Global warming Impacts
of CFC Alternative Technologies (1991)
4. Ball G.W., Simpson A. & Fleming H., Cellular
Polymers (16)2, (1997), 110.
5. Vehlow, J., Jay, K., Rittmeyer, C., & Stieglitz, L.,
Third International Conference on Municipal Waste
Combustion, Williamsburg, VA, (March 30April 2,
1993)

Non-Deleterious Specication
Rigid IPN Insulation A Commentary

Energy Efciency and Pay Back

Non-deleterious A Denition

The energy saving contribution of rigid urethane

IPN insulation is a very positive factor, as the fuel
saved by insulation is many times greater than the
fuel cost of producing the material initially. This can
be demonstrated by the following example:

Deleterious (adj) hurtful or destructive;

destructive; poisonous (from the Greek ;
deleterious). Chambers Twentieth Century
Dictionary.
Kingspan IPN rigid urethane insulation cannot be
classied as deleterious and should be termed as
nondeleterious.
In health terms, the products are fully cured
thermoset (crossed-linked) polymers which, under
normal conditions of use and temperatures, do not
emit noxious fumes and are safe to handle1.
In environmental terms, the products do not
emit damaging gases nor do they leach into the
environment during their lifetime2. Being some of
the most efcient insulants available for construction
use, they actively contribute to the saving of energy,
fossil fuels and, therefore, large scale carbon dioxide
emission and global warming. A modern approach to
assessing this is the Total Equivalent Warming Impact
(TEWI), and it can be readily demonstrated that
during the average lifetime of construction products,
the net effect is very positive, including all energy
involved in raw material production, fabrication, and
disposal of the insulants3.
Kingspan rigid urethane insulants consist of
numerous tiny closed cells bound together. These
contain a gas trapped in the cells which assists the
insulation value of the products. This gas remains
within the cell during the lifetime of the products4,
and can be recovered or completely incinerated at
the end of the useful life of the product if requested5.
Following the Montreal Protocol in 1987 regulating
the production and use of Chlorouoro Carbons
(CFCs) and Hydro Chlorouoro Carbons (HCFCs),
which products had been implicated in deterioration
of the stratospheric ozone layer, these gases are no
longer used in Kingspan rigid insulants. All Kingspan
products now use blowing agents that have an
Ozone Depletion Potential of Zero (Zero ODP).
References:
1. Buist, J.M. & Hurd, R. Polyurethane Foams: The
Contribution to Heat Insulation The proceeding of
the Institute of Refrigeration, Vol. LVI, (195960)

2.7

It takes 5 kg of oil to produce 1 square metre of

IPN wall insulation at 40 mm thickness. Over a 50
year building life the insulation will save 230 kg of
heating oil, so it has repaid its original cost by a factor
of46. Working to this principle rigid urethane IPN
insulation, with one of the lowest thermal conductivity
values offers the greatest potential for energy saving.

Conclusion
Rigid urethane insulation therefore emerges as
a unique material, which is perfectly suited for the
insulating core of building panels.
It combines strength with a very low thermal
conductivity,and its ability to bond itself to facing
materials during the production process makes it
ideal for the mass production techniques used today.
Kingspan insulated roof and wall systems,
preengineered in this way, provide a durable,
economic, t for purpose roof or wall cladding
solution.

2.

2.

Material Specications
Mineral Fibre Insulation Core
Introduction
Mineral wool insulant actually comprises mineral
rock bres bonded together with varying proportions
of thermo setting resins to form the insulant
materials, which can be used for insulating sandwich
panels.

Life Cycle Phase

Mining and production of raw
materials
Production of bonding agent
Manufacture
Transport
Total

Processing
Mineral bre is manufactured by melting diabase
volcanic rock with other raw materials at 1,500 C. In
the furnace the diabase stones are mixed with coke
and ed mineral bre waste. The liquid stone lava is
then converted into bres in a spinning chamber and
at the same time a water-repellent impregnating oil
and binder are added. The binder is then cured in an
oven creating a dimensionally stable insulation matrix.

Range of Energy Consumed

(MJ/kg)*
0.62 to 1.25
1.30 to 4.10
11.30 to 21.92
0.35 to 0.51
13.57 to 27.28

* Information submitted to the European Commission by the

Danish Environmental Protection Agency. dk-TEKNIK, Thermal
insulation products for walls and roofs, Impact assessment for eco
labelling.
H.K.Stranddorf, A.Schmidt, L.E.Hansen, A.A.Jensen,
M.Thorsen, April 1995.

Environmental Performance
Mineral bre insulation is chemically inert and
does not encourage the growth of fungi, moulds or
bacteria. The resin which binds the mineral bre,
can be considered as an insoluble plastic which will
remain unchanged for at least a century.

2.8

Material Specications
Polycarbonate (PC)

GRP (Glass Reinforced Polyester)

Polycarbonate proles are extruded from

polycarbonate resin and offer an extremely high
impact resistance compared to traditional transparent
glazing materials like glass and acrylic sheets.
Furthermore this impact strength remains unchanged
in a very wide temperature range. Indeed will keep
high impact values from 40 C to +120 C.

GRP consists of thermosetting polyester resin,

usually reinforced with 25 to 35 weight per cent glass
bres. It is a material with unique properties, offering
a high degree of exibility. GRP can easily be tooled,
moulded and manufactured to meet almost any
design specications. Compared to other rooight
building materials, GRP indicates low expansion
properties and excellent dimensional stability under
mechanical and environmental stresses. Furthermore
its offers excellent acoustic properties.

Compared to glass and PMMA sheet,

polycarbonate is very ductile and does not break
sharply, but deforms gradually instead under load
and absorbs the impact energy.
A major requirement for rooights is the hail
resistance. Polycarbonate rooights offers increased
hail resistance properties compared to other rooight
materials.

UV resistance
Polycarbonate is protected on both sides by a
coextruded layer against the deteriorating effects of
the UV fraction of the sunlight. Ultraviolet sunrays are
responsible for early ageing effects on other building
materials, what results in results yellowing, loss in
light transmission and impact strength.

Weather resistance
GRP is non-corrosive and has a much longer
life expectancy when compared to a variety of
construction materials. Fibreglass provides resistance
to ultra violent light, extreme temperatures, salt air,
and a variety of chemicals including most acids. GRP
is chemically inert and corrosion-resistant.
The weather and water resistance of GRP is
largely a function of the gel coat, which is exposed to
attack. For optimum chemical resistance combined
with high structural performance a resin rich surface
is obtained on the face of the moulding, which is
exposed to the hostile environment.

Light Transmission

Strength & Durability

Polycarbonate has excellent light transmission,

allowing to take advantage of natural light conditions
in buildings. The opalescent colours are designed
to control the natural light transmission in order to
reduce the heating of the building interior in warm
climates or sunny days. The opalescent sheet has a
special light diffusion additive that spreads the light
and guarantees optimal light conditions in any corner
of the building without any shadows.

GRP has high strength to weight ratio and high

exural strength.

The control of the solar energy is an important

requirement in modern buildings. Specic products
and colours reduce considerably the solar heating
and improve the interior comfort.

Thermal and acoustic performance

Thermal insulation is a major requirement for
energy saving in buildings. Polycarbonate sheet
offers signicant advantages compared to mono layer
glazing materials.
The hollow structure reduces signicantly the heat
losses in roong or glazing applications. The hollow
structure of the sheet offers advantages compared
to mono layer glazing materials in respect of sound
reduction.

2.9

Light Transmission
Light transmission through a rooight from GRP
is typically lower than polycarbonate. GRP sheets
will generally give diffused light, with little glare.
Polycarbonate is clearer, and more likely to increase
glare and higher solar gain. Light transmission
decreased due to the presence of matrix microcracks
and interface debonding.

2.

Material Specications
Fasteners
Introduction
Primary fasteners hold the insulated panels to the
building frame, and secondary fasteners join panels
to each other, and to ashings etc. The fasteners
are therefore an integral part of the building, and
their strength, weather proong, durability, and
appearance must be carefully considered as part of
the overall design.
The following general notes explain the various
fasteners which are used with Kingspan Insulated
Panels.
Specic references from SFS Intec and EJOT
fasteners are within the relevant roof or wall sections.

The overall fastener length will vary depending on

the thickness of the panel being xed.

For through xed panels the fasteners have a

secondary support thread directly under the head
to withstand superimposed loads caused by
foot trafc and snow. This also draws the outer
skin tightly up to the washer, thus ensuring a
weatherproof seal.

The sealing washer may vary in size and material,

for xing roof, wall, or rooights. Carbon steel,
stainless steel, and aluminium washers are used in
conjunction with EPDM seals.

The fastener head may be coated metal, coated

metal covered with a push-on plastic cap, or it may
have an integral coloured head.

Primary Fasteners
These fasteners are specially designed to drill
through the panel, self tap into the framework, and
nally seal the outer sheet
Self Tapping Fastener

Head
Washer

Self Drilling Fastener

Head
Washer
Support
Thread

Thread
to Structure

Thread
to Structure

Drilling point

Secondary Fasteners
These are the fasteners which join sheet to sheet,
ashing to sheet, or ashing to ashing. The main
types used are stitching screws or rivets.
Stitching screws self drill and tap, draw the
sheets together, and nally seal, in one operation,
in the same way as the primary fasteners. They are
available in high quality carbon steel and austenitic
stainless steel, and in several head forms to suit the
various materials being fastened.
Rivets are made from aluminium alloy and are
installed in a two stage operation which involves
drilling a hole through the two components, pushing
the rivet into the hole and setting it with a rivetting
tool. This tool draws the mandrel through the rivet
body and deforms it so that it grips the materials
together, until it nally breaks.
Other blind fasteners are used for special
applications, such as the side laps of rooights,
where normal pop rivets and stitchers are unsuitable.
These larger fasteners come in several forms, some
require a rivetting tool and others use a bolt to pull an
EPDM grommet up to the underside of the sheet.
Stitching Screws

Blind Rivets

Blind Fasteners
(Bulb-tite)

Roof/skylight
Fasteners (Lap-lox)

This is achieved in one fast operation using a

screwgun with a depth sensing nose piece. Various
accessories for these tools are available from the
fastener manufacturers.
Fasteners are manufactured to suit the many
materials and constructions in common use.
The variations include:
I

They may be made from high quality carbon steel

or austenitic stainless steel.

The drill point alters for drilling into different

materials and thicknesses.

The self tapping thread can vary with the type and
thickness of material.

2.11

2.

2.

Material Specications
Fasteners
Installation and Weathering

4. Shear

Self drilling / tapping fasteners can be supplied with

a sealing washer which is designed to prevent water
ingress into the building through the xing point. To
be sure of optimum performance it is important to
install the fasteners correctly.

Another mode of failure, not associated with wind

loading, is shear. In this case the panel moves across
the face of the purlin / rail and effectively cuts or
shears the fastener.

The fasteners and washers are designed to be

driven so that the washer is compressed evenly,
giving the appearance shown. The screwgun is tted
with an adjustable, depth sensitive nose piece which
can be set to disengage the clutch when the fastener
has been installed correctly.

Strength
The Primary fasteners hold the panels in place on
the building and must be strong enough to resist
the applied loads. In practice the most important
load for fasteners is often wind suction which is
trying to pull the panels off the building frame. In
these circumstances ultimate failure of the xing can
happen in three possible ways:
1. Pull Over
The outer skin of the panel deforms around the
head and washer of the fastener until the hole is large
enough for the panel to pull over, leaving the entire
fastener in place.

It is possible that the fastener would severely

damage panel facings before failure occurs.

Permissible shear load for 5.5 mm diameter carbon

or stainless steel fasteners is 3.9 kN. * In some
cases it may be the fastener strength which limits the
permissible span of the insulated panels, particularly
near junctions on the building, where wind suction
forces are high.
* A load factor of 2 has been used generally to
indicate permissible load.
For detailed data of Pull Over and Pull Out
permissible loads please contact Manufacturer
Technical Department.

2. Pull Out
The fastener pulls out of the purlin/rail due to wind
suction.

3. Fastener Tensile Failure

The fastener breaks in tension, part way down
its length, leaving part of the thread in the frame.
Permissible tensile load on a 5.5 mm diameter
carbon or stainless steel fastener is 6.0 kN. *

2.12

Material Specications
Fasteners
Durability and Appearance
The ultimate life expectancy of the fasteners
depends on their corrosion rate which can be
affected by their material specication, the internal
and external environments, and the construction of
the building. However there may be appearance or
performance problems long before ultimate failure
occurs. These may be due to leakage at washers,
rust staining, or faded / missing colour caps.
Corrosion can occur if there is moisture on the
fastener. The rate of corrosion will depend on the
fastener material, its coating, the materials being
xed, how long the moisture is present, corrosive
elements and the ambient temperature of the
environment.

For further information about any of the fasteners

please contact manufacturers technical department.
Note: Other fastener manufacturers products can be
used provided they are of equal specication
and performance of those stated above and
with the approval of Kingspan.

Fastener Selector Guides

To assist designers, Fastener Selector Guides are
available from each fastener manufacturer which
clearly identify fastener references suggested for
various building applications and panel types.

From the above it is clearly difcult to make general

predictions about the life expectancy of fasteners,
however a number of statements can be made:

Building Classications

1. Coated carbon steel fasteners have performed

satisfactorily on roofs and walls of insulated
buildings in urban non-polluted atmospheres for a
period of 10 years, and therefore, depending upon
the conditions, may be used where warranties up
to a maximum of 10 years are required.

1. Standard Environment
For normal factory or general use buildings, where
the occupants or processes do not add signicant
quantities of water vapour to the air.

2. The life expectancy of an austenitic stainless steel

fastener on the same buildings would be at least
25 years and would be suitable for warranties
exceeding 10 years.
3. Separate snap-on plastic colour caps may come
off over time, but integral colour heads will not. The
following table shows the minimum life expectancy,
and maximum warranty period, in years for
fasteners in a number of environments.
Fastener

Urban

Rural

Industrial

Marine

Carbon steel
Separate cap

10

10

N/R

N/R

Carbon steel
Integral head

15

15

15

N/R

Austenitic
Stainless
steel

25

25

25

25

N/R: Not Recommended

The fastener recommendations for SFS Intec and

EJOT and Mage products have been tabulated and
are in the relevant roof and wall sections. Where
carbon steel fasteners are indicated, austenitic
stainless steel could be used instead to provide long
term durability.
*) On projects which are supported by a Kingspan
product warranty in excess of 10 years it is a strict
requirement that austenitic stainless steel fasteners
from the manufacturers listed below are specied and
used throughout.
In situations where there is industrial or marine
pollution, or internally there are chemical or wet
processes (i.e. swimming pools), the fastener
manufacturer should be consulted.

2.13

The following Building Classications are used in

each Fastener Selector Guide:

2. High Humidity
For buildings containing large areas of open water,
or where water is used as part of a process, e.g.
Swimming pools, laundries, paper processing etc.
3. Low temperature
For buildings where the internal temperature is
often below the external temperature (but not less
than 4 C), e.g. Chill stores, ice rinks etc.
4. Temperature Controlled
For buildings where the internal temperature or
environment has to be closely controlled, e.g.
Laboratories, special manufacturing processes,
etc.
5. Hygiene
For buildings where food is processed or a
high level of cleanliness is required, e.g. Food
manufacturing / processing, bakeries, electronic
component manufacture, pharmaceutical / medical
etc.

2.

2.

Material Specications
Fasteners Sitework Tools and Installation
Fastener Installation Method

Sitework Tools and Installation

To be sure of optimum performance it is important
that purpose designed tooling is used to install the
fasteners correctly.
The fasteners and washers are designed to be
driven so that the washer is compressed evenly, thus
ensuring a weather tight seal. The screwgun must be
tted with an adjustable, depth sensitive nose piece
which can be set to disengage the clutch when the
fastener has been installed correctly.

Washer under
compressed

Correct

Washer over
compressed

Tools Required for Primary Fasteners

Power Tool

Nose Piece & Depth Locater

Drive Bar

Fastener Socket

Fastener

Tools Required for Secondary Fasteners

The following accessories can also be used
with the standard power tool as above
Locking Sleeve
and Collar

a)

Nose Piece &

Depth Locater

Drive Bar

Fastener Socket

Fastener

b)

Battery Operated Rivetting Tool

c)

d)

Lever Tool

a) Insert fastener into socket

b) Install fastener through panel
c) Adjust depth stop to ensure the correct compression of the washer. (This only
needs to be done on the rst fastener to achieve the correct setting)
d) Correct washer compression Correct Installation for Primary and Secondary
Fasteners

Lazy Tongs

2.14

Material Specications
Fasteners Sitework Tools and Installation
Installation Instructions
It is essential that the self drilling fasteners are
installed using the approved power screwdriver
equipped with the correct accessories to suit the
fastener and application.

Driving Technique
The power screwdriver must be held perpendicular
to the surface of the material being xed. Apply end
load to engage the clutch and maintain this load
while the drilling and tapping operation takes place.
The drive will disengage when the nosepiece makes
contact with the surface of the material being xed.
Bosch screwgun with depth locator. Code TE1

Setting Instructions
The depth clutch is adjusted by pulling forward the
locking collar and rotating the nosepiece. Screwing
the nosepiece forward (counter clockwise) will
decrease screwing depth, screwing the nosepiece
back (clockwise) will increase screwing depth.
Test drive a fastener into a spare piece of material
and make nal adjustments to the setting as required.
Always use good site practice when installing self
drilling fasteners wear safety goggles.

2.15

2.

2.

Material Specications
Sealants & Fillers
Introduction
Sealants are fundamental part of roof and wall
cladding specication and installation. They make
an important contribution to satisfactory weathering,
building physics and durability performance of the
cladding envelope. It is therefore vital to specify the
correct external and internal sealants and llers at the
desing stage.

Sealants
Sealants used with Kingspan Insulated Panels can
be supplied by different suppliers in following basic
physical forms:
Preformed foam tapes
PE tapes:
I

Main use

dust seal, windbreak, noise, heat transfer,

interruption of electrical cell;

Application
I

the surface must be dry, without dust, grease

and mechanical impurities. The tape is supplied
in rolls in pre-compressed condition, after
application (unrolling) it will ll the joint (in free
condition it will expand up to ve times the
compressed volume)

application temperature with no restriction, the

same is true for surface temperature of materials;

temperature resistance 30 to +90 C.

Limitations
I

at lower temperatures expansion is slower and

the tape should be moistened with water, e.g.
with a spray-gun

PU tape:
Main use
I

dust seal, windbreak, damp, direct rain, noise,

vibrations, heat transfer; amability class B1 it
has excellent recovery and compression 50%.

Application

Application

the surface must be dry, without dust, grease

and impurities;

application temperature from +5 to +50 C, the

same is true for surface temperature of materials;

the surface must be dry, without dust, grease

and mechanical impurities. The tape is supplied
in rolls or spools in two variants self adhesive
and non-adhesive.

temperature resistance from 30 to +85 C.

application temperature from 30 to +50 C, the

same is true for surface temperature of materials;

temperature resistance 40 to +100 C constant,

to +120 C short term

Limitations
I

limited resistance against UV radiation, not good

recovery it is not recommended for contraction
joints.

PVC tapes:
Main use
I

dust seal, windbreak, damp, noise, vibrations,

heat transfer; it has excellent recovery and
resistence against UV radiation. It can be also
used as water packing when compressed by
30%.

Application
I

the surface must be dry, without dust, grease

and impurities;

application temperature from +10 to +45 C, the

same is true for surface temperature of materials;

temperature resistance 30 to +70 C.

Limitations
I

it is not compatible with polycarbonate.

PU tape expanding, pre-compressed:

Main use
I

dust seal, windbreak, damp, noise, vibrations,

heat transfer; it has excellent recovery and
resistance against UV radiation. It can be used
for contraction joints.

To optimise sealing performance and minimase

water vapour transmission rates all the tapes have to
be compressed at least by 30%.
Preformed mastic tapes
Butyl tape:
Main use
I

sticking and steam tight packing of sheets,

plates, and the like.

Application
I

the surface must be dry, without dust, grease

and impurities; Apply the tape and press it
properly

application temperature from +5 to +40 C.

temperature resistance 40 to +110 C.

Limitations
I

it is not resistant against UV radiation, not so

good application at lower and extremely high
temperatures, worse resistance to repeated
mechanical stress. The tape is not allowed to
be heated with ame or air warmer than 90 C
during application or it could be degraded
irreversibly!

2.16

Material Specications
Sealants & Fillers
Gun Grade Sealants

Application

Acetoxy Silicon sealant

wide adhesive range especially on surfaces

such as bare sheet metal, primer and painted,
aluminium, special steel, ABS, glass-bre,
reinforced plastic, PUR-RIM, soft PUR, hard
PUR, hard PVC, wood, glass.

application temperature from +5 to +35 C

temperature resistance from 40 to +90 C

storage temperature from +10 to +25 C

Main use
I

superior quality in sealing window and door

external seals, resistence to UV radiation.

Application
I

the surface must be dry, free of dust and all dirt.

application temperature from +5 to +40 C, the

same is true for surface temperature of materials;

temperature resistance from 40 to +150 C;

Limitations
I

at temperature below +5 C a reduced level of

overall reaction should be expected.

Neutral Silicon sealant

Main use
I

sealing of glass and metal windows and

conecting joints, for the sealing of joits on
parapets, panelling ang glass building blocks,
resistence to UV radiation. (foodsafe)

Limitations
I

Canister PU foams
Main use
I

the surface must be dry, free of dust and all dirt.

application temperature from +5 to +40 C, the

same is true for surface temperature of materials;

temperature resistance from 40 to +150 C;

Limitations
I

at temperature below +5 C a reduced level of

overall reaction should be expected.

Adhesive and Sealing Compound (WRTHK+D,

Soudaex40FC)

Main use
I

packing against water, noise, thermal insulation,

entry packing, seating of door and window
casings.

Application
I

the surface must be without dust and

mechanical impurities; the base should be
moistened to improve adhesiveness.

when joints greater than 5 cm are lled, PUfoam

should be applied in more layers.

to secure maximum efciency the foam must be

moistened again after application;

application temperature from +5 to +25 C,

Winter PU foam from 10 to +25 C.

recommended temperature of the dose is

approximately 15 C;

temperature resistance from 40 to +90 C

storage temperature from +5 to +25 C sealant

curing 2 to 3 mm/24 h, not more than 15 mm
deep from the side of air humidity impact.

Application
I

not suitable for polythene, polypropylene,

silicone, PFTE, and softened plastic.

indoor and outdoors, wood and metal

construction,the building industry

Limitations
I

2.17

it is not resistant against UV radiation and should

not be used for steam tight applications.

2.

2.

Material Specications
Sealants & Fillers
Sealant Application
During application of any sealing material a
detailed Manufacturers installation instructions
must be followed to provide maximum weathering
performance of joint detail.
Tape Sealants:
On side and end laps the location of sealant tape
is as indicated. On shallow roof pitches a double line
of sealant should be used or alternatively a U section
sealant can be supplied.
All tapes are applied from the roll leaving the
backing paper in place to avoid stretching the tape.
The paper is removed after the tape is in position.
It is important that the tape is tted properly down
the valley sides and across the troughs without
stretching.
If this procedure is not followed a good seal is
unlikely to be made.
When placing the panels care should be taken to
avoid displacing the tape. When xing the sheets,
fasteners must not be over tightened as this could
force the sealant out of the joint. In buildings
where the internal air has a high humidity or low
temperature, e.g. swimming pools or chill stores, the
liner side of the panel joint must also be sealed to
form a vapour barrier.

When it is not possible to make a butt joint, a

backing tape or gap lling foam should rst be
inserted into the joint, and the sealant is then applied
so that it has an adequate bond area on both sides
of the joint. Generally this should be at least 6 mm,
but in some instances it may have to be varied to
accommodate surface proles etc.
All surfaces must be rm, clean, dry and free from
dust, dirt, grease and water to enable the sealant to
adhere to them.
The surfaces should preferably be reasonably
warm and never below 4 C.
Gun-Grade Sealants:
These sealants are normally used to seal around
windows and doors, gutters joints, etc.
When sealing window and door frames to the
cladding it is best to arrange a butt joint, so that the
sealant only bonds to the frame and the cladding.
This allows the maximum amount of movement in the
sealant.
For sealant application see construction drawings
in the Insulated Roof and Wall sections.

2.18

Material Specications
Sealants & Fillers
Prole Fillers

Scalloped Metal Flashings

Where any ashing, such as at a ridge or hip are

xed to proled roong or cladding panels a series of
gaps are created. To prevent wind, rain and wildlife
entering the construction these gaps need to be
closed with prole llers.

Scalloped metal ashings are available from

Kingspan to protect weather exposed surfaces of
proled llers from damage by birds and to enhance
the appearance of the ridge construction detail.

Fillers can be cut to t any combinations of proles

including angled proles at hips, valleys and gable
ends.
Prole llers are normally supplied slightly oversized
and are held in place by light compression between
the sheets. They can also be supplied with preformed
mastic tape applied to either or both faces to seal
and x the ller in place.

Typical Ridge Filler

2.19

Ridge Scalloped Flashing

2.

3.

Insulated Roof Systems

I
I
I
I
I

Roof System KS1000 RW

3.1.1

Roof System KS1000 TOP-DEK

3.2.5

Roof System KS1000 FF

3.3.9

Roof System KS1000 RT

3.4.13

Roof System KS1000 X-dek

3.5.17

Roof System KS1000 RW

Product Data
Application
The KS1000 RW is a trapezoidal formed roof
system with a standard fastening method (through
xed), which is suitable for all building applications,
with a roof slope:
I

More than 4 (7%) for roofs with one panel in the

slope direction;

More than 6 (10%) for roofs with two or more

panels in slope direction.

The KS1000 RW panel can also be used for wall

cladding.

Dimensions & Weight

1,000 mm cover width
333.3 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

333.3 mm

30.5 mm

30.5 mm

30.5 mm

58 mm

1.3

Internal Facing Proles

22

22

Q (minibox)
d core thickness (mm)

25

40

50

60

70

80

100

120

160

D overall dimension (mm)

60

75

85

95

105

115

135

155

195

9.03

9.63

10.03

10.43

10.83

11.23

12.03

12.83

14.43

Weight (kg / m2)

sheet 0.5 / 0.4 mm

Product Tolerances

Certication Reference

Panel length
For panel length under 6 m
4 mm
Panel length is equal or over 6 m and under 12 m 6 mm
Panel length is equal or over 12 m
8 mm
Panel width

Kingspan possesses a wide range of insulated

panel approvals (building, technical, thermal, static,
re, acoustic). In case you require further information,
please contact Kingspan Technical department.

3 mm

Thickness
Panel thickness d 50 mm
2 mm
Panel thickness 50 mm < d < 100 mm +3 mm 2 mm
Panel thickness d 100 mm
+3 mm 3 mm
Squarness of the cut end 0.5% of the panel width.
Panel bow (1 + 2) / 2 10 mm

Available Lengths
The standard panel length is between 2 and
14.5meters. Panels shorter than 2 m and longer
than 14.5 m are available on request. Please contact
your Kingspan sales partner.

Panel End Lap Cut Back

If the project requires panels to be connected in
the direction of the roof slope, the panels must have
an overlap. Depending on the overlap length, the
insulating core at the panel end under the overlap
must be removed during mounting. For these
situations, we can deliver panels with cut backs
already made. These panels are normally delivered
with a cut back up to 250 mm, but other cutback
lengths are possible (see below). Cut backs for all
types of panels (roof, wall, PUR, mineral wool) can
be ordered. All RW panels have a cut back of 20 mm
conditional of manufacturing.

Panel cut-backs for roong and wall panels can be divided into three types:

3.1.1

CUT BACK 1

unseparated cut backs

50250 mm

CUT BACK 2

separated cut back with insulation not removed

50, 80, 150, 200 and 250 mm

CUT BACK 3

separated cut back with insulation removed

50, 80, 150, 200 and 250 mm

3.

3.

Roof System KS1000 RW

Product Data
4. Plastisol 200 m
Plastisol is a high performance coating system with
a grain nish and a nominal thickness of 200 m.
Typical properties of Plastisol are excellent abrasion,
high corrosion resistance, excellent exibility and
therefore very good scratch resistance.

Cut Back

Internal Coating Options

1. Polyester

Steel
Galvanic protection options
1. Hot-dip zinc coated steel with a total of 275 g / m2
of zinc, according to EN10147:2000. This can
be nished with a number of coatings Polyester,
Spectrum, PVDF, Plastisol and Foodsafe nishes.

Polyester coating with a nominal thickness of

15 m. The standard colour is grey white, (similar
RAL9002).
2. Foodsafe

2. Galvalloy (hot-dip coated with eutectic alloy of

approx. 95%Zn, 5%Al and other elements) in
accordance with EN10214 for 200m Plastisol
coated steel.

The surface of this 150 m thick polymer coating

is non-toxic and resistant to mould, durable and easy
to clean. It is chemically inert and safe for continuous
contact with unpacked food. The standard colour is
white. Consult Kingspan about the availability of other
colours.

Substrate thicknesses

Other coating systems are available by discussion

with Kingspan.

Standard external sheet thickness 0.50 mm.

Standard internal sheet thickness 0.40 mm.

Other thicknesses are available by arrangement

with Kingspan.

Plain and coloured aluminium is available on a

project specic basis. Contact Kingspan Technical
Services.

Insulation Core
External Coating Options
1. Standard Polyester PES
Polyester is a universal, economic coating system
suitable for exterior and interior applications. The
nominal coating thickness is 25 m.
2. PVDF
PVDF offers unequalled colour and gloss retention
and good corrosion resistance. The nominal coating
thickness is 25 m. It can be used in climates with
extremely high UV radiation combined with extreme
temperatures and relative humidity. The standard
colour range includes metallic silver.

Rigid PUR or Firesafe IPN closed-cell foam is the

standard insulating core used.
It is made to a non-deleterious specication
with Zero Ozone Depletion Potential ODP and is
CFC / HCFC free.

Seals
Factory Applied Side Joint Tape
All KS1000RW panel side joints have factory
applied anti-condensation seals tted into the groove
to seal automatically the joint between panels.

3. Spectrum
Kingspan Spectrum is a 60m Polyurethane
coated semi gloss nish with a slight granular effect.
It offers an outstanding durability- and weather
resistance performance, excellent corrosion and
UV-resistance as well as high color & gloss retention
characterstics.
Its superior exibility enables high resistance
against mechanical damages. Kingspan Spectrum is
available in a wide range of solid and metallic colours.
Furthermore it is free of clorine, phtalates and
plasticizers and 100% recyclable.

3.1.2

Roof System KS1000 RW

Product Data
Performance

Building Regulations

Thermal Insulation according to ENISO10211-2

Kingspan KS1000 RW insulated sandwich

panels apply to the european standard EN14509:
Self-supporting double skin metal faced insulating
panels and conform to additional National Building
Regulations and standards.

IPN = 0.0224

Panel Thickness
(mm)

U (W / m2K)

R (m2K / W)

25

0.745

1.20

40

0.505

1.84

50

0.411

2.29

60

0.348

2.73

70

0.300

3.19

80

0.266

3.62

100

0.213

4.52

120

0.180

5.42

160

0.143

6.85

U Thermal transmittance W / m2K

R Thermal resistance m2K / W
Long-term Thermal conductivity W / mK

Biological
Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are immune
to attack from mould, fungi, mildew and vermin. No
urea formaldehyde is used in the construction, and
the panels are non-deleterious.
Fire
KS1000 RW insulated sandwich panels have
been tested and approved and comply with National
Building Regulations and Norms. Panels with
FIREsafe IPN core are classied as B-s1,d0 according
EN13501-1.The panels do not propagate re
spread.
Panel Thickness
(mm)

Fire resistance according EN13501-2

Roof application

25/60
40/75

N/A

50/85

Quality
Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are
manufactured from the highest quality materials,
using state of the art production equipment to
rigorous quality control standards, complying with
ISO9001:2000 standards, ensuring long term
reliability and service life.

Guarantees & Warranties

Kingspan will provide external coating and product
guarantees on a project by project basis.

Packing
Standard packing road transportation
KS1000 RW panels are stacked weather side to
weather side (to minimise palette height). The top,
bottom, sides and ends are protected with foam and
timber packing and the entire palette is wraped in
plastic.
The number of panels in each pack depends on
panel thickness and length. The table below is shown
as a guide. Quantities are reduced for exceptionally
long panels. Typical palette height is 1,100 mm.
Maximum palette weight is 3,500 kg.

60/95
70/105
80/115
100/135

R30, RE30, REI20, REW20

120/155
160/195

Panel core
thickness
(mm)

25

40

50

60

70

80

Number of
panels in
package

23

17

15

13

11

100 120 160

Acoustics
Panel Thickness
(mm)

single gure weighted sound reduction

Rw (dB)

25
40
50
60

Site Installation

80

Site assembly instructions are available from

Kingspan.

100
160

3.1.3

All deliveries (unless indicated otherwise) are by

road transport to project site. Off loading is the
responsibility of the client.

25

70

120

Delivery

26

Kingspan will arrange training of the site tters and

supervisors if requested.

3.

36~

42

75

12.3

22 3 22

1
5 10
11

27
50.5

33

Overall Panel
Thickness (D)
60
75
85
95
105
115
135
155
195

Insulation Core
(d)

25

40

50

60

70

80

100

120

160

Available Panel Thicknesses

56

58

30.5

1,125

1,107

1,097

1,088

1,083

1,079

1,074

1,069

1,067

Overall Panel
Width

16.1

16.1

35

Internal liner sheet

30.5

All dimensions in milimetres

Internal sheet thickness of 0.4 mm to 0.9 mm

External sheet thickness of 0.5 mm to 0.9 mm

Note:

30.5

Overall width

External weather sheet

333.3

27

30.5

Anti-condensation tape
(factory applied)

1
5 10
11

30.5

PVC sealing tape (factory applied) or Butyl

sealing tape (site applied)

333.3

20

1.3

Module 1,000 mm

10

333.3

1.3

3.
Roof System KS1000 RW

Panel Dimensions

75

65

3.1.4

Roof System KS1000 TOP-DEK

Product Data
Application
The KS1000 TOP-DEK is a roof system with a
direct fastening of bottom deck to structure, which
can be used for all building applications where the
roof slope is 1% (0.5) or more.
The panel can be used for curved roofs having
a diameter of Rmin in longitudinal direction = 50 m and
in transversal direction = 20 m.

Dimensions & Weight

200 mm

200 mm

200 mm

200 mm

200 mm

1,000 mm cover width

d core thickness (mm)

20

50

60

70

80

100

D overall dimension (mm)

50

80

90

100

110

130

8.66

9.86

10.26

10.66

11.06

11.86

Weight (kg / m2)

PVC membrane ext.

sheet 0.6 mm int.

Product Tolerances

Panel End Lap Cut Back

Panel length
For panel length under 6 m
4 mm
Panel length is equal or over 6 m and under 12 m 6 mm
Panel length is equal or over 12 m
8 mm
Panel width

3 mm

Thickness
Panel thickness d 50 mm
2 mm
Panel thickness 50 mm < d < 100 mm +3 mm 2 mm
Panel thickness d 100 mm
+3 mm 3 mm
Squarness of the cut end 0.5% of the panel width.
Panel bow (1 + 2) / 2 10 mm

If the project requires panels to be connected in

the direction of the roof slope, the panels must have
an overlap. Depending on the overlap length, the
insulating core at the panel end under the overlap
must be removed during mounting. For these
situations, we can deliver panels with cut backs
already made. These panels are normally delivered
with a cut back up to 250 mm, but other cutback
lengths are possible (see below). Cut backs for all
types of panels (roof, wall, PUR, mineral wool) can be
ordered.

Available Lengths
Cut Back

The standard panel length is between 2 and 12

meters. Panels shorter than 2 m and longer than
12 m are available on request. Please contact your
Kingspan sales partner.

Certication Reference
Kingspan possesses a wide range of insulated
panel approvals (building, technical, thermal, static,
re, acoustic). In case you require further information,
please contact Kingspan Technical department.
Panel cut-backs for roong and wall panels can be divided into three types:

3.2.5

CUT BACK 1

unseparated cut backs

50250 mm

CUT BACK 2

separated cut back with insulation not removed

50, 80, 150, 200 and 250 mm

CUT BACK 3

separated cut back with insulation removed

50, 80, 150, 200 and 250 mm

3.

3.

Roof System KS1000 TOP-DEK

Product Data
Steel

Internal Coating Options

Galvanic protection options

1. Polyester

1. Hot-dip zinc coated steel with a total of 275 g / m2

of zinc, according to EN10147:2000. This can
be nished with a number of coatings Polyester,
Spectrum, PVDF, Plastisol and Foodsafe nishes.

Polyester coating with a nominal thickness of

15 m. The standard colour is grey white, (similar
RAL9002).

2. Galvalloy (hot-dip coated with eutectic alloy of

approx. 95%Zn, 5%Al and other elements) in
accordance with EN10214 for 200 m Plastisol
coated steel.

2. Foodsafe

Standard internal sheet thickness 0.60mm.

The surface of this 150 m thick polymer coating

is non-toxic and resistant to mould, durable and easy
to clean. It is chemically inert and safe for continuous
contact with unpacked food. The standard colour is
white. Consult Kingspan about the availability of other
colours.

Other thicknesses are available by arrangement

with Kingspan.

Other coating systems are available by discussion

with Kingspan.

Internal substrate thicknesses

External substrate specication

I

The external cover layer a single ply waterproof

membrane made from softened PVC of 1.2 mm
thickness with a non-woven pad.

Plain and coloured aluminium is available on a

project specic basis. Contact Kingspan Technical
Services.

Insulation Core
External Coating Options
1. Standard Polyester PES
Polyester is a universal, economic coating system
suitable for exterior and interior applications. The
nominal coating thickness is 25 m.
2. PVDF
PVDF offers unequalled colour and gloss retention
and good corrosion resistance. The nominal coating
thickness is 25 m. It can be used in climates with
extremely high UV radiation combined with extreme
temperatures and relative humidity. The standard
colour range includes metallic silver.

Rigid PUR or Firesafe IPN closed-cell foam is the

standard insulating core used.
It is made to a non-deleterious specication
with Zero Ozone Depletion Potential ODP and is
CFC / HCFC free.

Seals
Factory Applied Side Joint Tape
All KS1000 TOP-DEK panel side joints have factory
applied anti-condensation seal tted into the groove
to seal automatically seal the joint between panels.

3. Spectrum
Kingspan Spectrum is a 60m Polyurethane
coated semi gloss nish with a slight granular effect.
It offers an outstanding durability- and weather
resistance performance, excellent corrosion and
UV-resistance as well as high color & gloss retention
characterstics.
Its superior exibility enables high resistance
against mechanical damages. Kingspan Spectrum is
available in a wide range of solid and metallic colours.
Furthermore it is free of clorine, phtalates and
plasticizers and 100% recyclable.

Waterproof Foil Connections

I

The longitudinal connections should be welded

using a hot-air gun after mounting the panels. The
transverse connections should be sealed with
the waterproof PVC tape of 160 mm width using
a hot-air gun.

The installation instructions should detail how the

waterproof foil is applied around ridges, gables,
attics and other areas.

4. Plastisol 200 m
Plastisol is a high performance coating system with
a grain nish and a nominal thickness of 200 m.
Typical properties of Plastisol are excellent abrasion,
high corrosion resistance, excellent exibility and
therefore very good scratch resistance.

3.2.6

Roof System KS1000 TOP-DEK

Product Data
Performance

Guarantees & Warranties

Thermal Insulation according to ENISO10211-2

Kingspan will provide external coating and product

guarantees on a project by project basis.

IPN = 0.0224

Panel Thickness
(mm)

U (W / m2K)

R (m2K / W)

20

0.92

0.92

50

0.41

2.27

60

0.35

2.69

Standard packing road transportation

70

0.3

3.16

80

0.27

3.53

100

0.22

4.38

KS1000 TOP-DEK panels are stacked weather

side to weather side (to minimise palette height). The
top, bottom, sides and ends are protected with foam
and timber packing and the entire palette is wraped
in plastic.

U Thermal transmittance W / m2K

R Thermal resistance m2K / W
Long-term Thermal conductivity W / mK

Biological
Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are immune
to attack from mould, fungi, mildew and vermin. No
urea formaldehyde is used in the construction, and
the panels are nondeleterious.
Fire
KS1000 TOP-DEK insulated sandwich panels have
been tested and approved and comply with National
Building Regulations and standards. Panels with
FIREsafe IPN core are classied as B-s1,d0 according
EN13501-1.
Panel Thickness
(mm)

Fire resistance according EN13501-2

Roof application

20/50
50/80
60/90

100/130

Maximum palette weight is 3,500 kg.

Panel core
thickness
(mm)

20

50

60

70

80

100

Number of
panels in
package

30

16

14

12

10

Delivery
All deliveries (unless indicated otherwise) are by
road transport to project site. Off loading is the
responsibility of the client.

Site Installation
REI20

Acoustics
Panel KS1000 TOP-DEK (60 mm thick) have a
single gure weighted sound reduction Rw = 26 dB.

Building Regulations
Kingspan KS1000 TOP-DEK insulated sandwich
panels apply to the european standard EN14509:
Self-supporting double skin metal faced insulating
panels and conform to additional National Building
Regulations and standards.

Quality
Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are
manufactured from the highest quality materials,
using state of the art production equipment to
rigorous quality control standards, complying with
ISO9001:2000 standards, ensuring long term
reliability and service life.

3.2.7

The number of panels in each pack depends on

panel thickness and length. The table below is shown
as a guide. Quantities are reduced for exceptionally
long panels. Typical palette height is 1,100 mm.

N/A

70/100
80/110

Packing

Site assembly instructions are available from

Kingspan.
Kingspan will arrange training of the site tters and
supervisors if requested.

3.

50

22.5

27

20.8

200

110
130

80

100

90
100

80

50

70

50

20

60

Overall Panel
Thickness (D)

1,090

Overall Panel
Width

D
All dimensions in milimetres

Internal trapezoidal deck 0.55 mm0.9 mm thick

External facing single ply membrane

Note:

50

25

Module 1,000 mm

200

65

Insulation Core
(d)

Available Panel Thicknesses

50

200

Internal prole

30

External facing single ply membrane

Overall width

200

Anti-condensation tape
(site applied)

26.5

11
0 115

200

Butyl sealing tape or PVC sealing tape when required (site applied)

3.
Roof System KS1000 TOP-DEK

Panel Dimensions

3.2.8

Roof System KS1000 FF

Product Data
Application
KS1000 FF is a trapezoidal formed roof system
with a standard fastening method (through xed) and
a mineral bre insulation core, which is applicable for
all building applications, where the roof slope is:
I

More than 5 (8.5%) for roofs with one panel in the

slope direction;

More than 8 (14%) for roofs with two or more

panels in the slope direction.

The KS1000 FF panel with high re performance

can also be used for wall claddings.

Dimensions & Weight

1,000 mm cover width
250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

D
d

Internal Facing Proles

1.3

1.3

50
6
14

6
14

22

B (box)

22

Q (minibox)

d core thickness (mm)

60

80

100

120

150

200

D overall dimension (mm)

94

114

134

154

184

234

17.34

19.54

21.74

23.94

27.24

32.74

Weight (kg / m2)

sheet 0.6 / 0.5 mm

Product Tolerances

Certication Reference

Panel length
For panel length under 6 m
4 mm
Panel length is equal or over 6 m and under 12 m 6 mm
Panel length is equal or over 12 m
8 mm
Panel width

Kingspan possesses a wide range of insulated

panel approvals (building, technical, thermal, static,
re, acoustic). In case you require further information,
please contact Kingspan Technical department.

3 mm

Thickness
Panel thickness d 50 mm
2 mm
Panel thickness 50 mm < d < 100 mm +3 mm 2 mm
Panel thickness d 100 mm
+3 mm 3 mm
Squarness of the cut end 0.5% of the panel width.
Panel bow (1 + 2) / 2 10 mm

Available Lengths
The standard panel length is between 2 and 13.5
(7) meters. Panels shorter than 2 m and longer than
13.5 m are available on request. Please contact your
Kingspan sales partner.

Panel End Lap Cut Back

If the project requires panels to be connected in
the direction of the roof slope, the panels must have
an overlap. Depending on the overlap length, the
insulating core at the panel end under the overlap
must be removed during mounting. For these
situations, we can deliver panels with cut backs
already made. These panels are normally delivered
with a cut back up to 250 mm, but other cutback
lengths are possible (see below). Cut backs for all
types of panels (roof, wall, PUR, mineral wool) can be
ordered.

Panel cut-backs for roong and wall panels can be divided into three types:

3.3.9

CUT BACK 1

unseparated cut backs

CUT BACK 2

separated cut back with insulation not removed

CUT BACK 3

separated cut back with insulation removed

3.

3.

Roof System KS1000 FF

Product Data
Its superior exibility enables high resistance
against mechanical damages. Kingspan Spectrum is
available in a wide range of solid and metallic colours.
Furthermore it is free of clorine, phtalates and
plasticizers and 100% recyclable.
4. Plastisol 200 m

Cut Back

The minimum length of a panel on which a cut

back can normally be made is 2,700 mm. Cut backs
on shorter length panels are possible by special
arrangement.

Steel
Galvanic protection options
1. Hot-dip zinc coated steel with a total of 275 g / m2
of zinc, according to EN10147:2000. This can
be nished with a number of coatings Polyester,
Spectrum, PVDF, Plastisol and Foodsafe nishes.
2. Galvalloy (hot-dip coated with eutectic alloy of
approx. 95%Zn, 5%Al and other elements) in
accordance with EN10214 for 200 m Plastisol
coated steel.
Substrate thicknesses
I

Standard external sheet thickness 0.50 mm.

Standard internal sheet thickness 0.40 mm.

Other thicknesses are available by arrangement

with Kingspan.

External Coating Options

Plastisol is a high performance coating system with

a grain nish and a nominal thickness of 200 m.
Typical properties of Plastisol are excellent abrasion,
high corrosion resistance, excellent exibility and
therefore very good scratch resistance.

Internal Coating Options

1. Polyester
Polyester coating with a nominal thickness of
15 m. The standard colour is grey white, (similar
RAL9002).
2. Foodsafe
The surface of this 150 m thick polymer coating
is non-toxic and resistant to mould, durable and easy
to clean. It is chemically inert and safe for continuous
contact with unpacked food. The standard colour is
white. Consult Kingspan about the availability of other
colours.
Other coating systems are available by discussion
with Kingspan.
Plain and coloured aluminium is available on a
project specic basis. Contact Kingspan Technical
Services.

Insulation Core
Mineral ber of a high specic weight, suitable for
applications that require re resistance of more than
45 minutes.

1. Standard Polyester PES

Polyester is a universal, economic coating system
suitable for exterior and interior applications. The
nominal coating thickness is 25 m.
2. PVDF
PVDF offers unequalled colour and gloss retention
and good corrosion resistance. The nominal coating
thickness is 25 m. It can be used in climates with
extremely high UV radiation combined with extreme
temperatures and relative humidity. The standard
colour range includes metallic silver.

Seals
Factory Applied Side Joint Tape
All KS1000 FF panel side joints have factory
applied anti-condensation seal tted into the groove
to automatically seal the joint between panels.

3. Spectrum
Kingspan Spectrum is a 60m Polyurethane
coated semi gloss nish with a slight granular effect.
It offers an outstanding durability- and weather
resistance performance, excellent corrosion and
UV-resistance as well as high color & gloss retention
characterstics.

3.3.10

Roof System KS1000 FF

Product Data
Performance

Guarantees & Warranties

Thermal Insulation according to ENISO10211-2

Kingspan will provide external coating and product

guarantees on a project by project basis.

HCFC Free = 0.044

Panel Thickness
(mm)

U (W / m2K)

R (m2K / W)

60

0.673

1.32

80

0.516

1.77

100

0.418

2.22

Standard packing road transportation

120

0.351

2.68

150

0.283

3.36

200

0.214

4.50

KS1000 FF panels are stacked weather side to

weather side (to minimise palette height). The top,
bottom, sides and ends are protected with foam and
timber packing and the entire palette is wraped in
plastic.

U Thermal transmittance W / m2K

R Thermal resistance m2K / W
Long-term Thermal conductivity W / mK

Biological
Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are immune
to attack from mould, fungi, mildew and vermin. No
urea formaldehyde is used in the construction, and
the panels are nondeleterious.
Fire
KS1000 FF insulated sandwich panels have been
tested and approved and comply with National
Building Regulations and standards. The system is
classied as A2-s1,d0 according EN13501-1.
Panel Thickness
(mm)

Fire resistance according EN13501-2

60/94

not tested

Roof application

80/114

REI90

100/134
120/154

REI120

150/184
200/234

contact Technical department

Acoustics
Panel KS1000 FF (60 mm thick) have a single
gure weighted sound reduction Rw = 32 dB.

Building Regulations
Kingspan KS1000 FF insulated sandwich
panels apply to the european standard EN14509:
Self-supporting double skin metal faced insulating
panels and conform to additional National Building
Regulations and standards.

Quality
Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are
manufactured from the highest quality materials,
using state of the art production equipment to
rigorous quality control standards, complying with
ISO9001:2000 standards, ensuring long term
reliability and service life.

3.3.11

Packing

The number of panels in each pack depends on

panel thickness and length. The table below is shown
as a guide. Quantities are reduced for exceptionally
long panels. Typical palette height is 1,100 mm.
Maximum palette weight is 2,500 kg.
Panel core
thickness
(mm)

60

80

100

120

150

200

Number of
panels in
package

14

10

Delivery
All deliveries (unless indicated otherwise) are by
road transport to project site. Off loading is the
responsibility of the client.

Site Installation
Site assembly instructions are available from
Kingspan.
Kingspan will arrange training of the site tters and
supervisors if requested.

3.

10

34

25

20

21.2

64.9

70

66

22

66

Internal liner sheet

External weather sheet

250

998

24

34

Overall width

250

250

14

134
154
184
234

80
100
120
150
200

1,080

Overall Panel
Width

All dimensions in milimetres

Internal sheet thickness of 0.4 mm to 0.9 mm

External sheet thickness of 0.5 mm to 0.9 mm

Note:

94
114

60

Overall Panel
Thickness (D)

Insulation
Core (d)

Available Panel Thicknesses

22

PVC sealing tape (factory applied) or butyl sealing tape (site applied)

14

25

250

15

0.8
1.3

34
d

Module 1,000 mm

34
5

51
D

33

3.
Roof System KS1000 FF

Panel Dimensions

55.
5

3.3.12

Roof System KS1000 RT

Product Data
Application
The KS1000 RT Roof Tile system is suitable for
building applications with roof slopes of 21% (12)
and above.

Dimensions & Weight

1,000 mm cover width
200 mm
40 mm
d

d core thickness (mm)

45

60

80

100

D overall dimension (mm)

85

100

120

140

12.58

13.23

14.10

14.96

Weight (kg / m2)

0.7/0.4 steel

Product Tolerances

Panel End Cut Back

Cut to Length
Liner Sheet Length
Cover Width
Thickness
End Square

0.05%
0.1%
0 mm
2 mm
3 mm

+0.1%
+0.1%
+3 mm
+2 mm
+3 mm

Standard cut-back on RT panels is 160 mm.

110 mm cut-back is provided on special request
and is related to relevant lengths of panels. See RT
order form from UK.

Certication Reference
Please contact local Kingspan Technical
department.

Available Lengths
Kingspan Roof Tile is manufactured cut to length
in a continuous manufacturing process. Standard
lengths are available between 2.1 and 16.0 metres.
Consideration must be given to lifting and handling
methods, especially where steeper roof pitches are
contemplated. In practical terms advanced handling
techniques should be considered if lengths over 6.0
metres are being considered. Panel length is dened
as the overall length of the outer sheet including the
end overlap.

Panel

3.4.13

length

Cut ba

ck = 1

60 mm

3.

3.

Roof System KS1000 RT

Product Data
Tile Pitch
Kingspan Roof Tile is manufactured with standard
end laps and pitch length. Manufactured panel length
is therefore a multiple of the pitch. The pitch length
of the Roof Tile is 325 mm with a standard eaves
overhang of 160 mm.
In circumstances where the panel length is greater
than the roof pitch the panels are site cut at the apex
and the junction covered by the ridge ashing.
Panel size to suit the projects needs can be
choosen from the length table as below.

When using Kingspan Roof Tile Panels

consideration must be taken when ordering the
required length of panel. Use the table to select the
panel length nearest to that required. Variance in the
panel length is taken up under the ridge ashing.
When detailing the ridge junction the designer must
ensure that the chosen panel length is long enough
to provide a sound practical junction detail. In
practical terms a shortfall of length no greater than
40 mm from the ridge line will ensure good insulation
continuity of the inll insulation. Where this is not the
case the next panel size up must be chosen and the
surplus length cut to suit the site dimension.
Kingspan Technical Services can provide advice on
this and all aspects of the design and installation of
Kingspan Roof Tile.

Panel length
100 mm

325 mm

50 mm

160 mm

Panel Lengths (mm)

No. of
Tiles

Tile Length
325 mm

No. of
Tiles

Tile Length
325 mm

No. of
Tiles

Tile Length
325 mm

2,100

21

6,975

36

11,850

2,425

22

7,300

37

12,175

2,750

23

7,625

38

12,500

3,075

24

7,950

39

12,825

10

3,400

25

8,275

40

13,150

11

3,725

26

8,600

41

13,475

12

4,050

27

8,925

42

13,800

13

4,375

28

9,250

43

14,125

14

4,700

29

9,575

44

14,450

15

5,025

30

9,900

45

14,775

16

5,350

31

10,225

46

15,100

17

5,675

32

10,550

47

15,425

18

6,000

33

10,875

48

15,750

19

6,325

34

11,200

20

6,650

35

11,525

3.4.14

Roof System KS1000 RT

Product Data
Materials Steel

Building Regulations & Standards

Substrate

Kingspan insulated roof and wall systems conform

to the following Building Regulations and standards.

Fe220G hot-dip zinc coated steel according to

EN10147:1992.

Standard external sheet thickness 0.7 mm,

standard internal sheet thickness 0.4 mm.

Coatings External Weather Sheet

I

High performance polymer, 50 micron thick. Colour

Terracotta or Anthracite.

Reverse side of sheet coated with a light grey

polyester coating.

Coatings Internal Liner Sheet

I

Lining Enamel: 15 micron thick coating developed

for use for the internal lining of insulated panels.
Standard colour is bright white with an easily
cleaned surface.

Insulation Core
I

Polyisocyanurate (PIR/IPN): with zero ozone

depletion (Zero ODP). Available in LPCB certied
product range, please contact Kingspan.

Seals

Quality & Durability

Kingspan Insulated Panels are manufactured from
the highest quality materials, using state of the art
production equipment to rigorous quality control
standards, complying with ISO 9001:2000 standard,
ensuring long term reliability and service life.

Guarantees & Warranties

Kingspan will provide external coating and product
warranties and guarantees on an individual project
basis.

Packing
Standard Packing
KS1000 RT panels are stacked weather
sheet face down and require turning over during
unpacking / erection.
The top, bottom, sides and ends are protected
with foam and timber packing and the entire pack is
wrapped in plastic.

Factory Applied Side Lap Tape

All side laps have a factory applied
anti-condensation tape.

The number of panels in each pack is a maximum

of 10 for 45 mm thick, typical pack height is
1,100 mm. Number of panels per pack will vary
according to panel thickness and panel length.

Performance
Thermal Insulation

Delivery

IPN = 0.0224

Panel Thickness
(mm)

U (W / m2K)

R (m2K / W)

45

0.45

2.05

60

0.32

2.96

80

0.25

3.83

100

0.20

4.83

U Thermal transmittance W / m2K

R Thermal resistance m2K / W
Long-term Thermal conductivity W / mK

Biological
Kingspan panels are normally immune to attack
from mould, fungi, mildew and vermin. No urea
formaldehyde is used in the construction, and the
panels are not considered deleterious.
Fire
Kingspan KS1000 RT panels comply with National
Building Regulations and standards.
Acoustics
All KS1000 RT panels have a single gure weighted
sound reduction Rw = 25 dB.

3.4.15

All deliveries (unless indicated otherwise) are by

road transport to project site. Off loading is the
responsibility of the client.

Site Installation Procedure

Site assembly instructions are available from the
Kingspan.

3.

120
140

100

60

80

85

45

100

Overall Panel Thickness

(D)

Insulation Core
(d)

Available Panel Thicknesses

200 mm

40 mm

All dimensions in millimetres.

Exactly precise dimensions must always be measured from actual samples.

Above dimensions are theoretical, actual dimensions will vary due to

manufacturing tolerances.

Note:

1,000 mm cover width

3.
Roof System KS1000 RT

Panel Dimensions

3.4.16

Roof System X-dek

Product Data
Application
X-dek panels are insulated membrane covered
roof panels suitable for at roofs for all building
applications except where there are low temperature
internal conditions. The KS1000 X-dek panel secures
the base for nal waterproof covering of the roof
installed by others.
I

X-dek panels are insulated roof panels suitable for

at roofs roof slope >1%

X-dek is the long-span composite roong panel,

which provides the necessary structural strength
and stiffness and the required level of thermal
insulation. An outer membrane is applied on site as
a waterproof barrier.

The KS1000 XD panels are suitable for Green

Roof solutions

The XD panels can be used as standard panel

and as a part of steel structure structural panel
(restraining for the rafters)

Dimensions & Weight

d
D

335 mm

333 mm

332 mm

1,000 mm
D = d + 108 mm
d
[mm]

steel
thickness
[mm]

80
100

0.9
1.1
0.9
1.1

Weight
[kg / m2]

D
[mm]
188
208

XD

XB

XG

XM

21.4

15.9

15.8

17.7

23.7

18.2

18.1

20.0

22.2

16.8

16.7

18.6

24.6

19.1

19.0

20.9

Product Tolerances
Cut to Length
Width
Thickness
End Square
Flatness

5 mm
2 mm
2 mm
3 mm
2 mm

+5 mm
+2 mm
+2 mm
+3 mm
+2 mm

X-dek is manufactured with CUTBACK on bottom

trapezoidal steel. The standard cutback is 50 mm,
the maximum available cutback amounts to 630 mm.
Panel Length

Available Lengths
Standard lengths 2.5 to 13.5 meters. 13.515
metres maximum can be supplied but are subject to
a transport surcharge.

3.5.17

Cutback 50 mm standard, max. 630 mm

3.

3.

Roof System X-dek

Product Data
X-dek panels are offered with different types of
top nish. The different top (external) facings create a
wide range of opportunities for application of different
types of roong waterproof membranes, and different
load conditions. Depending on the certain type of top
nish the panels are marked with different codes:
1. KS1000 XD X-dek panels nished with steel
skin to provide maximum load bearing capacity.
The thickness of external steel facing is providing
sufcient base for mechanically xed waterproof
membranes.
2. KS1000 XD TR20 (XB) X-dek panels nished
with bitumen impregnated glass bre membrane
which is dedicated especially for multi layer torchon bitumen systems.
3. KS1000 XD TR27 (XG) X-dek panels nished
with glass tissue facing which allows to apply any
waterproof roong either by mechanical fastening
or by bonding to.
4. KS1000 XD PVC (XM) X-dek panels nished
with PVC roong membrane with side lap. This
product DO NOT require further covering by
roong membrane. Factory applier PVC membrane
is ready for hot-air welding at side laps after
installation of panels and provides nal protection
against water.

Steel
Internal skin:
I

Hot-dipped zinc coated steel according to

EN10326:2004. Grade S350GD + Z275 coated
with Polyester 25 microns RAL9002 standard
thickness 0.9 mm, on special request available
1.1 mm;

External Skin
I

XD

Hot-dipped zinc coated steel according

to EN10326:2004. Grade S280GD + Z275
thickness 0.7 mm galvanised steel with
a 5microns clear lm conversion layer for
bonding to. Available proles on top sheet:
MiniBox or Flat

XB

Bitumen impregnated glass bre membrane

(TR20) suitable for multi layer torch on
systems,

XG

XM

Glass tissue facing (TR27) suitable for

mechanically xed or fully adhered single ply
PVC or EPDM membrane
Waterproof exible PVC membrane with
internal woven reinforcing and laminated with
a non-woven polyester eece on back side,
ready for hot air welding
Nominal thickness:
1.2 mm,
Total width:
1,060 mm
Polyester eece width:
950 mm

Insulation Core
The rigid closed cell insulation core is available in
the following specication :
Isophenic rigid foam IPN (HCFC Free), available
in non certied product range, subject to special
enquiry. Available nominal thickness of the core
80 mm and 100 mm.

Seals
Factory Applied Side Joint Seal
All side joints have a factory applied
anti-condensation tape made of standard PE side
foam.

Performance
Thermal Insulation
= 0.022 W / m2K

Panel Thickness
(mm)

U (W / m2K)

R (m2K / W)

80 / Option I

0.23

4.21

80 / Option II

0.24

4.03

100 / Option I

0.19

5.12

100 / Option II

0.20

4.86

U Thermal transmittance W / m2K

R Thermal resistance m2K / W
Long-term Thermal conductivity W / mK

Biological
Kingspan panels are normally immune to attack
from mould, fungi, mildew and vermin, no urea
formaldehyde is used in the construction, and the
panels are not considered deleterious.
Fire
Kingspan X-dek roof panels has been tested
according to EN1365 as load bearing roof element.
The ratings achieved are presented in the table
below:
Fire Rating

Max. bending
moment*
[kNm]

KS1000 XB 80

REI15

6.621

KS1000 XG 100

REI20

7.725

KS1000 XD 100

REI30

7.725

KS1000 XM 80

REI30**

6.581

KS1000 XM 100

REI30

8.350

Panel Type

* The value of maximum bending moment relates only to moment

generated ONLY by snow load.
**The rating covers additionally the suspended load of 14 kg / m2
attached to the bottom trapezoidal deck

3.5.18

Roof System X-dek

Product Data
Acoustics

Construction Requirements

Kingspan X-dek panels have acoustic

parameters as below:

In general the supporting structure for X-dek

panels must be made and assembled to an accuracy
dened in EN1090-2:2008 (Execution of steel
structures and aluminium structures. Technical
requirements for the execution of steel structures).
Despite of the fact that the above standard refers
to steel structures, Kingspan demands to use the
appropriate values of allowable tolerances, for
the other types of supporting elements as well (ie.
concrete and timber structures).

Type of panel

Parameters according to
ENISO717-1:1999
RW
[dB]

RA1
[dB]

RA2
[dB]

XDTR20 (XB),
XDPVC (XM)

23

22

20

XD TR27 (XG)

24

23

21

XD (steel)

26

25

22

Sound absorption factor: w = 0.1

Quality & Durability

Kingspan Insulated panels are manufactured from
the highest quality materials, using state of the art
production equipment to rigorous quality control
standards, complying with ISO9001 standard,
ensuring long term reliability and service life.

For installation of KS1000 XD panel (option

steelsteel) the supporting structure must be made
and assembled to an accuracy of L/600 between
bearing planes of adjacent supports, where L is
the distance between neighbouring supports.
For the KS1000 XD (steel-steel option)
applications, where the expected accuracy of
erection of the supporting structure may exceed the
Kingspan requirements, it is recommended to specify
either single-span elements or panels with MiniBox(I)
external prolation.

Guarantees & Warranties

Kingspan will provide external coating and product
warranties and guaranties on an individual project
basis.

Packing
Standard Packing
Kingspan X-dek panels are stacked horizontally
(with facing sheets alternately up and down).
Removable hot melt adhesive is laid between each
panel. The entire pack is wrapped in polythene.
The number of panels in each pack are as shown
in the table. Typical pack height is 1,100 mm
Panel core thickness (mm)

80

100

Number of panels in package (max.)

Delivery
All deliveries (unless indicated otherwise) are
road transport to project site. Off loading is the
responsibility of the client.

Site Installation Procedure

Site assembly instructions are available from the
Kingspan Technical Design Bureau.

3.5.19

X-dek FM Approved
The KS1000 X-dek PVC (XM) option and
KS1000XD withy bonded PVC membrane are the
FMApproved solutions for roofs.
The FM Approval is valid for both approved options
of X-dek panel only with the Sika SGK 1.5 mm PVC
membrane.
For the detailed specication of FMApproved
products please contact Kingspan Technical
Department.

3.

42

50

50

38

188
208

80

Overall Panel Thickness

(D)

100

Insulation Core
(d)

Available Panel Thicknesses

335

61

171

108

9951

1,0182

333

All dimensions in milimetres

Note:

1,052

1,000

38

KS1000 XD 100 / KS1000 XD 80

332

38

3.
Roof System X-dek

Panel Dimensions

3.5.20

3.5.21
d

9982

1,060

KS1000 XM 100 / KS1000 XM 80

9982

KS1000 XB 100 / KS1000 XB 80

KS1000 XG 100 / KS1000 XG 80

60

Top nish PVC membrane factory applied fully bonded to the IPN insulation core

Roof System X-dek

Panel Dimensions

3.

4.

Insulated Wall &Facade

Systems
I
I
I
I
I
I

Wall System KS1000 AWP

4.1.1

Wall System KS1150 TF

4.2.5

Wall System KS1150 TC

4.3.9

Wall System KS1150 FR

4.4.13

Wall System KS1000 FH

4.5.17

Wall System KS1000 RW

4.6.21

Wall System KS1000 AWP

Product Data
Application
KS1000AWP is a concealed xed wall system
which can be laid vertically or horizontally and is
suitable for wall cladding on all buildings except
where there are low internal temperature conditions
(below 0C).

Dimensions & Weight

External Facing Proles
B (box)

E (euro)
0.8

42

14
6

50

14
6
50

1.3

20

W (wave)

A (makro)

50

50

Q (minibox)

3
24.5

16

22
1.3

22

S (segment)

L (tramline)
12.5

1.3

M (micro)

24.5

299

25

22

299
1.5

1.5

0.8

16

1,000 mm cover width

Internal Facing Proles

1.3

1.3

50
6
14

6
14

22

B (box)

Q (minibox)

Panel Thickness (mm)

Weight (kg / m2)

sheet 0.6 / 0.4 mm

50

60

70

80

100

120

150

10.77

11.17

11.57

11.97

12.77

13.57

14.77

Product Tolerances

Available Lengths

All materials intended for production of composite

panels are in compliance with national regulations
and standards. Dimensional tolerances of Kingspan
insulated panels correspond to EN14509 annexD.

The standard panel length is between 2 and 14.5

meters. Panels shorter than 2 m and longer than
14.5 m are available on request. Please contact your
Kingspan sales partner.

Panel length
For panel length under 6 m
4 mm
Panel length is equal or over 6 m and under 12 m 6 mm
Panel length is equal or over 12 m
8 mm
Panel width

3 mm

Thickness
Panel thickness d 50 mm
2 mm
Panel thickness 50 mm < d < 100 mm +3 mm 2 mm
Panel thickness d 100 mm
+3 mm 3 mm
Squarness of the cut end 0.5% of the panel width.
Panel bow (1 + 2) / 2 10 mm

4.1.1

Certication Reference
Kingspan possesses a wide range of insulated
panel approvals (building, technical, thermal, static,
re, acoustic). In case you require further information,
please contact Kingspan Technical department.

4.

4.

Wall System KS1000 AWP

Product Data
Steel

Internal Coating Options

Galvanic protection options

1. Polyester

1. Hot-dip zinc coated steel with a total of 275 g / m2

of zinc, according to EN10147:2000. This can
be nished with a number of coatings Polyester,
Spectrum, PVDF, Plastisol and Foodsafe nishes.

Polyester coating with a nominal thickness of

15m. The standard colour is grey white, (similar
RAL9002).

2. Galvalloy (hot-dip coated with eutectic alloy of

approx. 95%Zn, 5%Al and other elements) in
accordance with EN10214 for 200 m Plastisol
coated steel.
Substrate thicknesses
I

Standard external sheet thickness 0.60 mm.

Standard internal sheet thickness 0.40 mm.

Other thicknesses are available by arrangement

with Kingspan.

2. Foodsafe
The surface of this 150 m thick polymer coating
is non-toxic and resistant to mould, durable and easy
to clean. It is chemically inert and safe for continuous
contact with unpacked food. The standard colour is
white. Consult Kingspan about the availability of other
colours.
Other coating systems are available by discussion
with Kingspan.
Plain and coloured aluminium is available on a
project specic basis. Contact Kingspan Technical
Services.

External Coating Options

1. Standard Polyester PES

Insulation Core

Polyester is a universal, economic coating system

suitable for exterior and interior applications. The
nominal coating thickness is 25 m.

Rigid PUR or Firesafe IPN closed-cell foam is the

standard insulating core used.

2. PVDF
PVDF offers unequalled colour and gloss retention
and good corrosion resistance. The nominal coating
thickness is 25 m. It can be used in climates with
extremely high UV radiation combined with extreme
temperatures and relative humidity. The standard
colour range includes metallic silver.
3. Spectrum
Kingspan Spectrum is a 60m Polyurethane
coated semi gloss nish with a slight granular effect.
It offers an outstanding durability- and weather
resistance performance, excellent corrosion and
UV-resistance as well as high color & gloss retention
characterstics.

It is made to a non-deleterious specication

with Zero Ozone Depletion Potential ODP and is
CFC / HCFC free.

Seals
Factory Applied Side Joint Tape
All KS1000AWP panel side joints have factory
applied anti-condensation seals tted into the groove
to automatically seal the joint between panels.

Its superior exibility enables high resistance

against mechanical damages. Kingspan Spectrum is
available in a wide range of solid and metallic colours.
Furthermore it is free of clorine, phtalates and
plasticizers and 100% recyclable.
4. Plastisol 200 m
Plastisol is a high performance coating system with
a grain nish and a nominal thickness of 200 m.
Typical properties of Plastisol are excellent abrasion,
high corrosion resistance, excellent exibility and
therefore very good scratch resistance.

4.1.2

Wall System KS1000 AWP

Product Data
Performance

Guarantees & Warranties

Thermal Insulation according to ENISO10211-2

Kingspan will provide external coating and product

guarantees on a project related basis.

IPN = 0.0224

Panel Thickness
(mm)

U (W / m2K)

R (m2K / W)

50

0.446

2.07

60

0.376

2.49

70

0.325

2.91

Standard packing road transportation

80

0.285

3.34

100

0.226

4.26

120

0.187

5.18

150

0.150

6.50

KS1000AWP panels are stacked weather side to

internal side. The top, bottom, sides and ends are
protected with foam and timber packing and the
entire palette is wrapped with protection lm.

U Thermal transmittance W / m2K

R Thermal resistance m2K / W
Long-term Thermal conductivity W / mK

Biological
Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are immune
to attack from mould, fungi, mildew and vermin. No
urea formaldehyde is used in the construction, and
the panels are nondeleterious.
Fire
KS1000AWP insulated sandwich panels have
been tested and approved and comply with National
Building Regulations and standards. Panels with
FIREsafe IPN core are classied as B-s1,d0 according
EN13501-1.
Panel Thickness
(mm)

Fire resistance according EN13501-2

External walls

50

N/A

60

EI0(oi)
EW15(io)

70
80
100
120

Internal walls

N/A
EI15-ef(oi)
EW15(io)

150

Acoustics
KS1000AWP panels have a single gure weighted
sound reduction Rw of 26 dB.

Building Regulations
Kingspan KS1000AWP insulated sandwich
panels apply to the european standard EN14509:
Self-supporting double skin metal faced insulating
panels and conform to additional National Building
Regulations and standards.

Quality
Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are
manufactured from the highest quality materials,
using state of the art production equipment to
rigorous quality control standards, complying with
ISO9001:2000 standards, ensuring long term
reliability and service life.

4.1.3

Packing

The number of panels in each bundle depends

on the panel thickness and length. The table below
is shown as a guide. Quantities are reduced for
exceptionally long panels. Typical palette height is
1,100 mm.
Maximum palette weight is 3,500 kg.
Panel core
thickness
(mm)

50

60

70

80

100

120

150

Number of
panels in
package

21

17

15

13

10

Delivery
All deliveries (unless indicated otherwise) are by
road transport to project site. Off loading is the
responsibility of the client.

Site Installation
Site assembly instructions are available from
Kingspan.
Kingspan will arrange training of the site tters and
supervisors if requested.

4.

15

17

21

22

44

Anti-condensation tape
(factory applied)

Internal liner sheet

External weather sheet

17

10

44

Module 1,000 mm

Overall width

10
20

10
14

150

120

100

80

70

60

50

Panel Thickness
(D)

1,040

Overall Panel
Width

Available Panel Thicknesses

All dimensions in milimetres.

According to specication a combination of

external and internal proles are available as
indicated on page 4.1.1.

Internal sheet thickness of 0.4 mm to 0.9 mm

External sheet thickness of 0.4 mm to 0.9 mm

Note:

4.
Wall System KS1000 AWP

Panel Dimensions

4.1.4

Wall System KS1150 TF

Product Data
Application
The KS1150 TF is a through xed wall system
which can be laid vertically or horizontally and is
suitable for wall claddings on all types of buildings.

Dimensions & Weight

External Facing Proles
B (box)

E (euro)
0.8

42

14
6

50

14
6
50

1.3

20

W (wave)

A (makro)

50

50

Q (minibox)

3
24.5

16

22
1.3

22

S (segment)

L (tramline)
12.5

1.3

M (micro)

24.5

299

25

22

299
1.5

1.5

0.8

16

1,150 mm cover width

Internal Facing Proles

1.3

1.3

50
6
14

6
14

22

B (box)
Panel Thickness (mm)
Weight (kg / m2)

40

50

60

70

80

100

120

150

170

200

sheet 0.6 / 0.4 mm 11.72 12.18 12.64 13.10 13.56 14.48 15.40 16.78 17.70 19.08

Product Tolerances
All materials intended for production of composite
panels are in compliance with national regulations
and standards. Dimensional tolerances of Kingspan
insulated panels correspond to EN14509 annexD.

4.2.5

Q (minibox)

Panel length
For panel length under 6 m
4 mm
Panel length is equal or over 6 m and under 12 m 6 mm
Panel length is equal or over 12 m
8 mm
Panel width

3 mm

Thickness
Panel thickness d 50 mm
2 mm
Panel thickness 50 mm < d < 100 mm +3 mm 2 mm
Panel thickness d 100 mm
+3 mm 3 mm
Squarness of the cut end 0.5% of the panel width.
Panel bow (1 + 2) / 2 10 mm

4.

4.

Wall System KS1150 TF

Product Data
Available Lengths

4. Plastisol 200m

The standard panel length is between 2 and 14.5

meters. Panels shorter than 2 m and longer than
14.5 m are available on request. Please contact your
Kingspan sales partner.

Plastisol is a high performance coating system with

a grain nish and a nominal thickness of 200 m.
Typical properties of Plastisol are excellent abrasion,
high corrosion resistance, excellent exibility and
therefore very good scratch resistance.

Certication Reference
Kingspan possesses a wide range of insulated
panel approvals (building, technical, thermal, static,
re, acoustic). In case you require further information,
please contact Kingspan Technical department.

Steel
Galvanic protection options
1. Hot-dip zinc coated steel with a total of 275g / m2
of zinc, according to EN10147:2000. This can
be nished with a number of coatings Polyester,
Spectrum, PVDF, Plastisol and Foodsafe nishes.
2. Galvalloy (hot-dip coated with eutectic alloy of
approx. 95%Zn, 5%Al and other elements) in
accordance with EN10214 for 200 m Plastisol
coated steel.
Substrate thicknesses
I

Standard external sheet thickness 0.60 mm.

Standard internal sheet thickness 0.40 mm.

Other thicknesses are available by arrangement

with Kingspan.

Internal Coating Options

1. Polyester
Polyester coating with a nominal thickness of
15m. The standard colour is grey white, (similar
RAL9002).
2. Foodsafe
The surface of this 150 m thick polymer coating
is non-toxic and resistant to mould, durable and easy
to clean. It is chemically inert and safe for continuous
contact with unpacked food. The standard colour is
white. Consult Kingspan about the availability of other
colours.
Other coating systems are available by discussion
with Kingspan.
Plain and coloured aluminium is available on a
project specic basis. Contact Kingspan Technical
Services.

Insulation Core
Rigid PUR or Firesafe IPN closed-cell foam is the
standard insulating core used.

1. Standard Polyester PES

It is made to a non-deleterious specication

with Zero Ozone Depletion Potential ODP and is
CFC / HCFC free.

Polyester is a universal, economic coating system

suitable for exterior and interior applications. The
nominal coating thickness is 25 m.

Seals

External Coating Options

2. PVDF
PVDF offers unequalled colour and gloss retention
and good corrosion resistance. The nominal coating
thickness is 25 m. It can be used in climates with
extremely high UV radiation combined with extreme
temperatures and relative humidity. The standard
colour range includes metallic silver.

Factory Applied Side Joint Tape

All KS1150TF panel side joints have factory
applied anti-condensation seals tted into the groove
to automatically seal the joint between panels.

3. Spectrum
Kingspan Spectrum is a 60m Polyurethane
coated semi gloss nish with a slight granular effect.
It offers an outstanding durability- and weather
resistance performance, excellent corrosion and
UV-resistance as well as high color & gloss retention
characterstics.
Its superior exibility enables high resistance
against mechanical damages. Kingspan Spectrum is
available in a wide range of solid and metallic colours.
Furthermore it is free of clorine, phtalates and
plasticizers and 100% recyclable.

4.2.6

Wall System KS1150 TF

Product Data
Performance

Building Regulations

Thermal Insulation according to ENISO10211-2

Kingspan KS1150TF insulated sandwich

panels apply to the european standard EN14509:
Self-supporting double skin metal faced insulating
panels and conform to additional National Building
Regulations and standards.

IPN = 0.0224

Panel Thickness
(mm)

U (W / m2K)

R (m2K / W)

40

0.595

1.51

50

0.447

2.07

60

0.370

2.53

70

0.321

2.95

80

0.277

3.44

100

0.222

4.34

120

0.185

5.23

150

0.149

6.55

170

0.131

7.46

200

0.112

8.79

U Thermal transmittance W / m2K

R Thermal resistance m2K / W
Long-term Thermal conductivity W / mK

Quality
Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are
manufactured from the highest quality materials,
using state of the art production equipment to
rigorous quality control standards, complying with
ISO9001:2000 standards, ensuring long term
reliability and service life.

Guarantees & Warranties

Biological
Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are immune
to attack from mould, fungi, mildew and vermin. No
urea formaldehyde is used in the construction, and
the panels are nondeleterious.

Kingspan will provide external coating, product

guaranties on an indiviual project basis.

Packing

Fire
KS1150 TF insulated sandwich panels have been
tested and approved and comply with National
Building Regulations and standards. Panels with
FIREsafe IPN core are classied as B-s1,d0 according
EN13501-1.
Panel Thickness
(mm)
40
50
60
70
80

Fire resistance according EN13501-2

External walls

Internal walls

N/A

N/A

150
170

KS1150 TF panels are stacked weather side to

internal side. The top, bottom, sides and ends are
protected with foam and timber packing and the
entire palette is wrapped in plastic.
The number of panels in each pack depends on
panel thickness and length. The table below is shown
as a guide. Quantities are reduced for exceptionally
long panels. Typical palette height is 1,100 mm.
Maximum palette weight is 4,200 kg.

EI15-ef(oi)
EW15(io)
EI15-ef(oi)
EW30-ef(oi)
EW15(io)
EI15

100
120

Standard packing road transportation

EI20-ef(oi)/
EW15(io)

Panel core
thickness
(mm)

40

50

60

70

80 100 120 150 170 200

Number of
panels in
package

26

21

17

15

13

10

200

Delivery

Acoustics
Panel Thickness
(mm)

single gure weighted sound reduction

Rw (dB)

All deliveries (unless indicated otherwise) are by

road transport to project site. Off loading is the
responsibility of the client.

40
50
60

27

80
100
120

28

150
170
200

4.2.7

Site Installation
Site assembly instructions are available from
Kingspan.

70

29

Kingspan will arrange training of the site tters and

supervisors if requested.

4.

Anti-condensation tape
(factory applied TF)

7 5

21

17

Internal liner sheet

Overall width

External weather sheet

Module 1,150 mm

20

16

5 9

200

170

150

120

100

80

70

60

50

40

Panel Thickness
(D)

1,171

Overall Panel
Width

Available Panel Thicknesses

4.
Wall System KS1150 TF

Panel Dimensions

4.2.8

Wall System KS1150 TC

Product Data
Application
The KS1150 TC is a through xed wall system
which can be laid vertically or horizontally and is
suitable for wall claddings on all types of buildings.
For the KS1150 TC follow the manufacturers
instructions given in the Controlled Environments
section for special requirements relating to the
cladding of cold stores.

Dimensions & Weight

External Facing Proles
M (micro)

B (box)

E (euro)
42

14
6

50

14
6

1.3

50

W (wave)

A (makro)

50

50

1.3

0.8

20

Q (minibox)
3

22

1.3

22

1,150 mm cover width

Internal Facing Proles

1.3

1.3

50
6
14

6
14

22

B (box)

22

Q (minibox)

Panel Thickness (mm)

Weight (kg / m2)

40

50

60

70

80

100

120

150

170

200

sheet 0.5 / 0.5 mm 10.24 10.64 11.04 11.44 11.84 12.64 13.44 13.74 14.44 15.49

Product Tolerances

Available Lengths

All materials intended for production of composite

panels are in compliance with national regulations
and standards. Dimensional tolerances of Kingspan
insulated panels correspond to EN14509 annexD.

The standard panel length is between 2 and 14.5

meters. Panels shorter than 2 m and longer than
14.5 m are available on request. Please contact your
Kingspan sales partner.

Panel length
For panel length under 6 m
4 mm
Panel length is equal or over 6 m and under 12 m 6 mm
Panel length is equal or over 12 m
8 mm
Panel width

3 mm

Thickness
Panel thickness d 50 mm
2 mm
Panel thickness 50 mm < d < 100 mm +3 mm 2 mm
Panel thickness d 100 mm
+3 mm 3 mm
Squarness of the cut end 0.5% of the panel width.
Panel bow (1 + 2) / 2 10 mm

4.3.9

Certication Reference
Kingspan possesses a wide range of insulated
panel approvals (building, technical, thermal, static,
re, acoustic). In case you require further information,
please contact Kingspan Technical department.

4.

4.

Wall System KS1150 TC

Product Data
Steel

Internal Coating Options

Galvanic protection options

1. Polyester

1. Hot-dip zinc coated steel with a total of 275 g / m2

of zinc, according to EN10147:2000. This can
be nished with a number of coatings Polyester,
Spectrum, PVDF, Plastisol and Foodsafe nishes.

Polyester coating with a nominal thickness of

15 m. The standard colour is grey white, (similar
RAL9002).

2. Galvalloy (hot-dip coated with eutectic alloy of

approx. 95%Zn, 5%Al and other elements) in
accordance with EN10214 for 200 m Plastisol
coated steel.
Substrate thicknesses
I

Standard external sheet thickness 0.60 mm.

Standard internal sheet thickness 0.40 mm.

Other thicknesses are available by arrangement

with Kingspan.

2. Foodsafe
The surface of this 150 m thick polymer coating
is non-toxic and resistant to mould, durable and easy
to clean. It is chemically inert and safe for continuous
contact with unpacked food. The standard colour is
white. Consult Kingspan about the availability of other
colours.
Other coating systems are available by discussion
with Kingspan.
Plain and coloured aluminium is available on a
project specic basis. Contact Kingspan Technical
Services.

External Coating Options

1. Standard Polyester PES

Insulation Core

Polyester is a universal, economic coating system

suitable for exterior and interior applications. The
nominal coating thickness is 25 m.

Rigid PUR or Firesafe IPN closed-cell foam is the

standard insulating core used.

2. PVDF
PVDF offers unequalled colour and gloss retention
and good corrosion resistance. The nominal coating
thickness is 25 m. It can be used in climates with
extremely high UV radiation combined with extreme
temperatures and relative humidity. The standard
colour range includes metallic silver.
3. Spectrum
Kingspan Spectrum is a 60m Polyurethane
coated semi gloss nish with a slight granular effect.
It offers an outstanding durability- and weather
resistance performance, excellent corrosion and
UV-resistance as well as high color & gloss retention
characterstics.

It is made to a non-deleterious specication

with Zero Ozone Depletion Potential ODP and is
CFC / HCFC free.

Seals
Factory Applied Side Joint Tape
All KS1150TC panel side joints have factory
applied anti-condensation seal tted into the groove
to automatically seal the joint between panels.

Its superior exibility enables high resistance

against mechanical damages. Kingspan Spectrum is
available in a wide range of solid and metallic colours.
Furthermore it is free of clorine, phtalates and
plasticizers and 100% recyclable.
4. Plastisol 200 m
Plastisol is a high performance coating system with
a grain nish and a nominal thickness of 200 m.
Typical properties of Plastisol are excellent abrasion,
high corrosion resistance, excellent exibility and
therefore very good scratch resistance.

4.3.10

Wall System KS1150 TC

Product Data
Performance

Building Regulations

Thermal Insulation according to ENISO10211-2

Kingspan KS1150TC insulated sandwich

panels apply to the european standard EN14509:
Self-supporting double skin metal faced insulating
panels and conform to additional National Building
Regulations and standards.

IPN = 0.0224

Panel Thickness
(mm)

U (W / m2K)

R (m2K / W)

40

0.595

1.51

50

0.447

2.07

60

0.370

2.53

70

0.321

2.95

80

0.277

3.44

100

0.222

4.34

120

0.185

5.23

150

0.149

6.55

170

0.131

7.46

200

0.112

8.79

U Thermal transmittance W / m2K

R Thermal resistance m2K / W
Long-term Thermal conductivity W / mK

Kingspan will provide external coating, product

guaranties on an indiviual project basis.

Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are immune

to attack from mould, fungi, mildew and vermin. No
urea formaldehyde is used in the construction, and
the panels are nondeleterious.
Fire
KS1150 TC insulated sandwich panels have been
tested and approved and comply with National
Building Regulations and standards. Panels with
FIREsafe IPN core are classied as B-s1,d0 according
EN13501-1.
Fire resistance according EN13501-2
External walls

Internal walls

40

N/A

50
60
70
80
100

Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are

manufactured from the highest quality materials,
using state of the art production equipment to
rigorous quality control standards, complying with
ISO9001:2000 standards, ensuring long term
reliability and service life.

Guarantees & Warranties

Biological

Panel Thickness
(mm)

Quality

N/A

Packing
Standard packing road transportation
KS1150 TC panels are stacked weather side to
internal side. The top, bottom, sides and ends are
protected with foam and timber packing and the
entire palette is wrapped in plastic.
The number of panels in each pack depends on
panel thickness and length. The table below is shown
as a guide. Quantities are reduced for exceptionally
long panels. Typical palette height is 1,100 mm.
Maximum palette weight is 4,200 kg.
Panel core
thickness
(mm)

40

50

60

70

80 100 120 150 170 200

Number of
panels in
package

26

21

17

15

13

10

EI15

120
150

Delivery

170
200

All deliveries (unless indicated otherwise) are by

road transport to project site. Off loading is the
responsibility of the client.

Acoustics
Panel Thickness
(mm)

single gure weighted sound reduction

Rw (dB)

40

Site assembly instructions are available from

Kingspan.

50
60

27

70
80
100
120

28

150
170
200

4.3.11

Site Installation

29

Kingspan will arrange training of the site tters and

supervisors if requested.

4.

7 5

21

17

Internal liner sheet

Overall width

External weather sheet

Module 1,150 mm

20

16

5 9

200

170

150

120

100

80

70

60

50

40

Panel Thickness
(D)

1,171

Overall Panel
Width

Available Panel Thicknesses

4.
Wall System KS1150 TC

Panel Dimensions

4.3.12

Wall System KS1150 FR

Product Data
Application
The KS1150 FR is a through-xed wall system
which can be laid vertically or horizontally and is
suitable for wall cladding on all types of buildings
except where there are internal low temperature
conditions (below 0 C).

Dimensions & Weight

External Facing Proles
B (box)

M (micro)
14
6

0.8

20

14
6

Q (minibox)
3

S (segment)

22

299

16

22

299
1.5

1.3

22

1.3

50

1,150 mm cover width

Internal Facing Proles

1.3

1.3

50
6
14

6
14

22

B (box)

Q (minibox)

Panel Thickness (mm)

Weight (kg / m2)

sheet 0.6 / 0.5 mm

Product Tolerances

100

120

150

200

23.43

25.96

29.76

36.08

The standard panel length is between 2 and 13.5

meters. Panels shorter than 2 m and longer than
10 m are available on request. Please contact your
Kingspan sales partner.

3 mm

Thickness
Panel thickness d 50 mm
2 mm
Panel thickness 50 mm < d < 100 mm +3 mm 2 mm
Panel thickness d 100 mm
+3 mm 3 mm
Squarness of the cut end 0.5% of the panel width.

4.4.13

80
20.90

Available Lengths

Panel length
For panel length under 6 m
4 mm
Panel length is equal or over 6 m and under 12 m 6 mm
Panel length is equal or over 12 m
8 mm
Panel width

60
18.37

Certication Reference
Kingspan possesses a wide range of insulated
panel approvals (building, technical, thermal, static,
re, acoustic). In case you require further information,
please contact Kingspan Technical department.

4.

4.

Wall System KS1150 FR

Product Data
Steel

Internal Coating Options

Galvanic protection options

1. Polyester

1. Hot-dip zinc coated steel with a total of 275 g / m2

of zinc, according to EN10147:2000. This can
be nished with a number of coatings Polyester,
Spectrum, PVDF, Plastisol and Foodsafe nishes.

Polyester coating with a nominal thickness of

15 m. The standard colour is grey white, (similar
RAL9002).

2. Galvalloy (hot-dip coated with eutectic alloy of

approx. 95%Zn, 5%Al and other elements) in
accordance with EN10214 for 200 m Plastisol
coated steel.
Substrate thicknesses
I

Standard external sheet thickness 0.60 mm.

Standard internal sheet thickness 0.50 mm.

Other thicknesses are available by arrangement

with Kingspan.

2. Foodsafe
The surface of this 150 m thick polymer coating
is non-toxic and resistant to mould, durable and easy
to clean. It is chemically inert and safe for continuous
contact with unpacked food. The standard colour is
white. Consult Kingspan about the availability of other
colours.
Other coating systems are available by discussion
with Kingspan.
Plain and coloured aluminium is available on a
project specic basis. Contact Kingspan Technical
Services.

External Coating Options

1. Standard Polyester PES

Insulation Core

Polyester is a universal, economic coating system

suitable for exterior and interior applications. The
nominal coating thickness is 25 m.

Mineral ber of a high density ( 100 kg / m3)

suitable for use in application, where higher re
resistance is required.

2. PVDF
PVDF offers unequalled colour and gloss retention
and good corrosion resistance. The nominal coating
thickness is 25 m. It can be used in climates with
extremely high UV radiation combined with extreme
temperatures and relative humidity. The standard
colour range includes metallic silver.

Seals
Factory Applied Side Joint Tape
All KS1150FR panel side joints have factory
applied anti-condensation seals tted into the groove
to automatically seal the joint between panels.

3. Spectrum
Kingspan Spectrum is a 60m Polyurethane
coated semi gloss nish with a slight granular effect.
It offers an outstanding durability- and weather
resistance performance, excellent corrosion and
UV-resistance as well as high color & gloss retention
characterstics.
Its superior exibility enables high resistance
against mechanical damages. Kingspan Spectrum is
available in a wide range of solid and metallic colours.
Furthermore it is free of clorine, phtalates and
plasticizers and 100% recyclable.
4. Plastisol 200 m
Plastisol is a high performance coating system with
a grain nish and a nominal thickness of 200 m.
Typical properties of Plastisol are excellent abrasion,
high corrosion resistance, excellent exibility and
therefore very good scratch resistance.

4.4.14

Wall System KS1150 FR

Product Data
Performance

Quality

Thermal Insulation according to ENISO10211-2

Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are

manufactured from the highest quality materials,
using state of the art production equipment to
rigorous quality control standards, complying with
ISO9001:2000 standards, ensuring long term
reliability and service life.

HCFC Free = 0.044

Panel Thickness
(mm)

U (W / m2K)

R (m2K / W)

60

0.675

1.31

80

0.520

1.75

100

0.422

2.20

120

0.354

2.65

150

0.287

3.31

200

0.218

4.42

Biological
Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are immune
to attack from mould, fungi, mildew and vermin. No
urea formaldehyde is used in the construction, and
the panels are nondeleterious.
Fire
KS1150 FR insulated sandwich panels have been
tested and approved and comply with National
Building Regulations and standards. The system is
classied as A2-s1,d0 according EN13501-1.
Panel Thickness
(mm)
60
80
100
120
150
200

Fire resistance according EN13501-2

External walls

Internal walls

E30(oi), EW30(oi)
EI30(oi)

E30, EW30, EI30

E60(oi), EW60(oi)
EI60(oi)

E60, EW60, EI60

E120(oi),
EW90(oi), EI90(oi)

E120, EW120, EI90

Packing
Standard packing road transportation
KS1150 FR panels are stacked weather side to
internal side. The top, bottom, sides and ends are
protected with foam and timber packing and the
entire palette is wrapped in plastic.
The number of panels in each pack depends on
panel thickness and length. The table below is shown
as a guide. Quantities are reduced for exceptionally
long panels. Typical palette height is 1,100 mm.
Maximum palette weight is 3,500 kg.
Panel core
thickness
(mm)

60

80

100

120

150

200

Number of
panels in
package

17

13

10

contact Kingspan for further info

Acoustics
Panel Thickness
(mm)

Guarantees & Warranties

Kingspan will provide external coating, product
guaranties on an individual project basis.

U Thermal transmittance W / m2K

R Thermal resistance m2K / W
Long-term Thermal conductivity W / mK

Delivery
single gure weighted sound reduction
Rw (dB)

60
80

31

100
120
150

32

200

All deliveries (unless indicated otherwise) are by

road transport to project site. Off loading is the
responsibility of the client.

Site Installation
Site assembly instructions are available from
Kingspan.
Kingspan will arrange training of the site tters and
supervisors if requested.

Building Regulations
Kingspan KS1150FR insulated sandwich
panels apply to the european standard EN14509:
Self-supporting double skin metal faced insulating
panels and conform to additional National Building
Regulations and standards.

4.4.15

4.

6 5

21

17

Anti-condensation tape
(factory applied)

Internal liner sheet

External weather sheet

21

16

Overall width

Module 1,150 mm

5 9

200

150

120

100

80

60

Panel Thickness
(D)

1,171

Overall Panel
Width

Available Panel Thicknesses

All dimensions in milimetres.

According to specication a combination of

external and internal proles are available as
indicated on page 4.4.13.

Internal sheet thickness of 0.4 mm to 0.9 mm

External sheet thickness of 0.4 mm to 0.9 mm

Note:

4.
Wall System KS1150 FR

Panel Dimensions

4.4.16

Wall System KS1000 FH

Product Data
Application
The KS1000 FH is a concealed xed wall system
which can be laid vertically or horizontally and is
suitable for wall claddings on all types of buildings
except where there are low internal temperature
conditions (below 0 C).

Dimensions & Weight

External Facing Proles
B (box)

M (micro)
14
6

0.8

20

14
6

Q (minibox)
3

S (segment)

22

299

16

22

299
1.5

1.3

22

1.3

50

1,000 mm cover width

Internal Facing Proles

1.3

1.3

50
6
14

6
14

22

B (box)

Q (minibox)

Panel Thickness (mm)

Weight (kg / m2)

sheet 0.6 / 0.5 mm

Product Tolerances

100

120

150

200

20.68

22.88

26.18

31.68

The standard panel length is between 2 and 13.5

meters. Panels shorter than 2 m and longer than
13.5m are available on request. Please contact your
Kingspan sales partner.

3 mm

Thickness
Panel thickness d 50 mm
2 mm
Panel thickness 50 mm < d < 100 mm +3 mm 2 mm
Panel thickness d 100 mm
+3 mm 3 mm
Squarness of the cut end 0.5% of the panel width.

4.5.17

80
18.48

Available Lengths

Panel length
For panel length under 6 m
4 mm
Panel length is equal or over 6 m and under 12 m 6 mm
Panel length is equal or over 12 m
8 mm
Panel width

60
16.28

Certication Reference
Kingspan possesses a wide range of insulated
panel approvals (building, technical, thermal, static,
re, acoustic). In case you require further information,
please contact Kingspan Technical department.

4.

4.

Wall System KS1000 FH

Product Data
Steel

Internal Coating Options

Galvanic protection options

1. Polyester

1. Hot-dip zinc coated steel with a total of 275 g / m2

of zinc, according to EN10147:2000. This can
be nished with a number of coatings Polyester,
Spectrum, PVDF, Plastisol and Foodsafe nishes.

Polyester coating with a nominal thickness of

15 m. The standard colour is grey white, (similar
RAL9002).

2. Galvalloy (hot-dip coated with eutectic alloy of

approx. 95%Zn, 5%Al and other elements) in
accordance with EN10214 for 200 m Plastisol
coated steel.
Substrate thicknesses
I

Standard external sheet thickness 0.60 mm.

Standard internal sheet thickness 0.50 mm.

Other thicknesses are available by arrangement

with Kingspan.

2. Foodsafe
The surface of this 150 m thick polymer coating
is non-toxic and resistant to mould, durable and easy
to clean. It is chemically inert and safe for continuous
contact with unpacked food. The standard colour is
white. Consult Kingspan about the availability of other
colours.
Other coating systems are available by discussion
with Kingspan.
Plain and coloured aluminium is available on a
project specic basis. Contact Kingspan Technical
Services.

External Coating Options

1. Standard Polyester PES

Insulation Core

Polyester is a universal, economic coating system

suitable for exterior and interior applications. The
nominal coating thickness is 25 m.

Mineral ber of a high density ( 100 kg / m3)

suitable for use in application, where higher re
resistance is required.

2. PVDF
PVDF offers unequalled colour and gloss retention
and good corrosion resistance. The nominal coating
thickness is 25 m. It can be used in climates with
extremely high UV radiation combined with extreme
temperatures and relative humidity. The standard
colour range includes metallic silver.

Seals
Factory Applied Side Joint Tape
All KS1000FH panel side joints have factory
applied anti-condensation seals tted into the groove
to automatically seal the joint between panels.

3. Spectrum
Kingspan Spectrum is a 60m Polyurethane
coated semi gloss nish with a slight granular effect.
It offers an outstanding durability- and weather
resistance performance, excellent corrosion and
UV-resistance as well as high color & gloss retention
characterstics.
Its superior exibility enables high resistance
against mechanical damages. Kingspan Spectrum is
available in a wide range of solid and metallic colours.
Furthermore it is free of clorine, phtalates and
plasticizers and 100% recyclable.
4. Plastisol 200 m
Plastisol is a high performance coating system with
a grain nish and a nominal thickness of 200 m.
Typical properties of Plastisol are excellent abrasion,
high corrosion resistance, excellent exibility and
therefore very good scratch resistance.

4.5.18

Wall System KS1000 FH

Product Data
Performance

Quality

Thermal Insulation according to ENISO10211-2

Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are

manufactured from the highest quality materials,
using state of the art production equipment to
rigorous quality control standards, complying with
ISO9001:2000 standards, ensuring long term
reliability and service life.

HCFC Free = 0.044

Panel Thickness
(mm)

U (W / m2K)

R (m2K / W)

60

0.70

1.27

80

0.53

1.73

100

0.42

2.22

120

0.36

2.64

150

0.29

3.33

200

0.22

4.46

Guarantees & Warranties

Kingspan will provide external coating, product
guarantees on an individual project basis.

U Thermal transmittance W / m2K

R Thermal resistance m2K / W
Long-term Thermal conductivity W / mK

Biological
Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are immune
to attack from mould, fungi, mildew and vermin. No
urea formaldehyde is used in the construction, and
the panels are nondeleterious.
Fire
KS1000FH insulated sandwich panels have been
tested and approved and comply with National
Building Regulations and standards. The KS1000 FH
wall system is classied as A2-s1,d0 according
EN13501-1.

Packing
Standard packing road transportation
KS1000 FH panels are stacked weather side to
internal side. The top, bottom, sides and ends are
protected with foam and timber packing and the
entire palette is wrapped in plastic.
The number of panels in each pack depends on
panel thickness and length. The table below is shown
as a guide. Quantities are reduced for exceptionally
long panels. Typical palette height is 1,100 mm.
Maximum palette weight is 3,600 kg.

Panel Thickness
(mm)
60
80
100
120
150
200

Fire resistance according EN13501-2

External walls

Internal walls

N/A
E60(io), EW60(io),
EI60(io), E120-ef(oi),
EW60-ef(oi),
EI120-ef(oi)

60

80

100

120

150

200

N/A

Panel core
thickness
(mm)

17

13

10

E60, EW60, EI60

Number of
panels in
package

contact Technical
department

Delivery

Acoustics
Panel Thickness
(mm)

single gure weighted sound reduction

Rw (dB)

60
80

31

100
120
150

32

200

Building Regulations
Kingspan KS1000FH insulated sandwich
panels apply to the european standard EN14509:
Self-supporting double skin metal faced insulating
panels and conform to additional National Building
Regulations and standards.

4.5.19

All deliveries (unless indicated otherwise) are by

road transport to project site. Off loading is the
responsibility of the client.

Site Installation
Site assembly instructions are available from
Kingspan.
Kingspan will arrange training of the site tters and
supervisors if requested.

4.

7.3

5.5

2.5

21.5

15

42

10 4

Internal liner sheet

20.5

54

36

Module 1,000 mm

Overall width

9
5.5

External weather sheet

4
D

200

150

120

100

80

60

Panel Thickness
(D)

1,058

Overall Panel
Width

Available Panel Thicknesses

All dimensions in milimetres.

According to specication a combination of

external and internal proles are available as
indicated on page 4.5.17.

Internal sheet thickness of 0.4 mm to 0.9 mm

External sheet thickness of 0.4 mm to 0.9 mm

Note:

4.
Wall System KS1000 FH

Panel Dimensions

4.5.20

Wall System KS1000 RW

Product Data
Application
The KS1000 RW wall system uses a standard
fastening method (through xed). It is applicable
for all building applications and especially in those
projects, where there is a requirement for a more
proled surface appearance.
The KS1000 RW wall system can also be used for
roof cladding.

Dimensions & Weight

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

1,000 mm cover width

333.3 mm

333.3 mm

30.5 mm

30.5 mm

30.5 mm

58 mm

1.3

Internal Facing Proles

22

22

Q (minibox)
d core thickness (mm)

25

40

50

60

70

80

100

120

160

D overall dimension (mm)

60

75

85

95

105

115

135

155

195

9.03

9.63

10.03

10.43

10.83

11.23

12.03

12.83

14.43

Weight (kg / m2)

sheet 0.5 / 0.4 mm

Product Tolerances

Panel End Lap Cut Back

Panel length
For panel length under 6 m
4 mm
Panel length is equal or over 6 m and under 12 m 6 mm
Panel length is equal or over 12 m
8 mm
Panel width

3 mm

Thickness
Panel thickness d 50 mm
2 mm
Panel thickness 50 mm < d < 100 mm +3 mm 2 mm
Panel thickness d 100 mm
+3 mm 3 mm
Squarness of the cut end 0.5% of the panel width.
Panel bow (1 + 2) / 2 10 mm

If the project requires panels to be connected in

the direction of the roof slope, the panels must have
an overlap. Depending on the overlap length, the
insulating core at the panel end under the overlap
must be removed during mounting. For these
situations, we can deliver panels with cut backs
already made. These panels are normally delivered
with a cut back up to 250 mm, but other cutback
lengths are possible (see section KS1000 RW roof
system). All RW panels have a cut back of 20 mm
conditional of manufacturing.

Available Lengths
The standard panel length is between 2 and 14.5
meters. Panels shorter than 2 m and longer than
14.5 m are available on request. Please contact your
Kingspan sales partner.
Cut Back

Certication Reference
Kingspan possesses a wide range of insulated
panel approvals (building, technical, thermal, static,
re, acoustic). In case you require further information,
please contact Kingspan Technical department.

4.6.21

4.

4.

Wall System KS1000 RW

Product Data
Steel

Internal Coating Options

Galvanic protection options

1. Polyester

1. Hot-dip zinc coated steel with a total of 275 g / m2

of zinc, according to EN10147:2000. This can
be nished with a number of coatings Polyester,
Spectrum, PVDF, Plastisol and Foodsafe nishes.

Polyester coating with a nominal thickness of

15 m. The standard colour is grey white, (similar
RAL9002).

2. Galvalloy (hot-dip coated with eutectic alloy of

approx. 95%Zn, 5%Al and other elements) in
accordance with EN10214 for 200 m Plastisol
coated steel.
Substrate thicknesses
I

Standard external sheet thickness 0.50 mm.

Standard internal sheet thickness 0.40 mm.

Other thicknesses are available by arrangement

with Kingspan.

2. Foodsafe
The surface of this 150 m thick polymer coating
is non-toxic and resistant to mould, durable and easy
to clean. It is chemically inert and safe for continuous
contact with unpacked food. The standard colour is
white. Consult Kingspan about the availability of other
colours.
Other coating systems are available by discussion
with Kingspan.
Plain and coloured aluminium is available on a
project specic basis. Contact Kingspan Technical
Services.

External Coating Options

1. Standard Polyester PES

Insulation Core

Polyester is a universal, economic coating system

suitable for exterior and interior applications. The
nominal coating thickness is 25 m.

Rigid PUR or Firesafe IPN closed-cell foam is the

standard insulating core used.

2. PVDF
PVDF offers unequalled colour and gloss retention
and good corrosion resistance. The nominal coating
thickness is 25 m. It can be used in climates with
extremely high UV radiation combined with extreme
temperatures and relative humidity. The standard
colour range includes metallic silver.
3. Spectrum
Kingspan Spectrum is a 60m Polyurethane
coated semi gloss nish with a slight granular effect.
It offers an outstanding durability- and weather
resistance performance, excellent corrosion and
UV-resistance as well as high color & gloss retention
characterstics.

It is made to a non-deleterious specication

with Zero Ozone Depletion Potential ODP and is
CFC / HCFC free.

Seals
Factory Applied Side Joint Tape
All KS1000RW panel side joints have factory
applied anti-condensation seal tted into the groove
to automatically seal the joint between panels.

Its superior exibility enables high resistance

against mechanical damages. Kingspan Spectrum is
available in a wide range of solid and metallic colours.
Furthermore it is free of clorine, phtalates and
plasticizers and 100% recyclable.
4. Plastisol 200 m
Plastisol is a high performance coating system with
a grain nish and a nominal thickness of 200 m.
Typical properties of Plastisol are excellent abrasion,
high corrosion resistance, excellent exibility and
therefore very good scratch resistance.

4.6.22

Wall System KS1000 RW

Product Data
Performance

Building Regulations

Thermal Insulation according to ENISO10211-2

Kingspan KS1000RW insulated sandwich

panels apply to the european standard EN14509:
Self-supporting double skin metal faced insulating
panels and conform to additional National Building
Regulations and standards.

IPN = 0.0224

Panel Thickness
(mm)

U (W / m2K)

R (m2K / W)

25

0.745

1.17

40

0.505

1.81

50

0.411

2.26

60

0.348

2.70

70

0.300

3.16

80

0.266

3.59

100

0.213

4.52

120

0.180

5.39

160

0.143

6.82

U Thermal transmittance W / m2K

R Thermal resistance m2K / W
Long-term Thermal conductivity W / mK

Biological
Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are immune
to attack from mould, fungi, mildew and vermin. No
urea formaldehyde is used in the construction, and
the panels are non-deleterious.
Fire
KS1000 RW insulated sandwich panels have
been tested and approved and comply with National
Building Regulations and Norms. Panels with
FIREsafe IPN core are classied as B-s1,d0 according
EN13501-1. The panels do not propagate re
spread.
Panel Thickness
(mm)

Fire resistance according EN13501-2

External walls

Internal walls

25/60
40/75

N/A

50/85

80/115

Kingspan insulated sandwich panels are

manufactured from the highest quality materials,
using state of the art production equipment to
rigorous quality control standards, complying with
ISO9001:2000 standards, ensuring long term
reliability and service life.

Guarantees & Warranties

Kingspan will provide external coating and product
guarantees on a project by project basis.

Packing
Standard packing road transportation
KS1000 RW panels are stacked weather side to
weather side (to minimise palette height). The top,
bottom, sides and ends are protected with foam and
timber packing and the entire palette is wraped in
plastic.
The number of panels in each pack depends on
panel thickness and length. The table below is shown
as a guide. Quantities are reduced for exceptionally
long panels. Typical palette height is 1,100 mm.
Maximum palette weight is 3,500 kg.

60/95
70/105
100/135

Quality

N/A
E30(io), EI20(io),
EW20(io)

120/155
160/195

Panel core
thickness
(mm)

25

40

50

60

70

80

Number of
panels in
package

23

17

15

13

11

100 120 160

Acoustics
Panel Thickness
(mm)

single gure weighted sound reduction

Rw (dB)

25
40
50
60

Site Installation

80

Site assembly instructions are available from

Kingspan.

100
160

4.6.23

All deliveries (unless indicated otherwise) are by

road transport to project site. Off loading is the
responsibility of the client.

25

70

120

Delivery

26

Kingspan will arrange training of the site tters and

supervisors if requested.

4.

36~

42

75

12.3

22 3 22

1
5 10
11

27
50.5

33

95
105
115
135

60

70

80

100
195

85

50

155

75

40

160

60

25

120

Overall Panel
Thickness (D)

Insulation Core
(d)

Available Panel Thicknesses

56

58

30.5

1,125

1,107

1,097

1,088

1,083

1,079

1,074

1,069

1,067

Overall Panel
Width

16.1

16.1

35

Internal liner sheet

30.5

All dimensions in milimetres

Internal sheet thickness of 0.4 mm to 0.9 mm

External sheet thickness of 0.5 mm to 0.9 mm

Note:

30.5

Overall width

External weather sheet

333.3

27

30.5

Anti-condensation tape
(factory applied)

1
5 10
11

30.5

PVC sealing tape (factory applied) or Butyl

sealing tape (site applied)

333.3

20

1.3

Module 1,000 mm

10

333.3

1.3

4.
Wall System KS1000 RW

Panel Dimensions

75

65

4.6.24

5.

Load-Span Tables
I
I
I
I
I
I

KS1000 RW

5.1

KS1000 FF

5.13

KS1150 TF

5.21

KS1150 FR, KS1000 FH

5.37

KS1000 AWP

5.45

KS1000 X-DEK

5.53

5.1

KS1000 RW

1,000 mm cover width

333.3 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

58 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 RW 25 0.5 / 0.4 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. snow load [kN/m2]

0.25
40

3.09
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

4.21

40

3.08

40

2.50
40

2.50

1.00
40

2.13
40

2.13

1.25
40

1.88
40

1.88

1.50
40

1.69
40

1.69

1.75
40

1.54
40

1.54

2.00
40

1.42
40

1.42

2.25
40

1.33
40

1.33

2.50
40

1.25
40

1.25

2.75
40

1.18
40

1.18

3.00
40

1.12
40

1.12

3.25
40

1.07
40

1.07

3.50
40

1.03
40

1.03

3.75
40

0.99
40

0.99

4.00
40

0.95
40

0.95

4.25
40

0.92
40

0.92

4.50
40

0.89
40

0.89

4.75
40

0.86
40

0.86

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

4.21

3.08

2.50

2.31

1.88

1.69

1.54

1.42

1.33

1.25

1.18

1.12

1.07

1.03

0.99

0.95

0.92

0.89

0.86

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

4.21

3.08

2.50

2.31

1.88

1.69

1.54

1.42

1.33

1.25

1.18

1.12

1.07

1.03

0.99

0.95

0.92

0.89

0.86

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

4.22

40

4.22
60

3.08
60
40

3.08
60
40

3.08
60

2.50
60
40

2.50
60
40

2.50
60

2.13
60
40

2.13
60
40

2.13
60

1.88
60
40

1.88
60
40

1.88
60

1.69
60
40

1.69
60
40

1.69
60

1.54
60
40

1.54
60
40

1.54
60

1.42
60
40

1.42
60
40

1.42
60

1.33
60
40

1.33
60
40

1.33
60

1.25
60
40

1.25
60
40

1.25
60

1.18
60
40

1.18
60
40

1.18
60

1.12
60
40

1.12
60
40

1.12
60

1.07
60
40

1.07
60
40

1.07
60

1.03
60
40

1.03
60
40

1.03
60

0.99
60
40

0.99
60
40

0.99
60

0.95
60
40

0.95
60
40

0.95
60

0.92
60
40

0.92
60
40

0.92
60

0.89
60
40

0.89
60
40

0.89
60

0.86
60
40

0.86
60
40

0.86
60

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

0.84
40

0.84
60
40

0.84
60
40

0.84
60
40

0.84
60
40

0.84
60
40

0.84
60

Load-span tables

4.22
60

III (f)

40

2.88

0.75

40

40

II (f)

0.50

60

60

Multi Span

5.

5.

1,000 mm cover width

333.3 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

58 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 RW 25 0.5 / 0.4 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

2.86
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

5.81

40

2.94

40

2.19
40

2.48

1.25
40

2.10
40

2.17

1.50
40

1.95
40

1.95

1.75
40

1.78
40

1.78

2.00
40

1.64
40

1.64

2.25
40

1.52
40

1.52

2.50
40

1.43
40

1.43

2.75
40

1.35
40

1.35

3.00
40

1.28
40

1.28

3.25
40

1.22
40

1.22

3.50
40

1.16
40

1.16

3.75
40

1.12
40

1.12

4.00
40

1.07
40

1.07

4.25
40

1.04
40

1.04

4.50
40

1.00
40

1.00

4.75
40

0.97
40

0.97

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.81

3.74

2.94

2.48

2.17

1.95

1.78

1.64

1.52

1.43

1.35

1.28

1.22

1.16

1.12

1.07

1.04

1.00

0.97

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.81

3.74

2.94

2.48

2.17

1.95

1.78

1.64

1.52

1.43

1.35

1.28

1.22

1.16

1.12

1.07

1.04

1.00

0.97

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.30

5.30
60
40

III (f)

40

3.74

40

2.31

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

2.46

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

5.30
60

3.74
60
40

3.74
60
40

3.74
60

2.94
60
40

2.94
60
40

2.94
60

2.48
60
40

2.48
60
40

2.48
60

2.17
60
40

2.17
60
40

2.17
60

1.95
60
40

1.95
60
40

1.95
60

1.78
60
40

1.78
60
40

1.78
60

1.64
60
40

1.64
60
40

1.64
60

1.52
60
40

1.52
60
40

1.52
60

1.43
60
40

1.43
60
40

1.43
60

1.35
60
40

1.35
60
40

1.35
60

1.28
60
40

1.28
60
40

1.28
60

1.22
60
40

1.22
60
40

1.22
60

1.16
60
40

1.16
60
40

1.16
60

1.12
60
40

1.12
60
40

1.12
60

1.07
60
40

1.07
60
40

1.07
60

1.04
60
40

1.04
60
40

1.04
60

1.00
60
40

1.00
60
40

1.00
60

0.97
60
40

0.97
60
40

0.97
60

5.2

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

0.94
40

0.94
60
40

0.94
60
40

0.94
60
40

0.94
60
40

0.94
60
40

0.94
60

Load-span tables

KS1000 RW

5.3

KS1000 RW

1,000 mm cover width

333.3 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

58 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 RW 40 0.5 / 0.4 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. snow load [kN/m2]

0.25
40

3.84
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

4.93

40

3.55

40

3.04
40

2.87

1.00
40

2.54
40

2.45

1.25
40

2.20
40

2.17

1.50
40

1.94
40

1.94

1.75
40

1.75
40

1.75

2.00
40

1.59
40

1.59

2.25
40

1.47
40

1.47

2.50
40

1.37
40

1.37

2.75
40

1.28
40

1.28

3.00
40

1.21
40

1.21

3.25
40

1.15
40

1.15

3.50
40

1.10
40

1.10

3.75
40

1.05
40

1.05

4.00
40

1.01
40

1.01

4.25
40

0.97
40

0.97

4.50
40

0.94
40

0.94

4.75
40

0.91
40

0.91

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

63

65

66

68

69

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

4.93

3.55

2.87

2.45

2.17

1.94

1.75

1.59

1.47

1.37

1.28

1.21

1.15

1.10

1.05

1.01

0.97

0.94

0.91

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

63

65

66

68

69

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

4.93

3.55

2.87

2.45

2.17

1.94

1.75

1.59

1.47

1.37

1.28

1.21

1.15

1.10

1.05

1.01

0.97

0.94

0.91

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

63

65

66

68

69

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.30

40

5.30
60

3.82
60
40

3.82
60
40

3.82
60

3.04
60
40

3.04
60
40

3.04
60

2.54
60
40

2.54
60
40

2.54
60

2.20
60
40

2.20
60
40

2.20
60

1.94
60
40

1.94
60
40

1.94
60

1.75
60
40

1.75
60
40

1.75
60

1.59
60
40

1.59
60
40

1.59
60

1.47
60
40

1.47
60
40

1.47
60

1.37
60
40

1.37
60
40

1.37
60

1.28
60
40

1.28
60
40

1.28
60

1.21
60
40

1.21
60
40

1.21
60

1.15
60
40

1.15
60
40

1.15
60

1.10
62
40

1.10
62
40

1.10
62

1.05
63
40

1.05
63
40

1.05
63

1.01
65
40

1.01
65
40

1.01
65

0.97
66
40

0.97
66
40

0.97
66

0.94
68
40

0.94
68
40

0.94
68

0.91
69
40

0.91
69
40

0.91
69

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

088
40

0.88
71
40

0.88
71
40

0.88
71
40

0.88
71
40

0.88
71
40

0.88
71

Load-span tables

5.30
60

III (f)

40

3.45

0.75

40

40

II (f)

0.50

60

60

Multi Span

5.

5.

1,000 mm cover width

333.3 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

58 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 RW 40 0.5 / 0.4 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

3.25
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

7.50

40

3.83

40

2.65
40

3.17

1.25
40

2.52
40

2.72

1.50
40

2.41
40

2.40

1.75
40

2.23
40

2.17

2.00
40

2.04
40

1.99

2.25
40

1.88
40

1.84

2.50
40

1.74
40

1.72

2.75
40

1.63
40

1.62

3.00
40

1.53
40

1.53

3.25
40

1.44
40

1.44

3.50
40

1.36
40

1.36

3.75
40

1.30
40

1.30

4.00
40

1.24
40

1.24

4.25
40

1.18
40

1.18

4.50
40

1.14
40

1.14

4.75
40

1.09
40

1.09

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

7.50

4.91

3.71

3.03

2.60

2.30

2.08

1.91

1.77

1.66

1.56

1.48

1.41

1.35

1.30

1.24

1.18

1.14

1.09

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

7.50

4.68

3.45

2.81

2.42

2.14

1.94

1.79

1.67

1.56

1.48

1.41

1.34

1.29

1.24

1.20

1.16

1.12

1.09

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

6.42

6.42
60
40

III (f)

40

4.91

40

2.81

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

3.03

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

6.42
60

4.91
60
40

4.91
60
40

4.91
60

3.83
60
40

3.83
60
40

3.83
60

3.20
60
40

3.20
60
40

3.20
60

2.78
60
40

2.78
60
40

2.78
60

2.47
60
40

2.47
60
40

2.47
60

2.23
60
40

2.23
60
40

2.23
60

2.04
60
40

2.04
60
40

2.04
60

1.88
60
40

1.88
60
40

1.88
60

1.74
60
40

1.74
60
40

1.74
60

1.63
60
40

1.63
60
40

1.63
60

1.53
60
40

1.53
60
40

1.53
60

1.44
60
40

1.44
60
40

1.44
60

1.36
60
40

1.36
60
40

1.36
60

1.30
60
40

1.30
60
40

1.30
60

1.24
60
40

1.24
60
40

1.24
60

1.18
60
40

1.18
60
40

1.18
60

1.14
60
40

1.14
60
40

1.14
60

1.09
60
40

1.09
60
40

1.09
60

5.4

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

1.05
40

1.05
60
40

1.05
60
40

1.05
60
40

1.05
60
40

1.05
60
40

1.05
60

Load-span tables

KS1000 RW

5.5

KS1000 RW

1,000 mm cover width

333.3 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

58 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 RW 60 0.5 / 0.4 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. snow load [kN/m2]

0.25
40

4.86
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

5.52

40

3.92

40

3.83
40

3.13

1.00
40

3.38
40

2.66

1.25
40

2.90
40

2.33

1.50
40

2.54
40

2.10

1.75
40

2.25
40

1.92

2.00
40

2.02
40

1.77

2.25
40

1.83
40

1.66

2.50
40

1.68
40

1.56

2.75
40

1.55
40

1.48

3.00
40

1.44
40

1.41

3.25
40

1.35
40

1.35

3.50
40

1.27
40

1.27

3.75
40

1.20
40

1.20

4.00
40

1.15
40

1.15

4.25
40

1.10
40

1.10

4.50
40

1.05
40

1.05

4.75
40

1.01
40

1.01

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

61

64

66

69

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.52

3.92

3.13

2.66

2.33

2.10

1.92

1.77

1.66

1.56

1.48

1.41

1.35

1.27

1.20

1.15

1.10

1.05

1.01

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

61

64

66

69

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.52

3.92

3.13

2.66

2.33

2.10

1.92

1.77

1.66

1.56

1.48

1.41

1.35

1.27

1.20

1.15

1.10

1.05

1.01

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

61

64

66

69

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

6.34

40

6.34
60

4.49
60
40

4.49
60
40

4.49
60

3.57
60
40

3.57
60
40

3.57
60

3.02
60
40

3.02
60
40

3.02
60

2.64
60
40

2.64
60
40

2.64
60

2.37
60
40

2.37
60
40

2.37
60

2.16
63
40

2.16
63
40

2.16
63

2.00
66
40

2.00
66
40

2.00
66

1.83
68
40

1.83
68
40

1.83
68

1.68
69
40

1.68
69
40

1.68
69

1.55
69
40

1.55
69
40

1.55
69

1.44
70
40

1.44
70
40

1.44
70

1.35
71
40

1.35
71
40

1.35
71

1.27
72
40

1.27
72
40

1.27
72

1.20
73
40

1.20
73
40

1.20
73

1.15
74
40

1.15
74
40

1.15
74

1.10
75
40

1.10
75
40

1.10
75

1.05
76
40

1.05
76
40

1.05
76

1.01
77
40

1.01
77
40

1.01
77

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

0.98
40

0.98
79
40

0.98
79
40

0.98
79
40

0.98
79
40

0.98
79
40

0.98
79

Load-span tables

6.34
60

III (f)

40

4.28

0.75

40

40

II (f)

0.50

60

60

Multi Span

5.

5.

1,000 mm cover width

333.3 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

58 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 RW 60 0.5 / 0.4 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

4.38
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

9.25

40

4.57

40

3.34
40

3.67

1.25
40

3.16
40

3.11

1.50
40

3.01
40

2.73

1.75
40

3.01
40

2.44

2.00
40

2.81
40

2.23

2.25
40

2.65
40

2.05

2.50
40

2.52
40

1.91

2.75
40

2.36
40

1.79

3.00
40

2.20
40

1.69

3.25
40

2.06
40

1.60

3.50
40

1.83
40

1.53

3.75
40

1.73
40

1.46

4.00
40

1.64
40

1.40

4.25
40

1.55
40

1.35

4.50
40

1.48
40

1.30

4.75
40

1.41
40

1.26

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

9.25

6.04

4.36

3.50

2.96

2.60

2.33

2.13

1.96

1.83

1.72

1.62

1.54

1.47

1.414

1.35

1.30

1.26

1.22

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

9.25

5.60

4.02

3.23

2.74

2.41

2.17

1.98

1.84

1.72

1.62

1.53

1.46

1.40

1.34

1.29

1.24

1.20

1.16

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

7.99

7.99
60
40

III (f)

40

6.05

40

3.57

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

3.88

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

7.99
60

6.05
60
40

6.05
60
40

6.05
60

4.83
60
40

4.83
60
40

4.83
60

4.14
60
40

4.12
60
40

3.93
60

3.58
60
40

3.47
60
40

3.31
60

3.12
60
40

3.03
60
40

2.88
60

2.78
60
40

2.70
60
40

2.57
60

2.52
60
40

2.45
60
40

2.33
60

2.32
60
40

2.25
60
40

2.14
60

2.15
60
40

2.08
60
40

1.99
60

2.01
60
40

1.95
60
40

1.86
60

1.89
60
40

1.84
60
40

1.75
60

1.79
60
40

1.74
60
40

1.66
60

1.70
60
40

1.65
60
40

1.58
60

1.62
60
40

1.58
60
40

1.51
60

1.55
60
40

1.51
60
40

1.45
60

1.49
60
40

1.45
60
40

1.40
60

1.44
60
40

1.40
60
40

1.34
60

1.38
60
40

1.35
60
40

1.30
60

5.6

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

1.35
40

1.22
60
40

1.18
60
40

1.13
60
40

1.34
60
40

1.31
60
40

1.26
60

Load-span tables

KS1000 RW

5.7

KS1000 RW

1,000 mm cover width

333.3 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

58 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 RW 80 0.5 / 0.4 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. snow load [kN/m2]

0.25
40

5.88
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

6.02

40

4.26

40

4.55
40

3.38

1.00
40

4.18
40

2.85

1.25
40

3.67
40

2.49

1.50
41

3.23
40

2.23

1.75
42

2.87
40

2.03

2.00
43

2.56
40

1.87

2.25
43

2.31
40

1.74

2.50
43

2.10
40

1.64

2.75
43

1.92
40

1.55

3.00
43

1.76
40

1.47

3.25
43

1.63
40

1.40

3.50
43

1.52
40

1.34

3.75
43

1.42
40

1.29

4.00
43

1.34
40

1.25

4.25
43

1.26
41

1.20

4.50
43

1.20
42

1.17

4.75
43

1.14
43

1.13

60

60

60

60

60

60

62

64

67

70

72

74

76

78

81

82

85

86

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

41

42

43

6.02

4.26

3.38

2.85

2.49

2.23

2.03

1.87

1.74

1.64

1.55

1.47

1.40

1.34

1.29

1.25

1.20

1.17

1.13

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

62

64

67

70

72

74

76

78

81

82

85

86

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

41

42

43

6.02

4.26

3.38

2.85

2.49

2.23

2.03

1.87

1.74

1.64

1.55

1.47

1.40

1.34

1.29

1.25

1.20

1.17

1.13

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

62

64

67

70

72

74

76

78

81

82

85

86

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

41

43

43

43

43

43

44

6.90

40

6.90
60

4.85
60
40

4.85
60
40

4.85
60

3.84
60
40

3.84
60
40

3.84
60

3.22
60
40

3.22
60
40

3.22
60

2.80
60
40

2.80
60
40

2.80
60

2.50
60
40

2.50
60
40

2.50
60

2.27
66
40

2.27
66
40

2.27
66

2.09
69
40

2.09
69
40

2.09
69

1.95
72
40

1.95
72
40

1.95
72

1.82
75
40

1.82
75
40

1.82
75

1.72
77
40

1.72
77
40

1.72
77

1.64
80
40

1.64
80
40

1.64
80

1.56
82
41

1.56
82
40

1.56
82

1.50
85
43

1.50
85
40

1.50
85

1.42
86
43

1.42
86
40

1.42
86

1.34
86
43

1.34
86
40

1.34
86

1.26
86
43

1.26
86
40

1.26
86

1.20
87
43

1.20
87
40

1.20
87

1.14
87
44

1.14
87
40

1.14
87

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
43

1.10
44

1.10
88
44

1.10
88
44

1.10
88
44

1.10
88
44

1.10
88
40

1.10
88

Load-span tables

6.90
60

III (f)

40

5.08

0.75

40

40

II (f)

0.50

60

60

Multi Span

5.

5.

1,000 mm cover width

333.3 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

58 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 RW 80 0.5 / 0.4 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

5.53
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

9.85

40

5.23

40

4.08
40

4.16

1.25
40

3.84
40

3.49

1.50
40

3.62
40

3.04

1.75
40

3.41
40

2.71

2.00
40

3.23
40

2.46

2.25
40

3.08
40

2.26

2.50
40

2.93
40

2.10

2.75
40

2.79
40

1.96

3.00
40

2.65
40

1.84

3.25
40

2.50
40

1.74

3.50
40

2.36
40

1.66

3.75
40

2.24
40

1.58

4.00
40

2.21
40

1.51

4.25
40

2.02
40

1.45

4.50
40

1.92
40

1.40

4.75
40

1.83
40

1.35

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

9.85

6.88

4.98

3.95

3.32

2.89

2.58

2.34

2.16

2.00

1.88

1.77

1.67

1.59

1.52

1.46

1.40

1.35

1.30

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

9.85

6.51

4.58

3.63

3.05

2.67

2.39

2.17

2.01

1.87

1.76

1.66

1.58

1.50

1.44

1.38

1.33

1.28

1.24

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

9.45

9.45
60
40

III (f)

40

6.88

40

4.38

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

4.81

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

9.45
60

6.88
60
40

6.88
60
40

6.88
60

5.47
60
40

5.47
60
40

5.47
60

4.68
60
40

4.66
60
40

4.43
60

4.02
60
40

3.89
60
40

3.70
60

3.48
60
40

3.37
60
40

3.20
60

3.08
60
40

2.98
60
40

2.83
60

2.78
60
40

2.69
60
40

2.55
60

2.54
60
40

2.46
60
40

2.34
60

2.34
60
40

2.27
60
40

2.16
60

2.18
60
40

2.12
60
40

2.01
60

2.05
60
40

1.98
60
40

1.89
60

1.93
60
40

1.87
60
40

1.78
60

1.83
60
40

1.78
60
40

1.69
60

1.74
60
40

1.69
60
40

1.62
60

1.66
60
40

1.62
60
40

1.54
60

1.59
60
40

1.55
60
40

1.48
60

1.53
60
40

1.49
60
40

1.43
60

1.48
60
40

1.44
60
40

1.38
60

5.8

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

1.75
40

1.30
60
40

1.26
60
40

1.20
60
40

1.42
60
40

1.39
60
40

1.33
60

Load-span tables

KS1000 RW

5.9

KS1000 RW

1,000 mm cover width

333.3 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

58 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 RW 100 0.5 / 0.4 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. snow load [kN/m2]

0.25
40

6.78
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

6.33

40

4.47

42

5.20
40

3.54

1.00
50

4.76
40

2.97

1.25
56

4.33
40

2.59

1.50
58

3.82
40

2.31

1.75
60

3.40
40

2.10

2.00
61

3.05
40

1.94

2.25
61

2.75
40

1.80

2.50
61

2.49
42

1.69

2.75
61

2.26
43

1.60

3.00
61

2.06
44

1.51

3.25
60

1.89
46

1.44

3.50
59

1.74
47

1.38

3.75
59

1.62
47

1.33

4.00
59

1.51
50

1.28

4.25
59

1.42
51

1.23

4.50
59

1.33
52

1.19

4.75
59

1.26
53

1.16

60

60

62

67

70

74

77

80

83

86

89

91

94

97

99

101

104

107

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

42

43

44

46

47

47

50

51

52

53

6.33

4.47

3.54

2.97

2.59

2.31

2.10

1.94

1.80

1.69

1.60

1.51

1.44

1.38

1.33

1.28

1.23

1.19

1.16

60

60

60

62

67

70

74

77

80

83

86

89

91

94

97

99

101

104

107

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

42

43

44

46

47

47

50

51

52

53

6.33

4.47

3.54

2.97

2.59

2.31

2.10

1.94

1.80

1.69

1.60

1.51

1.44

1.38

1.33

1.28

1.23

1.19

1.16

60

60

60

62

67

70

74

77

80

83

86

89

91

94

97

99

101

104

107

40

40

40

40

40

40

41

43

45

46

48

49

50

52

53

55

56

57

58

7.22

40

7.22
60

5.07
60
40

5.07
60
40

5.07
60

3.99
65
40

3.99
65
40

3.99
65

3.34
70
40

3.34
70
40

3.34
70

2.90
74
40

2.90
74
40

2.90
74

2.58
78
40

2.58
78
40

2.58
78

2.34
82
41

2.34
82
41

2.34
82

2.15
86
43

2.15
86
43

2.15
86

2.00
89
45

2.00
89
45

2.00
89

1.87
92
46

1.87
92
46

1.87
92

1.76
95
48

1.76
95
48

1.76
95

1.67
98
49

1.67
98
49

1.67
98

1.59
101
50

1.59
101
50

1.59
101

1.52
104
52

1.52
104
52

1.52
104

1.46
106
53

1.46
106
53

1.46
106

1.41
109
55

1.41
109
55

1.41
109

1.36
112
56

1.36
112
56

1.36
112

1.32
115
57

1.32
115
57

1.32
115

1.26
116
58

1.26
116
58

1.26
116

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
59

1.20
54

1.12
108
54

1.12
108
54

1.12
108
58

1.20
116
58

1.20
116
58

1.20
116

Load-span tables

7.22
60

III (f)

40

5.81

0.75

40

40

II (f)

0.50

60

60

Multi Span

5.

5.

1,000 mm cover width

333.3 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

58 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 RW 100 0.5 / 0.4 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

6.78
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

10.46

40

5.74

40

4.80
40

4.52

1.25
40

4.47
40

3.78

1.50
40

4.16
40

3.27

1.75
40

3.86
40

2.91

2.00
40

3.61
40

2.63

2.25
40

3.40
40

2.41

2.50
40

3.23
40

2.23

2.75
40

3.08
40

2.08

3.00
40

2.95
40

1.95

3.25
40

2.83
40

1.84

3.50
40

2.73
40

1.75

3.75
40

2.64
40

1.67

4.00
40

2.55
40

1.59

4.25
40

2.43
40

1.53

4.50
40

2.32
40

1.47

4.75
40

2.21
40

1.41

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

10.46

7.64

5.45

4.28

3.58

3.11

2.76

2.50

2.30

2.13

1.99

1.87

1.77

1.68

1.61

1.54

1.48

1.42

1.37

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

10.46

7.22

5.01

3.93

3.29

2.86

2.56

2.32

2.14

1.99

1.86

1.76

1.67

1.59

1.52

1.46

1.40

1.35

1.30

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

10.78

10.78
60
40

III (f)

40

7.64

40

5.18

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

5.75

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

10.78
60

7.64
60
40

7.64
60
40

7.64
60

6.06
60
40

6.06
60
40

6.06
60

5.18
60
40

5.05
60
40

4.79
60

4.33
60
40

4.19
60
40

3.97
60

3.73
60
40

3.60
60
40

3.41
60

3.29
60
40

3.18
60
40

3.01
60

2.96
60
40

2.86
60
40

2.70
60

2.69
60
40

2.60
60
40

2.46
60

2.48
60
40

2.40
60
40

2.27
60

2.30
60
40

2.23
60
40

2.12
60

2.15
60
40

2.08
60
40

1.98
60

2.03
60
40

1.96
60
40

1.87
60

1.92
60
40

1.86
60
40

1.77
60

1.82
60
40

1.77
60
40

1.69
60

1.74
60
40

1.69
60
40

1.61
60

1.66
60
40

1.62
60
40

1.54
60

1.60
60
40

1.55
60
40

1.49
60

1.54
60
40

1.49
60
40

1.43
60

5.10

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

2.11
40

1.36
60
40

1.32
60
40

1.26
60
40

1.48
60
40

1.44
60
40

1.38
60

Load-span tables

KS1000 RW

5.11

KS1000 RW

1,000 mm cover width

333.3 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

58 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 RW 120 0.5 / 0.4 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. snow load [kN/m2]

0.25
40

7.56
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

6.52

40

4.61

59

5.79
40

3.65

1.00
70

5.30
40

3.06

1.25
79

4.92
43

2.67

1.50
83

4.35
45

2.38

1.75
86

3.89
48

2.16

2.00
87

3.49
50

1.99

2.25
88

3.15
52

1.85

2.50
88

2.85
53

1.73

2.75
88

2.59
55

1.63

3.00
86

2.35
57

1.55

3.25
85

2.15
58

1.47

3.50
84

1.97
60

1.41

3.75
83

1.81
62

1.35

4.00
82

1.68
63

1.30

4.25
80

1.56
65

1.26

4.50
80

1.46
67

1.22

4.75
79

1.37
68

1.18

67

75

81

86

91

95

99

103

107

110

114

117

120

123

126

130

133

136

40

40

40

43

45

48

50

52

53

55

57

58

60

62

63

65

67

68

6.52

4.61

3.65

3.06

2.67

2.38

2.16

1.99

1.85

1.73

1.63

1.55

1.47

1.41

1.35

1.30

1.26

1.22

1.18

67

67

75

81

86

91

95

99

103

107

110

114

117

120

123

126

130

133

136

40

40

40

40

43

45

48

50

52

53

55

57

58

60

62

63

65

67

68

6.52

4.61

3.65

3.06

2.67

2.38

2.16

1.99

1.85

1.73

1.63

1.55

1.47

1.41

1.35

1.30

1.26

1.22

1.18

67

67

75

81

86

91

95

99

103

107

110

114

117

120

123

126

130

133

136

40

40

42

45

48

50

52

55

57

59

61

63

64

66

68

70

71

73

74

7.41

40

7.41
64

5.20
76
40

5.20
76
40

5.20
76

4.09
84
42

4.09
84
42

4.09
84

3.42
90
45

3.42
90
45

3.42
90

2.96
95
48

2.96
95
48

2.96
95

2.63
100
50

2.63
100
50

2.63
100

2.38
105
52

2.38
105
52

2.38
105

2.19
109
55

2.19
109
55

2.19
109

2.03
113
57

2.03
113
57

2.03
113

1.90
117
59

1.90
117
59

1.90
117

1.79
121
61

1.79
121
61

1.79
121

1.70
125
63

1.70
125
63

1.70
125

1.62
129
64

1.62
129
64

1.62
129

1.55
132
66

1.55
132
66

1.55
132

1.48
135
68

1.48
135
68

1.48
135

1.43
139
70

1.43
139
70

1.43
139

1.38
142
71

1.38
142
71

1.38
142

1.33
145
73

1.33
145
73

1.33
145

1.29
148
74

1.29
148
74

1.29
148

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
78

1.29
69

1.14
138
69

1.14
138
69

1.14
138
76

1.26
152
76

1.26
152
76

1.26
152

Load-span tables

7.41
64

III (f)

47

6.48

0.75

40

40

II (f)

0.50

67

64

Multi Span

5.

5.

1,000 mm cover width

333.3 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

333.3 mm
30.5 mm

30.5 mm

58 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 RW 120 0.5 / 0.4 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

7.75
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

10.79

40

6.17

40

5.49
40

4.82

1.25
40

5.01
40

4.01

1.50
40

4.55
40

3.46

1.75
40

4.20
40

3.07

2.00
40

3.93
40

2.77

2.25
40

3.70
40

2.54

2.50
40

3.50
40

2.34

2.75
40

3.34
40

2.18

3.00
40

3.20
40

2.05

3.25
40

3.07
40

1.93

3.50
40

2.96
40

1.83

3.75
40

2.86
40

1.74

4.00
40

2.77
40

1.66

4.25
40

2.69
40

1.59

4.50
40

2.61
40

1.53

4.75
40

2.55
40

1.47

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

10.79

8.37

5.86

4.57

3.80

3.29

2.92

2.64

2.42

2.24

2.09

1.96

1.86

1.76

1.68

1.60

1.54

1.48

1.42

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

10.79

7.86

5.37

4.18

3.48

3.03

2.70

2.45

2.25

2.09

1.96

1.85

1.75

1.66

1.59

1.52

1.46

1.41

1.36

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

11.98

11.98
60
40

III (f)

40

8.36

40

5.98

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

6.70

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

11.89
60

8.36
60
40

8.36
60
40

8.36
60

6.62
60
40

6.62
60
40

6.59
60

5.55
60
40

5.37
60
40

5.09
60

4.58
60
40

4.43
60
40

4.19
60

3.93
60
40

3.79
60
40

3.58
60

3.45
60
40

3.33
60
40

3.15
60

3.09
60
40

2.98
60
40

2.82
60

2.81
60
40

2.71
60
40

2.57
60

2.58
60
40

2.50
60
40

2.36
60

2.40
60
40

2.32
60
40

2.20
60

2.24
60
40

216
60
40

2.06
60

2.10
60
40

2.04
60
40

1.94
60

1.99
60
40

1.89
60
40

1.84
60

1.88
60
40

1.83
60
40

1.74
60

1.80
60
40

1.74
60
40

1.67
60

1.72
60
40

1.67
60
40

1.60
60

1.65
60
40

1.60
60
40

1.54
60

1.58
60
40

1.54
60
40

1.48
60

5.12

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

2.45
40

1.32
60
40

1.32
60
40

1.32
60
40

1.52
60
40

1.48
60
40

1.43
60

Load-span tables

KS1000 RW

5.13

1,000 mm cover width

KS1000 FF

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 FF 80 0.6 / 0.5 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

D
d

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. snow load [kN/m2]

0.25
42

5.40
49

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

6.28

67

4.13

74

3.58
74

3.58

1.25
78

3.16
78

3.16

1.50
82

2.83
82

2.83

1.75
85

2.55
85

2.55

2.00
87

2.32
87

2.32

2.25
90

1.95
88

2.12

2.50
90

1.80
90

1.95

2.75
91

1.67
90

1.80

3.00
91

1.66
91

1.67

3.25
91

1.55
91

1.55

3.50
91

1.45
91

1.45

3.75
91

1.36
91

1.36

4.00
91

1.28
91

1.28

4.25
91

1.20
91

1.20

4.50
91

1.14
91

1.14

4.75
43

1.08
91

1.08

120

135

147

157

164

170

174

177

179

181

182

182

182

182

182

182

182

182

60

67

74

78

82

85

87

88

90

90

91

91

91

91

91

91

91

91

6.28

4.93

4.13

3.58

3.16

2.83

2.55

2.32

2.12

1.95

1.80

1.67

1.55

1.45

1.36

1.28

1.20

1.14

1.08

99

120

135

147

157

164

170

174

177

179

181

182

182

182

182

182

182

182

182

49

60

67

74

78

82

85

87

88

90

90

91

91

91

91

91

91

91

91

6.28

4.93

4.13

3.58

3.16

2.83

2.55

2.32

2.12

1.95

1.80

1.67

1.55

1.45

1.36

1.28

1.20

1.14

1.08

99

120

135

147

157

164

170

174

177

179

181

182

182

182

182

182

182

182

182

49

60

67

74

78

82

85

87

88

90

90

91

91

91

91

91

91

91

91

6.28

49

6.28
99

4.93
120
60

4.93
120
60

4.93
120

4.13
135
67

4.13
135
67

4.13
135

3.58
147
74

3.58
147
74

3.58
147

3.16
157
78

3.16
157
78

3.16
157

2.83
164
82

2.83
164
82

2.83
164

2.55
170
85

2.55
170
85

2.55
170

2.32
174
87

2.32
174
87

2.32
174

2.12
177
88

2.12
177
88

2.12
177

1.95
179
90

1.95
179
90

1.95
179

1.80
181
90

1.80
181
90

1.80
181

1.67
182
91

1.67
182
91

1.67
182

1.55
182
91

1.55
182
91

1.55
182

1.45
182
91

1.45
182
91

1.45
182

1.36
182
91

1.36
182
91

1.36
182

1.28
182
91

1.28
182
91

1.28
182

1.20
182
91

1.20
182
91

1.20
182

1.14
182
91

1.14
182
91

1.14
182

1.08
182
91

1.08
182
91

1.08
182

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
92

1.04
91

1.04
182
91

1.04
182
91

1.04
182
91

1.04
182
91

1.04
182
91

1.04
182

Load-span tables

6.28
99

III (f)

60

4.93

67

4.13

1.00

49

49

II (f)

60

4.93

0.75

99

99

Multi Span

0.50

5.

5.

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 FF 80 0.6 / 0.5 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

D
d

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

5.40
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

6.31

40

4.48

40

4.61
40

3.40

1.25
40

3.94
40

2.80

1.50
40

3.27
40

2.42

1.75
40

2.82
40

2.14

2.00
40

2.48
40

1.94

2.25
40

2.23
40

1.79

2.50
40

2.03
40

1.66

2.75
40

1.87
40

1.55

3.00
40

1.74
40

1.46

3.25
40

1.63
40

1.39

3.50
40

1.54
40

1.32

3.75
40

1.46
40

1.26

4.00
40

1.39
40

1.21

4.25
40

1.32
40

1.17

4.50
40

1.27
40

1.13

4.75
40

1.22
40

1.09

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

6.31

6.31

4.01

3.05

2.52

2.19

1.96

1.78

1.65

1.54

1.45

1.37

1.30

1.25

1.20

1.15

1.11

1.07

1.04

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

6.31

4.20

2.25

1.92

1.74

1.62

1.52

1.44

1.38

1.32

1.28

1.24

1.19

1.14

1.10

1.06

1.03

1.00

0.97

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

8.27

8.27
60
40

III (f)

40

6.31

40

5.01

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

5.40

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

8.24
60

8.27
60
40

8.17
60
40

7.44
60

5.45
60
40

5.13
60
40

4.61
60

4.11
60
40

3.85
60
40

3.44
60

3.35
60
40

3.13
60
40

2.80
60

2.85
60
40

2.67
60
40

2.39
60

2.50
60
40

2.34
60
40

2.10
60

2.24
60
40

2.10
60
40

1.90
60

2.04
60
40

1.92
60
40

1.74
60

1.88
60
40

1.77
60
40

1.61
60

1.75
60
40

1.65
60
40

1.51
60

1.64
60
40

1.55
60
40

1.42
60

1.55
60
40

1.47
60
40

1.35
60

1.47
60
40

1.40
60
40

1.29
60

1.40
60
40

1.33
60
40

1.24
60

1.34
60
40

1.28
60
40

1.19
60

1.29
60
40

1.23
60
40

1.14
60

1.24
60
40

1.18
60
40

1.10
60

1.20
60
40

1.14
60
40

1.07
60

5.14

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

1.18
40

1.05
60
40

1.01
60
40

0.95
60
40

1.16
60
40

1.11
60
40

1.04
60

Load-span tables

1,000 mm cover width

KS1000 FF

5.15

1,000 mm cover width

KS1000 FF

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 FF 100 0.6 / 0.5 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

D
d

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. snow load [kN/m2]

0.25
42

5.40
49

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

6.28

67

4.13

74

3.58
74

3.58

1.25
78

3.16
78

3.16

1.50
82

2.83
82

2.83

1.75
85

2.55
85

2.55

2.00
87

2.32
87

2.32

2.25
88

2.12
88

2.12

2.50
90

1.95
90

1.95

2.75
90

1.80
90

1.80

3.00
91

1.67
91

1.67

3.25
91

1.55
91

1.55

3.50
91

1.45
91

1.45

3.75
91

1.36
91

1.36

4.00
91

1.28
91

1.28

4.25
91

1.20
51

1.20

4.50
91

1.14
91

1.14

4.75
91

1.08
91

1.08

120

135

147

157

164

170

174

177

179

179

182

182

182

182

182

101

182

182

60

67

74

78

82

85

87

88

90

90

91

91

91

91

91

51

91

91

6.28

4.93

4.13

3.58

3.16

2.83

2.55

2.32

2.12

1.95

1.80

1.67

1.55

1.45

1.36

1.28

1.20

1.14

1.08

99

120

135

147

157

164

170

174

177

179

179

182

182

182

182

182

101

182

182

49

60

67

74

78

82

85

87

88

90

90

91

91

91

91

91

51

91

91

6.28

4.93

4.13

3.58

3.16

2.83

2.55

2.32

2.12

1.95

1.80

1.67

1.55

1.45

1.36

1.28

1.20

1.14

1.08

99

120

135

147

157

164

170

174

177

179

179

182

182

182

182

182

101

182

182

49

60

67

74

78

82

85

87

88

90

90

91

91

91

91

91

51

91

91

6.28

49

6.28
99

4.93
120
60

4.93
120
60

4.93
120

4.13
135
67

4.13
135
67

4.13
135

3.58
147
74

3.58
147
74

3.58
147

3.16
157
78

3.16
157
78

3.16
157

2.83
164
82

2.83
164
82

2.83
164

2.55
170
85

2.55
170
85

2.55
170

2.32
174
87

2.32
174
87

2.32
174

2.12
177
88

2.12
177
88

2.12
177

1.95
179
90

1.95
179
90

1.95
179

1.80
179
90

1.80
179
90

1.80
179

1.67
182
91

1.67
182
91

1.67
182

1.55
182
91

1.55
182
91

1.55
182

1.45
182
91

1.45
182
91

1.45
182

1.36
182
91

1.36
182
91

1.36
182

1.28
182
91

1.28
182
91

1.28
182

1.20
101
51

1.20
101
51

1.20
101

1.14
182
91

1.14
182
91

1.14
182

1.08
182
91

1.08
182
91

1.08
182

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
91

1.04
91

1.04
182
91

1.04
182
91

1.04
182
91

1.04
182
91

1.04
182
91

1.04
182

Load-span tables

6.28
99

III (f)

60

4.93

67

4.13

1.00

49

49

II (f)

60

4.93

0.75

99

99

Multi Span

0.50

5.

5.

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 FF 100 0.6 / 0.5 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

D
d

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

6.15
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

4.28

40

4.28

40

4.19
40

3.64

1.25
40

3.30
40

2.98

1.50
40

2.75
40

2.56

1.75
40

2.37
40

2.26

2.00
40

2.10
40

2.04

2.25
40

1.89
40

1.88

2.50
40

1.73
40

1.73

2.75
40

1.60
40

1.60

3.00
40

1.49
40

1.49

3.25
40

1.40
40

1.40

3.50
40

1.32
40

1.32

3.75
40

1.26
40

1.26

4.00
40

1.20
40

1.20

4.25
40

1.15
40

1.15

4.50
40

1.11
40

1.11

4.75
40

1.07
40

1.07

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

4.28

4.28

4.28

3.26

2.69

2.33

2.08

1.89

1.74

1.62

1.52

1.44

1.37

1.30

1.25

1.20

1.15

1.11

1.07

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

4.28

4.28

2.59

2.20

1.98

1.82

1.71

1.62

1.54

1.47

1.39

1.32

1.26

1.21

1.16

1.12

1.08

1.05

1.02

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.44

5.44
60
40

III (f)

40

4.28

40

5.85

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

6.15

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

5.44
60

5.44
60
40

5.44
60
40

5.44
60

5.44
60
40

5.44
60
40

4.99
60

4.19
60
40

4.09
60
40

3.64
60

3.30
60
40

3.28
60
40

2.92
60

2.75
60
40

2.75
60
40

2.48
60

2.37
60
40

2.37
60
40

2.18
60

2.10
60
40

2.10
60
40

1.96
60

1.89
60
40

1.89
60
40

1.80
60

1.73
60
40

1.73
60
40

1.67
60

1.60
60
40

1.60
60
40

1.56
60

1.49
60
40

1.49
60
40

1.47
60

1.40
60
40

1.40
60
40

1.40
60

1.32
60
40

1.32
60
40

1.32
60

1.26
60
40

1.26
60
40

1.26
60

1.20
60
40

1.20
60
40

1.20
60

1.15
60
40

1.15
60
40

1.15
60

1.11
60
40

1.11
60
40

1.11
60

1.07
60
40

1.07
60
40

1.07
60

5.16

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

1.03
40

1.03
60
40

1.03
60
40

0.99
60
40

1.03
60
40

1.03
60
40

1.03
60

Load-span tables

1,000 mm cover width

KS1000 FF

5.17

1,000 mm cover width

KS1000 FF

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 FF 120 0.6 / 0.5 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

D
d

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. snow load [kN/m2]

0.25
59

6.84
41

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

4.70

73

4.25

75

3.49
74

3.48

1.25
76

2.98
76

2.97

1.50
78

2.61
78

2.60

1.75
79

2.33
79

2.33

2.00
81

2.11
81

2.11

2.25
82

1.94
82

1.94

2.50
84

1.80
84

1.80

2.75
86

1.68
86

1.68

3.00
87

1.58
87

1.58

3.25
89

1.50
89

1.49

3.50
90

1.42
90

1.42

3.75
92

1.36
92

1.36

4.00
94

1.30
94

1.30

4.25
95

1.25
95

1.25

4.50
97

1.20
97

1.20

4.75
98

1.16
98

1.16

5.00
100

1.12
100

1.12

122

146

149

152

155

159

162

165

168

171

174

177

181

185

188

191

193

197

200

61

73

74

76

78

79

81

82

84

86

87

89

90

92

94

95

97

98

100

4.70

4.70

4.25

3.48

2.97

2.60

2.33

2.11

1.94

1.80

1.68

1.58

1.49

1.42

1.36

1.30

1.25

1.20

1.16

1.12

81

122

146

149

152

155

159

162

165

168

171

174

177

181

185

188

191

193

197

200

41

61

73

74

76

78

79

81

82

84

86

87

89

90

92

94

95

97

98

100

4.70

4.70

4.25

3.48

2.97

2.60

2.33

2.11

1.94

1.80

1.68

1.58

1.49

1.42

1.36

1.30

1.25

1.20

1.16

1.12

81

122

146

149

152

155

159

162

165

168

171

174

177

181

185

188

191

193

197

200

50

71

73

74

76

78

79

81

82

84

86

87

89

90

92

94

95

97

98

100

5.74

50

5.74
100

5.52
142
71

5.52
142
71

5.52
142

4.25
146
73

4.25
146
73

4.25
146

3.48
149
74

3.48
149
74

3.48
149

2.97
152
76

2.97
152
76

2.97
152

2.60
155
78

2.60
155
78

2.60
155

2.33
159
79

2.33
159
79

2.33
159

2.11
162
81

2.11
162
81

2.11
162

1.94
165
82

1.94
165
82

1.94
165

1.80
168
84

1.80
168
84

1.80
168

1.68
171
86

1.68
171
86

1.68
171

1.58
174
87

1.58
174
87

1.58
174

1.49
177
89

1.49
177
89

1.49
177

1.42
181
90

1.42
181
90

1.42
181

1.36
185
92

1.36
185
92

1.36
185

1.30
188
94

1.30
188
94

1.30
188

1.25
191
95

1.25
191
95

1.25
191

1.20
193
97

1.20
193
97

1.20
193

1.16
197
98

1.16
197
98

1.16
197

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

1.12
200
100

1.12
200
100

1.12
200

Load-span tables

5.74
100

III (f)

61

4.70

73

4.26

1.00

41

50

II (f)

71

5.53

0.75

81

100

Multi Span

0.50

5.

5.

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 FF 120 0.6 / 0.5 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

D
d

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

6.84
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

4.69

40

4.69

40

4.62
40

3.93

1.25
40

3.62
40

3.18

1.50
40

3.00
40

2.72

1.75
40

2.58
40

2.40

2.00
40

2.27
40

2.16

2.25
40

2.04
40

1.98

2.50
40

1.86
40

1.83

2.75
40

1.72
40

1.70

3.00
40

1.60
40

1.60

3.25
40

1.50
40

1.50

3.50
40

1.41
40

1.41

3.75
40

1.34
40

1.34

4.00
40

1.28
40

1.28

4.25
40

1.22
40

1.22

4.50
40

1.17
40

1.17

4.75
40

1.13
40

1.13

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

4.69

4.69

4.69

3.52

2.88

2.48

2.20

2.00

1.84

1.71

1.60

1.51

1.43

1.36

1.30

1.25

1.20

1.16

1.12

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

4.69

4.69

2.95

2.45

2.19

2.00

1.87

1.76

1.66

1.56

1.47

1.39

1.33

1.27

1.22

1.17

1.13

1.09

1.06

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.73

5.73
60
40

III (f)

40

4.69

40

6.53

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

6.84

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

5.73
60

5.73
60
40

5.73
60
40

5.73
60

5.73
60
40

5.73
60
40

5.73
60

4.63
60
40

4.38
60
40

3.88
60

3.62
60
40

3.48
60
40

3.08
60

3.00
60
40

2.92
60
40

2.60
60

2.58
60
40

2.54
60
40

2.28
60

2.27
60
40

2.27
60
40

2.05
60

2.04
60
40

2.04
60
40

1.88
60

1.86
60
40

1.86
60
40

1.74
60

1.72
60
40

1.72
60
40

1.62
60

1.60
60
40

1.60
60
40

1.53
60

1.50
60
40

1.50
60
40

1.45
60

1.41
60
40

1.41
60
40

1.38
60

1.34
60
40

1.34
60
40

1.32
60

1.28
60
40

1.28
60
40

1.27
60

1.22
60
40

1.22
60
40

1.22
60

1.17
60
40

1.17
60
40

1.17
60

1.13
60
40

1.13
60
40

1.13
60

5.18

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

1.09
40

1.09
60
40

1.08
60
40

1.03
60
40

1.09
60
40

1.09
60
40

1.09
60

Load-span tables

1,000 mm cover width

KS1000 FF

5.19

1,000 mm cover width

KS1000 FF

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 FF 150 0.6 / 0.5 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

D
d

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. snow load [kN/m2]

0.25
63

8.83
42

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

5.97

74

4.74

76

3.82
75

3.81

1.25
77

3.21
77

3.21

1.50
79

2.79
79

2.78

1.75
81

2.48
80

2.47

2.00
82

2.23
82

2.23

2.25
84

2.04
84

2.04

2.50
85

1.89
85

1.88

2.75
87

1.76
87

1.76

3.00
89

1.65
89

1.65

3.25
90

1.56
90

1.56

3.50
92

1.48
92

1.48

3.75
94

1.41
94

1.41

4.00
95

1.34
95

1.34

4.25
97

1.29
97

1.29

4.50
99

1.24
99

1.24

4.75
100

1.20
100

1.20

5.00
102

1.16
102

1.14

135

148

151

154

157

161

164

168

170

174

177

180

184

188

190

194

198

200

204

68

74

75

77

79

80

82

84

85

87

89

90

92

94

95

97

99

100

102

5.97

5.97

4.74

3.81

3.21

2.78

2.47

2.23

2.04

1.88

1.76

1.65

1.56

1.48

1.41

1.34

1.29

1.24

1.20

1.14

85

135

148

150

154

157

161

164

168

170

174

177

180

184

188

190

194

198

200

204

42

68

74

75

77

79

80

82

84

85

87

89

90

92

94

95

97

99

100

102

5.97

5.97

4.74

3.81

3.21

2.78

2.47

2.23

2.04

1.88

1.76

1.65

1.56

1.48

1.41

1.34

1.29

1.24

1.20

1.14

85

135

148

150

154

157

161

164

168

170

174

177

180

184

188

190

194

198

200

204

53

72

74

76

77

79

80

82

84

85

87

89

90

92

94

95

97

99

100

102

7.52

53

7.52
107

6.36
144
72

6.36
144
72

3.63
144

4.74
148
74

4.74
148
74

4.74
148

3.81
152
76

3.81
152
76

3.81
152

3.21
154
77

3.21
154
77

3.21
154

2.78
157
79

2.78
157
79

2.78
157

2.47
161
80

2.47
161
80

2.47
161

2.23
164
82

2.23
164
82

2.23
164

2.04
168
84

2.04
168
84

2.04
168

1.88
170
85

1.88
170
85

1.88
170

1.76
174
87

1.76
174
87

1.76
174

1.65
177
89

1.65
177
89

1.65
177

1.56
180
90

1.56
180
90

1.56
180

1.48
184
92

1.48
184
92

1.48
184

1.41
188
94

1.41
188
94

1.41
188

1.34
190
95

1.34
190
95

1.34
190

1.29
194
97

1.29
194
97

1.29
194

1.24
198
99

1.24
198
99

1.24
198

1.20
200
100

1.20
200
100

1.20
200

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

1.14
204
102

1.14
204
102

1.14
204

Load-span tables

7.52
107

III (f)

68

5.97

74

4.75

1.00

42

53

II (f)

72

6.38

0.75

85

107

Multi Span

0.50

5.

5.

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

Roofpanel KS1000 FF 150 0.6 / 0.5 - S280/S280 according to EN 14509

D
d

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

8.82
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

5.97

40

4.86

40

4.53
40

3.74

1.25
40

3.61
40

3.11

1.50
40

3.02
40

2.70

1.75
40

2.61
40

2.40

2.00
40

2.32
40

2.17

2.25
40

2.09
40

1.99

2.50
40

1.91
40

1.85

2.75
40

1.76
40

1.72

3.00
40

1.64
40

1.62

3.25
40

1.54
40

1.53

3.50
40

1.46
40

1.45

3.75
40

1.38
40

1.38

4.00
40

1.32
40

1.32

4.25
40

1.26
40

1.26

4.50
40

1.21
40

1.21

4.75
40

1.16
40

1.16

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.97

5.97

4.34

3.38

2.84

2.49

2.23

2.03

1.88

1.74

1.64

1.54

1.46

1.39

1.33

1.28

1.22

1.18

1.14

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.97

3.72

2.93

2.56

2.32

2.14

2.01

1.85

1.72

1.61

1.52

1.44

1.37

1.31

1.26

1.21

1.16

1.12

1.09

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

7.51

7.51
60
40

III (f)

40

5.97

40

6.19

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

8.82

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

7.51
60

7.51
60
40

7.51
60
40

7.51
60

5.83
60
40

5.42
60
40

4.78
60

4.36
60
40

4.06
60
40

3.58
60

3.54
60
40

3.30
60
40

2.94
60

3.01
60
40

2.82
60
40

2.53
60

2.61
60
40

2.48
60
40

2.25
60

2.32
60
40

2.23
60
40

2.04
60

2.09
60
40

2.04
60
40

1.88
60

1.91
60
40

1.89
60
40

1.75
60

1.76
60
40

1.76
60
40

1.64
60

1.64
60
40

1.64
60
40

1.55
60

1.54
60
40

1.54
60
40

1.47
60

1.46
60
40

1.46
60
40

1.40
60

1.38
60
40

1.38
60
40

1.34
60

1.32
60
40

1.32
60
40

1.29
60

1.26
60
40

1.26
60
40

1.24
60

1.21
60
40

1.21
60
40

1.20
60

1.16
60
40

1.16
60
40

1.16
60

5.20

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

1.12
40

1.12
60
40

1.10
60
40

1.05
60
40

1.12
60
40

1.12
60
40

1.12
60

Load-span tables

1,000 mm cover width

KS1000 FF

5.21

KS1150 TF

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 TF 40 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. wind pressure [kN/m2]

0.25
40

4.66
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

5.10

40

3.27

40

3.22
40

2.94

1.25
40

2.98
40

2.71

1.50
40

2.78
40

2.54

1.75
40

2.62
40

2.40

2.00
40

2.43
40

2.28

2.25
40

2.16
40

2.16

2.50
40

1.95
40

1.94

2.75
40

1.77
40

1.77

3.00
40

1.62
40

1.62

3.25
40

1.50
40

1.50

3.50
40

1.39
40

1.39

3.75
40

1.30
40

1.30

4.00
40

1.22
40

1.22

4.25
40

1.14
40

1.14

4.50
40

1.08
40

1.08

4.75
40

1.02
40

1.02

60

60

60

60

60

66

72

77

76

77

77

77

77

77

77

77

77

77

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.10

3.82

3.27

2.94

2.71

2.54

2.40

2.28

2.16

1.94

1.77

1.62

1.50

1.39

1.30

1.22

1.14

1.08

1.02

60

60

60

60

60

60

66

72

77

76

77

77

77

77

77

77

77

77

77

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.10

3.82

3.27

2.94

2.71

2.54

2.40

2.28

2.16

1.94

1.77

1.62

1.50

1.39

1.30

1.22

1.14

1.08

1.02

60

60

60

60

60

60

66

72

77

76

77

77

77

77

77

77

77

77

77

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

6.51

40

6.51
60

4.65
60
40

4.65
60
40

4.65
60

3.82
60
40

3.82
60
40

3.82
60

3.34
60
40

3.34
60
40

3.34
60

3.01
60
40

3.01
60
40

3.01
60

2.77
65
40

2.77
65
40

2.77
65

2.58
71
40

2.58
71
40

2.58
71

2.43
77
40

2.43
77
40

2.43
77

2.16
77
40

2.16
77
40

2.16
77

1.94
76
40

1.94
76
40

1.94
76

1.77
77
40

1.77
77
40

1.77
77

1.62
77
40

1.62
77
40

1.62
77

1.50
77
40

1.50
77
40

1.50
77

1.39
77
40

1.39
77
40

1.39
77

1.30
77
40

1.30
77
40

1.30
77

1.22
77
40

1.22
77
40

1.22
77

1.14
77
40

1.14
77
40

1.14
77

1.08
77
40

1.08
77
40

1.08
77

1.02
77
40

1.02
77
40

1.02
77

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

0.98
40

0.99
77
40

0.99
77
40

0.99
77
40

0.98
77
40

0.98
77
40

0.98
77

Load-span tables

6.51
60

III (f)

40

3.82

40

3.56

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

4.04

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

5.

5.

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 TF 40 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

3.88
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

5.92

40

3.42

40

2.96
40

2.96

1.25
40

2.65
40

2.65

1.50
40

2.42
40

2.42

1.75
40

2.24
40

2.24

2.00
40

2.09
40

2.09

2.25
40

1.97
40

1.97

2.50
40

1.87
40

1.87

2.75
40

1.77
40

1.77

3.00
40

1.62
40

1.62

3.25
40

1.50
40

1.50

3.50
40

1.39
40

1.39

3.75
40

1.30
40

1.30

4.00
40

1.22
40

1.22

4.25
40

1.14
40

1.14

4.50
40

1.08
40

1.08

4.75
40

1.02
40

1.02

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.92

4.19

3.42

2.96

2.65

2.42

2.24

2.09

1.97

1.87

1.77

1.62

1.50

1.39

1.30

1.22

1.14

1.08

1.02

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.92

4.19

3.42

2.96

2.65

2.42

2.24

2.09

1.97

1.87

1.77

1.62

1.50

1.39

1.30

1.22

1.14

1.08

1.02

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.92

5.92
60
40

III (f)

40

4.19

40

3.21

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

3.48

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

5.92
60

4.19
60
40

4.19
60
40

4.19
60

3.42
60
40

3.42
60
40

3.42
60

2.96
60
40

2.96
60
40

2.96
60

2.65
60
40

2.65
60
40

2.65
60

2.42
60
40

2.42
60
40

2.42
60

2.24
60
40

2.24
60
40

2.24
60

2.09
60
40

2.09
60
40

2.09
60

1.97
60
40

1.97
60
40

1.97
60

1.87
60
40

1.87
60
40

1.87
60

1.77
60
40

1.77
60
40

1.77
60

1.62
60
40

1.62
60
40

1.62
60

1.50
60
40

1.50
60
40

1.50
60

1.39
60
40

1.39
60
40

1.39
60

1.30
60
40

1.30
60
40

1.30
60

1.22
60
40

1.22
60
40

1.22
60

1.14
60
40

1.14
60
40

1.14
60

1.08
60
40

1.08
60
40

1.08
60

1.02
60
40

1.02
60
40

1.02
60

5.22

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

0.98
40

0.98
60
40

0.98
60
40

0.98
60
40

0.98
60
40

0.98
60
40

0.98
60

Load-span tables

KS1150 TF

5.23

KS1150 TF

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 TF 60 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. wind pressure [kN/m2]

0.25
40

6.61
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

6.28

40

4.03

40

4.40
40

3.62

1.25
40

4.07
40

3.34

1.50
45

3.77
40

3.13

1.75
49

3.53
41

2.95

2.00
53

3.34
44

2.80

2.25
56

3.17
47

2.68

2.50
58

2.96
51

2.58

2.75
58

2.69
54

2.49

3.00
58

2.46
57

2.41

3.25
58

2.28
58

2.27

3.50
58

2.11
58

2.11

3.75
58

1.97
58

1.97

4.00
58

1.85
58

1.85

4.25
58

1.74
58

1.74

4.50
58

1.64
58

1.64

4.75
58

1.56
58

1.56

60

60

60

66

74

81

88

95

102

108

114

116

116

116

116

116

116

116

40

40

40

40

40

41

44

47

51

54

57

58

58

58

58

58

58

58

6.28

4.71

4.03

3.62

3.34

3.13

2.95

2.80

2.68

2.58

2.49

2.41

2.27

2.11

1.97

1.85

1.74

1.64

1.56

60

60

60

60

66

74

81

88

95

102

108

114

116

116

116

116

116

116

116

40

40

40

40

40

40

41

44

47

51

54

57

58

58

58

58

58

58

58

6.28

4.71

4.03

3.62

3.34

3.13

2.95

2.80

2.68

2.58

2.49

2.41

2.27

2.11

1.97

1.85

1.74

1.64

1.56

60

60

60

60

66

74

81

88

95

102

108

114

116

116

116

116

116

116

116

40

40

40

40

40

40

44

47

50

53

56

58

58

58

58

58

58

58

58

8.02

40

8.02
60

5.72
60
40

5.72
60
40

5.72
60

4.71
60
40

4.71
60
40

4.71
60

4.12
65
40

4.12
65
40

4.12
65

3.71
73
40

3.71
73
40

3.71
73

3.41
81
40

3.41
81
40

3.41
81

3.18
88
44

3.18
88
44

3.18
88

2.99
94
47

2.99
94
47

2.99
94

2.84
101
50

2.84
101
50

2.84
101

2.71
107
53

2.71
107
53

2.71
107

2.60
113
56

2.60
113
56

2.60
113

2.46
116
58

2.46
116
58

2.46
116

2.27
116
58

2.27
116
58

2.27
116

2.11
116
58

2.11
116
58

2.11
116

1.97
116
58

1.97
116
58

1.97
116

1.85
116
58

1.85
116
58

1.85
116

1.74
116
58

1.74
116
58

1.74
116

1.64
116
58

1.64
116
58

1.64
116

1.56
116
58

1.56
116
58

1.56
116

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
58

1.48
58

1.48
116
58

1.48
116
58

1.48
116
58

1.48
116
58

1.48
116
58

1.48
116

Load-span tables

8.02
60

III (f)

40

4.71

40

4.85

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

5.53

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

5.

5.

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 TF 60 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

5.62
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

7.30

40

4.21

40

3.65
40

3.65

1.25
40

3.26
40

3.26

1.50
40

2.98
40

2.98

1.75
40

2.76
40

2.76

2.00
40

2.58
40

2.58

2.25
40

2.43
40

2.43

2.50
40

2.31
40

2.31

2.75
40

2.20
40

2.20

3.00
40

2.11
40

2.11

3.25
40

2.02
40

2.02

3.50
40

1.95
40

1.95

3.75
40

1.88
40

1.88

4.00
40

1.82
40

1.82

4.25
40

1.74
40

1.74

4.50
40

1.64
40

1.64

4.75
40

1.56
40

1.56

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

7.30

5.16

4.21

3.65

3.26

2.98

2.76

2.58

2.43

2.31

2.20

2.11

2.02

1.95

1.88

1.82

1.74

1.64

1.56

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

7.30

5.16

4.21

3.65

3.26

2.98

2.76

2.58

2.43

2.31

2.20

2.11

2.02

1.95

1.88

1.82

1.74

1.64

1.56

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

7.30

7.30
60
40

III (f)

40

5.16

40

4.21

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

4.97

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

7.30
60

5.16
60
40

5.16
60
40

5.16
60

4.21
60
40

4.21
60
40

4.21
60

3.65
60
40

3.65
60
40

3.65
60

3.26
60
40

3.26
60
40

3.26
60

2.98
60
40

2.98
60
40

2.98
60

2.76
60
40

2.76
60
40

2.76
60

2.58
60
40

2.58
60
40

2.58
60

2.43
60
40

2.43
60
40

2.43
60

2.31
60
40

2.31
60
40

2.31
60

2.20
60
40

2.20
60
40

2.20
60

2.11
60
40

2.11
60
40

2.11
60

2.02
60
40

2.02
60
40

2.02
60

1.95
60
40

1.95
60
40

1.95
60

1.88
60
40

1.88
60
40

1.88
60

1.82
60
40

1.82
60
40

1.82
60

1.74
60
40

1.74
60
40

1.74
60

1.64
60
40

1.64
60
40

1.64
60

1.56
60
40

1.56
60
40

1.56
60

5.24

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

1.48
40

1.48
60
40

1.48
60
40

1.48
60
40

1.48
60
40

1.48
60
40

1.48
60

Load-span tables

KS1150 TF

5.25

KS1150 TF

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 TF 80 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. wind pressure [kN/m2]

0.25
40

8.39
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

7.27

40

4.66

43

5.46
40

4.19

1.25
49

5.00
40

3.87

1.50
54

4.61
43

3.63

1.75
59

4.27
47

3.42

2.00
63

3.99
51

3.25

2.25
67

3.76
55

3.10

2.50
70

3.57
59

2.98

2.75
74

3.40
62

2.88

3.00
77

3.26
66

2.79

3.25
78

3.05
69

2.71

3.50
78

2.84
73

2.64

3.75
78

2.64
76

2.58

4.00
78

2.48
78

2.48

4.25
78

2.33
78

2.33

4.50
78

2.20
78

2.20

4.75
78

2.09
78

2.09

60

60

66

76

86

94

102

110

117

125

132

139

146

152

156

156

156

156

40

40

40

40

43

47

51

55

59

62

66

69

73

76

78

78

78

78

7.27

5.46

4.66

4.19

3.87

3.63

3.42

3.25

3.10

2.98

2.88

2.79

2.71

2.64

2.58

2.48

2.33

2.20

2.09

60

60

60

66

76

86

94

102

110

117

125

132

139

146

152

156

156

156

156

40

40

40

40

40

43

47

51

55

59

62

66

69

73

76

78

78

78

78

7.27

5.46

4.66

4.19

3.87

3.63

3.42

3.25

3.10

2.98

2.88

2.79

2.71

2.64

2.58

2.48

2.33

2.20

2.09

60

60

60

66

76

86

94

102

110

117

125

132

139

146

152

156

156

156

156

40

40

40

40

42

47

51

55

58

62

65

69

72

75

78

78

78

78

78

9.29

40

9.29
60

6.63
60
40

6.63
60
40

6.63
60

5.46
64
40

5.46
64
40

5.46
64

4.77
75
40

4.77
75
40

4.77
75

4.30
85
42

4.30
85
42

4.30
85

3.95
93
47

3.95
93
47

3.95
93

3.68
102
51

3.68
102
51

3.68
102

3.47
110
55

3.47
110
55

3.47
110

3.29
117
58

3.29
117
58

3.29
117

3.14
124
62

3.14
124
62

3.14
124

3.01
130
65

3.01
130
65

3.01
130

2.90
137
69

2.90
137
69

2.90
137

2.80
144
72

2.80
144
72

2.80
144

2.72
150
75

2.72
150
75

2.72
150

2.64
156
78

2.64
156
78

2.64
156

2.48
156
78

2.48
156
78

2.48
156

2.33
156
78

2.33
156
78

2.33
156

2.20
156
78

2.20
156
78

2.20
156

2.09
156
78

2.09
156
78

2.09
156

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
78

1.98
78

1.98
156
78

1.98
156
78

1.98
156
78

1.98
156
78

1.98
156
78

1.98
156

Load-span tables

9.29
60

III (f)

40

5.46

40

6.01

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

6.86

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

5.

5.

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 TF 80 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

7.24
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

8.45

40

4.88

40

4.23
40

4.23

1.25
40

3.78
40

3.78

1.50
40

3.45
40

3.45

1.75
40

3.20
40

3.20

2.00
40

2.99
40

2.99

2.25
40

2.82
40

2.82

2.50
40

2.67
40

2.67

2.75
40

2.55
40

2.55

3.00
40

2.44
40

2.44

3.25
40

2.34
40

2.34

3.50
40

2.26
40

2.26

3.75
40

2.18
40

2.18

4.00
40

2.11
40

2.11

4.25
40

2.05
40

2.05

4.50
40

1.99
40

1.99

4.75
40

1.94
40

1.94

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

8.45

5.98

4.88

4.23

3.78

3.45

3.20

2.99

2.82

2.67

2.55

2.44

2.34

2.26

2.18

2.11

2.05

1.99

1.94

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

8.45

5.98

4.88

4.23

3.78

3.45

3.20

2.99

2.82

2.67

2.55

2.44

2.34

2.26

2.18

2.11

2.05

1.99

1.94

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

8.45

8.45
60
40

III (f)

40

5.98

40

4.88

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

5.98

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

8.45
60

5.98
60
40

5.98
60
40

5.98
60

4.88
60
40

4.88
60
40

4.88
60

4.23
60
40

4.23
60
40

4.23
60

3.78
60
40

3.78
60
40

3.78
60

3.45
60
40

3.45
60
40

3.45
60

3.20
60
40

3.20
60
40

3.20
60

2.99
60
40

2.99
60
40

2.99
60

2.82
60
40

2.82
60
40

2.82
60

2.67
60
40

2.67
60
40

2.67
60

2.55
60
40

2.55
60
40

2.55
60

2.44
60
40

2.44
60
40

2.44
60

2.34
60
40

2.34
60
40

2.34
60

2.26
60
40

2.26
60
40

2.26
60

2.18
60
40

2.18
60
40

2.18
60

2.11
60
40

2.11
60
40

2.11
60

2.05
60
40

2.05
60
40

2.05
60

1.99
60
40

1.99
60
40

1.99
60

1.94
60
40

1.94
60
40

1.94
60

5.26

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

1.89
40

1.89
60
40

1.89
60
40

1.89
60
40

1.89
60
40

1.89
60
40

1.89
60

Load-span tables

KS1150 TF

5.27

KS1150 TF

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 TF 100 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. wind pressure [kN/m2]

0.25
40

9.99
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

8.20

40

5.28

60

6.32
45

4.76

1.25
67

5.65
52

4.39

1.50
73

5.16
58

4.11

1.75
79

4.78
64

3.87

2.00
84

4.47
70

3.68

2.25
90

4.21
75

3.52

2.50
94

4.00
80

3.38

2.75
99

3.81
85

3.27

3.00
103

3.65
90

3.17

3.25
108

3.51
95

3.08

3.50
108

3.28
99

3.00

3.75
108

3.06
104

2.93

4.00
108

2.87
108

2.86

4.25
108

2.70
108

2.70

4.50
108

2.55
108

2.55

4.75
109

2.42
109

2.42

5.00
109

2.30
109

2.30

60

75

90

104

117

128

139

150

160

170

180

190

198

208

216

217

217

217

217

40

40

45

52

58

64

70

75

80

85

90

95

99

104

108

108

108

109

109

8.20

6.17

5.28

4.76

4.39

4.11

3.87

3.68

3.52

3.38

3.27

3.17

3.08

3.00

2.93

2.86

2.70

2.55

2.42

2.30

60

60

75

90

104

117

128

139

150

160

170

180

190

198

208

216

217

217

217

217

40

40

40

45

52

58

64

70

75

80

85

90

95

99

104

108

108

108

109

109

8.20

6.17

5.28

4.76

4.39

4.11

3.87

3.68

3.52

3.38

3.27

3.17

3.08

3.00

2.93

2.86

2.70

2.55

2.42

2.30

60

60

75

90

104

117

128

139

150

160

170

180

190

198

208

216

217

217

217

217

40

40

43

51

57

63

68

74

79

84

88

93

97

102

106

108

108

108

109

109

10.42

40

10.42
60

7.44
70
40

7.44
70
40

7.44
70

6.13
87
43

6.13
87
43

6.13
87

5.35
101
51

5.35
101
51

5.35
101

4.83
114
57

4.83
114
57

4.83
114

4.44
126
63

4.44
126
63

4.44
126

4.14
137
68

4.14
137
68

4.14
137

3.90
147
74

3.90
147
74

3.90
147

3.71
158
79

3.71
158
79

3.71
158

3.54
167
84

3.54
167
84

3.54
167

3.40
177
88

3.40
177
88

3.40
177

3.27
185
93

3.27
185
93

3.27
185

3.16
194
97

3.16
194
97

3.16
194

3.07
203
102

3.07
203
102

3.07
203

2.98
212
106

2.98
212
106

2.98
212

2.87
217
108

2.87
217
108

2.87
217

2.70
217
108

2.70
217
108

2.70
217

2.55
217
108

2.55
217
108

2.55
217

2.42
217
109

2.42
217
109

2.42
217

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

2.30
217
109

2.30
217
109

2.30
217

Load-span tables

10.42
60

III (f)

40

6.17

50

7.05

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

8.05

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

5.

5.

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 TF 100 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

8.76
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

9.47

40

5.47

40

4.73
40

4.73

1.25
40

4.23
40

4.23

1.50
40

3.86
40

3.86

1.75
40

3.58
40

3.58

2.00
40

3.35
40

3.35

2.25
40

3.16
40

3.16

2.50
40

2.99
40

2.99

2.75
40

2.86
40

2.86

3.00
40

2.73
40

2.73

3.25
40

2.63
40

2.63

3.50
40

2.53
40

2.53

3.75
40

2.44
40

2.44

4.00
40

2.37
40

2.37

4.25
40

2.30
40

2.30

4.50
40

2.23
40

2.23

4.75
40

2.17
40

2.17

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

9.47

6.70

5.47

4.73

4.23

3.86

3.58

3.35

3.16

2.99

2.86

2.73

2.63

2.53

2.44

2.37

2.30

2.23

2.17

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

9.47

6.70

5.47

4.73

4.23

3.86

3.58

3.35

3.16

2.99

2.86

2.73

2.63

2.53

2.44

2.37

2.30

2.23

2.17

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

9.47

9.47
60
40

III (f)

40

6.70

40

5.47

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

6.70

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

9.47
60

6.70
60
40

6.70
60
40

6.70
60

5.47
60
40

5.47
60
40

5.47
60

4.73
60
40

4.73
60
40

4.73
60

4.23
60
40

4.23
60
40

4.23
60

3.86
60
40

3.86
60
40

3.86
60

3.58
60
40

3.58
60
40

3.58
60

3.35
60
40

3.35
60
40

3.35
60

3.16
60
40

3.16
60
40

3.16
60

2.99
60
40

2.99
60
40

2.99
60

2.86
60
40

2.86
60
40

2.86
60

2.73
60
40

2.73
60
40

2.73
60

2.63
60
40

2.63
60
40

2.63
60

2.53
60
40

2.53
60
40

2.53
60

2.44
60
40

2.44
60
40

2.44
60

2.37
60
40

2.37
60
40

2.37
60

2.30
60
40

2.30
60
40

2.30
60

2.23
60
40

2.23
60
40

2.23
60

2.17
60
40

2.17
60
40

2.17
60

5.28

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

2.12
40

2.12
60
40

2.12
60
40

2.12
60
40

2.12
60
40

2.12
60
40

2.12
60

Load-span tables

KS1150 TF

5.29

KS1150 TF

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 TF 120 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. wind pressure [kN/m2]

0.25
40

11.38
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

9.06

52

5.87

82

6.93
62

5.29

1.25
92

6.20
71

4.89

1.50
100

5.66
81

4.56

1.75
108

5.24
89

4.29

2.00
116

4.90
96

4.08

2.25
123

4.62
104

3.91

2.50
129

4.38
111

3.76

2.75
136

4.18
118

3.64

3.00
142

4.00
125

3.52

3.25
148

3.85
131

3.42

3.50
150

3.62
138

3.34

3.75
150

3.38
144

3.26

4.00
150

3.17
150

3.17

4.25
150

2.98
150

2.98

4.50
150

2.82
150

2.82

4.75
150

2.67
150

2.67

81

104

125

144

162

177

193

208

222

236

249

263

276

289

300

300

300

300

40

52

62

71

81

89

96

104

111

118

125

131

138

144

150

150

150

150

9.06

6.85

5.87

5.29

4.89

4.56

4.29

4.08

3.91

3.76

3.64

3.52

3.42

3.34

3.26

3.17

2.98

2.82

2.67

60

81

104

125

144

162

177

193

208

222

236

249

263

276

289

300

300

300

300

40

40

52

62

71

81

89

96

104

111

118

125

131

138

144

150

150

150

150

9.06

6.85

5.87

5.29

4.89

4.56

4.29

4.08

3.91

3.76

3.64

3.52

3.42

3.34

3.26

3.17

2.98

2.82

2.67

60

81

104

125

144

162

177

193

208

222

236

249

263

276

289

300

300

300

300

40

48

60

70

79

87

94

102

109

115

122

128

134

140

146

150

150

150

150

11.44

40

11.44
68

8.17
97
48

8.17
97
48

8.17
97

6.74
120
60

6.74
120
60

6.74
120

5.89
139
70

5.89
139
70

5.89
139

5.32
157
79

5.32
157
79

5.32
157

4.90
174
87

4.90
174
87

4.90
174

4.57
189
94

4.57
189
94

4.57
189

4.31
204
102

4.31
204
102

4.31
204

4.09
217
109

4.09
217
109

4.09
217

3.91
231
115

3.91
231
115

3.91
231

3.75
244
122

3.75
244
122

3.75
244

3.62
257
128

3.62
257
128

3.62
257

3.50
269
134

3.50
269
134

3.50
269

3.39
280
140

3.39
280
140

3.39
280

3.30
292
146

3.30
292
146

3.30
292

3.17
300
150

3.17
300
150

3.17
300

2.98
300
150

2.98
300
150

2.98
300

2.82
300
150

2.82
300
150

2.82
300

2.67
300
150

2.67
300
150

2.67
300

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
150

2.53
150

2.53
300
150

2.53
300
150

2.53
300
150

2.53
300
150

2.53
300
150

2.53
300

Load-span tables

11.44
68

III (f)

40

6.85

71

7.99

1.00

40

40

II (f)

54

9.17

0.75

60

68

Multi Span

0.50

5.

5.

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 TF 120 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

10.20
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

10.38

40

6.00

40

5.19
40

5.19

1.25
40

4.64
40

4.64

1.50
40

4.24
40

4.24

1.75
40

3.92
40

3.92

2.00
40

3.67
40

3.67

2.25
40

3.46
40

3.46

2.50
40

3.28
40

3.28

2.75
40

3.13
40

3.13

3.00
40

3.00
40

3.00

3.25
40

2.88
40

2.88

3.50
40

2.78
40

2.78

3.75
40

2.68
40

2.68

4.00
40

2.60
40

2.60

4.25
40

2.52
40

2.52

4.50
40

2.45
40

2.45

4.75
40

2.38
40

2.38

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

10.38

7.34

6.00

5.19

4.64

4.24

3.92

3.67

3.46

3.28

3.13

3.00

2.88

2.78

2.68

2.60

2.52

2.45

2.38

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

10.38

7.34

6.00

5.19

4.64

4.24

3.92

3.67

3.46

3.28

3.13

3.00

2.88

2.78

2.68

2.60

2.52

2.45

2.38

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

10.38

10.38
60
40

III (f)

40

7.34

40

6.00

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

7.34

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

10.38
60

7.34
60
40

7.34
60
40

7.34
60

6.00
60
40

6.00
60
40

6.00
60

5.19
60
40

5.19
60
40

5.19
60

4.64
60
40

4.64
60
40

4.64
60

4.24
60
40

4.24
60
40

4.24
60

3.92
60
40

3.92
60
40

3.92
60

3.67
60
40

3.67
60
40

3.67
60

3.46
60
40

3.46
60
40

3.46
60

3.28
60
40

3.28
60
40

3.28
60

3.13
60
40

3.13
60
40

3.13
60

3.00
60
40

3.00
60
40

3.00
60

2.88
60
40

2.88
60
40

2.88
60

2.78
60
40

2.78
60
40

2.78
60

2.68
60
40

2.68
60
40

2.68
60

2.60
60
40

2.60
60
40

2.60
60

2.52
60
40

2.52
60
40

2.52
60

2.45
60
40

2.45
60
40

2.45
60

2.38
60
40

2.38
60
40

2.38
60

5.30

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

2.32
40

2.32
60
40

2.32
60
40

2.32
60
40

2.32
60
40

2.32
60
40

2.32
60

Load-span tables

KS1150 TF

5.31

KS1150 TF

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 TF 150 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. wind pressure [kN/m2]

0.25
40

56

13.40

10.74

40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

10.16

51

6.59

79

7.60
62

5.94

1.25
88

6.79
71

5.49

1.50
97

6.20
80

5.11

1.75
104

5.74
88

4.82

2.00
112

5.37
95

4.58

2.25
118

5.06
103

4.39

2.50
125

4.80
110

4.22

2.75
131

4.58
117

4.08

3.00
137

4.39
123

3.96

3.25
142

4.21
130

3.85

3.50
148

4.06
136

3.75

3.75
153

3.92
143

3.66

4.00
158

3.80
149

3.58

4.25
162

3.68
155

3.51

4.50
165

3.53
161

3.44

4.75
165

3.34
165

3.34

80

103

123

143

159

175

190

205

219

233

247

260

273

285

297

310

322

330

40

51

62

71

80

88

95

103

110

117

123

130

136

143

149

155

161

165

10.16

7.68

6.59

5.94

5.49

5.11

4.82

4.58

4.39

4.22

4.08

3.96

3.85

3.75

3.66

3.58

3.51

3.44

3.34

60

80

103

123

143

159

175

190

205

219

233

247

260

273

285

297

310

322

330

40

40

51

62

71

80

88

95

103

110

117

123

130

136

143

149

155

161

165

10.16

7.68

6.59

5.94

5.49

5.11

4.82

4.58

4.39

4.22

4.08

3.96

3.85

3.75

3.66

3.58

3.51

3.44

3.34

60

80

103

123

143

159

175

190

205

219

233

247

260

273

285

297

310

322

330

40

48

59

69

77

86

93

100

107

114

120

126

132

138

144

150

155

160

165

12.81

40

12.81
67

9.15
95
48

9.15
95
48

9.15
95

7.55
118
59

7.55
118
59

7.55
118

6.60
137
69

6.60
137
69

6.60
137

5.96
155
77

5.96
155
77

5.96
155

5.49
171
86

5.49
171
86

5.49
171

5.12
186
93

5.12
186
93

5.12
186

4.83
201
100

4.83
201
100

4.83
201

4.59
214
107

4.59
214
107

4.59
214

4.38
227
114

4.38
227
114

4.38
227

4.21
240
120

4.21
240
120

4.21
240

4.06
253
126

4.06
253
126

4.06
253

3.92
265
132

3.92
265
132

3.92
265

3.80
276
138

3.80
276
138

3.80
276

3.70
288
144

3.70
288
144

3.70
288

3.60
300
150

3.60
300
150

3.60
300

3.51
310
155

3.51
310
155

3.51
310

3.43
321
160

3.43
321
160

3.43
321

3.34
330
165

3.34
330
165

3.34
330

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
165

3.18
165

3.18
330
165

3.18
330
165

3.18
330
165

3.18
330
165

3.18
330
165

3.18
330

Load-span tables

12.81
67

III (f)

68

8.77

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

7.68

0.75

60

67

Multi Span

0.50

5.

5.

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 TF 150 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

11.83
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

11.83

40

6.83

40

5.91
40

5.91

1.25
40

5.29
40

5.29

1.50
40

4.83
40

4.83

1.75
40

4.47
40

4.47

2.00
40

4.18
40

4.18

2.25
40

3.94
40

3.94

2.50
40

3.74
40

3.74

2.75
40

3.57
40

3.57

3.00
40

3.41
40

3.41

3.25
40

3.28
40

3.28

3.50
40

3.16
40

3.16

3.75
40

3.05
40

3.05

4.00
40

2.96
40

2.96

4.25
40

2.87
40

2.87

4.50
40

2.79
40

2.79

4.75
40

2.71
40

2.71

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

11.83

8.36

6.83

5.91

5.29

4.83

4.47

4.18

3.94

3.74

3.57

3.41

3.28

3.16

3.05

2.96

2.87

2.79

2.71

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

11.83

8.36

6.83

5.91

5.29

4.83

4.47

4.18

3.94

3.74

3.57

3.41

3.28

3.16

3.05

2.96

2.87

2.79

2.71

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

11.83

11.83
60
40

III (f)

40

8.36

40

6.83

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

8.36

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

11.83
60

8.36
60
40

8.36
60
40

8.36
60

6.83
60
40

6.83
60
40

6.83
60

5.91
60
40

5.91
60
40

5.91
60

5.29
60
40

5.29
60
40

5.29
60

4.83
60
40

4.83
60
40

4.83
60

4.47
60
40

4.47
60
40

4.47
60

4.18
60
40

4.18
60
40

4.18
60

3.94
60
40

3.94
60
40

3.94
60

3.74
60
40

3.74
60
40

3.74
60

3.57
60
40

3.57
60
40

3.57
60

3.41
60
40

3.41
60
40

3.41
60

3.28
60
40

3.28
60
40

3.28
60

3.16
60
40

3.16
60
40

3.16
60

3.05
60
40

3.05
60
40

3.05
60

2.96
60
40

2.96
60
40

2.96
60

2.87
60
40

2.87
60
40

2.87
60

2.79
60
40

2.79
60
40

2.79
60

2.71
60
40

2.71
60
40

2.71
60

5.32

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

2.64
40

2.64
60
40

2.64
60
40

2.64
60
40

2.64
60
40

2.64
60
40

2.64
60

Load-span tables

KS1150 TF

5.33

KS1150 TF

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 TF 170 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. wind pressure [kN/m2]

0.25
40

54

14.68

11.27

40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

10.83

50

7.03

76

7.97
61

6.34

1.25
85

7.13
70

5.86

1.50
93

6.51
78

5.45

1.75
101

6.03
86

5.14

2.00
108

5.64
93

4.89

2.25
114

5.32
101

4.68

2.50
120

5.04
108

4.51

2.75
126

4.81
114

4.36

3.00
132

4.60
121

4.22

3.25
137

4.42
128

4.11

3.50
142

4.26
134

4.00

3.75
147

4.12
140

3.91

4.00
152

3.99
146

3.82

4.25
157

3.87
152

3.75

4.50
162

3.76
158

3.68

4.75
166

3.66
164

3.61

78

101

121

140

156

172

187

202

215

229

242

256

268

280

292

304

316

327

40

50

61

70

78

86

93

101

108

114

121

128

134

140

146

152

158

164

10.83

8.19

7.03

6.34

5.86

5.45

5.14

4.89

4.68

4.51

4.36

4.22

4.11

4.00

3.91

3.82

3.75

3.68

3.61

60

78

101

121

140

156

172

187

202

215

229

242

256

268

280

292

304

316

327

40

40

50

61

70

78

86

93

101

108

114

121

128

134

140

146

152

158

164

10.83

8.19

7.03

6.34

5.86

5.45

5.14

4.89

4.68

4.51

4.36

4.22

4.11

4.00

3.91

3.82

3.75

3.68

3.61

60

78

101

121

140

156

172

187

202

215

229

242

256

268

280

292

304

316

327

40

47

58

67

76

84

91

98

105

111

118

124

130

136

141

147

152

157

162

13.65

40

13.65
65

9.75
93
47

9.75
93
47

9.75
93

8.04
115
58

8.04
115
58

8.04
115

7.03
134
67

7.03
134
67

7.03
134

6.35
152
76

6.35
152
76

6.35
152

5.85
168
84

5.85
168
84

5.85
168

5.46
182
91

5.46
182
91

5.46
182

5.15
197
98

5.15
197
98

5.15
197

4.89
210
105

4.89
210
105

4.89
210

4.67
223
111

4.67
223
111

4.67
223

4.49
236
118

4.49
236
118

4.49
236

4.32
247
124

4.32
247
124

4.32
247

4.18
259
130

4.18
259
130

4.18
259

4.06
272
136

4.06
272
136

4.06
272

3.94
282
141

3.94
282
141

3.94
282

3.84
293
147

3.84
293
147

3.84
293

3.75
304
152

3.75
304
152

3.75
304

3.66
314
157

3.66
314
157

3.66
314

3.58
325
162

3.58
325
162

3.58
325

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
170

3.56
169

3.55
339
169

3.55
339
169

3.55
339
168

3.51
335
168

3.51
335
168

3.51
335

Load-span tables

13.65
65

III (f)

66

9.21

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

8.19

0.75

60

65

Multi Span

0.50

5.

5.

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 TF 170 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

12.74
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

12.74

40

7.36

40

6.37
40

6.37

1.25
40

5.70
40

5.70

1.50
40

5.20
40

5.20

1.75
40

4.82
40

4.82

2.00
40

4.50
40

4.50

2.25
40

4.25
40

4.25

2.50
40

4.03
40

4.03

2.75
40

3.84
40

3.84

3.00
40

3.68
40

3.68

3.25
40

3.53
40

3.53

3.50
40

3.40
40

3.40

3.75
40

3.29
40

3.29

4.00
40

3.18
40

3.18

4.25
40

3.09
40

3.09

4.50
40

3.00
40

3.00

4.75
40

2.92
40

2.92

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

12.74

9.01

7.36

6.37

5.70

5.20

4.82

4.50

4.25

4.03

3.84

3.68

3.53

3.40

3.29

3.18

3.09

3.00

2.92

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

12.74

9.01

7.36

6.37

5.70

5.20

4.82

4.50

4.25

4.03

3.84

3.68

3.53

3.40

3.29

3.18

3.09

3.00

2.92

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

12.74

12.74
60
40

III (f)

40

9.01

40

7.36

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

9.01

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

12.74
60

9.01
60
40

9.01
60
40

9.01
60

7.36
60
40

7.36
60
40

7.36
60

6.37
60
40

6.37
60
40

6.37
60

5.70
60
40

5.70
60
40

5.70
60

5.20
60
40

5.20
60
40

5.20
60

4.82
60
40

4.82
60
40

4.82
60

4.50
60
40

4.50
60
40

4.50
60

4.25
60
40

4.25
60
40

4.25
60

4.03
60
40

4.03
60
40

4.03
60

3.84
60
40

3.84
60
40

3.84
60

3.68
60
40

3.68
60
40

3.68
60

3.53
60
40

3.53
60
40

3.53
60

3.40
60
40

3.40
60
40

3.40
60

3.29
60
40

3.29
60
40

3.29
60

3.18
60
40

3.18
60
40

3.18
60

3.09
60
40

3.09
60
40

3.09
60

3.00
60
40

3.00
60
40

3.00
60

2.92
60
40

2.92
60
40

2.92
60

5.34

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

2.85
40

2.85
60
40

2.85
60
40

2.85
60
40

2.85
60
40

2.85
60
40

2.85
60

Load-span tables

KS1150 TF

5.35

KS1150 TF

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 TF 200 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. wind pressure [kN/m2]

0.25
40

51

16.51

11.96

40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

II (f)

III (f)

11.77

40

8.91

0.75
63

9.76
49

7.65

1.00
73

8.45
59

6.90

1.25
81

7.56
68

6.37

1.50
89

6.90
77

5.94

1.75
96

6.39
84

5.60

2.00
103

5.98
92

5.33

2.25
109

5.64
99

5.10

2.50
115

5.35
105

4.91

2.75
120

5.10
112

4.75

3.00
126

4.88
119

4.60

3.25
131

4.69
125

4.48

3.50
136

4.52
131

4.36

3.75
141

4.37
137

4.26

4.00
145

4.23
143

4.17

4.25
150

4.10
149

4.08

4.50
154

3.98
154

3.98

4.75
158

3.88
158

3.88

60

77

99

119

137

153

168

183

198

211

224

238

250

262

274

287

298

308

317

40

40

49

59

68

77

84

92

99

105

112

119

125

131

137

143

149

154

158

11.77

8.91

7.65

6.90

6.37

5.94

5.60

5.33

5.10

4.91

4.75

4.60

4.48

4.36

4.26

4.17

4.08

3.98

3.88

60

77

99

119

137

153

168

183

198

211

224

238

250

262

274

287

298

308

317

40

40

49

59

68

77

84

92

99

105

112

119

125

131

137

143

149

154

158

11.77

8.91

7.65

6.90

6.37

5.94

5.60

5.33

5.10

4.91

4.75

4.60

4.48

4.36

4.26

4.17

4.08

3.98

3.88

60

77

99

119

137

153

168

183

198

211

224

238

250

262

274

287

298

308

317

40

45

56

66

74

82

89

96

103

109

115

121

127

133

138

144

149

154

158

14.81

10.59

64

91

40

45

14.81

10.59

64

91

40

45

14.81

10.59

64

91

8.74
113
56

8.74
113
56

8.74
113

7.64
132
66

7.64
132
66

7.64
132

6.90
148
74

6.90
148
74

6.90
148

6.35
164
82

6.35
164
82

6.35
164

5.93
178
89

5.93
178
89

5.93
178

5.59
192
96

5.59
192
96

5.59
192

5.32
206
103

5.32
206
103

5.32
206

5.08
218
109

5.08
218
109

5.08
218

4.88
231
115

4.88
231
115

4.88
231

4.70
242
121

4.70
242
121

4.70
242

4.55
254
127

4.55
254
127

4.55
254

4.41
265
133

4.41
265
133

4.41
265

4.29
276
138

4.29
276
138

4.29
276

4.18
287
144

4.18
287
144

4.18
287

4.08
298
149

4.08
298
149

4.08
298

3.98
308
154

3.98
308
154

3.98
308

3.88
317
158

3.88
317
158

3.88
317

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
162

3.78
162

3.78
325
162

3.78
325
162

3.78
325
162

3.78
325
162

3.78
325
162

3.78
325

Load-span tables

Multi Span

0.50

5.

5.

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 TF 200 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

14.06
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

11.82

40

7.82

40

7.03
40

7.03

1.25
40

6.29
40

6.29

1.50
40

5.74
40

5.74

1.75
40

5.31
40

5.31

2.00
40

4.97
40

4.97

2.25
40

4.69
40

4.69

2.50
40

4.44
40

4.44

2.75
40

4.24
40

4.24

3.00
40

4.06
40

4.06

3.25
40

3.90
40

3.90

3.50
40

3.76
40

3.76

3.75
40

3.63
40

3.63

4.00
40

3.51
40

3.51

4.25
40

3.41
40

3.41

4.50
40

3.31
40

3.31

4.75
40

3.22
40

3.22

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

11.82

9.05

7.82

7.03

6.29

5.74

5.31

4.97

4.69

4.44

4.24

4.06

3.90

3.76

3.63

3.51

3.41

3.31

3.22

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

11.82

9.05

7.82

7.03

6.29

5.74

5.31

4.97

4.69

4.44

4.24

4.06

3.90

3.76

3.63

3.51

3.41

3.31

3.22

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

14.06

14.06
60
40

III (f)

40

9.05

40

8.12

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

9.94

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

14.06
60

9.94
60
40

9.94
60
40

9.94
60

8.12
60
40

8.12
60
40

8.12
60

7.03
60
40

7.03
60
40

7.03
60

6.29
60
40

6.29
60
40

6.29
60

5.74
60
40

5.74
60
40

5.74
60

5.31
60
40

5.31
60
40

5.31
60

4.97
60
40

4.97
60
40

4.97
60

4.69
60
40

4.69
60
40

4.69
60

4.44
60
40

4.44
60
40

4.44
60

4.24
60
40

4.24
60
40

4.24
60

4.06
60
40

4.06
60
40

4.06
60

3.90
60
40

3.90
60
40

3.90
60

3.76
60
40

3.76
60
40

3.76
60

3.63
60
40

3.63
60
40

3.63
60

3.51
60
40

3.51
60
40

3.51
60

3.41
60
40

3.41
60
40

3.41
60

3.31
60
40

3.31
60
40

3.31
60

3.22
60
40

3.22
60
40

3.22
60

5.36

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

3.14
40

3.14
60
40

3.14
60
40

3.14
60
40

3.14
60
40

3.14
60
40

3.14
60

Load-span tables

KS1150 TF

5.37

KS1150 FR, KS1000 FH

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 FR / FH 80 E/I 0.6 / 0.5 according to EN 14509

1,000 mm cover width

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. wind pressure [kN/m2]

0.25
40

8.71
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

51

3.04

56

2.66
56

2.66

1.50
56

2.22
56

2.22

1.75
56

1.90
56

1.90

2.00
56

1.66
56

1.66

2.25
56

1.48
56

1.48

2.50
56

1.33
56

1.33

2.75
56

1.21
56

1.21

3.00
56

1.11
56

1.11

3.25
57

1.02
56

1.02

3.50
57

0.96
56

0.96

3.75
57

0.89
57

0.89

4.00
57

0.84
57

0.84

4.25
57

0.79
57

0.79

4.50
57

0.74
57

0.74

4.75
57

0.71
57

0.71

61

83

103

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

114

114

114

114

114

40

42

51

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

57

57

57

57

57

4.36

3.63

3.27

3.04

2.66

2.22

1.90

1.66

1.48

1.33

1.21

1.11

1.02

0.96

0.89

0.84

0.79

0.74

0.71

60

61

83

103

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

114

114

114

114

114

40

40

42

51

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

57

57

57

57

57

4.36

3.63

3.27

3.04

2.66

2.22

1.90

1.66

1.48

1.33

1.21

1.11

1.02

0.96

0.89

0.84

0.79

0.74

0.71

60

60

83

103

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

114

114

114

114

114

40

41

52

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

57

57

57

57

57

6.68

6.68
60
40

III (f)

42

3.27

56

3.33

1.25

40

40

II (f)

40

3.63

56

4.44

1.00

60

60

Multi Span

55

6.64

0.75

6.68
60

4.88
83
47

4.88
83
47

4.88
83

4.10
104
52

4.10
104
52

4.10
104

3.33
113
56

3.33
113
56

3.33
113

2.66
113
56

2.66
113
56

2.66
113

2.22
113
56

2.22
113
56

2.22
113

1.90
113
56

1.90
113
56

1.90
113

1.66
113
56

1.66
113
56

1.66
113

1.48
113
56

1.48
113
56

1.48
113

1.33
113
56

1.33
113
56

1.33
113

1.21
113
56

1.21
113
56

1.21
113

1.11
113
56

1.11
113
56

1.11
113

1.02
113
56

1.02
113
56

1.02
113

0.96
113
56

0.96
113
56

0.96
113

0.89
114
57

0.89
114
57

0.89
114

0.84
114
57

0.84
114
57

0.84
114

0.79
114
57

0.79
114
57

0.79
114

0.74
114
57

0.74
114
57

0.74
114

0.71
114
57

0.71
114
57

0.71
114

The span tables are valid for the wall systems KS1000FR and KS1000FH. Maximum spans in combination with secret xing are not part of these calculations.
Regarding the secret xing of KS1000FH, please call your technical department.

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
57

0.67
57

0.67
114
57

0.67
114
57

0.67
114
57

0.67
114
57

0.67
114
57

0.67
114

Load-span tables

I (f)

4.36

0.50

5.

5.

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 FR / FH 80 E/I 0.6 / 0.5 according to EN 14509

1,000 mm cover width

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

8.71
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

8.24

40

4.44

40

3.33
40

3.33

1.25
40

2.66
40

2.66

1.50
40

2.22
40

2.22

1.75
40

1.90
40

1.90

2.00
40

1.66
40

1.66

2.25
40

1.48
40

1.48

2.50
40

1.33
40

1.33

2.75
40

1.21
40

1.21

3.00
40

1.11
40

1.11

3.25
40

1.02
40

1.02

3.50
40

0.96
40

0.96

3.75
40

0.90
40

0.90

4.00
40

0.84
40

0.84

4.25
40

0.79
40

0.79

4.50
40

0.75
40

0.75

4.75
40

0.71
40

0.71

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.23

5.82

4.43

3.33

2.66

2.22

1.90

1.66

1.48

1.33

1.21

1.11

1.02

0.96

0.90

0.84

0.79

0.75

0.71

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

4.97

4.10

3.68

3.33

2.66

2.22

1.90

1.66

1.48

1.33

1.21

1.11

1.02

0.96

0.90

0.84

0.79

0.75

0.71

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

8.24

8.24
60
40

III (f)

40

5.82

40

4.44

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

6.64

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

7.95
60

5.82
60
40

5.82
60
40

5.77
60

4.43
60
40

4.43
60
40

4.43
60

3.33
60
40

3.33
60
40

3.33
60

2.66
60
40

2.66
60
40

2.66
60

2.22
60
40

2.22
60
40

2.22
60

1.90
60
40

1.90
60
40

1.90
60

1.66
60
40

1.66
60
40

1.66
60

1.48
60
40

1.48
60
40

1.48
60

1.33
60
40

1.33
60
40

1.33
60

1.21
60
40

1.21
60
40

1.21
60

1.11
60
40

1.11
60
40

1.11
60

1.02
60
40

1.02
60
40

1.02
60

0.96
60
40

0.96
60
40

0.96
60

0.90
60
40

0.90
60
40

0.90
60

0.84
60
40

0.84
60
40

0.84
60

0.79
60
40

0.79
60
40

0.79
60

0.75
60
40

0.75
60
40

0.75
60

0.71
60
40

0.71
60
40

0.71
60

The span tables are valid for the wall systems KS1000FR and KS1000FH. Maximum spans in combination with secret xing are not part of these calculations.
Regarding the secret xing of KS1000FH, please call your technical department.

5.38

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

0.67
40

0.67
60
40

0.67
60
40

0.67
60
40

0.67
60
40

0.67
60
40

0.67
60

Load-span tables

KS1150 FR, KS1000 FH

5.39

KS1150 FR, KS1000 FH

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 FR / FH 100 E/I 0.6 / 0.5 according to EN 14509

1,000 mm cover width

System
Single
Span

Colour
group
I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. wind pressure [kN/m2]

0.25
44

10.30
40

I (f)

5.16
60

Double
Span

40

II (f)

5.16
60
40

III (f)

Multi Span

II (f)

III (f)

57

6.68
40

4.30
73
40

4.30
73
40

3.89

0.75
56

4.45
49

3.87
98
49

3.87
98
49

3.87

1.00
57

3.34
56

3.33
113
56

3.33
113
56

3.33

1.25
57

2.67
56

2.67
113
56

2.67
113
56

2.67

1.50
57

2.22
56

2.22
113
56

2.22
113
56

2.22

1.75
56

1.90
56

1.90
113
56

1.90
113
56

1.90

2.00
57

1.67
57

1.67
113
57

1.67
113
57

1.67

2.25
57

1.48
57

1.48
113
57

1.48
113
57

1.48

2.50
56

1.33
57

1.33
113
57

1.33
113
57

1.33

2.75
56

1.21
57

1.21
113
57

1.21
113
57

1.21

3.00
56

1.11
57

1.11
113
57

1.11
113
57

1.11

3.25
56

1.02
56

1.02
113
56

1.02
113
56

1.02

3.50
56

0.96
56

0.96
113
56

0.96
113
56

0.96

3.75
57

0.90
56

0.90
113
56

0.90
113
56

0.90

4.00
57

0.84
56

0.84
113
56

0.84
113
56

0.84

4.25
57

0.79
56

0.79
113
56

0.79
113
56

0.79

4.50
57

0.75
56

0.75
113
56

0.75
113
56

0.75

4.75
57

0.71
56

0.71
113
56

0.71
113
56

0.71

60

66

98

113

112

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

40

47

56

56

57

56

56

57

57

57

57

57

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

7.55

5.56

4.44

3.33

2.67

2.22

1.90

1.67

1.48

1.33

1.21

1.11

1.02

0.96

0.90

0.84

0.79

0.75

0.71

64

97

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

40

47

56

56

57

56

56

57

57

57

57

57

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

7.55

5.56

4.44

3.33

2.67

2.22

1.90

1.67

1.48

1.33

1.21

1.11

1.02

0.96

0.90

0.84

0.79

0.75

0.71

64

94

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

40

47

56

56

57

56

56

57

57

57

57

57

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

7.55
64

5.56
94

4.44
113

3.33
113

2.67
113

2.22
113

1.90
113

1.67
114

1.48
113

1.33
113

1.21
113

1.11
113

1.02
113

0.96
113

0.90
113

0.84
113

0.79
113

0.75
113

0.71
113

The span tables are valid for the wall systems KS1000FR and KS1000FH. Maximum spans in combination with secret xing are not part of these calculations.
Regarding the secret xing of KS1000FH, please call your technical department.

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
57

0.67
56

0.67
113
56

0.67
113
56

0.67
113
56

0.67
113
56

0.67
113
56

0.67
113

Load-span tables

I (f)

3.89

0.50

5.

5.

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 FR / FH 100 E/I 0.6 / 0.5 according to EN 14509

1,000 mm cover width

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

9.02
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

8.93

40

4.44

40

3.34
40

3.34

1.25
40

2.67
56

2.67

1.50
40

2.22
56

2.22

1.75
40

1.90
56

1.90

2.00
40

1.67
57

1.67

2.25
40

1.48
57

1.48

2.50
40

1.33
57

1.33

2.75
40

1.21
57

1.21

3.00
40

1.11
57

1.11

3.25
40

1.02
56

1.02

3.50
40

0.96
56

0.96

3.75
40

0.90
56

0.90

4.00
40

0.84
56

0.84

4.25
40

0.79
56

0.79

4.50
40

0.75
56

0.75

4.75
40

0.71
56

0.71

60

60

60

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

40

40

40

56

56

56

57

57

57

57

57

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

6.39

5.07

4.44

3.34

2.67

2.22

1.90

1.67

1.48

1.33

1.21

1.11

1.02

0.96

0.90

0.84

0.79

0.75

0.71

60

60

60

60

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

40

40

40

40

40

56

56

57

57

57

57

57

56

56

56

56

56

56

56

3.48

3.25

3.09

2.96

2.67

2.22

1.90

1.67

1.48

1.33

1.21

1.11

1.02

0.96

0.90

0.84

0.79

0.75

0.71

60

60

60

60

60

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

113

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

9.22

8.99
60
40

III (f)

40

6.52

40

4.44

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

6.52

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

4.64
60

6.52
60
40

6.52
60
40

3.84
60

4.44
60
40

4.44
60
40

3.44
60

3.34
60
40

3.34
60
40

3.19
60

2.67
60
40

2.67
60
40

2.67
60

2.22
60
40

2.22
60
40

2.22
60

1.90
60
40

1.90
60
40

1.90
60

1.67
60
40

1.67
60
40

1.67
60

1.48
60
40

1.48
60
40

1.48
60

1.33
60
40

1.33
60
40

1.33
60

1.21
60
40

1.21
60
40

1.21
60

1.11
60
40

1.11
60
40

1.11
60

1.02
60
40

1.02
60
40

1.02
60

0.96
60
40

0.96
60
40

0.96
60

0.90
60
40

0.90
60
40

0.90
60

0.84
60
40

0.84
60
40

0.84
60

0.79
60
40

0.79
60
40

0.79
60

0.75
60
40

0.75
60
40

0.75
60

0.71
60
40

0.71
60
40

0.71
60

The span tables are valid for the wall systems KS1000FR and KS1000FH. Maximum spans in combination with secret xing are not part of these calculations.
Regarding the secret xing of KS1000FH, please call your technical department.

5.40

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

0.67
56

0.67
113
56

0.67
113
56

0.67
113
40

0.67
60
40

0.67
60
40

0.67
60

Load-span tables

KS1150 FR, KS1000 FH

5.41

KS1150 FR, KS1000 FH

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 FR / FH 120 E/I 0.6 / 0.5 according to EN 14509

1,000 mm cover width

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. wind pressure [kN/m2]

0.25
48

11.31
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

61

3.60

61

2.88
61

2.88

1.50
61

2.40
61

2.40

1.75
61

2.06
61

2.06

2.00
61

1.80
61

1.80

2.25
61

1.60
61

1.60

2.50
61

1.44
61

1.44

2.75
61

1.31
61

1.31

3.00
61

1.20
61

1.20

3.25
61

1.10
61

1.10

3.50
61

1.03
61

1.03

3.75
61

0.97
61

0.97

4.00
61

0.91
61

0.91

4.25
61

0.85
61

0.85

4.50
61

0.81
61

0.81

4.75
61

0.76
61

0.76

74

101

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

40

51

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

5.01

4.35

3.98

3.60

2.88

2.40

2.06

1.80

1.60

1.44

1.31

1.20

1.10

1.03

0.97

0.91

0.85

0.81

0.76

62

74

101

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

40

40

51

51

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

4.56

4.35

3.98

3.60

2.88

2.40

2.06

1.80

1.60

1.44

1.31

1.20

1.10

1.03

0.97

0.91

0.85

0.81

0.76

60

74

101

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

122

40

46

59

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

61

7.10

7.10
61
40

III (f)

51

3.98

61

3.60

1.25

40

40

II (f)

40

4.35

61

4.81

1.00

62

61

Multi Span

61

7.21

0.75

7.10
68

5.37
92
46

5.37
92
46

5.37
92

4.61
118
59

4.61
118
59

4.61
118

3.61
122
61

3.61
122
61

3.61
122

2.89
122
61

2.89
122
61

2.89
122

2.41
122
61

2.41
122
61

2.41
122

2.06
122
61

2.06
122
61

2.06
122

1.80
122
61

1.80
122
61

1.80
122

1.60
122
61

1.60
122
61

1.60
122

1.44
122
61

1.44
122
61

1.44
122

1.31
122
61

1.31
122
61

1.31
122

1.20
122
61

1.20
122
61

1.20
122

1.10
122
61

1.10
122
61

1.10
122

1.03
122
61

1.03
122
61

1.03
122

0.97
122
61

0.97
122
61

0.97
122

0.91
122
61

0.91
122
61

0.91
122

0.85
122
61

0.85
122
61

0.85
122

0.81
122
61

0.81
122
61

0.81
122

0.76
122
61

0.76
122
61

0.76
122

The span tables are valid for the wall systems KS1000FR and KS1000FH. Maximum spans in combination with secret xing are not part of these calculations.
Regarding the secret xing of KS1000FH, please call your technical department.

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
61

0.72
61

0.72
122
61

0.72
122
61

0.72
122
61

0.72
122
61

0.72
122
61

0.72
122

Load-span tables

I (f)

5.01

0.50

5.

5.

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 FR / FH 120 E/I 0.6 / 0.5 according to EN 14509

1,000 mm cover width

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

9.73
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

8.39

40

4.81

40

3.60
40

3.60

1.25
40

2.89
40

2.89

1.50
40

2.41
40

2.41

1.75
40

2.06
40

2.06

2.00
40

1.80
40

1.80

2.25
40

1.60
40

1.60

2.50
40

1.44
40

1.44

2.75
40

1.31
40

1.31

3.00
40

1.20
40

1.20

3.25
40

1.11
40

1.11

3.50
40

1.03
40

1.03

3.75
40

0.97
40

0.97

4.00
40

0.91
40

0.91

4.25
40

0.86
40

0.86

4.50
40

0.81
40

0.81

4.75
40

0.77
40

0.77

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

7.15

5.69

4.81

3.60

2.89

2.41

2.06

1.80

1.60

1.44

1.31

1.20

1.11

1.03

0.97

0.91

0.86

0.81

0.77

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

4.03

3.74

3.55

3.40

2.89

2.41

2.06

1.80

1.60

1.44

1.31

1.20

1.11

1.03

0.97

0.91

0.86

0.81

0.77

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

9.73

9.73
60
40

III (f)

40

6.88

40

4.81

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

6.88

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

5.25
60

6.88
60
40

6.88
60
40

4.34
60

4.81
60
40

4.81
60
40

3.89
60

3.61
60
40

3.61
60
40

3.61
60

2.89
60
40

2.89
60
40

2.89
60

2.41
60
40

2.41
60
40

2.41
60

2.06
60
40

2.06
60
40

2.06
60

1.80
60
40

1.80
60
40

1.80
60

1.60
60
40

1.60
60
40

1.60
60

1.44
60
40

1.44
60
40

1.44
60

1.31
60
40

1.31
60
40

1.31
60

1.20
60
40

1.20
60
40

1.20
60

1.11
60
40

1.11
60
40

1.11
60

1.03
60
40

1.03
60
40

1.03
60

0.97
60
40

0.97
60
40

0.97
60

0.91
60
40

0.91
60
40

0.91
60

0.86
60
40

0.86
60
40

0.86
60

0.81
60
40

0.81
60
40

0.81
60

0.77
60
40

0.77
60
40

0.77
60

The span tables are valid for the wall systems KS1000FR and KS1000FH. Maximum spans in combination with secret xing are not part of these calculations.
Regarding the secret xing of KS1000FH, please call your technical department.

5.42

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

0.73
40

0.73
60
40

0.73
60
40

0.73
60
40

0.73
60
40

0.73
60
40

0.73
60

Load-span tables

KS1150 FR, KS1000 FH

5.43

KS1150 FR, KS1000 FH

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 FR / FH 150 E/I 0.6 / 0.5 according to EN 14509

1,000 mm cover width

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. wind pressure [kN/m2]

0.25
54

12.66
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

64

3.76

64

3.01
64

3.01

1.50
64

2.51
64

2.51

1.75
64

2.15
64

2.15

2.00
64

1.88
64

1.88

2.25
63

1.67
63

1.67

2.50
63

1.50
63

1.50

2.75
63

1.36
63

1.36

3.00
63

1.25
63

1.25

3.25
63

1.16
63

1.16

3.50
63

1.07
63

1.07

3.75
64

1.00
64

1.00

4.00
64

0.95
64

0.95

4.25
64

0.89
64

0.89

4.50
64

0.84
64

0.84

4.75
64

0.79
64

0.79

74

105

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

40

52

64

64

64

64

64

63

63

63

63

63

63

64

64

64

64

64

4.85

4.40

4.12

3.76

3.01

2.51

2.15

1.88

1.67

1.50

1.36

1.25

1.16

1.07

1.00

0.95

0.89

0.84

0.79

60

74

105

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

40

40

52

64

64

64

64

64

63

63

63

63

63

63

64

64

64

64

64

4.85

4.40

4.12

3.76

3.01

2.51

2.15

1.88

1.67

1.50

1.36

1.25

1.16

1.07

1.00

0.95

0.89

0.84

0.79

60

74

105

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

127

40

41

52

64

64

64

64

64

63

63

63

63

63

63

64

64

64

64

64

5.95

5.95
60
40

III (f)

52

4.12

64

3.76

1.25

40

40

II (f)

40

4.40

64

5.02

1.00

60

60

Multi Span

64

7.52

0.75

5.95
60

4.86
82
41

4.86
82
41

4.86
82

4.34
105
52

4.34
105
52

4.34
105

3.76
127
64

3.76
127
64

3.76
127

3.01
127
64

3.01
127
64

3.01
127

2.51
127
64

2.51
127
64

2.51
127

2.15
127
64

2.15
127
64

2.15
127

1.88
127
64

1.88
127
64

1.88
127

1.67
127
63

1.67
127
63

1.67
127

1.50
127
63

1.50
127
63

1.50
127

1.36
127
63

1.36
127
63

1.36
127

1.25
127
63

1.25
127
63

1.25
127

1.16
127
63

1.16
127
63

1.16
127

1.07
127
63

1.07
127
63

1.07
127

1.00
127
64

1.00
127
64

1.00
127

0.95
127
64

0.95
127
64

0.95
127

0.89
127
64

0.89
127
64

0.89
127

0.84
127
64

0.84
127
64

0.84
127

0.79
127
64

0.79
127
64

0.79
127

The span tables are valid for the wall systems KS1000FR and KS1000FH. Maximum spans in combination with secret xing are not part of these calculations.
Regarding the secret xing of KS1000FH, please call your technical department.

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
64

0.76
64

0.76
127
64

0.76
127
64

0.76
127
64

0.76
127
64

0.76
127
64

0.76
127

Load-span tables

I (f)

4.85

0.50

5.

5.

1,150 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1150 FR / FH 150 E/I 0.6 / 0.5 according to EN 14509

1,000 mm cover width

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
40

10.20
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

5.90

40

5.02

40

3.76
40

3.76

1.25
40

3.01
40

3.01

1.50
40

2.51
40

2.51

1.75
40

2.15
40

2.15

2.00
40

1.88
40

1.88

2.25
40

1.67
40

1.67

2.50
40

1.50
40

1.50

2.75
40

1.36
40

1.36

3.00
40

1.25
40

1.25

3.25
40

1.16
40

1.16

3.50
40

1.07
40

1.07

3.75
40

1.00
40

1.00

4.00
40

0.95
40

0.95

4.25
40

0.89
40

0.89

4.50
40

0.84
40

0.84

4.75
40

0.80
40

0.80

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

5.90

5.90

5.02

3.76

3.01

2.51

2.15

1.88

1.67

1.50

1.36

1.25

1.16

1.07

1.00

0.95

0.89

0.84

0.80

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

4.95

4.56

4.31

3.76

3.01

2.51

2.15

1.88

1.67

1.50

1.36

1.25

1.16

1.07

1.00

0.95

0.89

0.84

0.80

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

10.20

10.20
60
40

III (f)

40

5.90

40

5.02

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

7.21

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

6.17
60

7.21
60
40

7.21
60
40

5.12
60

5.02
60
40

5.02
60
40

4.60
60

3.76
60
40

3.76
60
40

3.76
60

3.01
60
40

3.01
60
40

5.29
60

2.51
60
40

2.51
60
40

2.51
60

2.15
60
40

2.15
60
40

2.15
60

1.88
60
40

1.88
60
40

1.88
60

1.67
60
40

1.67
60
40

1.67
60

1.50
60
40

1.50
60
40

1.50
60

1.36
60
40

1.36
60
40

1.36
60

1.25
60
40

1.25
60
40

1.25
60

1.16
60
40

1.16
60
40

1.16
60

1.07
60
40

1.07
60
40

1.07
60

1.00
60
40

1.00
60
40

1.00
60

0.95
60
40

0.95
60
40

0.95
60

0.89
60
40

0.89
60
40

0.89
60

0.84
60
40

0.84
60
40

0.84
60

0.80
60
40

0.80
60
40

0.80
60

The span tables are valid for the wall systems KS1000FR and KS1000FH. Maximum spans in combination with secret xing are not part of these calculations.
Regarding the secret xing of KS1000FH, please call your technical department.

5.44

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
40

0.76
40

0.76
60
40

0.76
60
40

0.76
60
40

0.76
60
40

0.76
60
40

0.76
60

Load-span tables

KS1150 FR, KS1000 FH

5.45

KS1000 AWP
1,000 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1000 AWP 60 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. wind pressure [kN/m2]

0.25
40

6.61
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

6.28

40

4.03

40

4.40
40

3.62

1.25
40

4.07
40

3.34

1.50
45

3.77
40

3.13

1.75
49

3.53
41

2.95

2.00
53

3.34
44

2.80

2.25
56

3.17
47

2.68

2.50
58

2.96
51

2.58

2.75
58

2.69
54

2.49

3.00
58

2.46
57

2.41

3.25
58

2.28
58

2.27

3.50
58

2.11
58

2.11

3.75
58

1.97
58

1.97

4.00
58

1.85
58

1.85

4.25
58

1.74
58

1.74

4.50
58

1.64
58

1.64

4.75
58

1.56
58

1.56

60

60

60

66

74

81

88

95

102

108

114

116

116

116

116

116

116

116

40

40

40

40

40

41

44

47

51

54

57

58

58

58

58

58

58

58

6.28

4.71

4.03

3.62

3.34

3.13

2.95

2.80

2.68

2.58

2.49

2.41

2.27

2.11

1.97

1.85

1.74

1.64

1.56

60

60

60

60

66

74

81

88

95

102

108

114

116

116

116

116

116

116

116

40

40

40

40

40

40

41

44

47

51

54

57

58

58

58

58

58

58

58

6.28

4.71

4.03

3.62

3.34

3.13

2.95

2.80

2.68

2.58

2.49

2.41

2.27

2.11

1.97

1.85

1.74

1.64

1.56

60

60

60

60

66

74

81

88

95

102

108

114

116

116

116

116

116

116

116

40

40

40

40

40

40

44

47

50

53

56

58

58

58

58

58

58

58

58

8.02

40

8.02
60

5.72
60
40

5.72
60
40

5.72
60

4.71
60
40

4.71
60
40

4.71
60

4.12
65
40

4.12
65
40

4.12
65

3.71
73
40

3.71
73
40

3.71
73

3.41
81
40

3.41
81
40

3.41
81

3.18
88
44

3.18
88
44

3.18
88

2.99
94
47

2.99
94
47

2.99
94

2.84
101
50

2.84
101
50

2.84
101

2.71
107
53

2.71
107
53

2.71
107

2.60
113
56

2.60
113
56

2.60
113

2.46
116
58

2.46
116
58

2.46
116

2.27
116
58

2.27
116
58

2.27
116

2.11
116
58

2.11
116
58

2.11
116

1.97
116
58

1.97
116
58

1.97
116

1.85
116
58

1.85
116
58

1.85
116

1.74
116
58

1.74
116
58

1.74
116

1.64
116
58

1.64
116
58

1.64
116

1.56
116
58

1.56
116
58

1.56
116

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
58

1.48
58

1.48
116
58

1.48
116
58

1.48
116
58

1.48
116
58

1.48
116
58

1.48
116

Load-span tables

8.02
60

III (f)

40

4.71

40

4.85

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

5.53

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

5.

5.

1,000 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1000 AWP 60 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
A

5.62
A

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

6.76

2.03

2.68
A

1.54

1.25
B

2.14
B

1.27

1.50
B

1.79
B

1.09

1.75
B

1.53
B

0.97

2.00
B

1.34
B

0.87

2.25
B

1.19
B

0.79

2.50
B

1.07
B

0.72

2.75
B

0.98
B

0.67

3.00
B

0.89
B

0.62

3.25
B

0.82
B

0.58

3.50
B

0.77
B

0.55

3.75
B

0.72
B

0.51

4.00
B

0.67
B

0.49

4.25
B

0.63
B

0.46

4.50
B

0.60
B

0.44

4.75
B

0.56
B

0.42

6.45

2.82

1.81

1.39

1.15

1.00

0.89

0.80

0.73

0.68

0.63

0.59

0.55

0.52

0.49

0.46

0.44

0.42

040

5.92

1.60

1.19

1.02

0.94

0.86

0.79

0.72

0.66

0.61

0.57

0.54

0.51

0.48

0.46

0.43

0.41

0.39

0.38

6.97

6.97
A

6.97
B

3.97
B
A

3.86
B
A

3.68
B

2.57
B
A

2.46
B
A

2.28
B

1.89
B
B

1.78
B
B

1.62
B

1.49
B
B

1.40
B
B

1.26
B

1.24
B
B

1.16
B
B

1.04
B

1.03
B
B

1.00
B
B

0.91
B

0.88
B
B

0.89
B
B

0.81
B

0.79
B
B

0.79
B
B

0.73
B

0.72
B
B

0.72
B
B

0.66
B

0.66
B
B

0.66
B
B

0.61
B

0.61
B
B

0.61
B
B

0.57
B

0.57
B
B

0.57
B
B

0.53
B

0.54
B
B

0.54
B
B

0.50
B

0.50
B
B

0.50
B
B

0.47
B

0.48
B
B

0.48
B
B

0.45
B

0.45
B
B

0.45
B
B

0.42
B

0.43
B
B

0.43
B
B

0.40
B

5.00
B

0.54
B

0.40
B
B

0.39

III (f)

3.12

3.57

1.00

II (f)

4.97

0.75

Multi Span

0.50

0.41
B
B

0.41
B
B

0.39
B

5.46

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

B
A

0.36
B
B

0.39
B
B

0.39
B
B

0.37
B

Load-span tables

KS1000 AWP

5.47

KS1000 AWP
1,000 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1000 AWP 80 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. wind pressure [kN/m2]

0.25
40

8.39
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

7.27

40

4.66

43

5.46
40

4.19

1.25
49

5.00
40

3.87

1.50
54

4.61
43

3.63

1.75
59

4.27
47

3.42

2.00
63

3.99
51

3.25

2.25
57

3.76
55

3.10

2.50
70

3.57
59

2.98

2.75
74

3.40
62

2.88

3.00
77

3.26
66

2.79

3.25
78

3.05
69

2.71

3.50
78

2.84
73

2.64

3.75
78

2.64
76

2.58

4.00
78

2.48
78

2.48

4.25
78

2.33
78

2.33

4.50
78

2.20
78

2.20

4.75
78

2.09
78

2.09

60

60

66

76

86

94

102

110

117

125

132

139

146

152

156

156

156

156

40

40

40

40

43

47

51

55

59

62

66

69

73

76

78

78

78

78

7.27

5.46

4.66

4.19

3.87

3.63

3.42

3.25

3.10

2.98

2.88

2.79

2.71

2.64

2.58

2.48

2.33

2.20

2.09

60

60

60

66

76

86

94

102

110

117

125

132

139

146

152

156

156

156

156

40

40

40

40

40

43

47

51

55

59

62

66

69

73

76

78

78

78

78

7.27

5.46

4.66

4.19

3.87

3.63

3.42

3.25

3.10

2.98

2.88

2.79

2.71

2.64

2.58

2.48

2.33

2.20

2.09

60

60

60

66

76

86

94

102

110

117

125

132

139

146

152

156

156

156

156

40

40

40

40

42

47

51

55

58

62

65

69

72

75

78

78

78

78

78

9.29

40

9.29
60

6.63
60
40

6.63
60
40

6.63
60

5.46
64
40

5.46
64
40

5.46
64

4.77
75
40

4.77
75
40

4.77
75

4.30
85
42

4.30
85
42

4.30
85

3.95
93
47

3.95
93
47

3.95
93

3.68
102
51

3.68
102
51

3.68
102

3.47
110
55

3.47
110
55

3.47
110

3.29
117
58

3.29
117
58

3.29
117

3.14
124
62

3.14
124
62

3.14
124

3.01
130
65

3.01
130
65

3.01
130

2.90
137
69

2.90
137
69

2.90
137

2.80
144
72

2.80
144
72

2.80
144

2.72
150
75

2.72
150
75

2.72
150

2.64
156
78

2.64
156
78

2.64
156

2.48
156
78

2.48
156
78

2.48
156

2.33
156
78

2.33
156
78

2.33
156

2.20
156
78

2.20
156
78

2.20
156

2.09
156
78

2.09
156
78

2.09
156

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
78

1.98
78

1.98
156
78

1.98
156
78

1.98
156
78

1.98
156
78

1.98
156
78

1.98
156

Load-span tables

9.29
60

III (f)

40

5.46

40

6.01

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

6.86

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

5.

5.

1,000 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1000 AWP 80 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
B

6.95
A

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

7.95

2.40

3.15
B

1.82

1.25
B

2.52
B

1.49

1.50
B

2.10
B

1.28

1.75
B

1.80
B

1.12

2.00
B

1.57
B

1.01

2.25
B

1.40
B

0.92

2.50
B

1.26
B

0.85

2.75
B

1.14
B

0.78

3.00
B

1.05
B

0.73

3.25
B

0.97
B

0.68

3.50
B

0.90
B

0.64

3.75
B

0.84
B

0.60

4.00
B

0.79
B

0.57

4.25
B

0.74
B

0.54

4.50
B

0.70
B

0.52

4.75
B

0.66
B

0.49

7.60

3.34

2.14

1.64

1.36

1.17

1.04

0.95

0.86

0.79

0.74

0.69

0.65

0.61

0.58

0.55

0.52

0.50

0.47

7.00

1.98

1.42

1.22

1.08

1.00

0.93

0.85

0.78

0.72

0.67

0.63

0.60

0.56

0.54

0.51

0.49

0.46

0.44

8.08

8.08
B
B

III (f)

3.68

4.20

1.00

II (f)

5.71

0.75

Multi Span

0.50

8.08
B

4.67
B
A

4.54
B
B

4.34
B

3.02
B
A

2.90
B
B

2.69
B

2.22
B
A

2.10
B
B

1.92
B

1.76
B
A

1.65
B
B

1.49
B

1.46
B
A

1.37
B
B

1.23
B

1.25
B
B

1.18
B
B

1.06
B

1.05
B
B

1.03
B
B

0.95
B

0.94
B
B

0.94
B
B

0.86
B

0.86
B
B

0.85
B
B

0.78
B

0.78
B
B

0.78
B
B

0.72
B

0.72
B
B

0.72
B
B

0.67
B

0.67
B
B

0.67
B
B

0.63
B

0.63
B
B

0.63
B
B

0.59
B

0.59
B
B

0.59
B
B

0.55
B

0.56
B
B

0.56
B
B

0.53
B

0.53
B
B

0.53
B
B

0.50
B

0.51
B
B

0.51
B
B

0.48
B

0.49
B
B

0.48
B
B

0.45
B

5.48

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
B

0.63
B

0.47
B
B

0.45
B
B

0.43
B
B

0.47
B
B

0.46
B
B

0.44
B

Load-span tables

KS1000 AWP

5.49

KS1000 AWP
1,000 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1000 AWP 100 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. wind pressure [kN/m2]

0.25
40

9.99
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

8.20

40

5.28

60

6.32
45

4.76

1.25
67

5.65
52

4.39

1.50
73

5.16
58

4.11

1.75
79

4.78
64

3.87

2.00
84

4.47
70

3.68

2.25
90

4.21
75

3.52

2.50
94

4.00
80

3.38

2.75
99

3.81
85

3.27

3.00
103

3.65
90

3.17

3.25
108

3.51
95

3.08

3.50
108

3.28
99

3.00

3.75
108

3.06
104

2.93

4.00
108

2.87
108

2.86

4.25
108

2.70
108

2.70

4.50
108

2.55
108

2.55

4.75
109

2.42
109

2.42

5.00
109

2.30
109

2.30

60

75

90

104

117

128

139

150

160

170

180

190

198

208

216

217

217

217

217

40

40

45

52

58

64

70

75

80

85

90

95

99

104

108

108

108

109

109

8.20

6.17

5.28

4.76

4.39

4.11

3.87

3.68

3.52

3.38

3.27

3.17

3.08

3.00

2.93

2.86

2.70

2.55

2.42

2.30

60

60

75

90

104

117

128

139

150

160

170

180

190

198

208

216

217

217

217

217

40

40

40

45

52

58

64

70

75

80

85

90

95

99

104

108

108

108

109

109

8.20

6.17

5.28

4.76

4.39

4.11

3.87

3.68

3.52

3.38

3.27

3.17

3.08

3.00

2.93

2.86

2.70

2.55

2.42

2.30

60

60

75

90

104

117

128

139

150

160

170

180

190

198

208

216

217

217

217

217

40

40

43

51

57

63

68

74

79

84

88

93

97

102

106

108

108

108

109

109

10.42

40

10.42
60

7.44
70
40

7.44
70
40

7.44
70

6.13
87
43

6.13
87
43

6.13
87

5.35
101
51

5.35
101
51

5.35
101

4.83
114
57

4.83
114
57

4.83
114

4.44
126
63

4.44
126
63

4.44
126

4.14
137
68

4.14
137
68

4.14
137

3.90
147
74

3.90
147
74

3.90
147

3.71
158
79

3.71
158
79

3.71
158

3.54
167
84

3.54
167
84

3.54
167

3.40
177
88

3.40
177
88

3.40
177

3.27
185
93

3.27
185
93

3.27
185

3.16
194
97

3.16
194
97

3.16
194

3.07
203
102

3.07
203
102

3.07
203

2.98
212
106

2.98
212
106

2.98
212

2.87
217
108

2.87
217
108

2.87
217

2.70
217
108

2.70
217
108

2.70
217

2.55
217
108

2.55
217
108

2.55
217

2.42
217
109

2.42
217
109

2.42
217

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

2.30
217
109

2.30
217
109

2.30
217

Load-span tables

10.42
60

III (f)

40

6.17

50

7.05

1.00

40

40

II (f)

40

8.05

0.75

60

60

Multi Span

0.50

5.

5.

1,000 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1000 AWP 100 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
A

8.38
A

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

9.05

2.80

3.63
B

2.13

1.25
B

2.90
B

1.75

1.50
B

2.42
B

1.50

1.75
B

2.07
B

1.32

2.00
B

1.81
B

1.18

2.25
B

1.61
B

1.07

2.50
B

1.45
B

0.99

2.75
B

1.32
B

0.91

3.00
B

1.21
B

0.85

3.25
B

1.12
B

0.80

3.50
B

1.04
B

0.75

3.75
B

0.97
B

0.70

4.00
B

0.91
B

0.67

4.25
B

0.85
B

0.63

4.50
B

0.81
B

0.60

4.75
B

0.76
B

0.57

5.00
B

0.72
B

0.55

91

91

8.81

3.93

2.54

1.94

1.60

1.38

1.22

1.10

1.00

0.93

0.86

0.81

0.76

0.71

0.67

0.64

0.61

0.58

0.55

181

8.17

3.18

1.85

1.54

1.35

1.22

1.10

1.00

0.92

0.85

0.80

0.75

0.70

0.66

0.63

0.60

0.57

0.54

0.52

9.05

9.05
B
A

III (f)

4.29

4.84

1.00

II (f)

6.40

0.75

Multi Span

0.50

9.05
B

5.38
B
B

5.24
B
B

5.02
B

3.50
B
B

3.36
B
B

3.14
B

2.58
B
B

2.45
B
B

2.25
B

2.04
B
B

1.93
B
B

1.76
B

1.69
B
B

1.60
B
B

1.45
B

1.45
B
B

1.37
B
B

1.25
B

1.28
B
B

1.21
B
B

1.10
B

1.14
B
B

1.08
B
B

1.00
B

1.02
B
B

0.99
B
B

0.92
B

0.94
B
B

0.91
B
B

0.85
B

0.86
B
B

0.84
B
B

0.78
B

0.60
B
B

0.79
B
B

0.73
B

0.75
B
B

0.74
B
B

0.69
B

0.71
B
B

0.69
B
B

0.65
B

0.67
B
B

0.65
B
B

0.62
B

0.63
B
B

0.62
B
B

0.58
B

0.60
B
B

0.59
B
B

0.56
B

0.58
B
B

0.56
B
B

0.53
B

5.50

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

0.53
181
B

0.50
B
B

0.55
B
B

0.54
B
B

0.51
B

Load-span tables

KS1000 AWP

5.51

KS1000 AWP
1,000 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1000 AWP 120 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic downwards load, e.g. wind pressure [kN/m2]

0.25
40

11.38
40

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

9.06

52

5.87

82

6.93
62

5.29

1.25
92

6.20
71

4.89

1.50
100

5.66
81

4.56

1.75
108

5.24
89

4.29

2.00
116

4.90
96

4.08

2.25
123

4.92
104

3.91

2.50
129

4.38
111

3.76

2.75
136

4.18
118

3.64

3.00
142

4.00
125

3.52

3.25
148

3.85
131

3.42

3.50
150

3.62
138

3.34

3.75
150

3.38
144

3.26

4.00
150

3.17
150

3.17

4.25
150

2.98
150

2.98

4.50
150

2.82
150

2.82

4.75
150

2.67
150

2.67

81

104

125

144

162

177

193

208

222

236

249

263

276

289

300

300

300

300

40

52

62

71

81

89

96

104

111

118

125

131

138

144

150

150

150

150

9.06

6.85

5.87

5.29

4.89

4.56

4.29

4.08

3.91

3.76

3.64

3.52

3.42

3.34

3.26

3.17

2.98

2.82

2.67

60

81

104

125

144

162

177

193

208

222

236

249

263

276

289

300

300

300

300

40

40

52

62

71

81

89

96

104

111

118

125

131

138

144

150

150

150

150

9.06

6.85

5.87

5.29

4.89

4.56

4.29

4.08

3.91

3.76

3.64

3.52

3.42

3.34

3.26

3.17

2.98

2.82

2.67

60

81

104

125

144

162

177

193

208

222

236

249

263

276

289

300

300

300

300

40

48

60

70

79

87

94

102

109

115

122

128

134

140

146

150

150

150

150

11.44

40

11.44
68

8.17
97
48

8.17
97
48

8.17
97

6.74
120
60

6.74
120
60

6.74
120

5.89
139
70

5.89
139
70

5.89
139

5.32
157
79

5.32
157
79

5.32
157

4.90
174
87

4.90
174
87

4.90
174

4.57
189
94

4.57
189
94

4.57
189

4.31
204
102

4.31
204
102

4.31
204

4.09
217
109

4.09
217
109

4.09
217

3.91
231
115

3.91
231
115

3.91
231

3.75
244
122

3.75
244
122

3.75
244

3.62
257
128

3.62
257
128

3.62
257

3.50
269
134

3.50
269
134

3.50
269

3.39
280
140

3.39
280
140

3.39
280

3.30
292
146

3.30
292
146

3.30
292

3.17
300
150

3.17
300
150

3.17
300

2.98
300
150

2.98
300
150

2.98
300

2.82
300
150

2.82
300
150

2.82
300

2.67
300
150

2.67
300
150

2.67
300

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

5.00
150

2.53
150

2.53
300
150

2.53
300
150

2.53
300
150

2.53
300
150

2.53
300
150

2.53
300

Load-span tables

11.44
68

III (f)

40

6.85

71

7.99

1.00

40

40

II (f)

54

9.17

0.75

60

68

Multi Span

0.50

5.

5.

1,000 mm cover width

Wallpanel KS1000 AWP 120 E/I 0.6 / 0.4 according to EN 14509

System

Colour
group

Single
Span

I, II, III (f)

characteristic uplifting load, e.g. Wind suction [kN/m2]

0.25
A

9.74
A

I (f)
Double
Span

II (f)

III (f)

I (f)

9.92

3.24

4.09
B

2.46

1.25
B

3.28
B

2.02

1.50
B

2.73
B

1.72

1.75
B

2.34
B

1.52

2.00
B

2.05
B

1.36

2.25
B

1.82
B

1.23

2.50
B

1.64
B

1.12

2.75
B

1.49
B

1.04

3.00
B

1.36
B

0.98

3.25
B

1.26
B

0.91

3.50
B

1.17
B

0.86

3.75
B

1.09
B

0.81

4.00
B

1.02
B

0.76

4.25
B

0.98
B

0.72

4.50
B

0.91
B

0.69

4.75
B

0.86
B

0.66

5.00
B

0.82
B

0.63

91

91

9.92

4.55

2.96

2.26

1.86

1.60

1.42

1.27

1.16

1.06

1.00

0.93

0.87

0.82

0.77

0.73

0.70

0.66

0.63

181

9.39

3.92

2.40

1.92

1.65

1.44

1.28

1.16

1.06

0.99

0.92

0.86

0.81

0.77

0.73

0.69

0.66

0.63

0.60

9.92

9.92
B
A

III (f)

4.92

5.46

1.00

II (f)

7.02

0.75

Multi Span

0.50

9.92
B

6.10
B
B

5.96
B
B

5.73
B

3.98
B
B

3.83
B
B

3.60
B

2.93
B
B

2.80
B
B

2.60
B

2.33
B
B

2.21
B
B

2.04
B

1.94
B
B

1.84
B
B

1.68
B

1.66
B
B

1.58
B
B

1.45
B

1.46
B
B

1.39
B
B

1.28
B

1.31
B
B

1.24
B
B

1.15
B

1.18
B
B

1.13
B
B

1.05
B

1.08
B
B

1.04
B
B

0.98
B

1.00
B
B

0.97
B
B

0.91
B

0.94
B
B

0.90
B
B

0.85
B

0.88
B
B

0.84
B
B

0.79
B

0.82
B
B

0.79
B
B

0.75
B

0.78
B
B

0.75
B
B

0.71
B

0.74
B
B

0.71
B
B

0.67
B

0.70
B
B

0.67
B
B

0.64
B

0.66
B
B

0.64
B
B

0.61
B

5.52

The span widths are calculated according to the proof procedures given in EN14509. All loads are regarded as characteristic loads. Element dead loads have been
considered in the span calculations. Possible errors and omissions excepted. Please consider, that this table does not replace a veriable structural design.

0.61
181
B

0.58
B
B

0.63
B
B

0.61
B
B

0.59
B

Load-span tables

KS1000 AWP

5.53

KS1000 X-DEK

d
D

Roofpanel KS1000 XD TR20/TR27

335 mm

333 mm

332 mm

1,000 mm

Bottom deck
gauge [mm]

System

Core thickness

Load Case
ULS

XD 80
SLS
Single Span
ULS
XD 100
SLS
0.9
ULS
XD 80
Double Span
ULS
XD 100
SLS

All loads in kN/m2 for given span in meters

2.00

2.50

3.00

3.50

4.00

4.50

5.00

5.50

6.00

Downwards

10.38

8.26

6.85

5.36

4.70

3.56

2.76

2.28

1.92

Upwards

15.78

10.16

7.10

5.25

3.33

2.42

1.79

1.53

1.33

Downwards

6.92

5.51

4.57

3.40

2.62

1.76

1.22

0.93

0.73

Upwards

10.52

6.77

4.73

3.50

2.50

1.73

1.24

0.95

0.74

Downwards

10.38

8.26

6.85

5.36

4.70

3.64

2.89

2.38

1.99

Upwards

15.78

10.16

7.10

5.25

3.43

2.56

1.95

1.49

1.15

Downwards

6.92

5.51

4.57

3.40

2.62

1.78

1.25

0.96

0.76

Upwards

10.52

6.77

4.73

3.50

2.35

1.72

1.30

0.97

0.74

Downwards

9.99

7.05

5.20

3.98

2.85

2.32

1.93

1.56

1.29

Upwards

14.87

10.23

7.50

5.70

3.10

2.39

1.89

1.70

1.55

Downwards

6.66

4.70

3.47

2.65

5.47

4.11

3.19

2.51

2.02

Upwards

9.91

6.82

5.00

3.80

4.98

3.82

3.01

2.35

1.88

Downwards

9.99

7.05

5.20

3.98

3.19

2.45

1.93

1.55

1.27

Upwards

14.87

10.23

7.50

5.70

3.11

2.75

2.46

2.16

1.92

Downwards

6.66

4.70

3.47

2.65

5.47

3.91

2.90

2.40

2.02

Upwards

9.91

6.82

5.00

3.80

4.66

3.70

3.01

2.38

1.92

Remarks: ULS Ultimate Limit State indicated loads should be compared with factored (design) loads, SLS Serviceability Limit State indicated loads should be compared with
characteristic(un-factored) loads. Maximum permissible deection limit (SLS): L / 200.
The minimum width of supports: For the span < 4.00 meters: For SINGLE SPAN at ends 50 mm, For DOUBLE SPAN at ends 90 mm, intermediate 160 mm
For the span 4.00 meters: For SINGLE SPAN at ends 40 mm, For DOUBLE SPAN at ends 40 mm, intermediate 120 mm
The dead load of panels is included in the above gures

Load-span tables

SLS

Load Type

5.

5.

d
D

Roofpanel KS1000 XD TR20/TR27

335 mm

333 mm

332 mm

1,000 mm

Bottom deck
gauge [mm]

System

Core thickness

Load Case
ULS

XD 80
SLS
Single Span
ULS
XD 100
SLS
1.1
ULS
XD 80
SLS
Double Span
ULS
XD 100
SLS

Load Type

All loads in kN/m2 for given span in meters

2.00

2.50

3.00

3.50

4.00

4.50

5.00

5.50

6.00

6.50

Downwards

15.60

12.44

9.92

7.22

5.57

4.37

3.48

2.84

2.34

1.97

Upwards

21.06

13.55

9.45

6.99

4.83

3.85

3.15

2.57

2.23

1.92

Downwards

10.40

8.29

6.61

4.81

2.89

1.99

1.39

1.02

0.73

0.54

Upwards

14.04

9.03

6.30

4.55

3.10

2.20

1.67

1.30

1.04

0.86

Downwards

15.60

12.44

9.92

7.22

5.67

4.45

3.54

2.90

2.38

2.01

Upwards

21.06

13.55

9.45

6.99

4.83

3.85

3.15

2.57

2.23

1.92

Downwards

10.40

8.29

6.61

4.81

2.94

2.03

1.42

1.04

0.74

0.55

Upwards

14.04

9.03

6.30

4.55

3.10

2.20

1.67

1.30

1.04

0.86

Downwards

14.09

9.86

7.25

5.52

4.32

3.45

2.81

2.31

1.92

1.62

Upwards

21.80

14.76

10.32

7.62

5.29

4.19

3.42

2.86

2.42

2.09

Downwards

9.39

6.57

4.83

3.68

5.47

4.11

3.19

2.51

2.02

1.19

Upwards

14.53

9.85

6.88

5.08

4.98

3.82

3.01

2.35

1.88

1.71

Downwards

14.09

9.86

7.25

5.52

4.32

3.45

2.81

2.31

1.92

1.62

Upwards

21.80

14.76

10.32

7.62

5.29

4.19

3.42

2.86

2.42

2.09

Downwards

9.39

6.57

4.83

3.68

5.47

3.91

2.90

2.40

2.02

1.24

Upwards

14.53

9.85

6.88

5.08

4.66

3.70

3.01

2.38

1.92

1.78

5.54

Remarks: ULS Ultimate Limit State indicated loads should be compared with factored (design) loads, SLS Serviceability Limit State indicated loads should be compared with
characteristic(un-factored) loads. Maximum permissible deection limit (SLS): L / 200.
The minimum width of supports: For the span < 4.00 meters: For SINGLE SPAN at ends 50 mm, For DOUBLE SPAN at ends 90 mm, intermediate 160 mm
For the span 4.00 meters: For SINGLE SPAN at ends 40 mm, For DOUBLE SPAN at ends 40 mm, intermediate 120 mm
The dead load of panels is included in the above gures

Load-span tables

KS1000 X-DEK

5.55

KS1000 X-DEK

d
D

Roofpanel KS1000 XD
ext. Steel 0.70 mm (Minibox-proled) / int. Steel 0.9 mm

335 mm

333 mm

332 mm

1,000 mm

System

Core thickness

XD 80
Single Span
XD 100

XD 80
Double Span

All loads in kN/m2 for given span in meters

1.50

2.00

2.50

3.00

3.50

4.00

4.50

5.00

5.50

6.00

6.50

7.00

7.50

Downwards

19.68

12.02

8.47

6.23

4.79

3.82

3.12

2.65

2.15

1.70

1.35

1.05

0.80

Upwards

22.63

13.72

9.49

7.09

5.57

4.52

3.77

3.16

2.56

2.12

1.78

1.52

1.28

amin [mm]

141

115

102

91

82

76

70

68

60

55

49

41

40

Downwards

19.53

12.48

8.96

6.61

5.15

4.15

3.45

2.91

2.47

2.01

1.63

1.31

1.02

Upwards

23.38

14.45

10.17

7.72

6.15

5.06

4.26

3.61

2.95

2.46

2.07

1.77

1.53

amin [mm]

140

120

108

97

88

82

77

73

68

63

56

44

43

Downwards

19.67

12.02

8.47

6.23

4.79

3.82

3.13

2.61

2.22

1.90

1.62

1.40

1.20

Upwards

22.62

13.72

9.49

7.09

5.57

4.52

3.77

3.19

2.75

2.40

2.11

1.87

1.68

amin [mm]

141

115

102

91

82

76

70

66

62

59

56

52

49

bmin [mm]

282

231

205

182

165

152

141

132

125

118

111

105

99

Downwards

20.15

12.48

8.96

6.62

5.15

4.03

3.44

2.89

2.47

2.02

1.71

1.47

1.27

Upwards

23.38

14.45

10.17

7.72

6.15

5.06

4.26

3.65

3.16

2.76

2.44

2.18

1.95

amin [mm]

144

120

108

97

88

80

77

73

69

63

58

55

52

bmin [mm]

288

240

216

193

177

160

155

146

139

126

117

110

104

Remarks: The above values of loads are characteristic. For Each value individual and combined load cases with appropriate load factors and temperatures have been considered.
For Intermediate values linear interpolation may be used. Values have been calculated using the limit state method according to EN14509, taking imposed loads and temperature into account.
Maximum permissible deection limit: downwards and upwards L / 200
amin the minimum width of end supports, bmin the minimum width of intermediate supports
The dead load of panels is included in the above gures

Load-span tables

XD 100

Load Case

5.

5.

d
D

Roofpanel KS1000 XD
ext. Steel 0.70 mm (Minibox-proled) / int. Steel 1.1 mm

335 mm

333 mm

332 mm

1,000 mm

System

Core thickness

XD 80
Single Span
XD 100

XD 80
Double Span
XD 100

Load Case

All loads in kN/m2 for given span in meters

1.50

2.00

2.50

3.00

3.50

4.00

4.50

5.00

5.50

6.00

6.50

7.00

7.50

Downwards

23.66

Upwards

27.25

14.22

9.85

7.41

5.66

4.50

3.67

3.05

2.38

1.87

1.49

1.16

0.89

16.37

11.21

8.31

6.50

5.26

4.36

3.51

2.84

2.35

1.97

1.68

1.45

amin [mm]

169

136

119

108

97

89

83

77

67

59

43

45

40

Downwards

24.12

14.69

10.32

7.79

6.03

4.85

4.00

3.37

2.75

2.20

1.78

1.45

1.14

Upwards

28.01

17.09

11.90

8.97

7.10

5.82

4.88

3.98

3.24

2.69

2.27

1.94

1.68

amin [mm]

173

141

125

114

103

96

90

85

77

69

61

55

48

Downwards

23.66

14.22

9.85

7.41

5.66

4.49

3.67

3.05

2.58

2.21

1.91

1.66

1.46

Upwards

27.27

16.36

11.21

8.31

6.50

5.26

4.36

3.70

3.18

2.77

2.28

2.16

1.93

amin [mm]

169

136

119

108

97

89

83

77

73

69

65

62

59

bmin [mm]

338

273

238

216

194

178

165

154

145

137

130

124

119

Downwards

24.13

14.69

10.32

7.79

6.03

4.84

4.00

3.36

2.87

2.42

2.07

1.79

1.56

Upwards

28.03

17.09

11.90

8.97

7.10

5.82

4.88

4.17

3.61

3.16

2.80

2.49

2.24

amin [mm]

173

141

125

114

103

96

90

85

80

75

70

66

63

bmin [mm]

345

282

249

227

207

191

179

169

161

150

140

132

126

5.56

Remarks: The above values of loads are characteristic. For Each value individual and combined load cases with appropriate load factors and temperatures have been considered.
For Intermediate values linear interpolation may be used. Values have been calculated using the limit state method according to EN14509, taking imposed loads and temperature into account.
Maximum permissible deection limit: downwards and upwards L / 200
amin the minimum width of end supports, bmin the minimum width of intermediate supports
The dead load of panels is included in the above gures

Load-span tables

KS1000 X-DEK

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

I
I
I

EJOT

6.1.1

MAGE

6.2.12

SFS intec

6.3.23

Fastener Selection Guide

EJOT
Application:

Roof

Support

Type of Panel:

RW

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

25

JT2-D-6H-5.5 62 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 67 E16

JZ2 6.3 50 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 50 E16 1)

40

JT2-D-6H-5.5 82 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 87 E16

JZ2 6.3 64 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 64 E16 1)

50

JT2-D-6H-5.5 82 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 87 E16

JZ2 6.3 80 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 80 E16 1)

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

STEEL
Cold Rolled

60

JT2-D-6H-5.5 102 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 107 E16

JZ2 6.3 90 V16

(thickness
2.05.0 mm)

70

JT2-D-6H-5.5 102 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 107 E16

JZ2 6.3 100 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 100 E16 1)

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

80

JT2-D-6H-5.5 122 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 127 E16

JZ2 6.3 100 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 115 E16 1)

JT2-D-6H-5.5 152 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 147 E16

JZ2 6.3 125 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 125 E16 1)

120

JT2-D-6H-5.5 152 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 167 E16

JZ2 6.3 150 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 150 E16 1)

25

JT2-D-12-5.5 65 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 75 E16

JZ2 6.3 50 V16

JZ3 6.3 50 E16

40

JT2-D-12H-5.5 80 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 95 E16

JZ2 6.3 64 V16

JZ3 6.3 64 E16

50

JT2-D-12H-5.5 95 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 95 E16

JZ2 6.3 80 V16

JZ3 6.3 80 E16

60

JT2-D-12H-5.5 115 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 115 E16

JZ2 6.3 90 V16

JZ3 6.3 90 E16

70

JT2-D-12H-5.5 115 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 115 E16

JZ2 6.3 100 V16

JZ3 6.3 100 E16

80

JT2-D-12H-5.5 135 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 135 E16

JZ2 6.3 100 V16

JZ3 6.3 115 E16

100

JT2-D-12H-5.5 155 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 155 E16

JZ2 6.3 125 V16

JZ3 6.3 125 E16

120

JT2-D-12H-5.5 195 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 175 E16

JZ2 6.3 150 V16

JZ3 6.3 150 E16

Self-Tapping Fasteners

25

FBS-R-6.3 60 V16 3)

40

FBS-R-6.3 80 V16 3)

50

FBS-R-6.3 100 V16 3)

60

FBS-R-6.3 100 V16 3)

70

BS-R-6.3 120 V16 3)

80

BS-R-6.3 120 V16 3)

100

BS-R-6.3 140 V16 3)

120

BS-R-6.3 160 V16 3)

Self-Drilling Fasteners

TIMBER

JZ3 6.3 90 E16 1)

100

Screw Set Anchor

CONCRETE

1)

Self-Tapping Fasteners

25

JT2-2-6.5 90 V16

JT3-2-6.5 80 E16

JA2 6.5 90 V16

JA3 6.5 90 E16

40

JT2-2-6.5 90 V16

JT3-2-6.5 120 E16

JA2 6.5 100 V16

JA3 6.5 100 E16

50

JT3-2-6.5 120 E16

JA2 6.5 125 V16

JA3 6.5 100 E16

60

JT3-2-6.5 140 E16

JA2 6.5 125 V16

JA3 6.5 115 E16

70

JT3-2-6.5 140 E16

JA2 6.5 150 V16

JA3 6.5 125 E16

80

JT3-2-6.5 160 E16

JA2 6.5 150 V16

JA3 6.5 150 E16

100

JT3-2-6.5 180 E16

JA2 6.5 175 V16

JA3 6.5 175 E16

120

JT3-2-6.5 200 E16

JA2 6.5 175 V16

JA3 6.5 175 E16

Note:
1) For the steel construction with the thickness under 2 mm are determined JA screws of the corresponding lengths and types
3) The screws are usually pre-drilled with the dia. 5 mm; when they are used into concrete of the higher solidity or are applied deeper than min. 30 mm it
is allowed to predrill onto dia. 5.5 mm
clamping thickness of panels RW, GRP40, HTL for the screw = D + 5 mm
The JZ screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. According to thickness of structure and information in the catalogue of the producer
for higher strength steel are usually screws JZ7 (CRONIMAKS), not JZ3 and for highly aggressive environments (e.g. Swimming pool) JZ1
(CORREMAKS).
The JA screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. 4.5 mm and minimal length of the screw in the timber is 50 mm

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 RW
Standard*

Ridge / Eaves*

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.1.1

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

6.

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

EJOT
Application:

Roof

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
2.05.0 mm)

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

CONCRETE

TIMBER

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)
25
40
50
60
70
80
100
120
25
40
50
60
70
80
100
120
25
40
50
60
70
80
100
120
25
40
50
60
70
80
100
120

Type of Panel:

RW, GRP40, HTL

Fixing position:

CROWN

Code Numbers
Carbon Steel Case
Hardened

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Self-Tapping Fasteners

JT2-D-6H-5.5 82 V16
JT3-D-6H-5.5 107 E16
JT2-D-6H-5.5 102 V16
JT3-D-6H-5.5 107 E16
JT2-D-6H-5.5 122 V16
JT3-D-6H-5.5 127 E16
JT2-D-6H-5.5 122 V16
JT3-D-6H-5.5 127 E16
JT2-D-6H-5.5 152 V16
JT3-D-6H-5.5 147 E16
JT2-D-6H-5.5 152 V16
JT3-D-6H-5.5 147 E16
JT2-D-6H-5.5 172 V16
JT3-D-6H-5.5 167 E16
JT2-D-6H-5.5 192 V16
JT3-D-6H-5.5 197 E16
JT2-D-12H-5.5 95 V16
JT3-D-12H-5.5 115 E16
JT2-D-12H-5.5 115 V16
JT3-D-12H-5.5 115 E16
JT2-D-12H-5.5 135 V16
JT3-D-12H-5.5 135 E16
JT2-D-12H-5.5 135 V16
JT3-D-12H-5.5 135 E16
JT2-D-12H-5.5 155 V16
JT3-D-12H-5.5 155 E16
JT2-D-12H-5.5 155 V16
JT3-D-12H-5.5 155 E16
JT2-D-12H-5.5 195 V16
JT3-D-12H-5.5 175 E16
JT2-D-12H-5.5 195 V16
JT3-D-12H-5.5 195 E16
Screw Set Anchor

Self-Drilling Fasteners
JT2-2-6.5 90 V16
JT3-2-6.5 120 E16
JT2-2-6.5 90 V16
JT3-2-6.5 140 E16

JT3-2-6.5 160 E16

JT3-2-6.5 160 E16

JT3-2-6.5 180 E16

JT3-2-6.5 180 E16

JT3-2-6.5 200 E16

JZ2 6.3 80 V16 1) 3)

JZ3 6.3 80 E16 1) 3)
JZ2 6.3 100 V16 1) 3)
JZ3 6.3 100 E16 1) 3)
JZ2 6.3 100 V16 1) 3)
JZ3 6.3 100 E16 1) 3)
JZ2 6.3 125 V16 1) 3)
JZ3 6.3 115 E16 1) 3)
JZ2 6.3 125 V16 1) 3)
JZ3 6.3 125 E16 1) 3)
JZ2 6.3 150 V16 1) 3)
JZ3 6.3 135 E16 1) 3)
JZ2 6.3 150 V16 1) 3)
JZ3 6.3 150 E16 1) 3)
JZ2 6.3 175 V16 1) 3)
JZ3 6.3 175 E16 1) 3)
JZ2 6.3 80 V16 2)
JZ3 6.3 80 E16 2)
JZ2 6.3 100 V16 2)
JZ3 6.3 100 E16 2)
JZ2 6.3 100 V16 2)
JZ3 6.3 100 E16 2)
JZ2 6.3 125 V16 2)
JZ3 6.3 115 E16 2)
JZ2 6.3 125 V16 2)
JZ3 6.3 125 E16 2)
JZ2 6.3 150 V16 2)
JZ3 6.3 135 E16 2)
JZ2 6.3 150 V16 2)
JZ3 6.3 150 E16 2)
JZ2 6.3 175 V16 2)
JZ3 6.3 175 E16 2)
Self-Tapping Fasteners
FBS-R-6.3 60 V16

FBS-R-6.3 80 V16

FBS-R-6.3 100 V16

FBS-R-6.3 100 V16

FBS-R-6.3 120 V16

FBS-R-6.3 120 V16

FBS-R-6.3 140 V16

FBS-R-6.3 160 V16

Self-Tapping Fasteners
JA2 6.5 90 V16
JA3 6.5 90 E16
JA2 6.5 100 V16
JA3 6.5 100 E16
JA2 6.5 125 V16
JA3 6.5 100 E16
JA2 6.5 125 V16
JA3 6.5 115 E16
JA2 6.5 150 V16
JA3 6.5 125 E16
JA2 6.5 150 V16
JA3 6.5 150 E16
JA2 6.5 175 V16
JA3 6.5 175 E16
JA2 6.5 175 V16
JA3 6.5 175 E16

Note:
1) For the steel construction with the thickness under 2 mm are determined JA screws of the corresponding lengths and types
2) The screw will be completed with the calotte 3225 (dia. of the washer has to be 16 mm)
3) The screws are usually pre-drilled with the dia. 5 mm; when they are used into concrete of the higher solidity or are applied deeper than min. 30 mm it
is allowed to predrill onto dia. 5.5 mm
for panel RW / GRP40 and RW / HTL has to be use calotte 3225 (dia. of the washer has to be 16 mm)
The JZ screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. According to thickness of structure and information in the catalogue of the producer
for higher strength steel are usually screws JZ7 (CRONIMAKS), not JZ3 and for highly aggressive environments (e.g. Swimming pool) JZ1
(CORREMAKS).
The JA screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. 4.5 mm and minimal length of the screw in the timber is 50 mm

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 RW
Standard*

Ridge / Eaves*

KS1000 RW/GRP40

KS1000 RW/HTL

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.1.2

Fastener Selection Guide

EJOT
Application:

Roof

Type of Panel:

X-DEK, TOP-DEK

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers
Support

Type of the
panel

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

STEEL
Cold Rolled

X-DEK / Steel

JT2-6-5.5 25 V16

JT3-6-5.5 25 E16

JZ2 6.3 25 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 25 E16 1)

(thickness
2.05.0 mm)

X-DEK / TR,
TOP-DEK

JT2-6-5.5 25 V16

JT3-6-5.5 25 E16

JZ2 6.3 25 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 25 E16 1)

STEEL
Hot Rolled

X-DEK / Steel

JT2-12-5.5 35 V16

JT3-12-5.5 40 E16

JZ2 6.3 25 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 25 E16 1)

(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

X-DEK / TR,
TOP-DEK

JT2-12-5.5 35 V16

JT3-12-5.5 40 E16

JZ2 6.3 25 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 25 E16 1)

X-DEK / Steel

SDF-KB 10 60 -V 4)

SDF-KB 10 60 -E 4)

BS-R-6.3 35 V16 3)

X-DEK / TR,
TOP-DEK

SDF-KB 10 60 -V 4)

SDF-KB 10 60 -E 4)

BS-R-6.3 35 V16 3)

X-DEK / Steel

JT2-2-6.5 50 V16

JT3-2-6.5 50 E16

JA3 6.5 25E16

JA3 6.5 25E16

X-DEK / TR,
TOP-DEK

JT2-2-6.5 50 V16

JT3-2-6.5 50 E16

JA3 6.5 25E16

JA3 6.5 25E16

Screw Set Anchor

CONCRETE

Self-Tapping Fasteners

Self-Drilling Fasteners
TIMBER

Self-Tapping Fasteners

Note:
1) For the steel construction with the thickness under 2 mm are determined JA screws of the corresponding lengths and types
3) The screws are usually pre-drilled with the dia. 5 mm; when they are used into concrete of the higher solidity or are applied deeper than min. 30 mm it
is allowed to predrill onto dia. 5.5 mm
4) Assembling plastic part of the anchor into pre-drilled hole dia. 10 mm
the panel (outer and insulation) must be pre-drilled
The JZ screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. According to thickness of structure and information in the catalogue of the producer
for higher strength steel are usually screws JZ7 (CRONIMAKS), not JZ3 and for highly aggressive environments (e.g. Swimming pool) JZ1
(CORREMAKS).
The JA screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. 4.5 mm and minimal length of the screw in the timber is 50 mm

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 X-DEK
Steel

TR

KS1000 TOP-DEK
Standard*

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.1.3

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

6.

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

EJOT
Application:

Roof

Type of Panel:

X-DEK / steel

Fixing position:

THROUGHT

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

80

JT3-D-6H-5.5 237

JZ3 6.3 230 1)

100

JT3-D-6H-5.5 237

JZ3 6.3 230 1)

80

JT2-D-12H-5.5 235

JT3-D-12H-5.5 245

JZ3 6.3 230

(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

100

JT2-D-12H-5.5 250

JT3-D-12H-5.5 245

JZ3 6.3 230

CONCRETE

80

SDF-S 10U 275 -V 6) 7)

BS-R-6.3 220 3)

100

SDF-S 10U 300 -V 6) 7)

BS-R-6.3 240 3)

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
2.05.0 mm)

STEEL
Hot Rolled

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Self-Tapping Fasteners

Screw Set Anchor

Self-Tapping Fasteners

Self-Drilling Fasteners
TIMBER

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

80

JA3 6.5 260

100

JA3 6.5 260

Note:
1) For the steel construction with the thickness under 2 mm are determined JA screws of the corresponding lengths and types
3) The screws are usually pre-drilled with the dia. 5 mm; when they are used into concrete of the higher solidity or are applied deeper than min. 30 mm it
is allowed to predrill onto dia. 5.5 mm
6) CONCRETE The washer is applied onto the screw rst and after that can be put into plastic part of the anchor
7) Assembling plastic part of the anchor into pre-drilled hole dia. 10 mm
All screws in xing position THROUGH has to be used in a combination with the washer HTV 82/40F
The JZ screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. According to thickness of structure and information in the catalogue of the producer
for higher strength steel are usually screws JZ7 (CRONIMAKS), not JZ3 and for highly aggressive environments (e.g. Swimming pool) JZ1
(CORREMAKS).
clamping thickness of panels X-DEK for the screw = crown D + 108 mm
The JA screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. 4.5 mm and minimal length of the screw in the timber is 50 mm

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 X-DEK
Steel

6.1.4

Fastener Selection Guide

EJOT
Application:

Roof

Type of Panel:

RT

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

STEEL
Cold Rolled

45

JT2-D-6H-5.5 82 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 87 E16

JZ2 6.3 64 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 64 E16 1)

60

JT2-D-6H-5.5 82 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 107 E16

JZ2 6.3 80 V 16 1)

JZ3 6.3 80 E16 1)

(thickness
2.05.0 mm)

80

JT2-D-6H-5.5 102 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 127 E16

JZ2 6.3 100 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 100 E16 1)

1)

JZ3 6.3 125 E16 1)

Support

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Drilling Fasteners

100

JT2-D-6H-5.5 122 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 147 E16

JZ2 6.3 125 V16

45

JT2-D-12H-5.5 80 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 95 E16

JZ2 6.3 64 V16

JZ3 6.3 64 E16

60

JT2-D-12H-5.5 95 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 115 E16

JZ2 6.3 80 V16

JZ3 6.3 80 E16

80

JT2-D-12H-5.5 135 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 135 E16

JZ2 6.3 100 V16

JZ3 6.3 100 E16

100

JT2-D-12H-5.5 155 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 155 E16

JZ2 6.3 125 V16

JZ3 6.3 125 E16

Self-Tapping Fasteners

45

FBS-R-6.3 80 V16 3)

60

FBS-R-6.3 100 V16 3)

80

BS-R-6.3 120 V16 3)

100

BS-R-6.3 140 V16 3)

Self-Drilling Fasteners
TIMBER

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

Screw Set Anchor

CONCRETE

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Tapping Fasteners

45

JT2-2-6.5 90 V16

JT3-2-6.5 100 E16

JA2 6.5 100 V16

JA3 6.5 100 E16

60

JT3-2-6.5 120 E16

JA2 6.5 125 V16

JA3 6.5 115 E16

80

JT3-2-6.5 140 E16

JA2 6.5 150 V16

JA3 6.5 150 E16

100

JT3-2-6.5 160 E16

JA2 6.5 150 V16

JA3 6.5 150 E16

Note:
1) For the steel construction with the thickness under 2 mm are determined JA screws of the corresponding lengths and types
3) The screws are usually pre-drilled with the dia. 5 mm; when they are used into concrete of the higher solidity or are applied deeper than min. 30 mm it
is allowed to predrill onto dia. 5.5 mm
In all cases EJOT recommends to use washers with 3 mm EPDM, i.e. E16/3
The JZ screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. According to thickness of structure and information in the catalogue of the producer
The JA screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. 4.5 mm and minimal length of the screw in the timber is 50 mm

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 RT
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.1.5

Ridge / Eaves

6.

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

EJOT
Application:

Roof

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
2.05.0 mm)

Type of Panel:

FF

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

60

JT2-D-6H-5.5 82 V22

JT3-D-6H-5.5 107 E22

JZ2-6.3 80 V22 1)

JZ3-6.3 80 E22 1)

80

JT2-D-6H-5.5 102 V22

JT3-D-6H-5.5 127 E22

JZ2-6.3 100 V22 1)

JZ3-6.3 100 E22 1)

100

JT2-D-6H-5.5 122 V22

JT3-D-6H-5.5 147 E22

JZ2-6.3 125 V22 1)

JZ3-6.3 125 E22 1)

1)

JZ3-6.3 135 E22 1)

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

120

JT2-D-6H-5.5 152 V22

JT3-D-6H-5.5 167 E22

JZ2-6.3 150 V22

150

JT2-D-6H-5.5 172 V22

JT3-D-6H-5.5 197 E22

JZ2-6.3 175 V22 1)

JZ3-6.3 175 E22 1)

200

JT3-D-6H-5.5 237 E22

JZ3-6.3 230 E22 1)

60

JT2-D-12H-5.5 95 V22

JT3-D-12H-5.5 115 E22

JZ2-6.3 80 V22

JZ3-6.3 80 E22

STEEL
Hot Rolled

80

JT2-D-12H-5.5 135 V22

JT3-D-12H-5.5 135 E22

JZ2-6.3 100 V22

JZ3-6.3 100 E22

100

JT2-D-12H-5.5 155 V22

JT3-D-12H-5.5 155 E22

JZ2-6.3 125 V22

JZ3-6.3 125 E22

(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

120

JT2-D-12H-5.5 155 V22

JT3-D-12H-5.5 175 E22

JZ2-6.3 150 V22

JZ3-6.3 135 E22

150

JT2-D-12H-5.5 195 V22

JT3-D-12H-5.5 195 E22

JZ2-6.3 175 V22

JZ3-6.3 175 E22

200

JT2-D-12H-5.5 250 V22

JT3-D-12H-5.5 245 E22

JZ3-6.3 230 E22

60

BS-R-6.3 120 V22 3)

80

BS-R-6.3 120 V22 3)

100

BS-R-6.3 140 V22 3)

120

BS-R-6.3 160 V22 3)

150

BS-R-6.3 200 V22 3)

200

BS-R-6.3 240 V22 3)

Screw Set Anchor

CONCRETE

Self-Tapping Fasteners

Self-Drilling Fasteners

TIMBER

Self-Tapping Fasteners

60

JT3-2-6.5 120 E22

JA2 6.5 125 V22

JA3 6.5 115 E22

80

JT3-2-6.5 140 E22

JA2 6.5 150 V22

JA3 6.5 150 E22

100

JT3-2-6.5 160 E22

JA2 6.5 150 V22

JA3 6.5 150 E22

120

JT3-2-6.5 180 E22

JA2 6.5 175 V22

JA3 6.5 175 E22

150

JA2 6.5 200 V22

JA3 6.5 200 E22

200

JA3 6.5 260 E22

Note:
1) For the steel construction with the thickness under 2 mm are determined JA screws of the corresponding lengths and types
3) The screws are usually pre-drilled with the dia. 5 mm; when they are used into concrete of the higher solidity or are applied deeper than min. 30 mm it
is allowed to predrill onto dia. 5.5 mm
The JZ screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. According to thickness of structure and information in the catalogue of the producer
for higher strength steel are usually screws JZ7 (CRONIMAKS), not JZ3 and for highly aggressive environments (e.g. Swimming pool) JZ1
(CORREMAKS).
The JA screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. 4.5 mm and minimal length of the screw in the timber is 50 mm

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 FF
Standard

Ridge / Eaves

High Wind Load

6.1.6

Fastener Selection Guide

EJOT
Application:

Roof

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
2.05.0 mm)

Type of Panel:

FF, GRP40, HTL

Fixing position:

CROWN

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

60

JT2-D-6H-5.5 122 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 127 E16

JZ2-6.3 125 V16 1) 2)

JZ3-6.3 115 E16 1) 2)

80

JT2-D-6H-5.5 152 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 147 E16

JZ2-6.3 150 V16 1) 2)

JZ3-6.3 135 E16 1) 2)

100

JT2-D-6H-5.5 172 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 167 E16

JZ2-6.3 150 V16 1) 2)

JZ3-6.3 150 E16 1) 2)

1) 2)

JZ3-6.3 175 E16 1) 2)

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

120

JT2-D-6H-5.5 192 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 197 E16

150

JT3-D-6H-5.5 237 E16

JZ2-6.3 175 V16

JZ3-6.3 200 E16 1) 2)

200

JZ3-6.3 270 E16 1) 2)

60

JT2-D-12H-5.5 135 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 135 E16

JZ2-6.3 125 V16 2)

JZ3-6.3 115 E16 2)

STEEL
Hot Rolled

80

JT2-D-12H-5.5 155 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 155 E16

JZ2-6.3 150 V16 2)

JZ3-6.3 135 E16 2)

100

JT2-D-12H-5.5 195 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 175 E16

JZ2-6.3 150 V16 2)

JZ3-6.3 150 E16 2)

(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

120

JT2-D-12H-5.5 195 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 195 E16

JZ2-6.3 175 V16 2)

JZ3-6.3 175 E16 2)

150

JT2-D-12H-5.5 235 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 245 E16

JZ3-6.3 200 E16 2)

200

JT2-D-12H-5.5 300 V16

JZ3-6.3 270 E16 2)

60

SDF-S 8 160 -V + V22 5)

SDF-S 8 160 -E + E22 5)

BS-R-6.3 140 V22 2) 3)

80

SDF-S 8 180 -V + V22 5)

SDF-S 8 180 -E + E22 5)

BS-R-6.3 160 V22 2) 3)

100

SDF-S 8 200 -V + V22 5)

SDF-S 8 200 -E + E22 5)

BS-R-6.3 180 V22 2) 3)

120

SDF-S 8 220 -V + V22 5)

SDF-S 8 220 -E + E22 5)

BS-R-6.3 200 V22 2) 3)

150

BS-R-6.3 220 V22 2) 3)

200

60

JT3-2-6.5 160 E16

JA2 6.5 150 V16 2)

JA3 6.5 150 E16 2)

80

JT3-2-6.5 180 E16

JA2 6.5 175 V16 2)

JA3 6.5 175 E16 2)

2)

Screw Set Anchor

CONCRETE

Self-Tapping Fasteners

Self-Drilling Fasteners

TIMBER

Self-Tapping Fasteners

JA2 6.5 200 V16

JA3 6.5 200 E16 2)

100

JT3-2-6.5 200 E16

120

JA3 6.5 230 E16 2)

150

JA3 6.5 260 E16 2)

200

JA3 6.5 290 E16 2)

Note:
1) For the steel construction with the thickness under 2 mm are determined JA screws of the corresponding lengths and types
2) The screw will be completed with the calotte 2627 (dia. of the washer has to be 16 mm)
3) The screws are usually pre-drilled with the dia. 5 mm; when they are used into concrete of the higher solidity or are applied deeper than min. 30 mm it
is allowed to predrill onto dia. 5.5 mm
5) Assembling plastic part of the anchor into pre-drilled hole dia. 8 mm; screw with both washers (the washer and calotte the storm washer) into plastic
part of the anchor
for panel FF / GRP40 and FF / HTL has to be use calotte 2627 (dia. of the washer has to be 16 mm)
The JZ screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. According to thickness of structure and information in the catalogue of the producer
for higher strength steel are usually screws JZ7 (CRONIMAKS), not JZ3 and for highly aggressive environments (e.g. Swimming pool) JZ1
(CORREMAKS).
The JA screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. 4.5 mm and minimal length of the screw in the timber is 50 mm

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 FF
Standard

Ridge / Eaves

High Wind Load

KS1000 FF/GRP40

6.1.7

KS1000 FF/HTL

6.

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

EJOT
Application:

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
2.05.0 mm)

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

Wall, Ceiling

Type of Panel:

TF, TC, TL, RW, FR, FA

Code Numbers

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

25

JT2-D-6H-5.5 62 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 67 E16

JZ2 6.3 50 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 50 E16 1)

40

JT2-D-6H-5.5 82 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 87 E16

JZ2 6.3 64 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 64 E16 1)

50

JT2-D-6H-5.5 82 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 87 E16

JZ2 6.3 80 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 80 E16 1)

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

1)

JZ3 6.3 90 E16 1)

60

JT2-D-6H-5.5 102 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 107 E16

JZ2 6.3 90 V16

70

JT2-D-6H-5.5 102 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 107 E16

JZ2 6.3 100 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 100 E16 1)

80

JT2-D-6H-5.5 122 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 127 E16

JZ2 6.3 100 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 115 E16 1)

100

JT2-D-6H-5.5 152 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 147 E16

JZ2 6.3 125 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 125 E16 1)

120

JT2-D-6H-5.5 152 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 167 E16

JZ2 6.3 150 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 150 E16 1)

150

JT2-D-6H-5.5 172 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 197 E16

JZ2 6.3 175 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 175 E16 1)

170

JT2-D-6H-5.5 192 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 237 E16

JZ2 6.3 200 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 200 E16 1)

200

JT3-D-6H-5.5 237 E16

JZ3 6.3 230 E16 1)

25

JT2-D-12-5.5 65 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 75 E16

JZ2 6.3 50 V16

JZ3 6.3 50 E16

40

JT2-D-12H-5.5 80 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 95 E16

JZ2 6.3 64 V16

JZ3 6.3 64 E16

50

JT2-D-12H-5.5 95 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 95 E16

JZ2 6.3 80 V16

JZ3 6.3 80 E16

60

JT2-D-12H-5.5 115 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 115 E16

JZ2 6.3 90 V16

JZ3 6.3 90 E16

70

JT2-D-12H-5.5 115 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 115 E16

JZ2 6.3 100 V16

JZ3 6.3 100 E16

80

JT2-D-12H-5.5 135 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 135 E16

JZ2 6.3 100 V16

JZ3 6.3 115 E16

100

JT2-D-12H-5.5 155 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 155 E16

JZ2 6.3 125 V16

JZ3 6.3 125 E16

120

JT2-D-12H-5.5 195 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 175 E16

JZ2 6.3 150 V16

JZ3 6.3 150 E16

150

JT2-D-12H-5.5 195 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 195 E16

JZ2 6.3 175 V16

JZ3 6.3 175 E16

170

JT2-D-12H-5.5 235 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 245 E16

JZ2 6.3 200 V16

JZ3 6.3 200 E16

200

JT2-D-12H-5.5 235 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 245 E16

JZ3 6.3 230 E16

25

SDF-KB 10 80 -V 4) 8)

SDF-KB 10 80 -E 4) 8)

FBS-R-6.3 60 V16 3)

40

SDF-KB 10 100 -V 4) 8)

SDF-KB 10 100 -E 4) 8)

FBS-R-6.3 80 V16 3)

50

SDF-KB 10 120 -V 4) 8)

SDF-KB 10 120 -E 4) 8)

FBS-R-6.3 100 V16 3)

60

SDF-KB 10 120 -V 4) 8)

SDF-KB 10 120 -E 4) 8)

FBS-R-6.3 100 V16 3)

70

SDF-KB 10 140 -V 4) 8)

SDF-KB 10 140 -E 4) 8)

BS-R-6.3 120 V16 3)

80

SDF-KB 10 140 -V 4) 8)

SDF-KB 10 140 -E 4) 8)

BS-R-6.3 120 V16 3)

Self-Tapping Fasteners

100

SDF-KB 10 160 -V 4) 8)

SDF-KB 10 160 -E 4) 8)

BS-R-6.3 140 V16 3)

120

SDF-KB 10 180 -V 4) 8)

SDF-KB 10 180 -E 4) 8)

BS-R-6.3 160 V16 3)

150

SDF-KB 10 220 -V 4) 8)

SDF-KB 10 220 -E 4) 8)

BS-R-6.3 200 V16 3)

170

SDF-KB 14U 260 -V 4) 8)

SDF-KB 14U 260 -E 4) 8)

BS-R-6.3 220 V16 3)

200

SDF-KB 14U 280 -V 4) 8)

SDF-KB 14U 280 -E 4) 8)

BS-R-6.3 240 V16 3)

Self-Drilling Fasteners

TIMBER

VALLEY

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Screw Set Anchor

CONCRETE

Fixing position:

Self-Tapping Fasteners

25

JT2-2-6.5 90 V16

JT3-2-6.5 80 E16

JA2 6.5 90 V16

JA3 6.5 90 E16

40

JT2-2-6.5 90 V16

JT3-2-6.5 100 E16

JA2 6.5 100 V16

JA3 6.5 100 E16

50

JT3-2-6.5 100 E16

JA2 6.5 125 V16

JA3 6.5 100 E16

60

JT3-2-6.5 120 E16

JA2 6.5 125 V16

JA3 6.5 115 E16

70

JT3-2-6.5 120 E16

JA2 6.5 150 V16

JA3 6.5 125 E16

80

JT3-2-6.5 140 E16

JA2 6.5 150 V16

JA3 6.5 150 E16

100

JT3-2-6.5 160 E16

JA2 6.5 175 V16

JA3 6.5 175 E16

120

JT3-2-6.5 180 E16

JA2 6.5 175 V16

JA3 6.5 175 E16

150

JA3 6.5 230 E16

170

JA3 6.5 230 E16

200

JA3 6.5 260 E16

Note:
1) For the steel construction with the thickness under 2 mm are determined JA screws of the corresponding lengths and types
3) The screws are usually pre-drilled with the dia. 5 mm; when they are used into concrete of the higher solidity or are applied deeper than min. 30 mm it
is allowed to predrill onto dia. 5.5 mm
4) Assembling plastic part of the anchor into pre-drilled hole dia. 10 mm
8) the screw set anchor can not be used for panel FR and FA
for FR and FA panel has to be use the screw with sealing washer dia. 22 mm
clamping thickness of panel RW for the screw = D + 5 mm
The JZ screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. According to thickness of structure and information in the catalogue of the producer
for higher strength steel are usually screws JZ7 (CRONIMAKS), not JZ3 and for highly aggressive environments (e.g. Swimming pool) JZ1
(CORREMAKS).
The JA screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. 4.5 mm and minimal length of the screw in the timber is 50 mm

6.1.8

Fastener Selection Guide

EJOT
Recommended Fastener Locations
KS1150 TF/TC
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

KS1150 TL
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

KS1150 FR
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

KS1000 RW
Standard*

Ridge / Eaves*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

KS1150 FA
Standard*

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.1.9

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

6.

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

EJOT
Application:

Support

Wall, Ceiling

Type of Panel:

AWP

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

50

JT2-6-6.3 50 V16

JT3-6-5.5 50 E16

JZ2 6.3 50 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 50 E16 1)

60

JT2-D-6H-5.5 62 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 67 E16

JZ2 6.3 64 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 64 E16 1)

70

JT2-D-6H-5.5 82 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 87 E16

JZ2 6.3 80 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 80 E16 1)

1)

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
2.05.0 mm)

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Drilling Fasteners

JZ3 6.3 90 E16 1)

80

JT2-D-6H-5.5 82 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 87 E16

JZ2 6.3 90 V16

100

JT2-D-6H-5.5 102 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 107 E16

JZ2 6.3 100 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 100 E16 1)

120

JT2-D-6H-5.5 122 V16

JT3-D-6H-5.5 127 E16

JZ2 6.3 125 V16 1)

JZ3 6.3 125 E16 1)

50

JT2-12-5.5 65 V16

JT3-12-5.5 78 E16

JZ2 6.3 50 V16

JZ3 6.3 50 E16

60

JT2-12-5.5 65 V16

JT3-12-5.5 78 E16

JZ2 6.3 64 V16

JZ3 6.3 64 E16

70

JT2-D-12H-5.5 80 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 95 E16

JZ2 6.3 80 V16

JZ3 6.3 80 E16

80

JT2-D-12H-5.5 95 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 95 E16

JZ2 6.3 90 V16

JZ3 6.3 90 E16

100

JT2-D-12H-5.5 115 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 115 E16

JZ2 6.3 100 V16

JZ3 6.3 100 E16

120

JT2-D-12H-5.5 135 V16

JT3-D-12H-5.5 135 E16

JZ2 6.3 125 V16

JZ3 6.3 125 E16

Self-Tapping Fasteners

50

SDF-KB 10 80 -V 4)

SDF-KB 10 80 -E 4)

FBS-R-6.3 60 V16 3)

60

SDF-KB 10 100 -V 4)

SDF-KB 10 100 -E 4)

FBS-R-6.3 80 V16 3)

70

SDF-KB 10 100 -V 4)

SDF-KB 10 100 -E 4)

FBS-R-6.3 80 V16 3)

80

SDF-KB 10 120 -V 4)

SDF-KB 10 120 -E 4)

FBS-R-6.3 100 V16 3)

100

SDF-KB 10 140 -V 4)

SDF-KB 10 140 -E 4)

BS-R-6.3 120 V16 3)

120

SDF-KB 10 160 -V 4)

SDF-KB 10 160 -E 4)

BS-R-6.3 140 V16 3)

Self-Drilling Fasteners

TIMBER

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

Screw Set Anchor

CONCRETE

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Tapping Fasteners

50

JT2-2-6.5 90 V16

JT3-2-6.5 80 E16

JA2 6.5 90 V16

JA3 6.5 90 E16

60

JT2-2-6.5 90 V16

JT3-2-6.5 100 E16

JA2 6.5 90 V16

JA3 6.5 90 E16

70

JT3-2-6.5 100 E16

JA2 6.5 100 V16

JA3 6.5 100 E16

80

JT3-2-6.5 120 E16

JA2 6.5 125 V16

JA3 6.5 115 E16

100

JT3-2-6.5 140 E16

JA2 6.5 150 V16

JA3 6.5 150 E16

120

JT3-2-6.5 160 E16

JA2 6.5 150 V16

JA3 6.5 150 E16

Note:
1) For the steel construction with the thickness under 2 mm are determined JA screws of the corresponding lengths and types
3) The screws are usually pre-drilled with the dia. 5 mm; when they are used into concrete of the higher solidity or are applied deeper than min. 30 mm it
is allowed to predrill onto dia. 5.5 mm
4) Assembling plastic part of the anchor into pre-drilled hole dia. 10 mm
clamping thickness of panel AWP for the screw = D 22 mm
The JZ screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. According to thickness of structure and information in the catalogue of the producer
for higher strength steel are usually screws JZ7 (CRONIMAKS), not JZ3 and for highly aggressive environments (e.g. Swimming pool) JZ1
(CORREMAKS).
The JA screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. 4.5 mm and minimal length of the screw in the timber is 50 mm

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 AWP
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.1.10

Fastener Selection Guide

EJOT
Application:

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
2.05.0 mm)

Wall, Ceiling

Type of Panel:

FH

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

60

JT2-D-6H-5.5 82 V22

JT3-D-6H-5.5 87 E22

JZ26.3 64 V22 1)

80

JT2-D-6H-5.5 102 V22

JT3-D-6H-5.5 107 E22

JZ26.3 90 V22 1)

JZ36.3 90 E22 1)

100

JT2-D-6H-5.5 122 V22

JT3-D-6H-5.5 127 E22

JZ26.3 125 V22 1)

JZ36.3 115 E22 1)

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners
JZ36.3 64 E22 1)

120

JT2-D-6H-5.5 152 V22

JT3-D-6H-5.5 147 E22

JZ26.3 125 V22 1)

JZ36.3 125 E22 1)

150

JT2-D-6H-5.5 172 V22

JT3-D-6H-5.5 167 E22

JZ26.3 175 V22 1)

JZ36.3 175 E22 1)

200

JT3-D-6H-5.5 237 E22

JZ26.3 200 V22 1)

JZ36.3 200 E22 1)

60

JT2-D-12H-5.5 80 V22

JT3-D-12H-5.5 95 E22

JZ26.3 64 V22

JZ36.3 64 E22

STEEL
Hot Rolled

80

JT2-D-12H-5.5 115 V22

JT3-D-12H-5.5 115 E22

JZ26.3 90 V22

JZ36.3 90 E22

100

JT2-D-12H-5.5 135 V22

JT3-D-12H-5.5 135 E22

JZ26.3 125 V22

JZ36.3 115 E22

(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

120

JT2-D-12H-5.5 155 V22

JT3-D-12H-5.5 155 E22

JZ26.3 175 V22

JZ36.3 175 E22

150

JT2-D-12H-5.5 195 V22

JT3-D-12H-5.5 175 E22

JZ26.3 175 V22

JZ36.3 175 E22

200

JT3-D-12H-5.5 245 E22

JZ36.3 230 E22

60

SDF-S 8 100 -V + V22 7)

SDF-S 8 100 -E + E22 7)

FBS-R- 6.3 80 V22 3)

80

SDF-S 8 120 -V + V22 7)

SDF-S 8 120 -E + E22 7)

FBS-R- 6.3 100 V22 3)

100

SDF-S 8 140 -V + V22 7)

SDF-S 8 140 -E + E22 7)

BS-R- 6.3 120 V22 3)

120

SDF-S 8 160 -V + V22 7)

SDF-S 8 160 -E + E22 7)

BS-R- 6.3 140 V22 3)

150

SDF-S 8 200 -V + V22 7)

SDF-S 8 200 -E + E22 7)

BS-R- 6.3 180 V22 3)

200

BS-R- 6.3 220 V22 3)

Screw Set Anchor

CONCRETE

Self-Tapping Fasteners

Self-Drilling Fasteners

TIMBER

Self-Tapping Fasteners

60

JT3-2-6.5 100 E22

JA26.5 100 V22

JA36.5 100 E22

80

JT3-2-6.5 120 E22

JA26.5 125 V22

JA36.5 125 E22

100

JT3-2-6.5 140 E22

JA26.5 150 V22

JA36.5 150 E22

120

JT3-2-6.5 160 E22

JA26.5 175 V22

JA36.5 175 E22

150

JT3-2-6.5 180 E22

JA26.5 200 V22

JA36.5 200 E22

200

JA36.5 260 E22

Note:
1) For the steel construction with the thickness under 2 mm are determined JA screws of the corresponding lengths and types
3) The screws are usually pre-drilled with the dia. 5 mm; when they are used into concrete of the higher solidity or are applied deeper than min. 30 mm it
is allowed to predrill onto dia. 5.5 mm
7) Assembling - plastic part of the anchor into pre-drilled hole dia. 8 mm
for FH panel has to be use the screw with sealing washer dia. 22 mm
clamping thickness of panel FH for the screw = D 14 mm
The JZ screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. According to thickness of structure and information in the catalogue of the producer
for higher strength steel are usually screws JZ7 (CRONIMAKS), not JZ3 and for highly aggressive environments (e.g. Swimming pool) JZ1
(CORREMAKS).
The JA screws are usually pre-drilled with dia. 4.5 mm and minimal length of the screw in the timber is 50 mm

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 FH
Standard*

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.1.11

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

6.

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

MAGE
Application:

Roof

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
1.55.0 mm)

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

CONCRETE

TIMBER

Type of Panel:

RW

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

25

7360-5.5/6.3 60/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 70/E16

7373-6.3 50/G16

7673-6.3 50/E16

40

7360-5.5/6.3 75/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 85/E16

7373-6.3 65/G16

7673-6.3 65/E16

50

7360-5.5/6.3 75/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 85/E16

7373-6.3 75/G16

7673-6.3 75/E16

60

7360-5.5/6.3 100/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 110/E16

7373-6.3 90/G16

7673-6.3 90/E16

70

7360-5.5/6.3 100/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 110/E16

7373-6.3 100/G16

7673-6.3 100/E16
7673-6.3 115/E16

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

80

7360-5.5/6.3 115/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 110/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16

100

7360-5.5/6.3 130/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 125/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16

7673-6.3 125/E16

120

7360-5.5/6.3 150/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 145/E16

7373-6.3 150/G16

7673K-6.3 150/E16 1)

25

7370-5.5/6.3 76/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 80/E16

7373-6.3 50/G16

7673-6.3 50/E16

40

7370-5.5/6.3 76/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 80/E16

7373-6.3 65/G16

7673-6.3 65/E16

50

7370-5.5/6.3 92/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 95/E16

7373-6.3 75/G16

7673-6.3 75/E16

60

7370-5.5/6.3 102/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 115/E16

7373-6.3 90/G16

7673-6.3 90/E16

70

7370-5.5/6.3 120/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 115/E16

7373-6.3 100/G16

7673-6.3 100/E16
7673-6.3 115/E16

80

7370-5.5/6.3 120/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 135/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16

100

7370-5.5/6.3 140/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 155/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16

7673-6.3 125/E16

120

7370-5.5/6.3 155/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 175/E16

7373-6.3 150/G16

7673K-6.3 150/E16 1)

25

40

50

60

70

80

7890-6.5/7.0 120/G16 1)

100

7890-6.5/7.0 140/G16 1)

120

7890-6.5/7.0 160/G16 1)

25

7380-6.0/7.0 75/G16

7680-6.5/7.2 75/E16

7353-6.5 65/G16

7653-6.5 65/E16

40

7380-6.0/7.0 90/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 102/E16

7353-6.5 75/G16

7653-6.5 75/E16

50

7380-6.0/7.0 110/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 102/E16

7353-6.5 90/G16

7653-6.5 90/E16

60

7380-6.0/7.0 110/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 122/E16

7353-6.5 100/G16

7653-6.5 100/E16

70

7380-6.0/7.0 130/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 122/E16

7353-6.5 125/G16

7653-6.5 115/E16

80

7380-6.0/7.0 130/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 142/E16

7353-6.5 125/G16

7653-6.5 125/E16

100

7380-6.0/7.0 150/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 162/E16

7353-6.5 150/G16

7653-6.5 150/E16

120

7380-6.0/7.0 175/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 177/E16

7353-6.5 175/G16

7653-6.5 175/E16

Note:
1) the Self-Tapping screw has thread under the head
clamping thickness of panel RW for the screw = valley D + 5 mm
Dia. pre-drilling for screws is shown in the catalogue of suppliers

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 RW
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

Ridge / Eaves*

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.2.12

Fastener Selection Guide

MAGE
Application:

Roof

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
1.55.0 mm)

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

CONCRETE

TIMBER

Type of Panel:

RW, GRP40, HTL

CROWN

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

25

7360-5.5/6.3 100/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 110/E16

7373-6.3 90/G16 2)

7673-6.3 90/E16 2)

40

7360-5.5/6.3 100/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 110/E16

7373-6.3 100/G16 2)

7673-6.3 100/E16 2)

50

7360-5.5/6.3 115/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 125/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16 2)

7673-6.3 115/E16 2)

2)

7673-6.3 125/E16 2)

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

60

7360-5.5/6.3 130/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 125/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16

70

7360-5.5/6.3 130/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 145/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16 2)

7673-6.3 125/E16 2)

80

7360-5.5/6.3 150/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 145/E16

7374-6.3 150/G16 2)

7673-6.3 135/E16 2)

100

7360-5.5/6.3 165/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 175/E16

7375-6.3 175/G16 2)

7673-6.3 175/E16 2)

120

7360-5.5/6.3 190/G16

7376-6.3 175/G16 2)

7673-6.3 175/E16 2)

25

7370-5.5/6.3 102/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 115/E16

7373-6.3 90/G16 2)

7673-6.3 90/E16 2)

40

7370-5.5/6.3 120/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 135/E16

7373-6.3 100/G16 2)

7673-6.3 100/E16 2)

50

7370-5.5/6.3 130/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 135/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16 2)

7673-6.3 115/E16 2)

60

7370-5.5/6.3 140/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 155/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16 2)

7673-6.3 125/E16 2)

70

7370-5.5/6.3 155/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 155/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16 2)

7673-6.3 125/E16 2)

80

7370-5.5/6.3 155/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 175/E16

7373-6.3 150/G16 2)

7673-6.3 135/E16 2)

100

7370-5.5/6.3 175/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 195/E16

7373-6.3 175/G16 2)

7673-6.3 175/E16 2)

120

7370-5.5/6.3 190/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 195/E16

7373-6.3 175/G16 2)

7673-6.3 175/E16 2)

25

40

7890-6.5/7.0 120/G16 2)

50

7890-6.5/7.0 120/G16 2)

60

7890-6.5/7.0 140/G16 2)

70

7890-6.5/7.0 140/G16 2)

80

7890-6.5/7.0 160/G16 2)

100

7890-6.5/7.0 180/G16 2)

120

7890-6.5/7.0 200/G16 2)

25

7380-6.0/7.0 110/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 122/E16

7353-6.5 100/G16 2)

7653-6.5 100/E16 2)

40

7380-6.0/7.0 130/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 142/E16

7353-6.5 125/G16 2)

7653-6.5 115/E16 2)

50

7380-6.0/7.0 130/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 142/E16

7353-6.5 125/G16 2)

7653-6.5 125/E16 2)

60

7380-6.0/7.0 150/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 162/E16

7353-6.5 150/G16 2)

7653-6.5 150/E16 2)

70

7380-6.0/7.0 150/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 162/E16

7353-6.5 150/G16 2)

7653-6.5 150/E16 2)

2)

7653-6.5 150/E16 2)

80

7380-6.0/7.0 175/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 177/E16

7353-6.5 150/G16

100

7380-6.0/7.0 200/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 200/E16

7353-6.5 175/G16 2)

7653-6.5 175/E16 2)

120

7380-6.0/7.0 200/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 220/E16

7353-6.5 200/G16 2)

7653-6.5 200/E16 2)

Note:
2) The screw will be completed with the calotte 3225 (dia. of the washer has to be 16 mm)
for panel RW / GRP40 and RW / HTL has to be use calotte 3225
clamping thickness of panels RW, GRP40, HTL for the screw = crown D + 35 mm
Dia. pre-drilling for screws is shown in the catalogue of suppliers

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 RW
Standard*

Ridge / Eaves*

KS1000 RW/GRP40

KS1000 RW/HTL

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.2.13

Fixing position:

6.

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

MAGE
Application:

Roof

Type of Panel:

X-DEK, TOP-DEK

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers
Support

Type of the
panel

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

STEEL
Cold Rolled

X-DEK / Steel

7343-6.3 22 1)

7520-5.5 26/E16

7373-6.5 20/G16

7673-6.5 20/E16

(thickness
1.55.0 mm)

X-DEK / TR or
PVC, TOP-DEK

7343-6.3 22 1)

7520-5.5 26/E16

7373-6.5 20/G16

7673-6.5 20/E16

STEEL
Hot Rolled

X-DEK / Steel

7344-5.5 32 1)

7530-5.5 40/E16

7373-6.5 25/G16

7673-6.5 25/E16

(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

X-DEK / TR or
PVC, TOP-DEK

7344-5.5 32 1)

7530-5.5 40/E16

7373-6.5 25/G16

7673-6.5 25/E16

X-DEK / Steel
CONCRETE

TIMBER

7890-6.5 40

1)

7890-6.5 40

1)

X-DEK / TR or
PVC, TOP-DEK

X-DEK / Steel

7347-6.0 45/G16

7565-6.5 50/E16

7353-6.5 50/G16

7653-6.5 45/E16

X-DEK / TR or
PVC, TOP-DEK

7347-6.0 45/G16

7565-6.5 50/E16

7353-6.5 50/G16

7653-6.5 45/E16

Note:
1) the screw is with the augmented head and without the washer
the panel (outer and insulation) must be pre-drilled
Dia. pre-drilling for screws is shown in the catalogue of suppliers

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 X-DEK
Steel

TR

KS1000 TOP-DEK
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.2.14

Fastener Selection Guide

MAGE
Application:

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
1.55.0 mm)

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

CONCRETE
TIMBER

Roof

Type of Panel:

X-DEK / steel
Code Numbers

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

80

7360-5.5/6.3 220

7674-6.3 200

100

7674-6.3 240

80

7370-5.5/6.3 240

7674-6.3 220

100

7674-6.3 240

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

80

100

80

7654-6.5 240

100

7654-6.5 260

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 X-DEK

6.2.15

THROUGHT

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Note:
for this panel has to be use plate washer 6130B-80 40
Dia. pre-drilling for screws is shown in the catalogue of suppliers
before applying the PVC membrane can be inserted over head of screws geotextile

Steel

Fixing position:

6.

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

MAGE
Application:

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
1.55.0 mm)

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

CONCRETE

TIMBER

Roof

Type of Panel:

RT

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

45

7360-5.5/6.3 75/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 85/E16

7373-6.3 65/G16

60

7360-5.5/6.3 100/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 110/E16

7373-6.3 90/G16

7673-6.3 90/E16

80

7360-5.5/6.3 100/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 110/E16

7373-6.3x 100/G16

7673-6.3 100/E16

100

7360-5.5/6.3 130/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 145/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16

7673-6.3 125/E16

45

7370-5.5/6.3 92/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 95/E16

7373-6.3x 65/G16

7673-6.3 65/E16

60

7370-5.5/6.3 102/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 115/E16

7373-6.3 90/G16

7673-6.3 90/E16

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners
7673-6.3 65/E16

80

7370-5.5/6.3 120/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 135/E16

7373-6.3 100/G16

7673-6.3 100/E16

100

7370-5.5/6.3 140/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 155/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16

7673-6.3 125/E16

45

60

80

7890-6.5/7.0 120/G16

100

7890-6.5/7.0 140/G16

45

7380-6.0/7.0 90/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 102/E16

7353-6.5 90/G16

7653-6.5 90/E16

60

7380-6.0/7.0 110/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 122/E16

7353-6.5 100/G16

7653-6.5 100/E16

80

7380-6.0/7.0 130/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 142/E16

7353-6.5 125/G16

7653-6.5 125/E16

100

7380-6.0/7.0 150/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 162/E16

7353-6.5 150/G16

7653-6.5 150/E16

Note:
Dia. pre-drilling for screws is shown in the catalogue of suppliers

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 RT
Standard*

Ridge / Eaves

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.2.16

Fastener Selection Guide

MAGE
Application:

Roof

Support

Type of Panel:

FF

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

60

7360-5.5/6.3 100/G22

7570-5.5/6.3 110/E22

7373-6.3 90/G22

7673-6.3 90/E22
7673-6.3 100/E22

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

STEEL
Cold Rolled

80

7360-5.5/6.3 115/G22

7570-5.5/6.3 110/E22

7373-6.3x 100/G22

100

7360-5.5/6.3 130/G22

7570-5.5/6.3 125/E22

7373-6.3 125/G22

7673-6.3 125/E22

(thickness
1.55.0 mm)

120

7360-5.5/6.3 150/G22

7570-5.5/6.3 145/E22

7373-6.3 150/G22

7673K-6.3 135/E22

150

7360-5.5/6.3 220/G22

7570-5.5/6.3 175/E22

7373-6.3 175G22

7673K-6.3 175/E22

200

7674-6.3 220/E22

60

7370-5.5/6.3 102/G22

7575-5.5/6.3 115/E22

7373-6.3 90/G22

7673-6.3 75/E22

STEEL
Hot Rolled

80

7370-5.5/6.3 120/G22

7575-5.5/6.3 135/E22

7373-6.3 100/G22

7673-6.3 100/E22

100

7370-5.5/6.3 140/G22

7575-5.5/6.3 155/E22

7373-6.3 125/G22

7673-6.3 125/E22

(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

120

7370-5.5/6.3 155/G22

7575-5.5/6.3 175/E22

7373-6.3 150/G22

7673K-6.3 135/E22

150

7370-5.5/6.3 190/G22

7575-5.5/6.3 195/E22

7373-6.3 175/G22

7673K-6.3 175/E22

200

7370-5.5/6.3 240/G22

7674-6.3 220/E22

60

80

7890-6.5/7.0 120/G22

100

7890-6.5/7.0 140/G22

120

7890-6.5/7.0 160/G22

150

7890-6.5/7.0 200/G22

200

60

7380-6.0/7.0 110/G22

7580-6.0/7.0 122/E22

7353-6.5 90/G22

7653-6.5 90/E22

80

7380-6.0/7.0 130/G22

7580-6.0/7.0 142/E22

7353-6.5 125/G22

7653-6.5 125/E22

100

7380-6.0/7.0 150/G22

7580-6.0/7.0 162/E22

7353-6.5 150/G22

7653-6.5 150/E22

120

7380-6.0/7.0 175/G22

7580-6.0/7.0 177/E22

7353-6.5 175/G22

7653-6.5 175/E22

150

7380-6.0/7.0 200/G22

7580-6.0/7.0 200/E22

7353-6.5 200/G22

7653-6.5 200/E22

200

7654-6.5 240/E22

CONCRETE

TIMBER

Note:
Dia. pre-drilling for screws is shown in the catalogue of suppliers

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 FF
Standard

High Wind Load

6.2.17

Ridge / Eaves

6.

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

MAGE
Application:

Roof

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
1.55.0 mm)

Type of Panel:

FF, GRP40, HTL

Fixing position:

CROWN

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

60

7360-5.5/6.3 130/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 125/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16 2)

7673-6.3 115/E16 2)

80

7360-5.5/6.3 150/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 145/E16

7373-6.3 150/G16 2)

7673-6.3 150/E16 2)

100

7360-5.5/6.3 165/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 175/E16

7373-6.3 175/G16 2)

7673-6.3 175/E16 2)

2)

7673-6.3 175/E16 2)

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

120

7360-5.5/6.3 190/G16

7373-6.3 175/G16

150

7360-5.5/6.3 220/G16

7373-6.3 200/G16 2)

7674-6.3 220/E16 2)

200

7674-6.3 260/E16 2)

60

7370-5.5/6.3 140/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 155/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16 2)

7673-6.3 115/E16 2)

STEEL
Hot Rolled

80

7370-5.5/6.3 155/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 175/E16

7373-6.3 150/G16 2)

7673-6.3 135/E16 2)

100

7370-5.5/6.3 175/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 195/E16

7373-6.3 175/G16 2)

7673-6.3 175/E16 2)

(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

120

7370-5.5/6.3 190/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 195/E16

7373-6.3 175/G16 2)

7673-6.3 175/E16 2)

150

7370-5.5/6.3 240/G16

7674-6.3 220/E16 2)

200

7674-6.3 260/E16 2)

CONCRETE

TIMBER

60

7890-6.5/7.0 140/G16 2)

80

7890-6.5/7.0 160/G16 2)

100

7890-6.5/7.0 180/G16 2)

120

7890-6.5/7.0 200/G16 2)

150

200

60

7380-6.0/7.0 150/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 162/E16

7353-6.5 150/G16 2)

7653-6.5 150/E16 2)

80

7380-6.0/7.0 175/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 177/E16

7353-6.5 150/G16 2)

7653-6.5 150/E16 2)

100

7380-6.0/7.0 200/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 200/E16

7353-6.5 175/G16 2)

7653-6.5 175/E16 2)

120

7580-6.0/7.0 220/E16

7353-6.5 200/G16 2)

7653-6.5 200/E16 2)

150

7654-6.5 240/E16 2)

200

Note:
2) The screw will be completed with the calotte 2627 (dia. of the washer has to be 16 mm)
for panel FF / GRP40 and FF / HTL has to be use calotte 2627
clamping thickness of panels FF, GRP40, HTL for the screw = crown D + 34 mm
Dia. pre-drilling for screws is shown in the catalogue of suppliers

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 FF
Standard

Ridge / Eaves

High Wind Load

KS1000 FF/GRP40

KS1000 FF/HTL

6.2.18

Fastener Selection Guide

MAGE
Application:

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
1.55.0 mm)

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

CONCRETE

TIMBER

Wall, Ceiling

Type of Panel:

TF, TC, TL, RW, FR, FA

VALLEY

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

25

7570-5.5/6.3 70/E16

7373-6.3 50/G16

7673-6.3 50/E16

40

7360-5.5/6.3 75/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 85/E16

7373-6.3 65/G16

7673-6.3 65/E16

50

7360-5.5/6.3 75/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 85/E16

7373-6.3 75/G16

7673-6.3 75/E16

60

7360-5.5/6.3 100/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 110/E16

7373-6.3 90/G16

7673-6.3 90/E16

70

7360-5.5/6.3 100/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 110/E16

7373-6.3 90/G16

7673-6.3 90/E16

80

7360-5.5/6.3 100/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 110/E16

7373-6.3 100/G16

7673-6.3 100/E16

100

7360-5.5/6.3 130/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 125/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16

7673-6.3 125/E16

120

7360-5.5/6.3 150/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 145/E16

7373-6.3 150/G16

7673K-6.3 135/E16

150

7360-5.5/6.3 190/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 175/E16

7373-6.3 175/G16

7673K-6.3 175/E16

170

7360-5.5/6.3 190/G16

7373-6.3 200/G16

7673-6.3 200/E16

200

7360-5.5/6.3 220/G16

7674-6.3 220/E16

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

25

7373-6.3 50/G16

7673-6.3 50/E16

40

7370-5.5/6.3 76/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 80/E16

7373-6.3 65/G16

7673-6.3 65/E16

50

7370-5.5/6.3 92/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 95/E16

7373-6.3 75/G16

7673-6.3 75/E16

60

7370-5.5/6.3 102/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 115/E16

7373-6.3 90/G16

7673-6.3 90/E16

70

7370-5.5/6.3 120/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 115/E16

7373-6.3 90/G16

7673-6.3 90/E16

80

7370-5.5/6.3 120/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 135/E16

7373-6.3 100/G16

7673-6.3 100/E16

100

7370-5.5/6.3 130/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 155/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16

7673-6.3 125/E16

120

7370-5.5/6.3 155/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 175/E16

7373-6.3 150/G16

7673K-6.3 135/E16

150

7370-5.5/6.3 190/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 195/E16

7373-6.3 175/G16

7673K-6.3 175/E16

170

7370-5.5/6.3 210/G16

7373-6.3 200/G16

7673-6.3 200/E16

200

7370-5.5/6.3 240/G16

7674-6.3 220/E16

25

40

50

60

70

80

7890-6.5/7.0 120/G16

100

7890-6.5/7.0 140/G16

120

7890-6.5/7.0 160/G16

150

7890-6.5/7.0 200/G16

170

7890-6.5/7.0 200/G16

200

25

7380-6.0/7.0 75/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 75/E16

7353-6.5 65/G16

7653-6.5 65/E16

40

7380-6.0/7.0 90/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 102/E16

7353-6.5 75/G16

7653-6.5 75/E16

50

7380-6.0/7.0 110/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 102/E16

7353-6.5 90/G16

7653-6.5 90/E16

60

7380-6.0/7.0 110/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 122/E16

7353-6.5 100/G16

7653-6.5 100/E16

70

7380-6.0/7.0 130/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 122/E16

7353-6.5 125/G16

7653-6.5 115/E16

80

7380-6.0/7.0 130/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 142/E16

7353-6.5 125/G16

7653-6.5 125/E16

100

7380-6.0/7.0 150/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 162/E16

7353-6.5 150/G16

7653-6.5 150/E16

120

7380-6.0/7.0 175/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 177/E16

7353-6.5 175/G16

7653-6.5 175/E16

150

7380-6.0/7.0 200/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 200/E16

7353-6.5 200/G16

7653-6.5 200/E16

170

7580-6.0/7.0 220/E16

7654-6.5 220/E16

200

7654-6.5 240/E16

Note:
for FR and FA panel has to be use the screw with sealing washer d.22 mm
clamping thickness of panel RW for the screw = D + 5 mm
Dia. pre-drilling for screws is shown in the catalogue of suppliers

6.2.19

Fixing position:

6.

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

MAGE
Recommended Fastener Locations
KS1150 TF/TC
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

KS1150 TL
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

KS1150 FR
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

KS1000 RW
Standard*

Ridge / Eaves*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

KS1150 FA
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.2.20

Fastener Selection Guide

MAGE
Application:

Support

Wall

Type of Panel:

AWP

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

50

7570-5.5/6.3 70/E16

7373-6.3 50/G16

7673-6.3 50/E16

60

7360-5.5/6.3 75/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 85/E16

7373-6.3 65/G16

7673-6.3 65/E16

70

7360-5.5/6.3 75/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 85/E16

7373-6.3 75/G16

7673-6.3 75/E16

80

7360-5.5/6.3 100/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 110/E16

7373-6.3 90/G16

7673-6.3 90/E16

100

7360-5.5/6.3 115/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 110/E16

7373-6.3 100/G16

7673-6.3 100/E16

120

7360-5.5/6.3 130/G16

7570-5.5/6.3 125/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16

7673-6.3 125/E16

50

7575-5.5/6.3 80/E16

7373-6.3 50/G16

7673-6.3 50/E16

60

7370-5.5/6.3 76/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 95/E16

7373-6.3 65/G16

7673-6.3 65/E16

70

7370-5.5/6.3 92/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 95/E16

7373-6.3 75/G16

7673-6.3 75/E16

80

7370-5.5/6.3 102/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 115/E16

7373-6.3 90/G16

7673-6.3 90/E16

100

7370-5.5/6.3 120/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 135/E16

7373-6.3 100/G16

7673-6.3 100/E16

120

7370-5.5/6.3 140/G16

7575-5.5/6.3 155/E16

7373-6.3 125/G16

7673-6.3 125/E16

50

60

70

80

100

7890-6.5/7.0 120/G16

120

7890-6.5/7.0 140/G16

50

7380-6.0/7.0 75/G16

7680-6.5/7.2 75/E16

7353-6.5 75/G16

7653-6.5 75/E16

60

7380-6.0/7.0 90/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 102/E16

7353-6.5 90/G16

7653-6.5 90/E16

70

7380-6.0/7.0 110/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 102/E16

7353-6.5 90/G16

7653-6.5 90/E16

80

7380-6.0/7.0 110/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 122/E16

7353-6.5 100/G16

7653-6.5 100/E16

100

7380-6.0/7.0 130/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 142/E16

7353-6.5 125/G16

7653-6.5 125/E16

120

7380-6.0/7.0 150/G16

7580-6.0/7.0 162/E16

7353-6.5 150/G16

7653-6.5 150/E16

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
1.55.0 mm)

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

CONCRETE

TIMBER

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

Note:
clamping thickness of panel AWP for the screw = D 22 mm
Dia. pre-drilling for screws is shown in the catalogue of suppliers

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 AWP
Standard*

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.2.21

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

6.

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

MAGE
Application:

Support

Wall

Type of Panel:

FH

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

60

7360-5.5/6.3 75/G22

7570-5.5/6.3 85/E22

7373-6.3 65/G22

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners
7673-6.3 65/E22

STEEL
Cold Rolled

80

7360-5.5/6.3 100/G22

7570-5.5/6.3 110/E22

7373-6.3 90/G22

7673-6.3 90/E22

100

7360-5.5/6.3 115/G22

7570-5.5/6.3 125/E22

7373-6.3 125/G22

7673-6.3 115/E22

(thickness
1.55.0 mm)

120

7360-5.5/6.3 130/G22

7570-5.5/6.3 145/E22

7373-6.3 125/G22

7673-6.3 125/E22

150

7360-5.5/6.3 165/G22

7570-5.5/6.3 175/E22

7373-6.3 175/G22

7673-6.3 175/E22

200

7360-5.5/6.3 220/G22

7673-6.3 220/E22
7673-6.3 65/E22

60

7370-5.5/6.3 92/G22

7575-5.5/6.3 80/E22

7373-6.3 65/G22

STEEL
Hot Rolled

80

7370-5.5/6.3 102/G22

7575-5.5/6.3 115/E22

7373-6.3 90/G22

7673-6.3 90/E22

100

7370-5.5/6.3 130/G22

7575-5.5/6.3 135/E22

7373-6.3 125/G22

7673-6.3 115/E22

(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

120

7370-5.5/6.3 140/G22

7575-5.5/6.3 155/E22

7373-6.3 125/G22

7673-6.3 125/E22

150

7370-5.5/6.3 190/G22

7575-5.5/6.3 175/E22

7373-6.3 175/G22

7673-6.3 175/E22

200

7370-5.5/6.3 240/G22

7673-6.3 220/E22

60

80

100

7890-6.5/7.0 120/G22

120

7890-6.5/7.0 140/G22

150

7890-6.5/7.0 180/G22

200

CONCRETE

TIMBER

60

7380-6.0/7.0 90/G22

7580-6.0/7.0 102/E22

7353-6.5 90/G22

7653-6.5 90/E22

80

7380-6.0/7.0 110/G22

7580-6.0/7.0 122/E22

7353-6.5 100/G22

7653-6.5 100/E22

100

7380-6.0/7.0 130/G22

7580-6.0/7.0 142/E22

7353-6.5 125/G22

7653-6.5 125/E22

120

7380-6.0/7.0 150/G22

7580-6.0/7.0 162/E22

7353-6.5 150/G22

7653-6.5 150/E22

150

7380-6.0/7.0 200/G22

7580-6.0/7.0 200/E22

7353-6.5 175/G22

7653-6.5 175/E22

200

7654-6.5 240/E22

Note:
clamping thickness of panel FH for the screw = D 14 mm
Dia. pre-drilling for screws is shown in the catalogue of suppliers

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 FH
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.2.22

Fastener Selection Guide

SFS intec
Application:

Roof

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
1.55.0 mm)

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.014.0 mm)

CONCRETE

TIMBER

Type of Panel:

RW

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

25

SD5-A19-5.5 57

SXC5-S19-5.5 62

not recommended

not recommended

40

SDT5-A19-5.5 67

SXC5-S19-5.5 82

not recommended

not recommended

50

SDT5-A19-5.5 77

SXC5-S19-5.5 82

not recommended

not recommended

60

SDT5-A19-5.5 97

SXC5-S19-5.5 92

not recommended

not recommended

70

SDT5-A19-5.5 112

SXC5-S19-5.5 113

not recommended

not recommended

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

80

SDT5-A19-5.5 137

SXC5-S19-5.5 113

not recommended

not recommended

100

SDT5-A19-5.5 137

SXC5-S19-5.5 133

not recommended

not recommended

120

SDT5-A19-5.5 162

SXC5-S19-5.5 163

not recommended

not recommended

25

SDT14-A19-5.5 60

SXC14-S19-5.5 71

not recommended

not recommended

40

SDT14-A19-5.5 74

SXC14-S19-5.5 80

not recommended

not recommended

50

SDT14-A19-5.5 93

SXC14-S19-5.5 99

not recommended

not recommended

60

SDT14-A19-5.5 93

SXC14-S19-5.5 99

not recommended

not recommended

70

SDT14-A19-5.5 113

SXC14-S19-5.5 118

not recommended

not recommended

80

SDT14-A19-5.5 113

SXC14-S19-5.5 118

not recommended

not recommended

100

SDT14-A19-5.5 142

SXC14-S19-5.5 138

not recommended

not recommended

120

SDT14-A19-5.5 160

SXC14-S19-5.5 168

not recommended

not recommended

25

No

No

not recommended

not recommended

40

No

No

not recommended

not recommended

50

No

No

not recommended

not recommended

60

No

No

not recommended

not recommended

70

No

No

not recommended

not recommended

80

No

No

not recommended

not recommended

100

No

No

not recommended

not recommended

120

No

No

not recommended

not recommended

25

SDTW-A19-6.5 75

SXCW-S19-6.5 90

not recommended

not recommended

40

No

SXCW-S19-6.5 105

not recommended

not recommended

50

No

SXCW-S19-6.5 105

not recommended

not recommended

60

No

SXCW-S19-6.5 115

not recommended

not recommended

70

SDTW-A19-6.5 115

SXCW-S19-6.5 135

not recommended

not recommended

80

SDTW-A19-6.5 125

SXCW-S19-6.5 135

not recommended

not recommended

100

No

SXCW-S19-6.5 155

not recommended

not recommended

120

No

SXCW-S19-6.5 185

not recommended

not recommended

Note:
No = doesnt produced
not recommended = this application is not used with warranty the fasteners are without second thread under head
clamping thickness of panel RW for the screw = valley D + 5 mm
Roof application position valley: = washer dia. 19 mm recommended

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 RW
Standard*

Ridge / Eaves*

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.3.23

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

6.

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

SFS intec
Application:

Roof

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
1.53.0 mm)

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.014.0 mm)

CONCRETE

TIMBER

Type of Panel:

RW, GRP40, HTL

Fixing position:

CROWN

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

25

SDT5-A16-5.5 97

SXC5-S16-5.5 92

TDA-T-T16-6.5 76 9)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 76 9)

40

SDT5-A16-5.5 97

SXC5-S16-5.5 113

TDA-T-T16-6.5 100 9)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 100 9)

50

SDT5-A16-5.5 112

SXC5-S16-5.5 113

TDA-T-T16-6.5 100 9)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 100 9)

9)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 127 9)

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

60

SDT5-A16-5.5 137

SXC5-S16-5.5 133

TDA-T-T16-6.5 127

70

SDT5-A16-5.5 137

SXC5-S16-5.5 133

TDA-T-T16-6.5 127 9)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 127 9)

80

SDT5-A16-5.5 162

SXC5-S16-5.5 163

TDA-T-T16-6.5 152 9)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 152 9)

100

SDT5-A16-5.5 162

SXC5-S16-5.5 163

TDA-T-T16-6.5 152 9)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 152 9)

120

SDT5-A16-5.5 182

SXC5-S16-5.5 193

TDA-T-T16-6.5 178 9)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 178 9)

25

SDT14-A16-5.5 93

SXC14-A16-5.5 99

TDB-T-T16-6.3 76 9)

TDB-S-S16-6.3 76 9)

40

SDT14-A16-5.5 113

SXC14-A16-5.5 118

TDB-T-T16-6.3 100 9)

TDB-S-S16-6.3 100 9)

50

SDT14-A16-5.5 113

SXC14-A16-5.5 118

TDB-T-T16-6.3 100 9)

TDB-S-S16-6.3 100 9)

60

SDT14-A16-5.5 142

SXC14-A16-5.5 138

TDB-T-T16-6.3 127 9)

TDB-S-S16-6.3 127 9)

70

SDT14-A16-5.5 142

SXC14-A16-5.5 138

TDB-T-T16-6.3 127 9)

TDB-S-S16-6.3 127 9)

80

SDT14-A16-5.5 142

SXC14-A16-5.5 147

TDB-T-T16-6.3 152 9)

TDB-S-S16-6.3 152 9)

100

SDT14-A16-5.5 186

SXC14-A16-5.5 168

TDB-T-T16-6.3 152 9)

TDB-S-S16-6.3 152 9)

120

SDT14-A16-5.5 186

SXC14-A16-5.5 193

TDB-T-T16-6.3 178 9)

TDB-S-S16-6.3 178 9)

25

No

No

TI-T16-6.3 95 9)

DT-S-S16-6.3 102 10)

40

No

No

TI-T16-6.3 105 9)

DT-S-S16-6.3 127 10)

50

No

No

TI-T16-6.3 115 9)

DT-S-S16-6.3 127 10)

60

No

No

TI-T16-6.3 135 9)

DT-S-S16-6.3 140 10)

70

No

No

TI-T16-6.3 145 9)

DT-S-S16-6.3 140 10)

80

No

No

TI-T16-6.3 155 9)

DT-S-S16-6.3 152 10)

9)

DT-S-S16-6.3 178 10)

DT-S-S16-6.3 191 10)

100

No

No

TI-T16-6.3 175

120

No

No

TI-T16-6.3 195 9)

25

No

SXCW-S16-6.5 115

TDA-T-T16-6.5 76 9)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 76 9)

40

SDTW-A16-6.5 115

SXCW-S16-6.5 135

TDA-T-T16-6.5 100 9)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 100 9)

50

SDTW-A16-6.5 125

SXCW-S16-6.5 135

TDA-T-T16-6.5 100 9)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 100 9)

60

SDTW-A16-6.5 135

SXCW-S16-6.5 155

TDA-T-T16-6.5 127 9)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 127 9)

70

No

SXCW-S16-6.5 155

TDA-T-T16-6.5 127 9)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 127 9)

9)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 152 9)

80

No

SXCW-S16-6.5 185

TDA-T-T16-6.5 152

100

No

SXCW-S16-6.5 185

TDA-T-T16-6.5 152 9)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 152 9)

120

No

SXCW-S16-6.5 205

TDA-T-T16-6.5 178 9)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 178 9)

Note:
9) the self-tapping screw has to be use with calotte 3225
10) the spike twister fastener has to be use with calotte 3225
all fasteners are tested for steel quality up to grade 52 (grade 37 is the standard)
clamping thickness of panels RW, GRP40, HTL for the screw = crown D + 35 mm
the self-drilling screw is not recommended with calotte (the screw has thread under the head)
for panel GRP40 and HTL has to be use calotte 3225
Pre-drilling for TDA is for steel 1.01.25 mm dia. 4.50 mm, for steel 1.53.0 dia. 5.0 mm
Pre-drilling for TDA is for wood dia. 4.80 mm
Pre-drilling for TDB is for steel 1.54.0 mm dia. 5.3 mm, for steel 4.16.0 dia. 5.5 mm
Pre-drilling for TDB is for steel 6.010.0 mm dia. 5.7 mm, for steel more than 10.0 mm dia. 5.8 mm
Pre-drilling for concrete screw TI is usually with hammer drill bit dia. 5.2 mm (according pull out test)
Pre-drilling for concrete spike DT 6.3 is usually with hammer drill bit dia. 6.3 mm
the standard quality of stainless steel is A2, quality A4 (swimming pool, etc.) is on request produced

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 RW
Standard*

Ridge / Eaves*

KS1000 RW/GRP40

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.3.24

Fastener Selection Guide

SFS intec
Application:

Roof

Type of Panel:

X-DEK, TOP-DEK

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers
Support

Type of the
panel

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

STEEL
Cold Rolled

X-DEK / Steel

SD5-T15-5.5 25 1)

SX5/8-S16-5.5 33 1)

TDA-T-T16-6.5 25 4)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 25 4)

(thickness
1.53.0 mm)

X-DEK / TR,
TOP-DEK

SD3-D10-T19/C9-5.5x30 2)

SX5/8-S16-5.5 33 3)

TDA-T-T16-6.5 25 5)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 25 5)

STEEL
Hot Rolled

X-DEK / Steel

SD14-T15-5.5 32 1)

SX14/12-S16-5.5 40 1)

TDB-T-T16-6.3 25 4)

TDB-S-S16-6.3 25 4)

(thickness
3.014.0 mm)

X-DEK / TR,
TOP-DEK

SD14-D10-T19/C9-5.5x46 2)

SX14/12-S16-5.5 40 3)

TDB-T-T16-6.3 25 5)

TDB-S-S16-6.3 25 5)

X-DEK / Steel

No

No

TI-T16-6.3 32 4)

DT-S-S16-6.3 38 4)

X-DEK / TR,
TOP-DEK

No

No

TI-T16-6.3 32 5)

DT-S-S16-6.3 38 5)

X-DEK / Steel

SW3-T-T16-6.5 50 1)

SXW-S16-6.5 54 1)

TDA-T-T16-6.5 25 4)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 25 4)

3)

3)

5)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 25 5)

CONCRETE

TIMBER

X-DEK / TR,
TOP-DEK

SW3-T-T16-6.5 50

SXW-S16-6.5 54

TDA-T-T16-6.5 25

Note:
1) metal sheet pre-drilling with HSS dia. 22 mm, term-insulation cylinder dia. 20 mm out, self-drilling fastener x, the cylinder then ll with term-insulation
2) self-drilling fastener with self-drilling washer x, then the membrane seal
3) term-insulation cylinder dia. 20 mm out, self-drilling fastener x, the cylinder then ll with term-insulation and the membrane seal
4) metal sheet pre-drilling with HSS dia. 22 mm, term-insulation cylinder dia. 20 mm out, self-tapping fastener pre-drill and x, the cylinder then ll with
term-insulation
5) term-insulation cylinder dia. 20 mm out, self-tapping fastener pre-drill and x, the cylinder then ll with term-insulation and the membrane seal

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 X-DEK
Steel

TR

KS1000 TOP-DEK
Standard*

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.3.25

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

6.

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

SFS intec
Application:

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
1.55.0 mm)

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.012.0 mm)

CONCRETE
TIMBER

Roof

Type of Panel:

X-DEK / steel

Fixing position:

THROUGHT

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

80

SDT5-A19-5.5 226 11) 12)

SXC5-S19-5.5 236 11) 12)

TDB-T-6.3 215 11) 12)

TDB-S-6.3 215 11) 12)

100

No

SXC5-S19-5.5 236 11) 12)

No

TDB-S-6.3 265 11) 12)

80

SDT14-A19-5.5 233 11) 12)

SXC14-S19-5.5 243 11) 12)

TDB-T-6.3 215 11) 12)

TDB-S-6.3 215 11) 12)

100

No

SXC14-S19-5.5 243 11) 12)

No

TDB-S-6.3 265 11) 12)

80

No

No

TI-6.3 235 7)

DT-S-6.3 229 8)

7)

DT-S-6.3 229 8)

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

100

No

No

80

No

No

TS-T25-6.0 220 7)

TI-6.3 255

No

100

No

No

TS-T25-6.0 240 7)

No

Note:
7) self-tapping fastener pre-drill and x with at roof washer IE-C-82 40, then seal the membrane
8) self-tapping fastener (spike) pre-drill and x with at roof washer IE-C-82 40 or IF/IG-C-82 40, then seal the membrane
11) these screws have sealing washer, has to be removed
12) before applying the PVC membrane can be inserted over head of screws geotextile
No = doesnt produced
all fasteners are tested for steel quality up to grade 52 (grade 37 is the standard)
Pre-drilling for concrete screw TI is usually with hammer drill bit dia. 5.2 mm (according pull out test)
Pre-drilling for concrete spike DT 6.3 is usually with hammer drill bit dia. 6.3 mm
clamping thickness of panels X-DEK for the screw = crown D + 108 mm
the standard quality of stainless steel is A2, quality A4 (swimming pool, etc.) is on request produced

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 X-DEK
Steel

6.3.26

Fastener Selection Guide

SFS intec
Application:

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
1.53.0 mm)

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.014.0 mm)

CONCRETE

TIMBER

Roof

Type of Panel:

RT

Fixing position:

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

45

SDT5-A16-5.5 77

SXC5-S16-5.5 82

TDA-T-T16-6.5 64

60

SDT5-A16-5.5 97

SXC5-S16-5.5 92

TDA-T-T16-6.5 76

TDA-S-S16-6.5 76

80

SDT5-A16-5.5 112

SXC5-S16-5.5 113

TDA-T-T16-6.5 100

TDA-S-S16-6.5 100

100

SDT5-A16-5.5 137

SXC5-S16-5.5 133

TDA-T-T16-6.5 127

TDA-S-S16-6.5 127

45

SDT14-A16-5.5 74

SXC14-S16-5.5 80

TDB-T-T16-6.3 64

TDB-S-S16-6.3 64

60

SDT14-A16-5.5 93

SXC14-S16-5.5 99

TDB-T-T16-6.3 76

TDB-S-S16-6.3 76

80

SDT14-A16-5.5 113

SXC14-S16-5.5 118

TDB-T-T16-6.3 100

TDB-S-S16-6.3 100

100

SDT14-A16-5.5 142

SXC14-S16-5.5 138

TDB-T-T16-6.3 127

TDB-S-S16-6.3 127

45

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 85

DT-S-6.3 102

60

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 105

DT-S-6.3 102
DT-S-6.3 127

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners
TDA-S-S16-6.5 64

80

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 115

100

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 135

DT-S-6.3 140

45

No

SXCW-S16-6.5 105

TDA-T-T16-6.5 64

TDA-S-S16-6.5 64

60

No

SXCW-S16-6.5 115

TDA-T-T16-6.5 76

TDA-S-S16-6.5 76

80

SDTW-A16-6.5 125

SXCW-S16-6.5 135

TDA-T-T16-6.5 100

TDA-S-S16-6.5 100

100

SDTW-A16-6.5 135

SXCW-S16-6.5 155

TDA-T-T16-6.5 127

TDA-S-S16-6.5 127

Note:
All screw with hexagonal head 8 mm, only DT fastener is spike twister (pre-drilling and hammering)
No = doesnt produced
all fasteners are tested for steel quality up to grade 52 (grade 37 is the standard)
Pre-drilling for TDA is for steel 1.01.25 mm dia. 4.50 mm, for steel 1.53.0 dia. 5.0 mm
Pre-drilling for TDA is for wood dia. 4.80 mm
Pre-drilling for TDB is for steel 1.54.0 mm dia. 5.3 mm, for steel 4.16.0 dia. 5.5 mm
Pre-drilling for TDB is for steel 6.010.0 mm dia. 5.7 mm, for steel more than 10.0 mm dia. 5.8 mm
Pre-drilling for concrete screw TI is usually with hammer drill bit dia. 5.2 mm (according pull out test)
Pre-drilling for concrete spike DT 6.3 is usually with hammer drill bit dia. 6.3 mm
the standard quality of stainless steel is A2, quality A4 (swimming pool, etc.) is on request produced

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 RT
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.3.27

VALLEY

Ridge / Eaves

6.

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

SFS intec
Application:

Roof

Support

Type of Panel:

FF

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

60

SDT5-A22-5.5 97

SXC5-S22-5.5 92

not recommended

not recommended

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

STEEL
Cold Rolled

80

SDT5-A22-5.5 112

SXC5-S22-5.5 113

not recommended

not recommended

100

SDT5-A22-5.5 137

SXC5-S22-5.5 133

not recommended

not recommended

(thickness
1.55.0 mm)

120

SDT5-A22-5.5 162

SXC5-S22-5.5 163

not recommended

not recommended

150

SDT5-A22-5.5 182

SXC5-S22-5.5 193

not recommended

not recommended

200

SDT5-A22-5.5 226

SXC5-S22-5.5 236

not recommended

not recommended

60

SDT14-A22-5.5 93

SXC14-S22-5.5 99

not recommended

not recommended

STEEL
Hot Rolled

80

SDT14-A22-5.5 113

SXC14-S22-5.5 118

not recommended

not recommended

100

SDT14-A22-5.5 142

SXC14-S22-5.5 138

not recommended

not recommended

(thickness
3.014.0 mm)

120

SDT14-A22-5.5 160

SXC14-S22-5.5 168

not recommended

not recommended

150

SDT14-A22-5.5 186

SXC14-S22-5.5 193

not recommended

not recommended

200

SDT14-A22-5.5 233

SXC14-S22-5.5 243

not recommended

not recommended

60

No

No

not recommended

not recommended
not recommended

CONCRETE

TIMBER

80

No

No

not recommended

100

No

No

not recommended

not recommended

120

No

No

not recommended

not recommended

150

No

No

not recommended

not recommended

200

No

No

not recommended

not recommended

60

No

SXCW-S22-6.5 115

not recommended

not recommended

80

SDTW-A22-6.5 115

SXCW-S22-6.5 135

not recommended

not recommended

100

SDTW-A22-6.5 135

SXCW-S22-6.5 155

not recommended

not recommended

120

No

SXCW-S22-6.5 185

not recommended

not recommended

150

No

SXCW-S22-6.5 205

not recommended

not recommended

200

No

SXCW-S22-6.5 275

not recommended

not recommended

Note:
No = doesnt produced
not recommended: = this application is not used with warranty the fasteners are without second thread under head

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 FF
Standard

Ridge / Eaves

High Wind Load

6.3.28

Fastener Selection Guide

SFS intec
Application:

Roof

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
1.53.0 mm)

Type of Panel:

FF, GRP40, HTL

Fixing position:

CROWN

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

60

SDT5-A22-5.5 137

SXC5-S22-5.5 133

TDA-T-T16-6.5 127 6)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 127 6)

80

SDT5-A22-5.5 162

SXC5-S22-5.5 163

TDA-T-T16-6.5 127 6)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 127 6)

100

SDT5-A22-5.5 162

SXC5-S22-5.5 163

TDA-T-T16-6.5 152 6)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 152 6)

6)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 178 6)
TDA-S-S16-6.5 215 6)

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

120

SDT5-A22-5.5 182

SXC5-S22-5.5 193

TDA-T-T16-6.5 178

150

SDT5-A22-5.5 226

SXC5-S22-5.5 236

TDA-T-T16-6.5 215 6)

200

SDT5-A22-5.5 276

SXC5-S22-5.5 261

No

TDA-S-S16-6.5 250 6)

60

SDT14-A22-5.5 142

SXC14-S22-5.5 138

TDB-T-T16-6.3 127 6)

TDB-S-S16-6.3 127 6)

STEEL
Hot Rolled

80

SDT14-A22-5.5 142

SXC14-S22-5.5 147

TDB-T-T16-6.3 127 6)

TDB-S-S16-6.3 127 6)

100

SDT14-A22-5.5 160

SXC14-S22-5.5 168

TDB-T-T16-6.3 152 6)

TDB-S-S16-6.3 152 6)

(thickness
3.014.0 mm)

120

SDT14-A22-5.5 186

SXC14-S22-5.5 193

TDB-T-T16-6.3 178 6)

TDB-S-S16-6.3 178 6)

6)

TDB-S-S16-6.3 215 6)

CONCRETE

TIMBER

150

SDT14-A22-5.5 212

SXC14-S22-5.5 218

200

SDT14-A22-5.5 280

SXC14-S22-5.5 268

No

TDB-S-S16-6.3 250 6)

60

No

No

TI-T16-6.3 135 6)

DT-S-S16-6.3 127 6)

80

No

No

TI-T16-6.3 145 6)

DT-S-S16-6.3 152 6)

100

No

No

TI-T16-6.3 165 6)

DT-S-S16-6.3 178 6)

120

No

No

TI-T16-6.3 195 6)

DT-S-S16-6.3 191 6)

150

No

No

TI-T16-6.3 215 6)

DT-S-S16-6.3 216 6)

200

No

No

TI-T16-6.3 275 6)

DT-S-S16-6.3 267 6)

60

SDTW-A22-6.5 135

SXCW-S22-6.5 155

TDA-T-T16-6.5 127 6)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 127 6)

80

No

SXCW-S22-6.5 185

TDA-T-T16-6.5 127 6)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 127 6)

100

No

SXCW-S22-6.5 185

TDA-T-T16-6.5 152 6)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 152 6)

120

No

SXCW-S22-6.5 205

TDA-T-T16-6.5 178 6)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 178 6)

6)

TDA-S-S16-6.5 215 6)

150

No

SXCW-S22-6.5 235

200

No

SXCW-S22-6.5 305

TDB-T-T16-6.3 215

TDA-T-T16-6.5 215

Note:
6) the fastener is recommended with calotte (the fastener has not thread under the head)
for panels FF / GRP40 and FF / HTL has to be use calotte 2627 (dia. of the washer has to be 16 mm)
No = doesnt produced
all fasteners are tested for steel quality up to grade 52 (grade 37 is the standard)
Pre-drilling for TDA is for steel 1.01.25 mm dia. 4.50 mm, for steel 1.53.0 dia. 5.0 mm
Pre-drilling for TDA is for wood dia. 4.80 mm
Pre-drilling for TDB is for steel 1.54.0 mm dia. 5.3 mm, for steel 4.16.0 dia. 5.5 mm
Pre-drilling for TDB is for steel 6.010.0 mm dia. 5.7 mm, for steel more than 10.0 mm dia. 5.8 mm
Pre-drilling for concrete screw TI is usually with hammer drill bit dia. 5.2 mm (according pull out test)
Pre-drilling for concrete spike DT 6.3 is usually with hammer drill bit dia. 6.3 mm
the standard quality of stainless steel is A2, quality A4 (swimming pool, etc.) is on request produced

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 FF
Standard

Ridge / Eaves

High Wind Load

KS1000 FF/GRP40

6.3.29

KS1000 FF/HTL

No

TDA-S-S16-6.5 250 6)

6.

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

SFS intec
Application:

Support

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
1.53.0 mm)

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.014.0 mm)

CONCRETE

TIMBER

Wall, Ceiling

Type of Panel:

TF, TC, TL, RW, FR, FA

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

25

SD5-A16-5.5 57

SX5/20-30-S16-5.5 54

TDA-T-T16-6.5 45

TDA-S-S16-6.5 45

40

SDT5-A16-5.5 67

SXC5-S16-5.5 82

TDA-T-T16-6.5 64

TDA-S-S16-6.5 64

50

SDT5-A16-5.5 77

SXC5-S16-5.5 82

TDA-T-T16-6.5 76

TDA-S-S16-6.5 76

60

SDT5-A16-5.5 97

SXC5-S16-5.5 92

TDA-T-T16-6.5 76

TDA-S-S16-6.5 76

70

SDT5-A16-5.5 97

SXC5-S16-5.5 113

TDA-T-T16-6.5 90

TDA-S-S16-6.5 90

80

SDT5-A16-5.5 112

SXC5-S16-5.5 113

TDA-T-T16-6.5 100

TDA-S-S16-6.5 100

100

SDT5-A16-5.5 137

SXC5-S16-5.5 133

TDA-T-T16-6.5 127

TDA-S-S16-6.5 127

120

SDT5-A16-5.5 162

SXC5-S16-5.5 163

TDA-T-T16-6.5 152

TDA-S-S16-6.5 152

150

SDT5-A16-5.5 182

SXC5-S16-5.5 193

TDA-T-T16-6.5 178

TDA-S-S16-6.5 178

170

SDT5-A16-5.5 226

SXC5-S16-5.5 236

TDA-T-T16-6.5 215

TDA-S-S16-6.5 215

200

SDT5-A16-5.5 226

SXC5-S16-5.5 236

TDA-T-T16-6.5 215

TDA-S-S16-6.5 215

25

SD14-A16-5.5 56

SX14/38-S16-5.5 63

TDB-T-T16-6.3 45

TDB-S-S16-6.3 45

40

SDT14-A16-5.5 74

SXC14-S16-5.5 80

TDB-T-T16-6.3 64

TDB-S-S16-6.3 64

50

SDT14-A16-5.5 93

SXC14-S16-5.5 99

TDB-T-T16-6.3 76

TDB-S-S16-6.3 76

60

SDT14-A16-5.5 93

SXC14-S16-5.5 99

TDB-T-T16-6.3 76

TDB-S-S16-6.3 76

70

SDT14-A16-5.5 113

SXC14-S16-5.5 118

TDB-T-T16-6.3 90

TDB-S-S16-6.3 90

80

SDT14-A16-5.5 113

SXC14-S16-5.5 118

TDB-T-T16-6.3 100

TDB-S-S16-6.3 100

100

SDT14-A16-5.5 142

SXC14-S16-5.5 138

TDB-T-T16-6.3 127

TDB-S-S16-6.3 127

120

SDT14-A16-5.5 160

SXC14-S16-5.5 168

TDB-T-T16-6.3 152

TDB-S-S16-6.3 152

150

SDT14-A16-5.5 186

SXC14-S16-5.5 193

TDB-T-T16-6.3 178

TDB-S-S16-6.3 178

170

SDT14-A16-5.5 212

SXC14-S16-5.5 218

TDB-T-T16-6.3 215

TDB-S-S16-6.3 215

200

SDT14-A16-5.5 233

SXC14-S16-5.5 243

TDB-T-T16-6.3 215

TDB-S-S16-6.3 215

25

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 65

DT-S-S16-6.3 102

40

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 75

DT-S-S16-6.3 102

50

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 85

DT-S-S16-6.3 102

60

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 95

DT-S-S16-6.3 102

70

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 115

DT-S-S16-6.3 127

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

80

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 115

DT-S-S16-6.3 127

100

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 135

DT-S-S16-6.3 140

120

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 155

DT-S-S16-6.3 165

150

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 195

DT-S-S16-6.3 191

170

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 205

DT-S-S16-6.3 216

200

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 235

DT-S-S16-6.3 241

25

SDTW-A16-6.5 75

SXCW-S16-6.5 90

TDA-T-T16-6.5 45

TDA-S-S16-6.5 45

40

SDTW-A16-6.5 75

SXCW-S16-6.5 105

TDA-T-T16-6.5 64

TDA-S-S16-6.5 64

50

No

SXCW-S16-6.5 105

TDA-T-T16-6.5 76

TDA-S-S16-6.5 76

60

No

SXCW-S16-6.5 115

TDA-T-T16-6.5 76

TDA-S-S16-6.5 76

70

SDTW-A16-6.5 115

SXCW-S16-6.5 135

TDA-T-T16-6.5 90

TDA-S-S16-6.5 90

80

SDTW-A16-6.5 135

SXCW-S16-6.5 135

TDA-T-T16-6.5 100

TDA-S-S16-6.5 100

100

SDTW-A16-6.5 135

SXCW-S16-6.5 185

TDA-T-T16-6.5 127

TDA-S-S16-6.5 127

120

No

SXCW-S16-6.5 185

TDA-T-T16-6.5 152

TDA-S-S16-6.5 152

150

No

SXCW-S16-6.5 205

TDA-T-T16-6.5 178

TDA-S-S16-6.5 178

170

No

SXCW-S16-6.5 235

TDA-T-T16-6.5 215

TDA-S-S16-6.5 215

200

No

SXCW-S16-6.5 275

TDA-T-T16-6.5 215

TDA-S-S16-6.5 215

Note:
for FR and FA panel has to be use the screw with sealing washer d. 22 mm
clamping thickness of panel RW for the screw = D + 5 mm
No = doesnt produced
all fasteners are tested for steel quality up to grade 52 (grade 37 is the standard)
Pre-drilling for TDA is for steel 1.01.25 mm dia. 4.50 mm, for steel 1.53.0 dia. 5.0 mm
Pre-drilling for TDA is for wood dia. 4.80 mm
Pre-drilling for TDB is for steel 1.54.0 mm dia. 5.3 mm, for steel 4.16.0 dia. 5.5 mm
Pre-drilling for TDB is for steel 6.010.0 mm dia. 5.7 mm, for steel more than 10.0 mm dia. 5.8 mm
Pre-drilling for concrete screw TI is usually with hammer drill bit dia. 5.2 mm (according pull out test)
Pre-drilling for concrete spike DT 6.3 is usually with hammer drill bit dia. 6.3 mm
the standard quality of stainless steel is A2, quality A4 (swimming pool, etc.) is on request produced

6.3.30

Fastener Selection Guide

SFS intec
Recommended Fastener Locations
KS1150 TF/TC
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

KS1150 TL
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

KS1150 FR
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

KS1000 RW
Standard*

Ridge / Eaves*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

KS1150 FA
Standard*

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.3.31

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

6.

6.

Fastener Selection Guide

SFS intec
Application:

Support

Wall

Type of Panel:

AWP

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

50

SD5-A16-5.5 57

SX5/20-30-S16-5.5 54

TDA-T-T16-6.5 51

TDA-S-S16-6.5 51

60

SDT5-A16-5.5 67

SXC5-S16-5.5 82

TDA-T-T16-6.5 64

TDA-S-S16-6.5 64

70

SDT5-A16-5.5 77

SXC5-S16-5.5 92

TDA-T-T16-6.5 76

TDA-S-S16-6.5 76

80

SDT5-A16-5.5 97

SXC5-S16-5.5 113

TDA-T-T16-6.5 90

TDA-S-S16-6.5 90

100

SDT5-A16-5.5 112

SXC5-S16-5.5 133

TDA-T-T16-6.5 100

TDA-S-S16-6.5 100

120

SDT5-A16-5.5 137

SXC5-S16-5.5 163

TDA-T-T16-6.5 127

TDA-S-S16-6.5 127

50

SD14-A16-5.5 56

SX14/38-S16-5.5 63

TDB-T-T16-6.3 51

TDB-S-S16-6.3 51

60

SDT14-A16-5.5 74

SXC14-S16-5.5 80

TDB-T-T16-6.3 64

TDB-S-S16-6.3 64

70

SDT14-A16-5.5 93

SXC14-S16-5.5 99

TDB-T-T16-6.3 76

TDB-S-S16-6.3 76

80

SDT14-A16-5.5 93

SXC14-S16-5.5 99

TDB-T-T16-6.3 90

TDB-S-S16-6.3 90

100

SDT14-A16-5.5 113

SXC14-S16-5.5 118

TDB-T-T16-6.3 100

TDB-S-S16-6.3 100

120

SDT14-A16-5.5 142

SXC14-S16-5.5 138

TDB-T-T16-6.3 127

TDB-S-S16-6.3 127

50

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 65

DT-S-S16-6.3 102

60

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 75

DT-S-S16-6.3 102

70

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 85

DT-S-S16-6.3 102

80

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 95

DT-S-S16-6.3 102

100

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 115

DT-S-S16-6.3 127

120

No

No

TI-A16-6.3 135

DT-S-S16-6.3 140

50

SDTW-A16-6.5 75

SXCW-A16-6.5 90

TDA-T-T16-6.5 51

TDA-S-S16-6.5 51

60

No

SXCW-A16-6.5 105

TDA-T-T16-6.5 64

TDA-S-S16-6.5 64

70

No

SXCW-A16-6.5 115

TDA-T-T16-6.5 76

TDA-S-S16-6.5 76

80

No

SXCW-A16-6.5 115

TDA-T-T16-6.5 90

TDA-S-S16-6.5 90

100

SDTW-A16-6.5 125

SXCW-A16-6.5 155

TDA-T-T16-6.5 100

TDA-S-S16-6.5 100

120

No

SXCW-A16-6.5 155

TDA-T-T16-6.5 127

TDA-S-S16-6.5 127

STEEL
Cold Rolled
(thickness
1.53.0 mm)

STEEL
Hot Rolled
(thickness
3.014.0 mm)

CONCRETE

TIMBER

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

Note:
clamping thickness of panel AWP for the screw = D 22 mm
No = doesnt produced
all fasteners are tested for steel quality up to grade 52 (grade 37 is the standard)
Pre-drilling for TDA is for steel 1.01.25 mm dia. 4.50 mm, for steel 1.53.0 dia. 5.0 mm
Pre-drilling for TDA is for wood dia. 4.80 mm
Pre-drilling for TDB is for steel 1.54.0 mm dia. 5.3 mm, for steel 4.16.0 dia. 5.5 mm
Pre-drilling for TDB is for steel 6.010.0 mm dia. 5.7 mm, for steel more than 10.0 mm dia. 5.8 mm
Pre-drilling for concrete screw TI is usually with hammer drill bit dia. 5.2 mm (according pull out test)
Pre-drilling for concrete spike DT 6.3 is usually with hammer drill bit dia. 6.3 mm
the standard quality of stainless steel is A2, quality A4 (swimming pool, etc.) is on request produced

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 AWP
Standard*

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.3.32

Fastener Selection Guide

SFS intec
Application:

Support

Wall

Type of Panel:

FH

Fixing position:

VALLEY

Code Numbers

Insulation
Core
Thickness
(mm)

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

60

SDT5-A22-5.5 67

SXC5-S22-5.5 82

TDA-T-T22-6.5 64

TDA-S-S22-6.5 64

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Carbon Steel Case

Hardened

Self-Drilling Fasteners

Austenitic stainless Steel,

Grade 304

Self-Tapping Fasteners

STEEL
Cold Rolled

80

SDT5-A22-5.5 97

SXC5-S22-5.5 113

TDA-T-T22-6.5 90

TDA-S-S22-6.5 90

100

SDT5-A22-5.5 112

SXC5-S22-5.5 133

TDA-T-T22-6.5 100

TDA-S-S22-6.5 100

(thickness
1.53.0 mm)

120

SDT5-A22-5.5 137

SXC5-S22-5.5 163

TDA-T-T22-6.5 127

TDA-S-S22-6.5 127

150

SDT5-A22-5.5 162

SXC5-S22-5.5 163

TDA-T-T22-6.5 152

TDA-S-S22-6.5 152

200

SDT5-A22-5.5 226

SXC5-S22-5.5 236

TDA-T-T22-6.5 215

TDA-S-S22-6.5 215

60

SDT14-A22-5.5 74

SXC14-S22-5.5 80

TDB-T-T22-6.3 64

TDB-S-S22-6.3 64

STEEL
Hot Rolled

80

SDT14-A22-5.5 93

SXC14-S22-5.5 99

TDB-T-T22-6.3 90

TDB-S-S22-6.3 90

100

SDT14-A22-5.5 113

SXC14-S22-5.5 118

TDB-T-T22-6.3 100

TDB-S-S22-6.3 100

(thickness
3.014.0 mm)

120

SDT14-A22-5.5 142

SXC14-S22-5.5 138

TDB-T-T22-6.3 127

TDB-S-S22-6.3 127

150

SDT14-A22-5.5 186

SXC14-S22-5.5 193

TDB-T-T22-6.3 152

TDB-S-S22-6.3 152

200

SDT14-A22-5.5 233

SXC14-S22-5.5 243

TDB-T-T22-6.3 215

TDB-S-S22-6.3 215

60

No

No

TI-A22-6.3 75

DT-S-S22-6.3 102

80

No

No

TI-A22-6.3 95

DT-S-S22-6.3 102

100

No

No

TI-A22-6.3 115

DT-S-S22-6.3 127

120

No

No

TI-A22-6.3 135

DT-S-S22-6.3 140

150

No

No

TI-A22-6.3 165

DT-S-S22-6.3 178

200

No

No

TI-A22-6.3 215

DT-S-S22-6.3 229

60

No

SXCW-A22-6.5 105

TDA-T-T22-6.5 64

TDA-S-S22-6.5 64

CONCRETE

TIMBER

80

No

SXCW-A22-6.5 115

TDA-T-T22-6.5 90

TDA-S-S22-6.5 90

100

SDTW-A22-6.5 125

SXCW-A22-6.5 155

TDA-T-T22-6.5 100

TDA-S-S22-6.5 100

120

No

SXCW-A22-6.5 155

TDA-T-T22-6.5 127

TDA-S-S22-6.5 127

150

No

SXCW-A22-6.5 205

TDA-T-T22-6.5 152

TDA-S-S22-6.5 152

200

No

SXCW-A22-6.5 275

TDA-T-T22-6.5 215

TDA-S-S22-6.5 215

Note:
for FH panel has to be use the screw with sealing washer d. 22 mm
clamping thickness of panel FH for the screw = D 14 mm
No = doesnt produced
all fasteners are tested for steel quality up to grade 52 (grade 37 is the standard)
Pre-drilling for TDA is for steel 1.01.25 mm dia. 4.50 mm, for steel 1.53.0 dia. 5.0 mm
Pre-drilling for TDA is for wood dia. 4.80 mm
Pre-drilling for TDB is for steel 1.54.0 mm dia. 5.3 mm, for steel 4.16.0 dia. 5.5 mm
Pre-drilling for TDB is for steel 6.010.0 mm dia. 5.7 mm, for steel more than 10.0 mm dia. 5.8 mm
Pre-drilling for concrete screw TI is usually with hammer drill bit dia. 5.2 mm (according pull out test)
Pre-drilling for concrete spike DT 6.3 is usually with hammer drill bit dia. 6.3 mm
the standard quality of stainless steel is A2, quality A4 (swimming pool, etc.) is on request produced

Recommended Fastener Locations

KS1000 FH
Standard*

* Number of fasteners to be specied by structural / static engineer.

6.3.33

High Wind Load* (depending on wind loading / building location &size)

6.

7.

Construction details
I
I
I
I
I

Trapezoidal Roof Panels

7.1.1

Flat Roof Panels

7.2.18

Rooftile

7.3.40

Rooights

7.4.45

Wall Panels

7.5.52

Construction details
Trapezoidal Roof Panels
Panel Side Lap (FF)
Module
Side lap stitching screw (P03)
(at 500 mm)

Wall purlin

Module
PVC sealing tape (factory applied) or Butyl
sealing tape (site applied)

Vapour sealing putty when

required (site applied)

Self-adhesive sealant tape PE 20 5 mm to be continuously applied

between liner and steel support only at ridge/eaves/end lap locations where
the internal junction requires sealing (P17)

Panel Side Lap (RW)

Module

Side lap stitching screw (P03)

(at 500 mm)

Module

PVC sealing tape (factory applied)

or Butyl sealing tape (site applied)

Roof purlin
Self-adhesive sealant tape PE 20 5 mm to be
continuously applied between liner and steel
support only at ridge / eaves / end lap locations
where the internal junction requires sealing (P17)

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.1.1

Anti-condensation tape (factory applied)

Vapour sealing tape 6 mm when required (site applied)

7.

7.

Construction details
Trapezoidal Roof Panels
Panel End Lap
03
P

04
P

6 fasteners per end lap

18
P

50

50

21
P

17
P

Note:
P

Cut back dimensions:

for roof slope > 10% 200mm (supplied / delivered to site with cut backs)
for roof slope 10% 250mm (supplied / delivered to site with cut backs)

Maximum cut backs available on panels from Kingspan is 250mm.

a

according to structural / static requirements

Ridge

102
K

12
P

at 333 mm
03
P

07
P

12
P

04
P

103a
K

Site applied
insulation

Outer sheet
turned up

04
P

12
P

at 333 mm
03
P

07
P

12
P

102
K

Back putty

14
P

101
K

14
P

Back putty

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

P12 for roof slope 10% 4pcs / m

> 10% 2pcs / m
All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.1.2

Construction details
Trapezoidal Roof Panels
Gable
at 300 mm

at 300 mm

08
P

14
P

08
P

132
K

17
P

04
P

131
K

Site applied insulation

02
P
08
P

at 300 mm

17
P

Mono Ridge
Outer sheet turned up
12
P

07
P

03
P

at 333 mm

102
K

04
P

129
K

Site applied
insulation
08
P

14
P

07
P

Back putty

at 300 mm

02
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

P12 for roof slope 10% 4pcs / m

> 10% 2pcs / m
All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.1.3

7.

Construction details
Trapezoidal Roof Panels
Side Wall Parapet
130
K

Note:
a

08
P

L (250 mm)

according to structural / static requirements

P12

at 300 mm

for roof slope 10% 4pcs / m

> 10% 2pcs / m

115
K

Site applied insulation

Outer sheet
turned up

at 300 mm
08
P

at 333 mm
12
P

07
P

03
P

12
P

104
K

102
K

04
P

14
P

Back putty

07
P

02
P

Parapet in Slope Single

105
K

130
K

7.

at 500 mm
03
P

08
P at 300 mm

at 300 mm
14
P

08
P

137
K

132
K

Site applied
insulation
04
P

17
P

02
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.1.4

Construction details
Trapezoidal Roof Panels
Parapet in Slope Double
Trapezoidal sheet
a

04
P
08
P

04
P
130
K
08
P

Proled sealing ller type A

at 300 mm

Note:

04
P

a according to structural / static

requirements

04
P

L, X

04
P
14
P

133
K

Site applied insulation

specify dimension to dene

ashing K105 and K130

07
P

14
P
167
K

04
P

08
P

132
K

at 300 mm

Eaves Parapet Gutter Prefabricated

_

04
P

20
P

50

03
L

at 150 mm

08
P

21
P

135
K

130
K

Overow

max. 200

21
P
at 300 mm

08
P
02
P

Note:
The prefabricated gutter is recommend to be supported every 2,000mm.
All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.1.5

7.

Construction details
Trapezoidal Roof Panels
Eaves Parapet Gutter Membrane Lined

04
P

20
P

123
K

Trough grate

08
P

07
Z

130
K

33
P

at 150 mm

50

at 300 mm

08
P

at 333 mm
08
P

min. 120 mm

7.

Adhered membrane
liner

Overow

Site applied rigid

urethane board
Galvanised gutter
support

02
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

specify dimension to dene ashing K135

P33, Z07, K123

when required

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.1.6

Construction details
Trapezoidal Roof Panels
Eaves Gutter Parapet Prefabricated

Site applied rigid urethane board

08
P

04
P
130
K

at 333 mm
20
P

12
P

17
P
08
P
at 333 mm

50

04
P

50

Back putty

Overow
08
P at 150 mm

04
P

13
P

21
P
02
L
17
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

specify dimension to dene ashing K130

The prefabricated gutter is recommended to be supported every 2,000mm.

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.1.7

7.

7.

Construction details
Trapezoidal Roof Panels
External Gutter
03
P

at 333 or 666 or
1,000 mm

13
P

80 (cut back)

08
P

03
P

at 333 mm

04
P

600 mm

08
P

08
P at 333 mm

Back putty

20 35 25
07
P

127
K
at 333 or 666 or
1,000 mm

14
P
07
P
109
K

126
K

Site applied insulation

108
K
08
P at 300 mm
02
P

External Gutter
10
P

08
P

Site applied insulation

at 666
or 1,000 mm

min. 190

at 333 mm

14
P

04
P

mm

30

110
K
16
P

107
K
136
K

07
P
109
K

01b at 666
Z or 1,000 mm

07
P

193
K

02
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

To order eaves gutters systems and accessory

components please contact Kingspan technical
Services Department.
All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.1.8

Construction details
Trapezoidal Roof Panels
Valley Gutter
04
P

20
P

20
P

530
50

50

04
P

01
L

Overow

Note:
a, b

according to structural / static requirements

The prefabricated gutter is recommended to support by 2,000mm.

To order eaves gutters systems and accessory components please contact Kingspan technical Services
Department.

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.1.9

7.

17
P

04
P

06
P

12
R

06
P

08
P
at 150 mm

142
K

at 150 mm

08
P

20
P

Site applied insulation

20
P

04
P

Section A A

Overow

04
L

according to structural / static requirements

04
P

The prefabricated gutter is recommended to

support by 2,000mm.

Note:

20
P

154
K

at 150 mm

08
P

Site applied insulation

50

21
P

08
P
at 150 mm

14
P

06
P

7.
Construction details

Trapezoidal Roof Panels

Curved Eaves with Gutter Roof to Wall

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.1.10

Construction details
Trapezoidal Roof Panels
Roof to Wall Junction
at 333 mm

04
P

13
P

12
P

07
P

03
P

139
K

102
K

50

16
P

Site applied insulation

08
P

at 150 mm

Back putty

Outer sheet turned up

172
K

14
P

07
P

04
P

Back putty

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

P12 for roof slope 10% 4pcs / m

> 10% 2pcs / m

Roof to Wall Junction in Slope

D

07
P

Site applied insulation

16
P

at 300 mm
04
P

08
P

132
K

10
169
K

07
P

14
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.1.11

133
K

7.

7.

Construction details
Trapezoidal Roof Panels
Roof to Brickwork Junction
Butyrub building cement

at 200 mm

120
K

Outer sheet turned up

31
P
at 200 mm

at 333 mm
04
P

31
P

Site applied insulation

102
K

114
K

03
P

07
P

12
P

Back putty

07
P

14
P

31
P

104
K

at 200 mm

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirementss

P12

Roof to Brickwork Junction in Slope

31
P

for roof slope 10% 4pcs / m

> 10% 2pcs / m

at 200 mm

Butyrub building cement

120
K
31
P

at 200 mm

Site applied insulation

at 500 mm
03
P

at 200 mm

31
P

106
K

14
P

07
P

14
P

141
K

04
P

08
P

at 300 mm

132
K

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.1.12

Construction details
Trapezoidal Roof Panels
Expansion Joint
Site applied insulation

132
K

14
P

at 300 mm

08
P

04
P

PE pipe

50

121
K

14
P

35
P

07
P

122
K

04
P

07
P

14
P

132
K

14
P

08
P

at 300 mm

Roof Penetration Extractor Flue

Sealing designed/supplied and

installed by specialist contractor

EPDM sealant supplied and installed

diameter varies

50

Cover collar

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.1.13

For extractor ue exhaust high temperature

gases/pollutants a suitable re rated/non-combustible
barrier gasket should be installed by specialist contractor

7.

Construction details
Trapezoidal Roof Panels
Roof Pipe Extractor Flue

5060 mm

2730 mm

7.

PE pipe

23
P

Note:
Complete installation contents:
passage piping packing
sealing material
necessary quantity of fasteners
Piping sleeves for better additional sealing of passages can be ordered according to diameter of piping.
See to the section of the Accessories or contact Kingspan Technical Service Department for range of piping
sleeves.

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.1.14

Construction details
Trapezoidal Roof Panels
Ridge Roof / Skylight
at 300 mm
08
P
111
K

Roof/skylight Support curb

Site applied rigid urethane board
Site applied insulation
Outer sheet turned up
at 333 mm

102
K

03
P

07
P

12
P

a
04
P

Back putty

17
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

P12 for roof slope 10% 4pcs / m

> 10% 2pcs / m

Ridge Roof / Skylight Downslope (RW)

at 300 mm
08
P

Roof/skylight Support curb

Site applied rigid urethane board
Site applied insulation
at 500 mm

03
P

04
P

17
P

at 300 mm
132
K

111
K

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.1.15

08
P

14
P

7.

50

21
P

50

03
P

6 pcs per panel

300

slope

04
P

60

according to structural / static requirements

Note:

18
P

07
P

1,000

820

247
K

07
P

18
P

min. 100

Al upstand
01
A

21
P

50

50

03
P
6 pcs
per panel

500

21
P

250

04
P

17
P

18
P

7.
Construction details

Trapezoidal Roof Panels

Dome Type Roof / Skylight

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.1.16

slope

17
P

04
P

7.1.17

Back putty

03
P

at 333 mm
12
P

20
P

217
K

21
P

13
P

50

203
K

08
P
at 333 mm

slope

Outer sheet
turned up

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

according to structural / static requirements

for roof slope 10% 2pcs / m

> 10% 1pcs / m

P12
a

specify dimensions to dene ashings K203 and K217

d, D

Note:

Site applied ashing

d
Site applied
insulation

17
P

04
P

Construction details

Trapezoidal Roof Panels

Change of Roofslope

7.

7.

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Fixing solution (X-DEK)
KS1000XD option 1

Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam

after installation of fastener

Waterproof membrane adhered

or mechanically xed by others

KS1000XD option 2

Waterproof membrane adhered

or mechanically xed by others

Spreader plate

Site applied butyl sealant

Steel support

Site applied butyl sealant

Steel support

Through fasteners at each rib

diameter min 5.5

Direct fastener at each rib

diameter min 5.5 + washer 19 mm

KS1000XD TR20 / TR27

KS1000XD PVC

Site welded membrane (hot air weld) with adjacent panel after fastener installation

Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam

after installation of fastener

Waterproof membrane adhered

or mechanically xed by others

Top nish PVC membrane

FACTORY APPLIED
fully bonded
to the IPN insulation core

90100 mm
PVC membrane
side-lap

Preliminary hole, lled

with PUR canister foam
after installation of fastener
Steel support

Direct fastener at each rib

diameter min 5.5 + washer 19 mm

Site applied butyl sealant

Steel support

Site applied butyl sealant

Direct fastener at each rib diameter min 5.5

+ washer 19 mm or Self Coring Helical fastener (SFS)

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.18

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Side lap Stitching detail (X-DEK)
Waterproof membrane adhered or mechanically xed by others

site applied

21
P

03
P

max at 500 mm centres if the re performance is required

max at 1,000 mm centres if the re performance not required

Butt joint (X-DEK)

Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam
after installation of fastener

Site applied insulation

gap > 10 mm

Waterproof membrane adhered

or mechanically xed by others

Trapezoidal XD prole ller

04
P

Back putty

Panel End Lap (X-DEK)

Waterproof membrane adhered
or mechanically xed by others

Cut-back
size 50650 mm

Site applied insulation

gap > 10 mm

04
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.19

Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam

after installation of fastener

7.

7.

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Ridge (X-DEK)
Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam
after installation of fastener

04
P

16
P

Waterproof membrane adhered

or mechanically xed by others

Site applied insulation

404
K

08
P

401a
K

04
P

08
P

16
P

04
P

Valley (X-DEK)
Waterproof membrane adhered
or mechanically xed by others

Site applied insulation

404
K

Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam

after installation of fastener

04
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.20

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Gable Wall Parapet (X-DEK)
Hot air weld

08
P

2 at 500 mm

150 < L < 400 mm

183 at 500 mm
K

Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam

after installation of fastener
Waterproof membrane adhered
or mechanically xed by others

07
P

at 300 mm

08w
P

Membrane coated metal ashing

for hot air welding

Site applied insulation

gap min. 10 mm

Trapezoidal XD prole ller

04
P

Back putty
28
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.21

7.

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Gable Wall Parapet (X-DEK)
Hot air weld

183
K at 500 mm

08
P

2 at 500 mm

150 < L < 400 mm

7.

Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam

after installation of fastener
Waterproof membrane adhered
or mechanically xed by others

07
P

at 300 mm

08w
P chessboard pattern

Membrane coated metal ashing

for hot air welding
Site applied insulation

04
P

14
P
106
K
07
P

at 300 mm

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.22

7.2.23

Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam

after installation of fastener

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

04
P

28
P at 300 mm

Site applied insulation

Waterproof membrane adhered

or mechanically xed by others

07
P

at 300 mm

Overow

Membrane coated metal ashing

for hot air welding

at 150 mm
08
P

Hot air weld

at 300 mm

at 300 mm

Galvanised gutter support

02
P

Site applied rigid polyurethane board

alternatively Kingspan insulated gutter

08
P

130
K

07
P

Construction details

Flat Roof Panels

Eaves Gutter Parapet (X-DEK)

7.

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Eaves Gutter Parapet (X-DEK)
Hot air weld
at 500 mm 183
K

Waterproof membrane adhered

or mechanically xed by others
150450 mm

Site applied rigid insulation fully adhered

2 at 500 mm

08
P

at 300 mm

07
P

Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam

after installation of fastener

Membrane coated metal ashing

for hot air welding

Site applied insulation

04
P

02
P

Eaves Gutter Parapet (with outlet) (X-DEK)

Hot air weld

130
K

Membrane coated metal ashing for hot air welding

Waterproof membrane adhered
or mechanically xed by others

08
P

at 300 mm

150450 mm

7.

Site applied rigid insulation fully adhered

Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam

after installation of fastener

07
P
at 300 mm
08
P
at 300 mm

Membrane
coated
metal
28
P

at 300 mm

Membrane outlet xed to roof panel

Site applied insulation

04
P

02
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.24

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
External Gutter (X-DEK)
Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam
after installation of fastener

Steel cover ashing

cut to the XD bottom deck shape
Trapezoidal XD prole ller

Waterproof membrane adhered

or mechanically xed by others

08
P

407
K

at 300 mm
chessboard pattern

08
P

at 500 mm

03
P

> 80 mm

04
P

Back putty

Individually designed ashing steel thickness min. 1.1 mm

04
P

402
K

Valley Gutter (X-DEK)

Waterproof membrane adhered

or mechanically xed by others

Roof outlet

Site applied insulation

28
P

28
P

04
P

04
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.25

Hot air weld

Preliminary hole,
lled with PUR canister foam
after installation of fastener

7.

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Roof to Brickwork Junction (X-DEK)
31 at 200 mm
P
406 groove lled with sealant
K

31
P
at 200 mm

155
K

min. 300 mm

Membrane coated metal ashing

for hot air welding

Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam

after installation of fastener

Hot air weld

Waterproof membrane adhered

or mechanically xed by others

112
K

04
P at 200 mm
31
P
at 200 mm

Roof to Brickwork Junction in Slope (X-DEK)

31
P
at 200 mm

Membrane coated metal

31
P
at 200 mm

406 groove lled with sealant

K

155
K

min. 300 mm

7.

Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam

after installation of fastener

Hot air weld

Waterproof membrane adhered

or mechanically xed by others

Site applied insulation

gap min. 10 mm

04
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.26

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Expansion Joint (X-DEK)
Hot air weld

04
P

PE elastic pipe

Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam

after installation of fastener

Expansive ller

Waterproof membrane adhered

or mechanically xed by others

04
P

Note:
This joint allows up to 30 mm expansion.

Roof / Skylight Pyramid / Dome Type Ridge (X-DEK)

at 300 mm

Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam

after installation of fastener
Waterproof membrane adhered
or mechanically xed by others

Membrane coated metal ashing

for hot air welding

min. 150 mm

Gun grade sealant-high temperature rated

28
P

Site applied rigid polyurethane board

Hot air weld

at 300 mm

28
P

Rooight upstand by others

Site applied insulation

106
K

04
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.27

7.

7.

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Smoke Vent (X-DEK)

Gun grade sealant

Membrane coated metal

Hot air weld
Waterproof membrane adhered
or mechanically xed by others

28
P
at 300 mm

Site applied insulation

28
P
at 300 mm

Preliminary hole, lled with PUR canister foam after installation of fastener

04
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.28

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Panel Side Lap (TOP-DEK)
Module

Module
The drilling hole to ll by the drill core or site applied
insulant after fastening of panel

Membrane side lap cover strip hot air welded

Variant A over the support

Anti-condensation
tape (site applied)

Fastener (P04)

Butyl sealing tape or PVC sealing tape

when required (site applied)

Roof framework / purlin

Variant B between the supports

Fastener (P03) (at 300 mm)

Intermediate Fixing (TOP-DEK)

Fastener (P04)

Membrane side lap cover strip hot air welded

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.29

The drilling hole to ll by the drill core or

site applied insulant after fastening of panel

7.

7.

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Panel End Lap (TOP-DEK)
The drilling hole to ll by the drill core or site
applied insulant after fastening of panel

Membrane cover strip hot air welded

a
a

04
P

Site applied insulant or P18

18
P

Panel End Lap (TOP-DEK)

The drilling hole to ll by the drill core or

site applied insulant after fastening of panel

Membrane cover strip hot air welded

50

Site applied insulant or P18

04
P

18
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.30

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Ridge (TOP-DEK)
Membrane cover strip hot air
welded min. 200 mm wide

Site applied insulation

Back putty

a
04
P

07
P

12
P

101
K

12
P

07
P

04
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

Gable (TOP-DEK)
Flexible sealing bead

min. 200 mm

Membrane coated metal

07
P

at 300 mm

30

06
Z

Site applied insulation

04
P
112
K
14
P
07
P

Purlin system

02
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.31

Membrane overlap hot air welded

7.

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Gable Wall Parapet (TOP-DEK)
Membrane coated metal
08
P

Membrane cover strip

hot air welded
Adhered type membrane

183
K at 500 mm

min. 100 mm
07
P
at 300 mm

L (min. 150 mm)

7.

Membrane coated metal ashing

hot air welded
28 at 300 mm
P

Site applied insulation

04
P
14
P
07
P

Roof purlin
02
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.32

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Eaves Gutter Parapet (TOP-DEK)
Membrane overlap
hot air welded

04
P

28
P

at 300 mm

07
P

at 300 mm

Membrane coated metal

07
P
08
P

at 300 mm

at 150 mm

Overow
130
K

Note:

at 300 mm

08
P

a according to
structural / static
requirements

02
P

Site applied insulation

Membrane ashing fully adhered

Eaves Gutter Parapet (with outlet) (TOP-DEK)

Site applied rigid urethane board

Galvanised gutter support

Membrane overlap
hot air welded

07
P
08
P

Note:
a

Membrane
coated metal

according to structural / static requirements

Membrane fully
adhered

at 500 mm

Membrane overlap
hot air welded

Membrane fully
adhered

Site applied rigid

insulation fully adhered

183
K

Membrane overlap
hot air welded
Membrane
coated metal
07
P

Continous hot air

weld to membrane
coated metal

04
P

28
P at 300 mm

Site applied insulation

Membrane outlet xed
to roof panel

Steel support

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.33

02
P

7.

7.

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
External Gutter (TOP-DEK)
Membrane metal
ashing
28
P

min. 200 mm
min. 100 mm

at 300 mm

04
P

Membrane hot
air welded

Back putty

12
P

Site applied insulation

249
K
08
P

at 300 mm

02
P
08
P
17
P

40

136
K

90

02
Z
02
P

Note:
a according to structural / static
requirements

Valley Gutter (TOP-DEK)

Membrane overlap hot
air welded

28
P

min. 100

Membrane overlap hot

air welded

mm

at 300 mm

at 300 mm

04
P

28
P
04
P

Back putty
Back putty

12
P

Internal ashing

12
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.34

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Roof to Brickwork Junction (TOP-DEK)
31
P

at 200 mm

105
K

Butyrub building
cement

Continous hot air

weld to membrane
coated metal

31
P at 200 mm

Membrane fully adhered

min. 300 mm

Membrane coated
metal

min. 100

mm

Membrane overlap hot

air welded

Site applied
insulation
28
P at 300 mm
07
P
112
K

a
04
P

31
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

Roof to Brickwork Junction in Slope (TOP-DEK)

Butyrub building
cement

31
P

at 200 mm

105
K

Membrane coated
metal

Membrane fully adhered

min. 300 mm

Continous hot air

weld to membrane
coated metal

min. 100 mm
31
P

at 200 mm

28
P

at 300 mm

Site applied
insulation
04
P
112
K
14
P
31
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.35

Membrane overlap
hot air welded

7.

7.

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Expansion Joint (TOP-DEK)

Membrane overlap
hot air welded

Membrane coated metal to be

fastened to trapezoidal sheet

28
P

07
P

at 300 mm

121
K

35
P

PE pipe

Membrane overlap
hot air welded

Site applied insulation

07
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.36

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Roof Penetration Extractor Flue (TOP-DEK)
Cowl

Silicone sealant

Silicone sealant

Membrane overlap
hot air welded
Membrane overlap hot
air welded

Cover collar

Site applied insulation

Diameter

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.37

Double insulated
jacket exhaust pipe

min. 150 mm

Sleeve

7.

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Roof / Skylight Pyramid / Dome Type Ridge (TOP-DEK)
at 300 mm

28
P

Membrane coated metal

Neutral silicone sealant
Site applied rigid urethane
board

Membrane overlap
hot air welded
mm
min. 150

at 300 mm

Membrane fully adhered

min. 100

Membrane overlap
hot air welded

mm

28
P

Roof / skylight support

Continous hot air weld to

membrane coated metal

Site applied insulation

a
at 300 mm

28
P
04
P

Note:
according to structural / static requirements

Roof / Skylight Pyramid / Dome Type Downslope (TOP-DEK)

at 300 mm

28
P

Membrane coated metal

Neutral silicone sealant
min. 150 mm

7.

Site applied rigid urethane

board

Membrane overlap hot air

welded

Roof / skylight support

Membrane fully adhered
Membrane overlap
hot air welded

at 300 mm

min. 100 mm

28
P

Continuous hot air weld to

membrane coated metal

Site applied insulation

at 300 mm

28
P
04
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.38

Construction details
Flat Roof Panels
Smoke Vent (TOP-DEK)

Note:
a

Neutral silicone sealant

according to structural / static requirements

Neutral silicone sealant

Membrane fully adhered

Membrane fully adhered

Membrane coated metal

Continous hot air weld to

membrane coated metal

Membrane overlap
hot air welded

Membrane overlap
hot air welded

28
P
at 300 mm

04
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.2.39

Continous hot air weld to

membrane coated metal

28
P
at 300 mm

04
P

7.

Construction details
Rooftile
Panel Side Lap

03
P

at 325 mm

Weather sealing tape

Sealing tape (factory applied)

Vapour proof sealant (bitumen c. d. 6 mm)

Ridge
Back putty 12b
P

03
P

103c
K

at 400 mm

Back putty 12b

03
P

at 400 mm

065

Site applied insulation

325

7.

04
P

14
P

101
K

14
P

04
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.3.40

Construction details
Rooftile
Ridge
at 400 mm

25
P

Back putty 12b

Only to 100 mm (*)

25
P

Only to 100 mm (*)

at 400 mm

Site applied insulation

5 (*)

6619

Only over 100 mm (*)

Only over 100 mm (*)

103d
K

325

04
P

14
P

101
K

14
P

04
P

Ridge
03
P

Back putty 12b

P

103c
K

at 400 mm

25

1963

Back putty 12b

03
P

Site applied insulation

04
P

14
P

101
K

14
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.3.41

04
P

at 400 mm

7.

7.

Construction details
Rooftile
Gable
at 325 mm

25
P

14
P

08
P

12z
P

at 325 mm

Back putty

04
P

236
K
131
K

Site applied insulation

14
P

07
P

106
K
08
P

at 333 mm

07
P

Gable
at 325 mm

25
P

14
P

08
at 325 mm
P

12z
P

Back putty

04
P

Site applied insulation

236
K
131
K

Facing timber

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.3.42

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.3.43

08
P

108
K

240
K

at 300 mm

at 400 (600 or 800) mm

232
K

160

02
P

Site applied insulation

Back putty

03
P

40

420

13
P
08
P

at 300 mm

at 300 mm

109
K

at 300 mm

07
P

14
P

07
P

03
P

04
P

Construction details

Rooftile

External Gutter

7.

Construction details
Rooftile

Site applied insulation

External Gutter

08
P

04
P

13
P

at 300 mm

03
P

Facing timber

at 400 (600 or 800) mm

240
K

232
K

Back putty

03
P

160

420

7.

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.3.44

Construction details
Rooights
Side Lap (KS1000 PC)
Primary and Side Lap Fasteners

Kingspan Polycarb Rooight

4 No. main xings with storm washer

in each crown location, per rooight, per purlin

Site applied spacer

KS1000 RW insulated roof panel

30 min

4 No. main xings

with storm washers

PVC painted steel strip (factory tted)

4 No. main xings

with storm washers

Kingspan Polycarb Rooight

Site applied spacer

Direction of lay

Kingspan Polycarb Rooight to Panel

Panel to Kingspan Polycarb Rooight

Side lap stitched at 300 mm centres

with 6.3 mm 25 mm stitching
screws with 19 mm washers

Side lap stitched at 300 mm centres

with 6.3 mm 25 mm stitching
screws with 19 mm washers

6 5 mm butyl rubber sealant

on weather side

6 5 mm butyl rubber sealant

on weather side

PVC painted steel strip

(factory tted)

End Lap (KS1000 PC)

Tail Stitcher Locations
Side laps stitched at max. 300 mm c/cs with Mega-stitcher screws (typ 6.3 mm dia 25 mm long) with 19 mm dia washers
End lap stitchers only inserted
where rooight end laps
over KS1000 RW panel

6 5 mm butyl rubber sealant applied in continuous unbroken length at side lap to weather side of stitching screw
PVC painted steel strip (factory tted)

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.4.45

7.

7.

Construction details
Rooights
End Lap (KS1000 PC)
Kingspan Polycarb Rooight to KS1000RW
150 mm en
End laps crown stitched 2 times
with Mega-stitcher screws
(typ 6.3 mm dia 25 mm long)
with 19 mm dia washers

d lap

4 No. main xings with storm washer

in each crown location, per rooight, per purlin

50 mm
50 mm

KS1000 RW insulated roof panel

Kingspan Polycarb Rooight

Additional run of 6 5 mm butyl rubber sealant

Site applied spacer

30 min

30 min

3 runs of 6 5 mm butyl rubber sealant

applied in continuous unbroken lengths at end lap

KS1000RW to Kingspan Polycarb Rooight

150 mm en
End laps crown stitched 2 times
with Mega-stitcher screws
(typ 6.3 mm dia 25 mm long)
with 19 mm dia washers

d lap
50 mm

mm
Nominal 15
mm
Minimum 10

4 No. main xings with storm washer

in each crown location, per rooight, per purlin

50 mm

Kingspan Polycarb Rooight

3 runs of 6 5 mm butyl rubber sealant

applied in continuous unbroken lengths at end lap

Site applied spacer

KS1000 RW insulated roof panel

30 min

30 min

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.4.46

Construction details
Rooights
End Lap (KS1000 PC)
Kingspan Polycarb Rooight to Kingspan Polycarb Rooight
150 mm en
End laps crown stitched 2 times
with Mega-stitcher screws
(typ 6.3 mm dia 25 mm long)
with 19 mm dia washers

d lap
50 mm

mm
Nominal 15
mm
Minimum 10

4 No. main xings with storm washer

in each crown location, per rooight, per purlin

50 mm

Kingspan Polycarb Rooight

Kingspan Polycarb Rooight

Additional run of 6 5 mm butyl rubber sealant

3 runs of 6 5 mm butyl rubber sealant
applied in continuous unbroken lengths at end lap

Site applied spacer

30 min

30 min

Intermediate Purlin Fasteners (KS1000 PC)

Kingspan Polycarb Rooight

Position of 4 No. main xings with 19 mm dia.

and storm washers to crowns

Site applied spacer

30 min

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.4.47

7.

Construction details
Rooights
Side Lap (KS1000 RW/HTL)
RW/HTLRW
For every
corrugation

01
P

27
P

at 500 mm

Sealing tape 405 mm

(part of panel RW/HTL)

dp= 16 (25; 32)

Sealing tape 126 mm (part of panel RW/HTL)

Roof purlin

Spacing prole
(part of delivery RW/HTL)

34
P
2 pcs
for spacing prole

PE shaped ller into panel

(part of panel RW/HTL)

242
K

21
P

Side Lap (KS1000 RW/HTL)

RWRW/HTL
at 500 mm

For every
corrugation

03p
P

Sealing tape 405 mm

(part of panel RW/HTL)
dp= 16 (25; 32)

Sealing tape 126 mm

(part of panel RW/HTL)

01
P

7.

Roof purlin

21
P

243
K

34
P
2 pcs
for spacing prole

Spacing prole
(part of delivery RW/HTL)

PE shaped ller into panel

(part of panel RW/HTL)

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.4.48

Construction details
Rooights
Side Lap (KS1000 FF/HTL)
FF/HTLFF
For every corrugation
01
P

at 500 mm
27
P

Sealing tape 405 mm

(part of panel FF/HTL)

233
K

dp= 25 (16; 32)

Sealing tape 126 mm

(part of panel FF/HTL)

PE shaped ller into panel

(part of panel FF/HTL)

Spacing prole
(part of delivery FF/HTL)

34
P
2 pcs
for spacing prole

21
P

Roof purlin

Side Lap (KS1000 FF/HTL)

FFFF/HTL
at 500 mm
03p
P

For every corrugation

Sealing tape 405 mm

(part of panel FF/HTL)

01
P

PE shaped ller into panel

(part of panel FF/HTL)

dp= 16 (25; 32)

Sealing tape 126 mm

(part of panel FF/HTL)

233
K

Roof purlin

21
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.4.49

34
P
2 pcs
for spacing prole

Spacing prole
(part of delivery FF/HTL)

7.

Construction details
Rooights
Panel End Lap Upslope (KS1000 RW/HTL)
6 fasteners per end lap

PE shaped ller into panel

(part of panel RW/HTL)

27
P

01
P

18
P

17
P

P=250
50

50

7.

slope

a
21
P

spacing prole
(part of delivery RW/HTL)

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

Panel End Lap Down slope (KS1000 RW/HTL)

17
P

6 fasteners per end lap

For every corrugation

01
P

PE shaped ller into panel

(part of panel RW/HTL)

P=250

03p
P

50

50

slope

Spacing prole
(part of delivery RW/HTL)

d
a

21
P

18
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.4.50

Construction details
Rooights
Panel End Lap Intermediate (KS1000 RW/HTL)

01
P

For every corrugation

P=250

8 fasteners per end lap

27
P

50

50

slope
PE shaped ller into panel
(part of panel RW/HTL)
Spacing prole
(part of delivery RW/HTL)

a
21
P

18
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

Intermediate Fixing (KS1000 RW/HTL)

For every corrugation

PE shaped ller into panel

(part of panel RW/HTL)

01
P

slope

Spacing prole
(part of delivery RW/HTL)

Note:
b

according to structural / static requirements

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.4.51

7.

7.

Construction details
Wall Panels
Construction Method Vertically Laid Panels
Vertically laid panels require a structure to provide
support for the panel self weight and also resist wind
pressure and suction loads. The main frame structure
shown is a typical arrangement. The load span of the
panels depends on structural / static requirements,
which is specic for each project.

External Corner Detail

Cill Drip Detail

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.52

Construction details
Wall Panels
Construction Method Horizontally Laid Panels
Horizontally laid panels require a structure to
provide support for the panel self weight and also
resist wind pressure and suction loads. The main
frame structure shown is a typical arrangement. The
load span of the panels depends on structural / static
requirements, which is specic for each project.

Main frame grid

Due to load span table

Secondary steel post

External Corner Detail

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.53

Cill Drip Detail

7.

Construction details
Wall Panels
Panel to Panel Junction (vertical)
Secret xed option

Through xed option

04
P

02
P

08
P

214
K

at 300 mm
16
P

16
P

08
P

at 300 mm
143
K

17
P
04
P

10

214
K

10

7.

17
P

134
K
02
P

08
P

at 300 mm

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

Panel to Panel Junction Top hat (horizontal)

a

40

Concrete structure

Steel structure

04
P

04
P

17
P

26
P

21
P

or

22
P
17
P

Site applied rigid

urethane board

175a
K

21
P

26
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.54

Construction details
Wall Panels
Horizontal Panel to Vertical Panel Junction
03
Z

at 500 mm

04
P
07
P

182
K

10

17
P

08
P
183
K at 500 mm
04
P

Site applied insulation

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

Vertical Panel to Horizontal Panel Junction

04
P
214
K

08
P

at 300 mm

10

16
P

Site applied insulation

134
K
04
P

D
08
P
17
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.55

at 300 mm

7.

Construction details
Wall Panels
Expansion Joint (vertical)

14
P

02
P

08
P

118
K

50

Site applied insulation

222
K

02
P

at 300 mm

08
P

14
P

at 300 mm

Expansion Joint (horizontal)

07
P

118
K

70~90

07
P

Site applied insulation

7.

178
K

50
04
P

at 300 mm

08
P

26
P

26
P

08
P

at 300 mm

04
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

This joint allows for up to 20mm expansion. In other cases solve according concrete situation.
All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.56

Construction details
Wall Panels
Expansion Joint

a
07
P

02
P

08
P

14
P

146
K

at 300 mm

146
K

PE tube

07
P

14
P

08
P

at 300 mm

02
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

Transition Between Types of Panel (TF / FR)

a
Site applied insulation

07
P

118
K

14
P

07
P

TF

14
P

FR

50
02
P

08
P

at 300 mm

147
K

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.57

08
P

at 300 mm

02p
P

7.

Construction details
Wall Panels
Panel Head Junction (Vertically Laid Panels)

at 300 mm

at 300 mm

31
P

31
P

152
K

152
K

07
P

07
P

at 300 mm

at 300 mm

Site applied insulation

Floor Slab Junction (Vertically Laid Panels)

07
P

Neutral silicone sealant

as required

at 300 mm

155
K

155
K
02
P

05
Z

50

Butyrub building cement

70

7.

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.58

Construction details
Wall Panels
External Corner (vertical)

07
P
14
P

08
P

at 300 mm

166
K
02
P

187
K

Site applied insulation

at 300 mm

08
P

14
P

Direction of lay

07
P

External Corner (horizontal)

D
a

04
P

at 300 mm
08
P
07
P

14
P
106
K

Site applied insulation

159
K

14
P

07
P

08
P

at 300 mm

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.59

04
P

Direction of lay

7.

Construction details
Wall Panels
External Curved Corner (vertical)
08
P
02
P

at 300 mm

07
P

191
K

14
P

02
P

118
K

Site applied insulation

14
P

07
P
08
P

at 300 mm

12
R

7.

Direction of lay

04
P

B
C

Note:
Panel R12, max. length 8,000 mm
Amin, Cmin = 60 mm
A + B + C = max. module 1,000 mm
= 80 175
Rmin = D
prolation to be discussed

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.60

Construction details
Wall Panels
External Curved Corner (horizontal)
at 300 mm
08
P

17
P

26
P

Site applied insulation

04
P

164
K
17
P
12
R

08
P
at 300 mm

at 500 mm
17
P

06
P

04
P

17
P

B
C

at 300 mm

08
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

Panel R12, max. length 8,000 mm

Amin, Cmin = 60 mm
A + B + C = max. module 1,000 mm
= 80 175
Rmin = D
prolation to be discussed

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.61

Site applied insulation

164
K

26
P

at 300 mm

08
P

7.

Construction details
Wall Panels
External Cranked Corner (vertical)
08
P

at 300 mm

Site applied insulation

14
P

07
P

02
P
191
K
118
K
02
P
14
P
08
P

at 300 mm
04
P

11
R

7.

Direction of lay

Note:
Panel R11, max. length 8,000 mm
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
A + B = module 1,000 mm
= 80 175
prolation to be discussed

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.62

Construction details
Wall Panels
External Cranked Corner (horizontal)
26
P

04
P

08
P
at 300 mm

17
P

185
K

Site applied insulation

08
P
at 300 mm

26
P

17
P

15
R

Site applied insulation

17
P

04
P

185
K

26
P

04
P

17
P

B
08
P

at 300 mm

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

Panel R15, maximum length of an unsupported arm of single cranked wall panel is 1,000 mm. For longer cranks
additional steelwork is required.
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
Amax = 1,500 mm
Bmax = 4,500 mm
= 90 180
module 1,000 mm
prolation to be discussed

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.63

7.

Construction details
Wall Panels
External Chamfered Corner (horizontal)
17
P
04
P

at 300 mm
08
P

26
P

Site applied insulation

185
K
04
P

7.

26
P

17
P
16
R

Site applied insulation

17
P

04
P

185
K

26
P

04
P

17
P

08
P

at 300 mm

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

Panel R16, maximum length of an unsupported arm of double cranked wall panel is1,000 mm. For longer
cranks additional steelwork is required.
Amin, Cmin = 250 mm
Amax, Cmax = 1,500 mm
Bmax = 3,000 mm
, = 90 180
module 1,000 mm

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.64

Construction details
Wall Panels
Internal Corner (vertical)
14
P

09
P

02
P

Site applied insulation

159
K

Direction of lay

14
P
113
K

09
P

08
P

at 300 mm

D
Direction of lay

Internal Corner (horizontal)

159
K

14
P

04
P

14
P

D
09
P

106
K

08
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.65

at 300 mm

09
P

7.

Construction details
Wall Panels
Concrete Wall Cill (vertical)

17
P

04
P

at 300 mm

min. 100 mm

08
P
214
K

10
184
K

18
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

Concrete Wall Cill (horizontal)

D
16
P
18
P

min. 100 mm

at 500 mm
03
Z
04
P

10

7.

184
K

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.66

Construction details
Wall Panels
Wall Pipe Extractor Flue

07
P

23
P

Tubing sleeve
Site applied ashing

Piping

Site applied insulation (re

rated if hot exhaust)

Diameter d

07
P

Note:
Complete installation contents:
passage piping packing
sealing material
necessary quantity of fasteners
Piping sleeves for better additional sealing of passages can be ordered according to diameter of piping.
See to the section of the Accessories or contact Kingspan Technical Service Department for range of piping
sleeves.
All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.67

7.

Construction details
Wall Panels
Plastic Window recessed (vertical) Head

D
04
P

21
P

10

40

1015

16
P

07
P

Site applied insulation

223
K

Window frame

143
K

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

Plastic Window recessed (vertical) Cill

21
P

Window frame

at 200 mm 08
P

224
K

211
K

Site applied insulation

adjust the ashing to

the window frame

20

3540

7.

07
P
17
P

at 500 mm

183
K

08
P
04
P

Note:
The ashing K211 adjusts according to the window frame.
a

according to structural / static requirements

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.68

Construction details
Wall Panels
Plastic Window recessed (vertical) Jamb
1015

07
P

223
K

Site applied insulation

Window frame

17
P

08
P

at 300 mm

02
P

219
K

40

21
P

Plastic Window coplanar (vertical) Head

04
P

1015

10

16
P

Site applied insulation

Window frame

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.69

143
K

7.

Construction details
Wall Panels
Plastic Window coplanar (vertical) Cill

Window frame

Site applied insulation

Neutral silicone sealant

21
P

at 200 mm

08
P

151
K
04
P
17
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

Plastic Window coplanar (vertical) Jamb

17
P

Site applied
insulation

7.

Window frame
1015
08
P

at 200 mm

21
P

02
P

228
K

21
P

08
P

at 200 mm

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.70

Construction details
Wall Panels
Aluminium Window vertical (coplanar)
Head
04
P

Cill

04
P

Jamb

a
02
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.71

7.

Construction details
Wall Panels
Roller Shutter Door (vertical) Head
D

04
P
16
P

min. 10 mm
157
K
08
P at 300 mm

Site applied insulation

Site applied rigid urethane board

158
K

197
K

07
P

09
P

Segment of overhead door

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

specify dimension to dene ashing K158

Roller Shutter Door (vertical) Jamb

Segment of overhead door

07
P

197
K
09
P

Site applied rigid

urethane board

7.

218
K
17
P

08
P at 300 mm

02
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

specify dimension to dene ashing K218

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.72

Construction details
Wall Panels
Plastic Window recessed (horizontal) Head
16
P

at 500 mm
03
Z

D
Site applied insulation

15

10

60

2 at 500 mm
07
P

182
K
21
P

07
P
223
K

Window frame

04
P

198
K

Plastic Window recessed (horizontal) Head (cut end)

at 300 mm

08
P

160
K

D
16
P

1015

at 1,000 mm
02
P

10

40

21
P

07
P

Site applied insulation

223
K

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.73

Window frame

143
K

7.

Construction details
Wall Panels
Plastic Window recessed (horizontal) Cill

21
P

Window frame

Site applied insulation

at 200 mm

08
P

20

3540

224
K

230
K
adjust the ashing to
the window frame

07
P
17
P

at 1,000 mm

04
P

at 300 mm

08
P

Plastic Window recessed (horizontal) Cill (cut end)

21
P

Window frame

08
P
at 200 mm

Site applied insulation

211
K
adjust the ashing to
the window frame

224
K

20

3540

7.

183
K
at 500 mm

D
07
P
17
P

08
P

at 1,000 mm

02
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.74

Construction details
Wall Panels
Plastic Window recessed (horizontal) Jamb
1015

07
P

223
K

Site applied insulation

Window frame

17
P

04
P

08
P

at 300 mm

40

144
K

21
P

at 300 mm

08
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

Plastic Window coplanar (horizontal) Head

D
160
K

at 1,000 mm

02
P

1015

10

16
P

Site applied insulation

Window frame

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.75

143
K

7.

Construction details
Wall Panels
Plastic Window coplanar (horizontal) Cill

Window frame

Site applied insulation

Neutral silicone sealant

21
P
08
P
at 200 mm

151
K
02
P
at 1,000 mm

D
17
P

Plastic Window coplanar (horizontal) Jamb

17
P

a
Site applied insulation

7.

Window frame
04
P

154
K

at 200 mm

08
P

21
P

1015

08
P

at 200 mm

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.76

Construction details
Wall Panels
Aluminium Window coplanar (horizontal)
Head

08
P

at 300 mm

160
K

02
P

Cill

at 300 mm
08
P

160
K

02
P

Jamb

02
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.77

7.

Construction details
Wall Panels
Roller Shutter Door (horizontal) Head
D

16
P
02
P
160
K

08
P

at 300 mm

214
K

10
157
K
08
P

at 300 mm

Site applied insulation

Site applied rigid urethane board

158
K

197
K

07
P

09
P

Segment of overhead door

Note:
X

specify dimension to dene ashing K158

Roller Shutter Door (horizontal) Jamb

Segment of overhead door

07
P

197
K
09
P

Site applied rigid

urethane board
165
K

7.

17
P
04
P

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

specify dimension to dene ashing K165

at 300 mm

08
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.78

Construction details
Wall Panels
Wall Junction (vertical)

31
P

106
K

at 300 mm

31
P

02
P

Site applied insulation

14
P

220
K

at 300 mm

08
P

07
P

at 300 mm

at 300 mm

Wall Junction (vertical)

Plaster

at 500 mm

106
K

14
P

07
P

31
P

Direction of lay

18
P

Site applied
insulation

Butyrub building
cement

221
K

02
P

08
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.79

at 300 mm

7.

Construction details
Wall Panels
Wall Junction (vertical)
Butyrub building cement

18
P

219
K

02
P

08
P

at 300 mm

17
P

7.

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

Wall Junction (horizontal)

a

Site applied insulation

14
P

07
P

at 300 mm

Note:
31
P

at 300 mm

106
K

08
P

at 300 mm

04
P

a according to
structural / static requirements

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.80

Construction details
Wall Panels
Wall Junction (horizontal)
a

Plaster
at 300 mm

31
P
106
K
14
P
07
P

Note:
Site applied insulation

Butyrub building cement

18
P

194
K

08
P

at 300 mm

04
P

a according to
structural / static requirements

Wall Junction (horizontal)

18
P

144
K

08
P

at 300 mm

04
P

17
P

Butyrub building
cement

Note:
Plaster
All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.81

a according to
structural / static requirements

7.

Construction details
Wall Panels
Louvre Head & Cill (vertical)
D
04
P

10

17
P

09
P
07
P
07
Z

157
K

08
Z

Note:
a according to structural / static
requirements
When panels are site cut for tting the
louvre systems, the panel joint above the
louvre head has to be sealed to prevent
water ingress neutral silicone sealant.

07
Z
07
P
09
P

at 300 mm

08
P
21
P

D
17
P

04
P

Louvre Jamb (vertical)

02
P

17
P

09
P

07
P

07
Z

08
Z

07
Z

07
P

09
P

17
P

02
P

7.

21
P

08
P

at 300 mm

at 300 mm

08
P

21
P

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.82

Construction details
Wall Panels
Louvre Head & Cill (horizontal)
08
P

at 300 mm

02
P

160
K

17
P

Drip ashing glued onto panel and

sealed with neutral silicone sealant

08
P

09
P
at 300 mm

07
P
07
Z
08
Z

156
K

Note:
When panels are site cut for tting the
louvre systems, the panel joint above the
louvre head has to be sealed to prevent
water ingress neutral silicone sealant.
07
Z
07
P
09
P
08
P

at 300 mm

21
P
02
P

160
K

17
P

Louvre Jamb (horizontal)

04
P

17
P

09
P

07
P

07
Z

08
Z

07
Z

07
P

09
P

17
P

21
P

08
P

at 300 mm

Note:
a

according to structural / static requirements

All technical information is subject to alterations. Errors and omissions excepted.

7.5.83

at 300 mm

08
P

21
P

04
P

7.

8.

Accessories
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

Introduction
Flashings components
Rainwater system
Corner components, Steel sheets, steel in coils
Tophats
Wall-Lite
Polycarb Rooight
Rooight panels HTL
Rooights panels GRP40
Aluminium programme
Zinc coated proles
Fe Louvres
Passage Piping Packing
Fastening & Sealing Components
Flashing Components Specication
Pre-fabricated Components Specication
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication
Eave Rainwater System Specication Angular
Eave Rainwater System Specication Round
Pre-fabricated Insulated Rainwater Systems Specication

8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.9
8.10
8.12
8.12
8.13
8.15
8.16
8.41
8.45
8.63
8.70
8.75

Accessories
Introduction
Kingspan has become the market leader in the specialist industry of providing ancillary components
for completing all aspects of any buildings. High capital investment on exible manufacturing equipment
and systems enables rapid turnround of high quality components from order to site delivery to be
achieved meeting clients and installers timeline requirements. Architects can incorporate special
features to give their designs an individual and unique appearance, condent in the knowledge that
Kingspan can turn them into reality. Including corporate styles or individual one-off designs, Kingspan
can meet your requirements and always to the same high standards of quality.
Kingspan manufacture and supply an extensive range of standard and bespoke ancillary components,
which can be used to enhance the architectural imagery of the building. Kingspans Technical Services
and ancillary manufacturing operation provide designers and constructors with atotal service package,
both at design and through the construction and installation process.

rooflight panel
insulated gutter

insulated gutter

aluminium upstand

ridge
component

upstand component

vertical cover
strip

cover
strip
atypical
corner panel
head
and cill

flashing

Conner panel
louvres
gutter system

8.1

rounded corner panel

8.

8.

Accessories
Flashings components


Flashing components made to supplement the

complete roof and wall systems Kingspan, are
manufactured from coated galvanized metal sheets
1,250 mm wide maximum and up to 8,000 mm long
(the recommended length of ashing components is
6,000 mm).

Kingspan Spectrum

60 m Polyurethane coated semi gloss nish

with aslight granular effect. It offers an outstanding
durability and weather resistance performance, its
superior exibility enables high resistance against
mechanical damages.

Roof ashing components

COLOUR RANGE

Ridge components

Expansion joints

Standard colours available according to Kingspan

colour chart

Rooight ashing

Roof panel junctions to walls

Please contact Kingspan for special colour shades

requirements

Roof panel junctions to panel walls

Gable ashings

Parapet ashings

Gutter ashings

Ridge components

Wall ashing


Corner and internal corner ashing

Panel joint strips

Panel junctions to adjoining buildings

Cill ashings

Openings ashing

Window, door and gate ashing

Louvers ashings

Corner ashings

Head and Cill

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
Source material
Galvanized metal sheet with coating 1,250 mm
wide maximum (fully spread).
Metalsheet thickness
Standard thickness of 0.6 mm is available in
standard colours, other thicknesses are possible
according to suppliers production technology
(0.5 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.75 mm, galvanized metalsheet
1 mm)
Internal surface coating:


Verge components

Polyester coating

Exterior surface coating:



PES / polyester 25

High performance surface coating 25 m thick with

medium term life.


Pvf2 (PVDF)

High performance surface coating 25 m thick with

excellent colour stability.


Samples of non-standard production

PLASTISOL

One-side, high performance coating 200 m,

high levels of durability and colour stability, is highly
resistant to damage in transit on site and assembly.

8.2

Accessories
Rainwater system
Drainage components characteristics


Colour corresponding to wall and roof

Simple and fast assembly

Attractive design

Insulation quality of pre-fabricated insulated

rainwater systems is comparable to panels of the
same thickness.

Roof drainage systems



Kingspan eaves gutter system (angular) level

Eaves gutter system (semi-circular)

Kingspan prefabricated thermally insulated gutter

system level

Kingspan Insulated Gutter System

valley and boundary gutters
It is necessary to design a drainage system to
internal drainage in case of gable and pitch roofs
without a parapet. Kingspan offers the internal
drainage system of level prefabricated insulated valley
and parapet gutters.


Manufactured according to customers

requirements

From galvanized metalsheet 0.6 mm thick,

PES / polyester 25 m, Plastisol 200 m or
Skinplate 0.75 mm, 500 m in Kingspan standard
shades.

Thermal insulation from IPN or mineral bre.

IPN insulation can be 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 100 or
120 mm thick, mineral bre insulation can be 60,
80, 100, 120 or 150 mm thick.

Standard gutters include standard heads / or with

overow.

Valley gutter
Boundary gutter

External Gutter system

The rainwater drainage off the roof into the sewer
system is important part of roof systems. Kingspan
offers external gutter system (angular or semi-circular)
for gable and pitch roofs without aparapet.
Level angular external gutters


Gutter capacity (standard prole) = 11.8 l / s

Outow capacity ( 100 mm) = 4.7 l / s

Outow capacity ( 150 mm) = 9.1 l / s

Maximum outow span = 15.0 m

Level external gutters Kingspan are manufactured

according to suppliers abilities from galvanized
metalsheet 0.6 mm thick with single-side coating
(PES / polyester 25 m or Plastisol 200 m)
6,000 mm long.
All accessories (gutter support, connections,
heads, corner components, downpipes,
elbowpipes) are components of the system.

System components


Hanging gutter (gutter connections)

Downpipe (angular)

Gutter support

Outlet

Downpipe sleeve

Sill and spout elbow-pipe accessories (rivets,

fasteners, caps, sealant, stub nail)

8.3

When designing internal gutter, please keep

in mind, that vertical drainage system can not
cross with horizontal support components of roof
construction (girders, clamps, purlins, etc.).
As the gutters are not self-supporting, it is
necessary to adjust the steel construction for their
application or to use hooks.
Kingspan recommends electrical heating of
gutters.

8.

8.

Accessories
Corner components, Steel sheets, steel in coils
Pre-formed corner panels

Steel sheets

Wall panels TF, AWP, FR, FH, TL and TC allow

to use pre-formed sandwich panels for corners.
Detailed pictures show the way of junction to
standard wall and geometry of corners.

Accessories Division delivers metal sheets formed

by its own machinery. Metal sheets are available
in wide range according to metal sheets used for
manufacture of Kingspan panels. Metal sheets length
according to customers requirements. Maximum
recommended length is 6,000 mm. Metal sheet width
depends on sheet span and can vary from 1,100 to
1,250 mm. Metal sheet thickness range from 0.5 to
0.75 mm.

ADVANTAGES


Accessory to sandwich panel systems

Simply assembly

Innovative and attractive solution

Wide colour range

External facing of metal sheet is protected by

foil. The metal sheets are despatched on wooden
palettes.

Steel in coils


Rewinding is secured on Kingspan equipment

Delivery of the quantity according to the customer

requirement (maximal weight of one coil is 3 t
depending on steel thickness)

Width of the coil is between 1,058 and 1,250 mm

Thickness of the steel is between 0.5 and 0.75 mm

Colour shades of the steel in PES coating available

according to the current standards

Other coating and colours available according to

actual stock situation

Coils are powered by protective foil on the exterior

side

vertically laid panels

horizontally laid panels

8.4

Accessories
Tophats
Vertical tophats are used for overlap of the cross
joint at horizontally laid panels
Max. length: 7 m
Materials


Zinc coated steel with nal surface coating

Steel thickness:
Standard steel thickness 0.6 mm is delivered for
Kingspan standard colour shades
Standard exterior surface coating:


PES / polyester25

High performance surface coating 25 m thick with

medium lifetime


Kingspan Spectrum

60 m Polyurethane coated semi gloss nish

with aslight granular effect. It offers an outstanding
durability and weather resistance performance. Its
superior exibility enables high resistance against
mechanical damages.


Pvf2 (PVDF)

High performance surface coating 25 m thick with

excellent colour stability


Foodsafe

The surface of this 150 m thick polymer coating

is non-toxic and resistant to mould, durable and easy
to clean. It is chemically inert and safe for continuous
contact with unpacked food. Steel thickness 0.5 mm.


Stanless steel
Stainless steel with thickness 0.5 mm.

atypical tophats

8.5

catalogue K175a

8.

8.

Accessories
Wall-Lite
Wall light panel KS1000WL is aproduct designed
for any buildings where wall panels Kingspan
KS1000AWP are used. The panel is made from
polycarbonate and it helps to reach optimal thermal
values of the insulated building. The panel is suitable
for all types of buildings except those with high air
humidity caused by the inuence of building users or
production processes. They are also not suitable for
buildings with low inside temperature.

Application
Wall light panel KS1000WL can be used for
vertical and horizontal cladding. Maximal span is
determined by the static tables calculation.
Materials
Polycarbonate chamber board, thickness 38 mm.
Colour: clear. It is possible to offer other colour
shades according to actual stock situation.
Construction


Modular width 1,000 mm

Weight: 4.7 kg / m2

Panel joint shape corresponds to the joint of panel

KS1000AWP

Thickness difference between panel KS1000AWP

and panel KS1000WL is solved by aluminium
distance proles

Distance proles are available for thicknesses of

following panels: KS1000AWP 60, 80, 100

Length: max. 6,000 mm

Exterior side is provided with UVlter.

Thermal characterictics - Uvalue = 1.26W / m2K

Sound depression (Rw) 24 dB

Light transmission
Transmission range is 55 % for clear colour. In case
of other colour shade, please contact Accessories
department Kingspan.

8.6

Accessories
Polycarb Rooight Natural Light Trapezoidal Translucent System
Introduction

Product Data

Sustainability is the latest buzzword in not just the

construction industry, but in the wider environment
too. Sustainability however is far from just being a
fad it is a way of living and constructing, to help
preserve the environment in which we live. There are
indeed many ways of acting sustainably, but one of
the easiest and cost efcient ways is to reduce the
energy that we use.

Available Lengths

One way of reducing the energy we use is to

reduce our reliance on articial lighting to light our
buildings. How though, do you reduce the amount of
articial light yet maintain a workable level of lighting?
The answer is to incorporate rooight systems into
roof constructions. By allowing more natural light in
to a building, the need for articial lighting is reduced.
The benets of using rooights go further than
just reducing our energy consumption; research
has shown that increased levels of daylight can aid
health, learning and also increase productivity.

Kingspan Polycarb Rooight panels are available

in standard lengths from 1.8 to 6.44 metres. Longer
lengths can be manufactured on request.
Dimensions & Weight
Dimension A core thickness nominal [mm]

20

Dimension B overall dimension [mm]

55

Weight [kg / m2]

3.3

Performance & Properties

Light Transmission
Clear Polycarbonate


63% light transmission to EN410

76% solar transmission to DIN67507

The Kingspan Polycarb Rooight allows natural

light to penetrate in to the building, therefore reducing
the need for articial lighting. The rooight system,
which is designed for use with the KS1000RW
system, is made from polycarbonate, a lightweight,
high performance, durable plastic. It has superior
UVresistance and will not discolour over time
coupled with a U-value of 1.64 W/m2K.

Polycarb Rooight Application with KS1000RW

1,000 mm
333 mm

333 mm

333 mm

35 mm

8.7

8.

8.

Accessories
Rooight panels HTL
Rooight is an optimal appliance to enable daylight
to the interior of the building. This applies especially
to longspan roofs, where skylights or rooight panels
are the only way to effectively fulll requirements of
even daylight spread inside the building. Rooight
panels are laid at the roof surface level. In case of
rooight panels there is no light loss compared to
skylights (skylight support, transversal skylight walls).

Fire performance


Grade of re spreading: without re spreading

Property of burning while dropping: burning while

dropping

Fire classication: hard to burn

(TMI-28 / 2007)

Note!
In case of Rooigths, there are exceptions from the
re resistance regulations in the following cases:

Application
AKS1000HTL Hybrid Rooight is a product
with GRP top sheet and polycarbonate bottom sheet
combination for buildings with Kingspan KS1000RW
and KS1000FF roof panel where thermo insulation
and designed surface are required.
The basic conditions of the installation:


Slope of the roof minimum for RW = 5.7 (10 %);

forFF = 8 (14 %)

Standard overlap is 250 mm

Distance between supports must be determined

from the span tables calculation. Please, contact
technical department Kingspan.

In case the internal height of building is min. 3 m

In case there are no ammable materials (stored or

built in) in the following ranges:
within 1 m range (vertical and horizontal ) of
rooight
within 3 m distance from the level of the roof
support elements

Light transmission
Approximately 55 %

Dimensions


The shape of the GRP top layer is same as the

shape of KS1000RW roof panel.

Standard length: max. 6,250 mm (including overlap

250 mm)

Width: 1,000 mm (polycarbonate)

KS1000 RW/HTL
1,000 3 mm
333.3 mm

333.3 mm

d
D
D = d + 35 mm
d
[mm]

U
[W / m2K]

weight
[kg]

16

2.124

5.0

25

1.738

5.9

32

1.34

6.6

KS1000 FF/HTL
1,000 3 mm
250 mm

250 mm

250 mm
d
D
D = d + 34 mm

d
[mm]

U
[W / m2K]

weight
[kg]

16

2.124

5.0

25

1.738

5.9

32

1.34

6.6

8.8

Accessories
Rooights panels GRP40
Rooight is an optimal appliance to enable daylight
to the interior of the building. This applies especially
to longspan roofs, where skylights or rooight panels
are the only way to effectively fulll requirements of
even daylight spread inside the building. Rooight
panels are laid at the roof surface level. In case of
rooight panels there is no light loss compared to
skylights (skylight support, transversal skylight walls).

Light transmission
GRP rooight panels transmit 70 % of the light and
are opaque.

Construction
Maximum distance of rooight panels supports
can be 1,200 mm (please consult with Kingspan
Technical Bureau).

Applications
The KS1000GRP are factory assembled double
skin units which can be used with KS1000RW where
the roof slope is 6 (10 %) or more and KS1000FF
where the roof slope is 8 (14 %) or more. Maximum
available panel length is 6,500 mm including overlap.

Fire protection
Kingspan rooight panels comply with standard
building regulations and norms for breglass bre
products and their technical parameters.

Rooight panels can be laid as chequerboard or in

ridge following roof inclination, rooight panels layout
inuences daylight spread inside the building.

Materials
External and internal facing from breglass sheets
1.2 / 0.8 mm thick with maximum wave of 35 mm are
joined together by PEdistance spacers.

KS1000 RW/GRP40
1,000 mm
333 mm

333 mm

333 mm
d

D = d + 35 mm
d
[mm]

U
[W / m2K]

weight
[kg]

40

3.0

3.7

KS1000 FF/GRP40
1,000 mm
250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

250 mm

d
D = d + 34 mm

8.9

d
[mm]

U
[W / m2K]

weight
[kg]

40

3.0

3.7

8.

8.

Accessories
Aluminium programme
Aluminium products, which are very effective
and easy for installation with faultless functionality,
can highlight the originality of any building. Primary
material used is aluminium sheet with nal komaxit
coating. This guarantees a high quality and life time
of the parts as well as a colour range according to
the request of a customer.

Al louvres
The advantages of these products are shape
variability and possibility of any colour coating.

Round max. 800 mm

Different dimensions can be produced upon

agreement.


High shape variability

No standard shapes

Upstands for RW and FF panel

Production to individual needs of acustomer

Komaxit coating

Finished product, no other completion works

Louvers are made for ventilating of buildings, either

direct or connected to a ventilating system.
Technical parameters:
Louvers can be produced upon agreement in
dimensions and shapes according to individual needs
of a customer, in max. length up to 3,000 mm and
width up to 1,500 mm.


High shape variability

No standard shapes

Production to individual needs of acustomer

Komaxit coating

For high-powered operations

Upstands for roof windows

It is possible to produce various dimensions to t
the building, for Velux and Fenestra roof windows.
Examples of available dimensions:


78 98

78 118

78 140

78 160

Roof upstands
Aluminium Upstands allow trouble free sealing for
installation on the roof. As anal product it does not
require any other nishing works.
Optimal usage of Upstands is for RW panels or
for at roofs (TOP-DEK panels / X-DEK), alternatively
according to the needs of a customer.
Standard technical parameters:


Width max. 1,000 mm

Length max. 3,000 mm

Square max. 2 m2

8.10

Accessories
Aluminium programme
Special insulated upstands for RW, FF,
TOP-DEK (komaxit coating)

Point rooight (possible with electromotor)

example of the thermal performance:

Fire damper SO2 with termosenzor

order size

Uvalue

example of the thermal performance:

100 100

2.7 W / m2K

100 200

2.7 W / m2K

order size

U value

100 100

2.7 W / m2K
2

100 200

2.7 W / m K

120 120

2.7 W / m2K

Architectural parts and special

constructions
Architectural parts aesthetically reinforce the overall
design of a building. There are no standards set, only
unique parts are produced based on the project of a
building. These parts are original in their appearance,
offering the possibility of various architectonical
versions, colour combinations and workshop
processing.

Aluminium window frames



Custom manufacturing according to the project

design

High variability

8.11

For delivery possibilities of Fire damper SO2

and Point rooight please contact Accessories
department Kingspan.

Arc attics:


Length max. = 3,000 mm

Radius min. = 230 mm

Other parts can be produced upon agreement

in relation to project specication. Full offer and
pricelists are available from Sales representatives.

8.

8.

Accessories
Zinc coated proles


Production on Kingspan equipment (bending

machine 8 m, press brake 3 m) according to
customers requirements

Different proles (Z,U,L + atypical)

Proles with verges

Very exible delivery terms and production shapes

Proles are despatched on wooden palettes or

steel boxes, depending on the order size

Proles up to 8 m length available in steel thickness

up to 1 mm

Proles less than 3 m length available in steel

thickness 1.5, 2 and 3 mm

Fe Louvres
Company Kingspan offers ventilation louvres as
accessories to insulated panel systems.
Standard louvres are manufactured from
galvanized metal sheets.
Standard louvres are available 1,000 mm long
and up to 3,000 mm wide. Louvre construction is
manufactured from bended steel sheets riveted
to cladding frame at both sides (front and back).
Protective net to prevent insect getting inside can
be supplied; it is not part of standard delivery. Other
louvres of different proles, rib spacing, sizes and
shapes can be delivered according to customers
requirements.

Characteristics


Colour shades corresponding with the wall / roof

colour shade

Standard module height 1,000 mm

Standard module width from 500 to 3,000 mm

Standard module depth 100 mm

Special louvres can be delivered according to

customers requirements

PES / polyester, coating 25 m, anti-corrosive

nish applied to a galvanized steel sheet with the
average lifetime
Plastisol, coating 200 m, excellent nish with
extra long lifetime, colour fastness, resistant to
corrosion, resistant to damage during transport
and installation
Pvf2, coating 25 m, uorocarbon nish with colour
fastness also in temperatures over 120 C and very
good lifetime
Kingspan Spectrum, coating 60 m
Polyurethane coated semi gloss nish with a slight
granular effect.
It offers an outstanding durability and weather
resistance performance, its superior exibility
enables high resistance against mechanical
damages.
Internal facing is nished with protective coat
(usually light grey shade).
Material specication depends on production
facilities of company Kingspan (please consult with
Kingspan Technical Bureau).

Material specications


Frame and ribs are manufactured from galvanized

steel sheets

Standard sheet width is 0.6 mm

Coating:

8.12

Accessories
Passage Piping Packing
MF STANDARD
solution for sealing round pipe penetrations on steel
nished roof
Benets:


Excellent sealing of round pipes penetrations on

roof and wall panels.

Rubber elastic collar compensates thermal and

dynamic movements of pipes.

Pipe diameter
[mm]

Reference

STANDARD

Base dimension
[mm]

Tubes of silicone [pcs]

40 ml

80 ml

Fasteners 7510-5,5 25 E16

[pcs]

Mini

319

57 57

MF1

650

114 114

MF2

3276

152 152

12

MF3

6102

203 203

16

MF4

76152

254 254

MF5

102178

280 280

20

MF6

127228

305 305

20

MF7

152280

356 356

24

MF8

178330

432 432

28

MF9

254457

635 635

44

MAXI

330660

864 864

64

16

MAGE RETROFIT
for sealing of existing penetrations
Benets:


For use in difcult roof conditions.

Installation on existing pipes without uninstallting

the tube.

RETRO FIT

8.13

Tubes of silicone [pcs]

Pipe diameter
[mm]

Base dimension
[mm]

RF 1

13102

208 208

RF 2

102235

362 362

25

RF 3

235413

546 546

41

Reference

40 ml

80 ml

Fasteners 7510-5,5 25 E16

[pcs]
17

8.

8.

Accessories
Passage Piping Packing
STRIPFLASH
Benets:


Sealing of circular and rectangular sections.

Material of sealing allows 20% elongation at edges.

The sealing is possible to be painted with acrylic

paint.

Application up to 40mm of weather sheet section

height.

Remark:


Application on rectangular tubes requires xing

with rivets or screws, consult with mechanical
engineer possibility of drilling the tube skin.

Length
[m]

Width
[mm]

Tubes of silicone 80 ml
[pcs]

Fasteners 7510-5,5 25 E16

[pcs]

STRIP 235 mm / 10 m

10

235

20

410

STRIP 450 mm / 15 m

15

450

30

620

Reference

8.14

Accessories
Fastening & Sealing Components
Ref.

Description

P01

Self-drilling or self-tapping screw with sealing washer, callot and plastic cap to be determined by the designer (for panel/construction
crown locations) (see chapter Fixing srews)

P02

Self-drilling or self-tapping screw (with thread under head) with sealing washer, plastic cap to be determined by the designer (for
panel/construction crown locations) (see chapter Fixing srews)

P03

Self-drilling screw with groove under the head and sealing washer to be determined by the designer (for sheet steel/sheet steel)

P04

Self-drilling or self-tapping screw (with thread under head) with sealing washer (plastic cap) to be determined by the designer (for
panel/construction valley locations) (see chapter Fixing srews)

P06

Self-drilling or self-tapping screw with countersunk head to be determined by the designer (for panel/construction)

P07

Single side rivet 4 10 AI/E (for sheet steel/sheet steel inside)

P08

Single side closed rivet 4.8 10 AI/E (for sheet steel/sheet steel outside)

P09

Single side rivet 4.8 15.1 AI/E (for sheet steel/construction)

P10

Shank with a nut (2 pieces), sealing washer (2 pieces), callot (2 pieces) and plastic cap (As per eaves gutter specication)

P11

PU self-adhesive sealant tape 10 2 (10 mm expanded)

(to seal points between ashing components and panel with wave prole)

P12

PE proled sealing ller B (outside) specify type of panel

P13

PE proled sealing ller A (inside) specify type and thickness of panel

P14

PE self-adhesive sealant tape 9 3 mm (Under ashing components)

P15

PVC self-adhesive sealant tape 9 6 mm (to panel side lap)

P16

PE self-adhesive sealant tape 20 3 mm (for panel overlap and ashing components)

P17

PE self-adhesive sealant tape 20 5 mm (between panel and structure)

P18

PU self-adhesive sealant tape 20 4 (20 mm expanded) (to seal joints between panel and wall, concrete or dilatation)

P19

PE self-adhesive sealant tape 30 8 mm or 2 pieces of tape 20 5 mm (to seal winder joints)

P20

Butyl self-adhesive sealant tape 12 6 mm (for waterproof and vapor connections)

P21

Butyl self-adhesive sealant tape 10 3 mm (for waterproof and vapor connections)

P22

Nailing screw with dowel to be determined by the designer (see chapter Fixing srews)

P23

Passage piping packing to be determined by the designer (see chapter Passage piping)

P24

Concrete anchorage steel to be determined by the designer

P25

Self-drilling screw with groove under the head and sealing washer to be determined by the designer (for sheet/insulation/sheet with
thickness 620mm)

P26

PE proled sealing ller (or piece of sealant tape P18) for side lap of panel FH and AWP specify type of panel

P27

Laplox/Translap stitching screw 9 16 to be determined by the designer (for the connection of roof panel HTL and GRP40)

P28

Galvanised self-drilling screw and plate washer to be determined by the designer (for xing of the membrane coated metal to panels)

P29

Butyl self-adhesive sealant tape 4 mm diameter (for waterproof and vapor connections)

P30

Nailing rivet to be determined by the designer (for concrete, metal, wood, masonry)

P31

Nailing dowel with pre assembled nail and thread for dismantling to be determined by designer (for concrete, solid and hollow
masonry, atc.)

P32

Single side rivet TPR with sealing washer (for xing panels and gutters)

P33

Fab-Lok stainless single side screw (for xing KS1000 TOP-DEK to cold rolled purlins)

P34

Self-tapping screw with plate to be determined by the designer (for xing the plastic spacers prole under the roof panels HTL and
GRP40)

P35

Insulating pipe ARMAFLEX AC to be determined by the designer (for the expansion joint)

P36

Spread footing washer with ve holes (for the FF wall panel)

P37

Self-drilling screw with drill washer to be determined by the designer (for the xing roof panel TOP-DEK or XD/TR)

P38

Self-tapping or self-drilling screw and plate washer to be determined by the designer (for the xing at roof panel/construction)

P39

Nailing spike and sealing washer to be determined by the designer (for the xing panel/concrete)

P40

PE proled sealing according to thickness of the AWP panel to be determined by the designer (under WL panel)

P41

Butyl self-adhesive sealant tape 22 1.5 mm (for waterproof and vapor connections)

Note:
Index p indicates bigger diameter of sealing washer for applications as below:


22 mm for KS1000 FR, FH, FA and FF xing system

29 mm for KS1000 HTL and GRP40 xing system (in position valley)

8.15

8.

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Ref.

15

K101

Notes

colorcoated side)

110

= specify roofslope ( or %)

15

110

max. length = 6,000 mm

121

1,000

K102

11

34

varies for RW, FF, TOP-DEK

(SR) panels
indication of roof panel type
required

46

121

max. length = 1,000 mm

cut-out panel prole

300

= specify roofslope ( or %)

300

K103a

max. length = 6,000 mm

12

12

30
K103b

30
B

280

= specify roofslope ( or %)

280

60

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

15

120

120

20

K103c

= specify roofslope ( or %)

20
180 2 8

160

max. length = 6,000 mm

160

15

15

235

= specify roofslope ( or %)

235

K103d

poznmka o hodnot?
180 2 8

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

15

15
K104

80
60

= specify roofslope ( or %)
max. length = 6,000 mm

15

X
K105

20

165

8.

X = specify dimension
max. length = 6,000 mm

15 20
5

8.16

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

colorcoated side)

Notes

15
60

K106

max. length = 6,000 mm

60
15

90
45 120
15

K107

max. length = 6,000 mm

23
25
K108

= specify roofslope ( or %)
d = specify panel insulation
thickness

d+40

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

40 15

= specify roofslope ( or %)

K109

60

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

80

15

20

= specify roofslope ( or %)

150

50

K110

d = specify roof panel

insulation thickness

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

15

45

K111

200

250
15

8.17

max. length = 6,000 mm

8.

8.

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

colorcoated side)

Notes

15
100

K112

max. length = 6,000 mm

100
15

28 30
20
K113

max. length = 6,000 mm

70 45

70

20

30
28

10

45

200
K114

= specify roofslope ( or %)
max. length = 6,000 mm

250
15

15

45

200
K115

= specify roofslope ( or %)
max. length = 6,000 mm

250
15

30
K117

d = specify panel insulation

thickness

d
30

max. length = 6,000 mm

8.18

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Ref.

Notes

colorcoated side)

60
K118

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

25

25

15

75

75

45

135

10
K120

30

max. length = 6,000 mm

15
20 10
5

50
K121

40

350

40

15

15
K122

max. length = 6,000 mm

350

15

15
75

75
40

max. length = 6,000 mm

40
50

K123

65 45

92
max. length = 6,000 mm
63

30
28

15

15

K124

15

max. length = 6,000 mm

95

90

60

D+20
K125

D = specify wall panel

thickness

60

max. length = 6,000 mm

45

65
30 28

8.19

8.

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Notes

colorcoated side)

35
90
+

15
+

00

90
(89)

160

18

K126

see gutter system

specication

X
0
10

85
(84)

35

175 (173)

A
K127

see gutter system

specication

B
15

15

15

45

200
K128

max. length = 6,000 mm

120

235
35
15

270

90

10

15
160

8.

K129

= specify roofslope ( or %)
max. length = 6,000 mm

10

85

50
75
15

8.20

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Ref.

colorcoated side)

Notes

D + (X + d) + 55

97

93

90

80
160

15

D = specify wall panel

thickness
d = specify thickness

K130

0
10

85

X = specify value
max. length = 6,000 mm

50
75
15

270
15

10

160

90

max. length = 6,000 mm

K131
10

85

50
75
15

25
K132

max. length = 6,000 mm

30
25

K133

D = specify wall panel

thickness

80

max. length = 6,000 mm

D + 205
15

8.21

8.

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Ref.

Notes

colorcoated side)

67

95

8.

D = specify wall panel

thickness

D + 20
K134

max. length = 6,000 mm

80
18
30 28

D
D = specify wall panel
thickness
K135

L = specify height
max. length = 6,000 mm

80

see gutter system

specication

K136

15

45

K137

max. length = 6,000 mm

200

350
15

55
d + 50

K138

d = specify insulation core

thickness
max. length = 6,000 mm

15

8.22

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Ref.

30

colorcoated side)

Notes

d
= specify roofslope ( or %)
55

d = specify insulation core

thickness

K139
B

max. length = 6,000 mm

250
15

50

20

45

X
X = specify dimension

90

15

= specify roofslope ( or %)

K140
C

max. length = 6,000 mm

250
15

10

45

K141

200

max. length = 6,000 mm

250
15

200
15
D = specify panel thickness

K142

D + 50

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

100
93

K143

D = specify wall panel

thickness
max. length = 6,000 mm

35

45 D + 20
15

8.23

8.

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

colorcoated side)

53
D(d) + 2

d = specify insulation core

thickness

15

max. length = 6,000 mm

50

K145
40

Notes

D = specify wall panel

thickness

K144

8.

35

20
45

D = specify wall panel

thickness
max. length = 6,000 mm

15

15
K146

60

20

15

max. length = 6,000 mm

50

K147

15
50

15

B
90

B = specify dimension
(difference of panels
thicknesses)
max. length = 6,000 mm

20
15
K148

D = specify wall panel

thickness

D + 40

max. length = 6,000 mm

15
90

35
K149

15 30

30 15

40

K150

max. length = 6,000 mm

40

28
30 15 15
135
30

28
30

max. length = 6,000 mm

95
20
K151

40

45 50

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

8.24

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

colorcoated side)

70

K152

Notes

max. length = 6,000 mm

50

D = specify wall panel

thickness

70

K153

max. length = 6,000 mm

15
70

K154

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

20 18
20
K155

max. length = 6,000 mm

45
70

15

K156

20
45
30
15

D = specify wall panel

thickness

D + 65

max. length = 6,000 mm

d + 100
D = specify wall panel
thickness

95

K157

max. length = 6,000 mm

D + 20
40

45
15

15
K158

20

D + X + 15

D = specify wall panel

thickness
X = specify dimension
max. length = 6,000 mm

8.25

8.

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

colorcoated side)

Notes
D = specify wall panel
thickness

X
15

X = 100 for D 60
K159

X = 140 for 60 < D 100

X = 190 for D > 100

15

max. length = 6,000 mm

95

25 23
20
K160

max. length = 6,000 mm

50 45

mi
n.

93

15

K161
40

15

X = specify dimension

X + 30

45

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

100

K162

max. length = 6,000 mm

n.

93

20

K163

D = specify wall panel

thickness

30

mi

8.

X = specify dimension

45 X D + 60

35

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

35
K164

30

15

30

15

max. length = 6,000 mm

80

80

D = specify wall panel

thickness

15
D+X

K165
15

d = specify insulation
thickness
X = specify dimension

d + 50

max. length = 6,000 mm

100

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

K166

70
15

8.26

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

colorcoated side)

Notes

15
D = specify roof panel
thickness

D 10

K167

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

120

+
85

70

= specify roofslope ( or %)

K168

max. length = 6,000 mm

250
15

15
D = specify roof panel
thickness
D(d) + 80

K169

d = specify insulation
thickness
15

max. length = 6,000 mm

50

K170

15
20
50 13
5

35

15
50

max. length = 6,000 mm

150

95

30

20

K171

max. length = 6,000 mm

245
15

15

K172

D = specify roof panel

thickness

D+100

= specify roofslope ( or %)

90
+B

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

K173
35

45 XD+56
15

8.27

85

85

70

34

D = specify wall panel

thickness
X = specify dimension
max. length = 6,000 mm

8.

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

colorcoated side)

Notes

15
50

K174

max. length = 6,000 mm

15
50

max. length = 6,000 mm

24

15 26 25

K175a

assembled
15

X = specify dimension

26

Xmin = 35, Xmax = 90

Xstandard = 60
max. length = 6,000 mm

24
15 26
15
26

assembled
15

X = specify dimension

Xmin = 35, Xmax = 90

Xstandard = 60

. 3

K175b

min

8.

D + 53

20

D = specify wall panel

thickness

60
K176

max. length = 6,000 mm

72

45

30 28

33
35

D = specify wall panel

thickness

K178

max. length = 6,000 mm

15
55

D = specify wall panel

thickness

D + 65

K179

max. length = 6,000 mm

15
90

K180

longer side of ashing

crowd in the panel

45

max. length = 6,000 mm

35

15
K181

20

D + 115

D = specify wall panel

thickness
max. length = 6,000 mm

8.28

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Notes

85

34

colorcoated side)

95

56

K182

max. length = 6,000 mm

45

15

45

30

90
K183

3 items per meter

recommended

30
30

150

D = specify wall panel

thickness

K184

95

max. length = 6,000 mm

D + 30
35

45
15

35
K185

15
25

30 30

90

90
K186

30

20

15 120

max. length = 6,000 mm

15
25

90
20

120 15

30

max. length = 6,000 mm

30 28
20

K187

D = specify wall panel

thickness

D + 80

max. length = 6,000 mm

20
D + 80

8.29

28
30

8.

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

8.

K188

20

colorcoated side)

Notes

D + 77
D = specify wall panel
thickness

40

max. length = 6,000 mm

18
30 28

43
D = specify wall panel
thickness

D+2

K189

max. length = 6,000 mm

15
100

D = specify wall panel

thickness

60

K190
D + 20

max. length = 6,000 mm

20

35
K191

28
30
20
30
135
60

30

28
30
35

20
60

max. length = 6,000 mm

100
K192

15

35

max. length = 6,000 mm

15
50

= specify roofslope ( or %)

K193

max. length = 6,000 mm

100
15

D 25

K194

15
60

85

K195

95

56

max. length = 6,000 mm

D = specify panel thickness

36

D = specify wall panel

thickness

D(d), Y + 33

d = specify insulation
thickness
Y = specify dimension

15
45

max. length = 6,000 mm

8.30

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

colorcoated side)

Notes

15
85

K196

K197

max. length = 6,000 mm

d = specify insulation
thickness

d + 30

max. length = 6,000 mm

50

D = specify wall panel

thickness

100

K198

max. length = 6,000 mm

D + 20
20

15 15 B

B = specify dimension

K199
15

50

127

K200

max. length = 6,000 mm

40

127

50

max. length = 6,000 mm

50

30
28

30
28

95
= specify roofslope ( or %)

K201

max. length = 6,000 mm

B

240
15

15

D = specify roof panel

thickness

D + 150
K202

= specify roofslope ( or %)
max. length = 6,000 mm

90
+
B

15
70

8.31

8.

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

colorcoated side)

Notes

50

45
K203

12

15

d = specify roof panel

insulation thickness

max. length = 6,000 mm

50

55

45

D = specify wall panel

thickness

100

K204

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

90

90

K205

30

3 items per meter

recommended

30

3 items per meter

recommended

30

90

90

8.

K206

= specify roofslope ( or %)
30

D + 165
B

D = specify wall panel

thickness
K207

= specify roofslope ( or %)

120

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

120
K208

120
D 30

D 30
90

30

D = specify wall panel

thickness
max. length = 6,000 mm

30

70
B

K209

= specify roofslope ( or %)

65

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

8.32

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Notes

colorcoated side)

B = specify dimension
(D1D2)
200

120

K210
350

D1 = specify thickness of
thicker roof panel
D2 = specify thickness of
thinner roof panel
max. length = 6,000 mm

100

D = specify wall panel

thickness

93

K211

max. length = 6,000 mm

40

45

D + 55

15

47

K212

D + 18
28
30

D = specify wall panel

thickness
max. length = 6,000 mm

20
100

93

80

n.

X = specify dimension

mi

K213
35

45

max. length = 6,000 mm

X + 30

15

30

K214

15
max. length = 6,000 mm
15

D + X + d + 55

97

93

80

90

60
K215

D = specify wall panel

thickness

160

30

X = specify dimension
15

10

85

d = specify insulation
thickness
max. length = 6,000 mm

50
75
15

8.33

8.

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

K216

0
10
30
28

colorcoated side)

112

80

Notes

max. length = 6,000 mm

135

28
26

80
B 15

+B

0
12

50

d = specify roof panel

insulation thickness

150

8.

K217

= specify roofslope ( or %)
max. length = 6,000 mm

d20
15

15
D = specify wall panel
thickness
D + X + 15

K218

135

28

X = specify dimension

20

30

d = specify insulation
thickness
max. length = 6,000 mm

d + 50

47

K219
28
30

135

D = specify wall panel

thickness

D + 18

max. length = 6,000 mm

20
100

20
60

K220
60

28
30

135

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

135

K221

20

D = specify wall panel

thickness

28
30

max. length = 6,000 mm

80

60
K222

28
30
135

20

25
60

25

20
60

28
30

135

max. length = 6,000 mm

8.34

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Notes

93

15

K223

colorcoated side)

40
40

max. length = 6,000 mm

15

15

93

80

K224

max. length = 6,000 mm

40
15

K225

15

15
140

max. length = 6,000 mm

20 30

93

90
max. length = 6,000 mm

11

K226

60
28 30

93

50
20

45

K227

max. length = 6,000 mm

60 45
15

K228

28
30
135

20

28
30
35

20
40

max. length = 6,000 mm

15
60

150

= specify roofslope ( or %)

45

max. length = 6,000 mm

K229

20
30 28

8.35

8.

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Notes

colorcoated side)

95

100
D = specify wall panel
thickness

K230
D + 40

max. length = 6,000 mm

60
20
30 28

95

100

D = specify wall panel

thickness

D + 40

K231
60

max. length = 6,000 mm

45

65

30 28

15

35

35

+B

15

10

90
K232

X*

see gutter system

specication

160
85

10

175

15
A
45

15
25

71

K233

161

8.

d (mm)

A (mm)

80

30

100

44

120

58

150

72

d = specify roof panel

insulation thicknessFF
specify for roof light panel
FF/GRP40 right and left
side lap

8.36

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Ref.

Notes

colorcoated side)

100

90
+

= specify roofslope ( or %)
D = specify wall panel
thickness

K234

max. length = 6,000 mm

250 + D

15

15

15
110

K235

110

= specify roofslope ( or %)

max. length = 6,000 mm

25
specify for roof panel RT

40

K236

max. length = 6,000 mm

25

VIEW-A
A
= specify angle ( or %)

110

specify for roof panel RT

K237
C

max. length = 1,000 mm

50
15

155

= specify angle ( or %)

K238
220

15

8.37

max. length = 6,000 mm

8.

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Ref.

Notes

colorcoated side)

25

C*

35

15

110

35

K239

196

90

see gutter system

specication

160
C*

59
170

21

450
1
K240

see gutter system

specication

1-1
1
45
21

30

30
15

138
88

15

60
K241

max. length = 6,000 mm

50

15

K242
15
30

34

155

10

80

8.

d (mm)

A (mm)

60

20

80

28

100

48

120

68

150

98

d = specify roof panel

insulation thicknessRW
specify for roof light panel
RW/GRP40
max. length = 6,000 mm

8.38

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

15

15
5

36

50

A 15
K243

Notes

colorcoated side)

d (mm)

A (mm)

60

20

80

30

100

50

120

70

150

100

d = specify roof panel

insulation thickness RW

30

specify for roof light panel

RW/GRP40
max. length = 6,000 mm

150
40

60
K244

35

B = D + 42

D = specify roof panel

thickness

135

15

75

A = specify dimension
max. length = 6,000 mm

25
35 33

75

150
40

A
35

60
K245

135

15

B = D + 65

D = specify roof panel

thickness
A, C = specify dimensions
max. length = 6,000 mm

15

C
30

135
45
K246

23
21

20

45
27

20

27
30

23
21

max. length = 6,000 mm

135
45
K246a

23
21

20

27 26

45

29

20

27

30

23
21

max. length = 6,000 mm

135
45
K246b

8.39

23
21

20

45
29
27 15
30

27

20

23
21

max. length = 6,000 mm

8.

8.

Accessories
Flashing Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

colorcoated side)

Notes

15
d = specify panel insulation
thickness

d 40

K247
15
30

max. length = 6,000 mm

d = specify panel insulation

thickness

40

K248a

15

max. length = 6,000 mm

d 40

K248b

30

15

max. length = 6,000 mm

150

90
K249

30

30

max. length = 6,000 mm

8.40

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Components Specication
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

150

Notes

25

12

Z03

18

45

99

45

Ref.

D24

200

th. 2

D = specify wall panel

thickness
2 items per meter
recommended
(for wall panelAWP)

2 hole 6.5

D = specify wall panel

thickness
standard th. 1.5

~10 25

Z04

sheet thickness = 1.5 mm for

lengths up to 3,000 mm
sheet thickness = 1 mm for
lengths from 3,000 mm to
6,000 mm

D18

(for wall panels TF, FR)

Z05

th. 3

70

D = specify panel thickness

D

D = specify panel thickness

Z06

Z07

D
standard th. 1.5
70

sheet thickness = 1 mm for

lengths from 3,000 mm to
6,000 mm

sheet thickness = 1.5 mm for

lengths up to 3,000 mm

50
standard th. 1.5 50

th. 3
Z10

sheet thickness = 1.5 mm for

lengths up to 3,000 mm

sheet thickness = 1 mm for

lengths from 3,000 mm to
6,000 mm

D10
30

D = specify wall panel

thickness

30

D = specify wall panel

thickness
sheet thickness = 1.5 mm for
lengths up to 3,000 mm

100

Z11
standard th. 1.5

20

sheet thickness = 1 mm for

lengths from 3,000 mm to
6,000 mm
(for wall panel RW)

8.41

8.

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Components Specication
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Ref.

Notes

Snow fence should be

installed according to
manufacturers instructions.
Exact location and quantity
of snow fences must be
specied by designer.

333 (250)

Snow fence can be installed

onRW orFF roof panels. (If
required, we can supply for
panel RT.)

Z12

For order panel prole (RW

or FF) must be specied.

150

25

12
Z13

20

53

99

53

10

8.

D18

200

th. 3

D = specify wall panel

thickness
2 items per meter
recommended
(for wall panelFH)

2 hole 6.5

8.42

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Components Specication
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Notes

Ref.

Louvres are manufactured

from coated galvanised
steel sheets. For colour and
coating availability please
contact Kingspan.
A, B, C = specify dimensions
Standard louvre dimensions:
Z08

A = 1,000 mm,
B = 5003,000 mm,
C = 100 mm,
D = 50 mm.
For production of louvres
with non-standard
dimensions (A, B, C) please
consult Kingspan before.

8.43

8.

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Components Specication
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Notes

8.

Louvres are manufactured

from coated galvanised
steel sheets. For colour and
coating availability please
contact Kingspan.
A, B, C = specify dimensions
Standard louvre dimensions:

Z09

A = 1,000 mm,
B = 5003,000 mm,
C = 100 mm.
For production of louvres
with non-standard
dimensions (A, B, C) please
consult Kingspan before.
C

8.44

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication IPN (PUR)
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Ref.

Notes

Panel KS1000AWP
max. length 8,000 mm
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
A + B = module 1,000 mm
= 80 175

R11

be consulted
B

at the asymmetric corners

to determine the orientation
ofside lap
prolation to be discussed

Panel KS1000AWP
max. length 8,000 mm
Amin, Cmin = 100 mm
A + B + C = max. module
1,000 mm,
B

R12

Rmin = D

at the asymmetric corners

to determine the orientation
ofside lap
prolation to be discussed

B
C

Panel KS1000AWP
max. length 8,000 mm

2 C + B 900 mm

R13

B > 300 mm, Cmin = 100 mm

60 < < 175

8.45

Rmin = D

8.

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication IPN (PUR)
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

du

Notes

le)

1, 0

00

(m

Ref.

Panel KS1000AWP
max. length 8,000 mm

R14

60 < < 175

Rmin = D

Panel KS1000AWP
A

Amin, Bmin = 250 mm

Amax = 1,500 mm,
Bmax = 4,500 mm

R15
B

= 90180

module 1,000 mm

Panel KS1000AWP
Amin, Cmin = 250 mm,
Bmin = 500 mm

R16

Amax, Cmax = 1,500 mm,

Bmax = 3,000 mm
, = 90180

module 1,000 mm
D

8.

8.46

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication IPN (PUR)
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Notes

Ref.

Panel KS1000AWP
Dmax = 100 mm
, = 135 standard

R17

, be consulted
A + B + C = max. module
1,000 mm

B
C

Panel KS1000AWP
max. length 8,000 mm
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
A

R18

A + B = max. module
1,000 mm
= 90, Rmin = D
B

at the asymmetric corners

to determine the orientation
ofside lap

Panel KS1000AWP
max. length L = 7,000 mm
R = outer radius,
Dmax = 120 mm

R19
R

Rmin = 2,500 mm for D = 40,

60, 80, 100, 120 mm
other sizes consult with the
manufacturer

8.47

8.

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication IPN (PUR)
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Ref.

Notes

D
Panel KS1150 TF
max. length 8,000 mm
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
A + B = max. module
1,150 mm
= 80 175

R21

be consulted
B

at the asymmetric corners

to determine the orientation
ofside lap
prolation to be discussed
B

Panel KS1150 TF
max. length 8,000 mm
Amin, Cmin = 100 mm
A + B + C = max. module
1,150 mm
B

R22

= 80 175

Rmin = D
at the asymmetric corners
to determine the orientation
ofside lap

B
C

Panel KS1150 TF
max. length 8,000 mm

B > 300 mm
Cmin = 60 mm

R23

2 C + B 950 mm
B

60 < < 175

Rmin = D

8.

8.48

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication IPN (PUR)
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

du

Notes

le )

1,1

50

(m

Ref.

Panel KS1150 TF
max. length 8,000 mm

R24

60 < < 175

Rmin D

Panel KS1150 TF
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
A

Amax = 1,500 mm

R25

Bmax = 4,500 mm
B

= 90 180

module 1,150 mm

Panel KS1150 TF
Amin, Cmin = 250 mm,
Bmin = 500 mm

R26

Amax, Bmax = 1,500 mm,

Bmax = 3,000 mm
, = 90 180

B
D

module 1,150 mm

8.49

8.

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication IPN (PUR)
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Notes

Ref.

Panel KS1150TF
Dmax = 100 mm
, = 135 standard

R27

, be consulted
A + B + C = max. module
1,150 mm

B
C

Panel KS1150TF
max. length 8,000 mm
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
R28

A + B = max. module
1,150 mm

= 90, Rmin = D
B

at the asymmetric corners

to determine the orientation
ofside lap

Panel KS1150TF
max. length L = 7,000 mm
R = outer radius,
Dmax = 120 mm

R29

Rmin = 2,500 mm for D = 40,

60, 80, 100, 120 mm
other sizes consult with the
manufacturer

L
D

8.

8.50

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication Mineral Fibre
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Ref.

Notes

Panel KS1150 FR
max. length 6,000 mm
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
A + B = max. module
1,150 mm
A

R31

= 80 175
B

be consulted
at the asymmetric corners
to determine the orientation
ofside lap

Panel KS1150 FR
A

max. length 6,000 mm

Amin, Cmin = 60 mm
A + B + C = max. module
1,150 mm
= 80 175
B

R32

Rmin = D

Dmax = 120 mm
at the asymmetric corners
to determine the orientation
ofside lap

prolation to be discussed

Panel KS1150 FR
max. length 6,000 mm
B > 300 mm, Cmin = 100 mm

R33

2 C + B 950 mm
60 < < 175

Rmin = D

8.51

Dmax = 120 mm

8.

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication Mineral Fibre
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

du

Notes

le )

1, 1

50

(m

Ref.

Panel KS1150 FR
R

max. length 6,000 mm

60 < < 175

R34

Rmin = D

Dmax = 120 mm

Panel KS1150 FR
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
A

Amax = 1,500 mm

R35

Bmax = 4,500 mm
= 90 180

module 1,150 mm

Panel KS1150 FR
Amin, Cmin = 250 mm
Bmin = 500 mm

R36

Amax, Cmax = 1,500 mm

C

Bmax = 3,000 mm

, = 90 180
module 1,150 mm
D

8.

8.52

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication Mineral Fibre
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Notes

Ref.

Panel KS1150FR
Dmax = 100 mm
, = 135 standard

R37

, be consulted

A + B + C = max. module
1,150 mm

Panel KS1150FR
max. length 4,000 mm
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
A

R38

A + B = max. module
1,150 mm
B

= 90, Rmin = D
at the asymmetric corners
to determine the orientation
ofside lap

Panel KS1150FR
max. length L = 6,000 mm

R39

Rmin = 2,500 mm for D = 80,

100, 120 mm

8.53

8.

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication Mineral Fibre
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Ref.

Notes

D
Panel KS1000 FH
max. length 6,000 mm
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
A + B = max. module
1,000 mm
= 80 175 , be
consulted

R41

at the asymmetric corners

to determine the orientation
ofside lap
prolation to be discussed
B

Panel KS1000 FH
max. length 6,000 mm
Amin, Cmin = 60 mm
A + B + C = max. module
1,000 mm
= 80 175

R42

Rmin = D

Dmax = 120 mm
at the asymmetric corners
to determine the orientation
ofside lap

prolation to be discussed

Panel KS1000 FH
max. length 6,000 mm
2 C + B 900 mm
B > 300 mm

R43

Cmin = 100 mm
B

60 < < 175

Rmin = D
Dmax = 120 mm

8.

8.54

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication Mineral Fibre
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

du

Notes

le )

1, 0

00

(m

Ref.

Panel KS1000 FH
R

max. length 6,000 mm

60 < < 175

R44

Rmin = D

Dmax = 120 mm

Panel KS1000 FH
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
A

Amax = 1,500 mm

R45

Bmax = 4,500 mm
= 90 180

module 1,000 mm

Panel KS1000 FH
Amin, Cmin = 250 mm
Bmin = 500 mm
Amax, Cmax = 1,500 mm

R46
C

Bmax = 3,000 mm

, = 90 180
D

module 1,000 mm

8.55

8.

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication Mineral Fibre
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Notes

Ref.

Panel KS1000FH
Dmax = 100 mm
, = 135 standard

R47

, be consulted
C

A + B +C = max. module
1,000 mm

B
C

Panel KS1000FH
max. length 4,000 mm
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
R48

A + B = max. module
1,000 mm

= 90, Rmin = D
at the asymmetric corners
to determine the orientation
ofside lap

Panel KS1000FH
max. length L = 6,000 mm
Rmin = 2,500 mm for D = 80,
100, 120 mm

R49

other sizes consult with the

manufacturer
L
D

8.

8.56

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication IPN (PUR)
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Ref.

Notes

Panel KS1150 TL
max. length 8,000 mm
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
A + B = max. module
1,150 mm
A

R51

= 80 175
be consulted
B

at the asymmetric corners

to determine the orientation
ofside lap

Panel KS1150 TL
max. length 8,000 mm
Amin, Cmin = 100 mm
A + B + C = max. module
1,150 mm
B

R52

= 80 175

Rmin = D
at the asymmetric corners
to determine the orientation
ofside lap

B
C

Panel KS1150 TL
max. length 8,000 mm

B > 300 mm

R53

Cmin = 60 mm
2 C + B 950 mm

60 < < 175

8.57

Rmin = D

8.

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication IPN (PUR)
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

du

Notes

le )

1,1

50

(m

Ref.

Panel KS1150 TL
max. length 8,000 mm

R54

60 < < 175

Rmin D

Panel KS1150 TL
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
A

Amax = 1,500 mm

R55

Bmax = 4,500 mm
B

= 90 180

module 1,150 mm

Panel KS1150 TL
Amin, Cmin = 250 mm,
Bmin = 500 mm

R56

Amax, Bmax = 1,500 mm,

Bmax = 3,000 mm
, = 90 180

module 1,150 mm
D

8.

8.58

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication IPN (PUR)
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Notes

Ref.

Panel KS1150TL
Dmax = 100 mm
, = 135 standard

R57

, be consulted
A + B + C = max. module
1,150 mm

B
C

Panel KS1150TL
max. length 8,000 mm
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
A

R58

A + B = max. module
1,150 mm
= 90, Rmin = D
B

at the asymmetric corners

to determine the orientation
ofside lap

Panel KS1150TL
max. length L = 7,000 mm
R = outer radius,
Dmax = 120 mm

R59

Rmin = 2,500 mm for D = 40,

60, 80, 100, 120 mm
other sizes consult with the
manufacturer

8.59

8.

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication IPN (PUR)
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Ref.

Notes

Panel KS1150 TC
max. length 8,000 mm
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
A + B = max. module
1,150 mm
= 80 175

R61

be consulted
B

at the asymmetric corners

to determine the orientation
ofside lap
prolation to be discussed
B

Panel KS1150 TC
max. length 8,000 mm
Amin, Cmin = 100 mm
A + B + C = max. module
1,150 mm
= 80 175

R62

Rmin = D

at the asymmetric corners

to determine the orientation
ofside lap

prolation to be discussed

Panel KS1150 TC
max. length 8,000 mm
2 C + B 950 mm

B > 300 mm

R63

Cmin = 60 mm
B

60 < < 175

Rmin = D
Dmax = 120 mm

8.

8.60

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication IPN (PUR)
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

du

Notes

le)

1, 1

50

(m

Ref.

Panel KS1150 TC
max. length 8,000 mm
60 < < 175

R64

Rmin D

max. module 1,150 mm

Panel KS1150 TC
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
A

Amax = 1,500 mm
Bmax = 4,500 mm

R65
B

= 90 180
module 1,150 mm

Dmax = 120 mm

Panel KS1150 TC
Amin, Cmin = 250 mm
Bmin = 500 mm
Amax, Cmax = 1,500 mm

R66

Bmax = 3,000 mm

, = 90 180

module 1,150 mm

8.61

8.

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Corners Specication IPN (PUR)
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Notes

Ref.

Panel KS1150TC
Dmax = 100 mm
, = 135 standard

R67

, be consulted
A + B + C = max. module
1,150 mm

B
C

Panel KS1150TC
max. length 8,000 mm
Amin, Bmin = 250 mm
R68

A + B = max. module
1,150 mm

= 90, Rmin = D
B

at the asymmetric corners

to determine the orientation
ofside lap

Panel KS1150TC
max. length L = 7,000 mm
R = outer radius,
Dmax = 120 mm

R69

Rmin = 2,500 mm for D = 40,

60, 80, 100, 120 mm
other sizes consult with the
manufacturer

L
D

8.

8.62

Accessories
Eave Rainwater System Specication Angular
08
P

80 (cut back)

03
P

600 mm

08
P

127
K

20 35 25
Back putty
126
K

13
P
126b
K

126c
K
126d
K

max. 2,000 mm

126g
K

03
P

126e
K
31
P
126g
K

150

126f
K

8.63

8.

Accessories
Eave Rainwater System Specication Angular
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Notes

colorcoated side)
panel prole

Closed Gutter

35

90
(89)

18
160

K126

90
+

15
+

00

10

85
(84)

35

175 (173)

RW

FF

roofslope

material width

[]
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

143
146
149
152
155
158
161
165
168
171
174
177
180
183
186
189
192
195
199
202
205
209
212
215
219
222
226
229

596
599
602
605
608
611
614
618
621
624
627
630
633
636
639
642
645
648
652
655
658
662
665
668
672
675
679
682

material width

[mm]
144
147
150
153
156
159
162
166
169
172
175
178
181
184
187
190
193
197
200
203
206
210
213
216
220
223
227
231

597
600
603
606
609
612
615
619
622
625
628
631
634
637
640
643
646
650
653
656
659
663
666
669
673
676
680
684

Notes:
Max. length up to 8,000 mm, recommended length to
6,000 mm.
specify panel prole
X = according to the table

Gutters Punction

89
K126a

X = according to the table item K126

160

8.

10

84

gutter coupling width 50 mm

X

173

More information on the order form.

8.64

Accessories
Eave Rainwater System Specication Angular
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

colorcoated side)

Notes

Cage

available for diameters:

100, 120, 150

K126b

(intended for circle K126c)

Square Gutter Gully

L = specify dimension
d = B 2
d

K126c

available B B dimensions:
100 100, 120 120, 150 150
available for diameters:
100, 120, 150

Downpipe four-square

L = specify dimension (max. 6,000 mm)

B = specify dimension
L

K126d

available B B dimensions:
100 100, 120 120, 150 150

Bounce four-square
C

C = specify dimension
B = specify dimension

K126e

= specify angle ()
available B B dimensions:
100 100, 120 120, 150 150

More information on the order form.

8.65

8.

Accessories
Eave Rainwater System Specication Angular
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Notes

colorcoated side)

Drain Elbow four-square

B

135

B = specify dimension
K126f

available B B dimensions:
100 100, 120 120, 150 150

Sleeve four-square

B, C = specify dimensions
available B dimensions:
100, 120, 150

K126g

C = 50100 mm
A = 50 mm

8.

Gutter stop

Gutter stop end must be ordered separately.

K126h

The gutter stop end can be produced in RIGHT or LEFT option.

(The picture shows RIGHT gutter stop end.)
For order please specify:
RIGHT or LEFT option
type and dimension of gutter

More information on the order form.

8.66

Accessories
Eave Rainwater System Specication Angular
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Notes

colorcoated side)

Two-part Elbow four-square

C

C = specify dimension
B = specify dimension

K126i

= specify angle ()
available B B dimensions:
100 100, 120 120, 150 150

panel prole

[]

material width
[mm]

RW

35

35

70

132

FF

24

38

58

130

Gutter Hook
A

K127

B
15

production length = 600 mm

15

specify panel prole

A, B = specify dimensions

Corner Component
roof slope

On special agreement it is possible to produce preformed

eave gutter-gable corner. For details please consult Kingspan
Technical Services.

90
K130

K130a
K1

26

50

30

For order please specify:

= roofslope ( or %)
type and dimension of gutter K126
dimension of ashing K130
colour and coating
RIGHT or LEFT option
OUTSIDE or INSIDE option
(The picture is RIGHT OUTSIDE design.)

More information on the order form.

8.67

8.

Accessories
Eave Rainwater System Specication Angular
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Notes

colorcoated side)
roofslope tileslope

35
C

15

35

+B

15

10

90
K232
160

X*

85

10

175

[]
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

1 []
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35

variable angle

variable
value

material
width

[]
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125

X [mm]
156
159
162
165
168
171
175
178
181
184
187
190
193
196
200
203
206
209
213
216
220
223
227
230
234
238
242
245

[mm]
612
615
618
621
624
627
630
634
637
640
643
646
649
652
655
659
662
665
668
672
675
679
682
686
689
693
697
701

[]
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

= specify roofslope ( or %)
specify for roof panel RT
*X = according to the table
max. length up to 8,000 mm,
recommended length to 6,000 mm

Gutters Punction

= specify roofslope ( or %)

89
K232a

X2*
160

8.

84

specify for roof panel RT

*X = according to the table item K232
gutter coupling width 50 mm

10

173

More information on the order form.

8.68

Accessories
Eave Rainwater System Specication Angular
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Notes

colorcoated side)
roofslope tileslope

35
C*

25

35

110

15

K239

196

90

160
C*

59
170

[]
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

1 []
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35

variable angle

variable
value

material
width

[]
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125

X [mm]
156
159
162
165
168
171
175
178
181
184
187
190
193
196
200
203
206
209
213
216
220
223
227
230
234
238
242
245

[mm]
612
615
618
621
624
627
630
634
637
640
643
646
649
652
655
659
662
665
668
672
675
679
682
686
689
693
697
701

[]
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135

= specify roofslope ( or %)
specify for roof panel RT
* = according to the table
max. length up to 8,000 mm,
recommended length to 6,000 mm

Gutters Punction

= specify roofslope ( or %)
K239a

194
89

specify for roof panel RT

* = according to the table item K239

160

gutter coupling width 50 mm

C*

58
168

21

450
1

production length = 450 mm

K240

1-1

specify for roof panel RT

1
21

45
30
15

138

30
15

88

More information on the order form.

8.69

8.

Accessories
Eave Rainwater System Specication Round
07
P
08
P

30

min. 190

mm

110
K
16
P
107
K
136
K

10
P
01b
Z

136c
K
136d
K
03
P

max. 2,000 mm

136g
K

136f
K
03
P

136h
K
136i
K

150

8.

8.70

Accessories
Eave Rainwater System Specication Round
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Notes

colorcoated side)

Half-round Gutter
D = specify diameter

L = specify length (standard max. 4,000 mm)

available D/girth:
120/280,
160/330,
200/400,
240/500

K136

Gutter Stop End

D

Gutter stop end it is possible ordered separately or factory

applied.
The gutter stop end can be produced in RIGHT or LEFT
option. (The picture shows RIGHT gutter stop end.)

K136a

For order please specify:

D = diameter
RIGHT or LEFT option
available D: 120, 160, 200, 240

Round Gutter Gully

d = specify diameter
K136b
L

L = specify length
available d: 80, 100, 120, 150

d

Half-round Conical Basket

D

For order please specify:

d = specify diameter
D = specify diameter
colour and coating

K136c

available d & D combinations:

80 & 120, 100 & 160, 120 & 200, 150 & 240

d

More information on the order form.

8.71

8.

Accessories
Eave Rainwater System Specication Round
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

Ref.

Notes

colorcoated side)

Round Two-part Elbow

30

d = specify diameter
C = specify dimension

K136d

available d: 80, 100, 120, 150

d

Expansion Basket

D

d = specify diameter
D = specify diameter

K136e

available d & D combinations:

80 & 120, 100 & 160, 120 & 200, 150 & 240

d

Round Down Pipe

d = specify diameter
L = specify dimension
K136f

available d:
80, 100, 120, 150

8.

Max. production length Lmax = 4,000mm

d

More information on the order form.

8.72

Accessories
Eave Rainwater System Specication Round
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

colorcoated side)

Notes

Round Sleeve
d = specify diameter

40
d

available d:
80, 100, 120, 150

25

K136g

external coating:
galvanized + comax

bar 8 mm
fastener

150

Round Bounce

C
d = specify diameter
C = specify dimension
= specify angle ()

K136h
C

available d:
80, 100, 120, 150

d

Round Drain Elbow

d

d = specify diameter

135

K136i

More information on the order form.

8.73

available d:
80, 100, 120, 150

8.

Accessories
Eave Rainwater System Specication Round
Ref.

Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres,

colorcoated side)

Notes

Half-round Gutter Hook Basic

2 hole 7
220

D = specify diameter
available D:
120, 160, 200, 240

Z01a

external coating:
galvanized + comax

Flat bar 530

Half-round Gutter Hook Downsloped

2 hole 7
D = specify diameter

B = specify dimension
= specify angle ( or %)

Z01b

available D:
120, 160, 200, 240
external coating:
galvanized + comax

Flat bar 530

Half-round Gutter Hook Face

A

Flat bar 530

D = specify diameter

4 hole 7

A = specify hook offset (standard 41 mm)

B

8.

Z02

B = specify hook height

available D:
120, 160, 200, 240

external coating:
galvanized + comax

Flat bar 530

More information on the order form.

8.74

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Rainwater Systems Specication Rigid Urethane
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Ref.

Notes

A = 530

E=

L01

B = 164

20

C=

125

Maximum length of insulated gutters is

6,000 mm including end overlaps.
The production limit for insulated gutters
is the maximum girth of bottom sheet,
which is 1,250 mm.

C = 300

For order please specify:

D

A = 415

B = 164

25

C=

20
0

125

E=

L02

C = 300

insulation depthD
roof slope
total length of gutter, indicating the
overlap size
dimensions , A, B, C, E (for
non-standard sections)
type of coating (PES 25 m, PVC
200 m, Skinplate 500 m) and
colour
Assembly process for these surfaces
is different. Contact the Technical
Department
available D: 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120
F = D 1.3 + 80

A = 415

For insulated gutters it is possible to

order pre-fabricated stop end (with
overow). For stop end it is necessary
to specify RIGHT or LEFT option.

B = 164

20

125

E=

C=

L03

C = 300

Maximum length of insulated gutters is

6,000 mm including end overlaps.
The production limit for insulated gutters
is the maximum girth of bottom sheet,
which is 1,250 mm.
For order please specify:


F
A

C=

C = 300

20

125

E=

90

90

L04




G = 70

insulation depthD
roof slope
total length of gutter, indicating the
overlap size
dimensions , A, B, C, E, G (for
non-standard sections)
type of coating (PES 25 m, PVC
200 m, Skinplate 500 m) and
colour.
Assembly process for these surfaces
is different. Contact the Technical
Department.
available D: 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120
F = D 1.3 + 80
For insulated gutters it is possible to
order pre-fabricated stop end (with
overow). For stop end it is necessary
to specify RIGHT or LEFT option.

8.75

8.

Accessories
Pre-fabricated Insulated Rainwater Systems Specication Mineral Fibre
Prole
(all dimensions in milimetres)

Ref.

Notes

A = 530

B = 164

C=

E=

L05

125

20
Maximum length of insulated gutters is
6,000 mm including end overlaps.
C = 300

The production limit for insulated gutters

is the maximum girth of bottom sheet,
which is 1,250 mm.
For order please specify:

A = 415

25

B = 164




125

20
0

C=

E=

L06

C = 300

insulation depthD
roof slope
total length of gutter, indicating the
overlap size
dimensions , A, B, C, E (for
non-standard sections)
Specify type of coating (PES 25 m,
PVC 200 m, Skinplate 500 m) and
colour.
Assembly process for these surfaces
is different. Contact the Technical
Department.
available D: 80, 100, 120
F = D 1.3 + 80

A = 415

For insulated gutters it is possible to

order pre-fabricated stop end (with
overow). For stop end it is necessary
to specify RIGHT or LEFT option.

B = 164

125

C=

E=

20

L07

C = 300

Maximum length of insulated gutters is

6,000 mm including end overlaps.
The production limit for insulated gutters
is the maximum girth of bottom sheet,
which is 1,250 mm.
For order please specify:

F
A




G = 70

90

C = 300

125

C=

B
+
90

L08

E=
20

8.

insulation depth D
roof slope
total length of gutter, indicating the
overlap size
dimensions , A, B, C, E, G (for
non-standard sections)
Specify type of coating (PES 25 m,
PVC 200 m, Skinplate 500 m) and
colour.
Assembly process for these surfaces
is different. Contact the Technical
Department.
available D: 80, 100, 120
F = D 1.3 + 80
For insulated gutters it is possible to
order pre-fabricated stop end (with
overow). For stop end it is necessary
to specify RIGHT or LEFT option.

8.76

9.

Handling & Installation

I
I
I

Packing, Delivery, Off-Loading & Site Storage

9.1

Site Handling & Installation

9.2

Site Installation

9.3

Handling & Installation

Packing, Delivery, Off-Loading & Site Storage
Packing
All Kingspan panels are packed in the factory and
protected to ensure they arrive on site in rst class
condition.
The packing details vary from product to product
because of their shapes, and details of each can be
found on the product data sheets within the relevant
roof or wall section.

The panel palettes shorter than 6 m which are

handled with cranes, must be unloaded using textile
strips and distance planks extending the width of the
stack on both sides by 50 mm.
For crane handling of panel stacks longer than
6,000 mm, a lifting beam and textile strips must
be used. Strips must be stretched upward and
downward with a plank. Unloading using steel ropes
is strictly forbidden!

In all cases however the panels are packed

horizontally, with panels lying one on top of another,
with additional anti damage protection to all sides
and ends. The entire pack is wrapped in plastic lm
to keep the panels clean.

Textile stripes
Textile stripes
Lifting beam

The number of panels in each pack varies

depending on panel thickness, and customer
requirements. Normally the standard height of each
pack is approximately 1,100 mm. Each pack is
labelled with the customers name and contents.

Distance planks

Fully timber crated packs are available on

projects requiring delivery by sea freight shipping at
additional-cost.

6
x.

.4

>

4
x.
ma
6m

x
ma

ma

x.

ma

3m

max. 3 m

Distance planks

Separate panel stacks cannot be put on one another

for longer time.

Site Storage

Delivery & Off-Loading

Panels are normally delivered to the site by road
transport, the number of packs depending on panel
and pack size. The packs are separated with timber
bearers which create gaps between the packs to
allow lifting straps or forklift tines to be inserted.
It is the customers responsibility to arrange lifting
equipment and labour to unload the packs. This
usually requires using a crane, with or without a lifting
beam, or a forklift, depending on panel length and
weight.

Distance planks
extending the width
of the stack by
50 mm on both
sides.

Textile strips
50

50

Polystyren blocks

9.1

It is often necessary to store packs of panels on

site for a period before they are xed. To ensure
that the panels remain in prime condition until they
are installed the following precautions should be
taken.

Store packs off the ground and on a slope, so that

should rain water penetrate the wrapping water will
drain away. Support the packs evenly with timber
bearers spaced at 1.5 metres. Bearers should
always be placed one directly above another.

If packs cannot be kept in a building they should

be covered with a weatherproof sheet ensuring
that the sheet drains water away effectively and
does not allow ponding on top of the pack. It
should also allow air circulation through the stacks
of panels.

Do not store packs where people will walk across

them.

9.

9.

Handling & Installation

Site Handling & Installation
Site Handling
Packs of panels up to 6 metres long can be lifted
either with a forklift, or by crane with lifting straps,
as shown below. Care must be taken to ensure the
forklift tines do not damage the bottom panel, and
similarly when using straps, protect the edge of the
panels to prevent local damage.
Fork Lift

Gloves should always be worn to avoid cuts and

abrasions to operatives. Installers should always
wear rubber soled footwear to avoid damage to the
panel coating when installing roof panels (See Health
& Safety Data Sheet).

Protecting Film
Protection foil on goods serves as a temporary
protection against damage of goods during transport
or handling. Remove the foil within four weeks after
assembly of the product at the latest, and not later
than 10 weeks after the supply of goods to the
construction site.

max. 6 m

min. 1 m

Site Installation

Lifting Straps

The installation of Roof and Wall cladding on

a particular building must be planned carefully
to ensure the work can proceed in safety. The
contractor normally prepares a method statement
for his client, which indicates who is responsible for
safety, what equipment and particularly what safety
equipment, will be used for each stage of the work,
and the sequence of installation.

min. 2 m

Packs longer than 6 metres should be lifted by

crane with a lifting beam with straps at a maximum of
4 metres centres.
Lifting Beam

max. 3 m

max. 4 m

The actual technique for xing roof and wall

Kingspan panels is described, but a number of
general principles apply:
I

Ensure that the purlins or cladding rails have been

installed to provide a level xing plane for the
panels.

Fasten the rst panel at the edge of the roof or wall

area to be clad, ensuring it is correctly aligned and
the right way round for lapping etc, and then x as
indicated in the construction details.
It is desirable to arrange the panels so that any
side laps are not exposed to the prevailing wind.

Install the recommended fasteners in their correct

positions to x the panel to the steelwork. Note
that the number of fasteners may have to vary
depending on the wind suction load. Fasteners
should be installed in the direction of lay.

The fasteners must be installed correctly in order to

weather seal correctly, and any drilling swarf must
be removed from the panel to prevent damage to
the coating.

When sealants are applied at laps or joints, ensure

surfaces are clean and dry, apply the tape seal to
the surface before removing backing paper, and
cut (do not tear) the sealant at the end of a run.

If the panels have to be cut on site always use a

reciprocating type saw (jigsaw or similar), do not
use abrasive wheel cutters. After cutting remove
swarf from the panel surface, and any burrs from
the cut edges. Eye protection should always be
worn when cutting or drilling.

max. 4 m

Individual panels should always be lifted from a

pack and not dragged over others.
The weight of individual panels for lifting can be
determined from the information in the Product Data
pages for the individual products.
Generally, however, it is normal to man handle roof
panels up to 15 metres long into position, whereas
for walls the limit is typically 8 metres. For panels
longer than this the contractor would normally
arrange to use a crane, hoist, or other equipment to
help lift the panels into position.
Individual panels should always be handled
carefully to avoid damage. In particular Roof and Wall
panels should not be lifted by the side or end lap.
Sliding panels on top of the other should be avoided,
especially at edges.

9.2

Handling & Installation

Site Installation
Roof & Wall Panels
Installation Procedure KS1000RW
These panels lap at the sides and ends, so
they must be xed in sequence to ensure reliable
performance.

3. Start the second tier from the eaves (or bottom),

side lapping the rst panel, sealing and xing, as
specied. Repeat the procedure for the complete
roof or wall.

1. Start with the eaves (or bottom) corner panel, with

the projecting side and end laps to the outside of
the building. Install fasteners and apply sealant as
specied.

Wall System Installation Procedure

Wall panels horizontally laid

2. Locate the second panel upslope or above, so that

it overlaps the rst, adjusting its position carefully
before contacting the sealant. Repeat up to the
ridge or eaves/gable.

1. Fixing always starts at the lowest panel ensuring

that the sill ashing and panel bearers (at max.
1.5 m centres) are level. Sit the panel on the
bearers and x the top edge to the rails using 1
or 2 fasteners depending on panel span and wind
loading.
2. Sit the second panel on the tongue of the rst,
ensuring the ends are correctly aligned and sealed,
and the joint width is parallel. Fix the panel to
the steelwork as before. The side joint contains
a factory applied seal and no further sealing is
required.

3
1
2
1

9.3

9.

9.

Handling & Installation

Site Installation
3. Continue the same procedure to the top of the
wall, cutting the top panel along its length if
necessary. The top edge of the top panel must
be xed to the steelwork at 500 mm centres
maximum.
4. Where through fasteners are used at panel ends or
edges, at corners or around doors, windows etc,
they should be concealed by a ashing, to maintain
a secret x appearance.

Flashings / Trims
Flashings and trims must be carefully xed,
ensuring they are aligned, correctly sealed and
their edges are straight and not distorted. (See
construction details).

Wall panels vertically laid

1. Ensure the bottom rail is permanently or
temporarily supported, and level, along its full
length before starting installation.
2. Fix the sill ashing to the bottom rail, ensuring it is
straight and level.
3. Position the rst panel with the groove side at a
corner, making sure it is vertical before installing.
Use concealed fasteners at the tongue edge and
through fasteners at the corner. Use either 1 or 2
fasteners at each position depending on the panel
span and wind loading.
4. Engage the side of the second panel into the
tongue of the xed panel, making sure the joint
is parallel and consistent for the full height of the
panel. Install fasteners into the leading edge at
each rail position, using the specied number of
fasteners.
5. Continue until the wall is completed.
6. Where necessary, panels can be cut down
their length at openings and corners. In this case
through fasteners must be used, but these should
be concealed by the ashings/trims.

9.4